Quick viewing(Text Mode)

Bibliography of Chinese Linguistics William S.-Y.Wang

Bibliography of Chinese Linguistics William S.-Y.Wang

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE

WILLIAM S.-Y.

INTRODUCTION

THIS IS THE FIRST LARGE-SCALE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS. IT IS INTENDED TO BE OF USE TO STUDENTS OF THE LANGUAGE WHO WISH EITHER TO CHECK THE REFERENCE OF A PARTICULAR ARTICLE OR TO GAIN A PERSPECTIVE INTO SOME SPECIAL TOPIC OF RESEARCH. THE FIELD OF CHINESE LINGUIS- TICS HAS BEEN UNDERGOING RAPID DEVELOPMENT IN RECENT YEARS. IT IS HOPED THAT THE PRESENT WORK WILL NURTURE THIS DEVELOP- MENT BY PROVIDING A SENSE OF THE SIZABLE SCHOLARSHIP IN THE FIELD» BOTH PAST AND PRESENT.

IN SPITE OF REPEATED CHECKS AND COUNTERCHECKS, THE FOLLOWING PAGES ARE SURE TO CONTAIN NUMEROUS ERRORS OF FACT, SELECTION AND OMISSION. ALSO» DUE TO UNEVENNESS IN THE LONG PROCESS OF SELECTION, THE COVERAGE HERE IS NOT UNIFORM. THE REPRESENTATION OF CERTAIN TOPICS OR AUTHORS IS PERHAPS NOT PROPORTIONAL TO THE EXTENT OR IMPORTANCE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS ]g9 OF THE CORRESPONDING LITERATURE. THE COVERAGE CAN BE DIS- CERNED TO BE UNBALANCED IN TWO MAJOR WAYS. FIRST. THE EMPHASIS IS MORE ON-MODERN. SYNCHRONIC STUDIES. RATHER THAN ON THE WRITINGS OF EARLIER CENTURIES. THUS MANY IMPORTANT MONOGRAPHS OF THE QING PHILOLOGISTS. FOR EXAMPLE, HAVE NOT BEEN INCLUDED HERE. THOUGH THESE ARE CERTAINLY TRACE- ABLE FROM THE MODERN ENTRIES. SECOND, THE EMPHASIS IS HEAVILY ON THE SPOKEN LANGUAGE, ALTHOUGH THERE EXISTS AN ABUNDANT LITERATURE ON THE CHINESE . IN VIEW OF THESE SHORTCOMINGS, I HAD RESERVATIONS ABOUT PUBLISHING THE BIBLIOGRAPHY IN ITS PRESENT STATE. HOWEVER, IN THE LIGHT OF OUR EXPERIENCE SO FAR, IT IS CLEAR THAT A CONSIDERABLE AMOUNT OF TIME AND EFFORT IS STILL NEEDED TO PRODUCE A COMPREHENSIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY THAT IS AT ONCE PROPERLY BALANCED AMD COMPLETELY ACCURATE (AND, PERHAPS, WITH ANNOTATIONS ON THE IMPORTANT ENTRIES). TO WAIT FOR THE AVAILABILITY OF SUCH TIME AND EFFORT. HOW- EVER, AT LEAST FOR OUR GROUP, IS TO POSTPONE THE PUBLICA- TION OF THE BIBLIOGRAPHY TILL SOME INDEFINITE AND DISTANT FUTURE. ON THE OTHER HAND, THE PRESENT VERSION MIGHT SERVE A DUAL PURPOSE OF MEETING THE IMMEDIATE NEED AS WELL AS STIMULATING THE EARLIER PREPARATION OF A MORE ADEQUATE VERSION. IT IS IN THIS CONTEXT THAT WE WOULD APPRECIATE ANY ASSISTANCE VARIOUS SPECIALISTS CAN PROVIDE BY COMMU- NICATING TO US CORRECTIONS OR SUGGESTIONS. THEN OUR HOPE OF «PAO ZHUAN YIN YU« WILL NOT BE IN VAIN.

THIS BIBLIOGRAPHY IS HISTORICALLY AN OUTGROWTH OF WORK DONE ON THE PROJECT ON -LINGUISTIC ANALYSIS AT THE 190 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY* WHICH WAS SUPPORTED IN PART BY THE NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION. EARLIER VERSIONS OF THE BIBLI- OGRAPHY HAVE APPEARED AS REPORTS OF THE PROJECT» I.E., POLA 2 AND POLA 5 (2273). THOSE REPORTS HAVE BEEN LESS IN- CLUSIVE IN SCOPE SINCE THEY WERE DELIBERATELY ORIENTED TO THE SYNCHRONIC DESCRIPTION OF NORTHERN . IN EX- PANDING POLA 5 INTO THE PRESENT BIBILOGRAPHY* WE HAVE MADE EXTENSIVE USE OF THE REPORTS OF SHAFER (1920) AND OF THE SOCIETY OF (256) FOR REFERENCES ON THE HISTORICAL AND DIALECTOLOGICAL ASPECTS. IN ADDITION. WE HAVE ADDED ENTRIES FROM THE REFERENCE LISTS OF THE OTHER CONTRIBUTIONS OF THIS VOLUME. KINDLY PROVIDED US BY THE EDITOR. MR. SEBEOK. THE BULK OF THIS BIBLIOGRAPHY DIVIDES INTO TWO MAJOR PARTS. FIRST THERE IS THE COMPLETE LISTING OF THE ENTRIES THAT WAS ORDERED BY A COMPUTER AND PRESENTED IN THE FORM OF A COMPUTER PRINT-OUT. THE SECOND MAJOR PART CONSISTS OF THE PARTIAL LISTING OF THOSE ENTRIES WHICH INVOLVE CHINESE LOGOGRAPHS. THIS PART HAS BEEN HAND-WRITTEN. AND THE ENTRIES FOLLOW THE SAME ORDER AND NUMBERING AS THAT OF THE FIRST MAJOR PART. FOLLOWING THESE TWO PARTS. AN EXPERI- MENTAL TOPICAL IS PRESENTED IN WHICH THE NUMBERS OF SOME OF THE ENTRIES ARE GROUPED ACCORDING TO LANGUAGES. AND TOPICAL SUBHEADINGS.

IN MAKING THESE ENTRIES WE HAVE TRIED TO BE CONSISTENT IN OUR TRANSLITERATION. HOWEVER* OWING TO THE UNAVAILABIL- ITY OF SOME SYMBOLS ON THE COMPUTER CARD PUNCH. MINOR ADJUSTMENTS HAD TO BE MADE. THE RUSSIAN ITEMS APPEAR IN BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS jgj.

THE SYSTEM FOR TRANSLITERATING CYRILLIC AS USED

IN THE SLAVIC AND EAST EUROPEAN JOURNAL EXCEPT THAT £ AND *

ARE WRITTEN CH AND SH RESPECTIVELY. THE JAPANESE ITEMS

ARE ROMANIZED ACCORDING TO THE HEPBURN SYSTEM, BUT LONG

VOWELS ARE TRANSCRIBED AS DOUBLE » NOT VOWELS WITH

MACRONS. GERMAN UMLAUT IS INDICATED BY MEANS OF THE

E FOLLOWING THE VOWEL AFFECTED. THE CHINESE SITUATION IS,

OF COURSE, COMPLEX. IN THOSE INSTANCES WHERE WE FEEL TRANS-

LITERATION APPROPRIATE, WE HAVE USED THE OFFICIAL PIN YIN

SYSTEM AS CAN BE FOUND, FOR INSTANCE, IN THE YU

DIAN (2837) EXCEPT THAT IN THOSE CASES WHERE THE PIN YIN

SYSTEM REQUIRES AN UMLAUT, E.G., NU VS. NU, THE VOWEL IS

PRECEDED BY A •Y• (NU = NYU). IN THOSE CASES WHERE THE

ORIGINAL TITLE CONTAINED THE WADE-GILES, YALE OR GWOYEU

ROMATZYH ROMANIZAT IONS, THE ORIGINAL SYSTEM WAS LEFT

INTACT. IN ALL CASES, DIACRITICS, ACCENT AND MARKS

HAVE BEEN LEFT OUT IN ORDER TO FACILITATE THE PREPARATION

OF THIS BIBLIOGRAPHY BY THE COMPUTER.

THE PREPARATION OF THIS BIBLIOGRAPHY IS THE WORK OF

MANY WORKERS THROUGH THE PAST SEVERAL YEARS. MANTARO

HASHIMOTO HELPED WITH BOTH THE SELECTION AND TRANSLATION

OF MOST OF THE JAPANESE ENTRIES. COMMUNICATIONS FROM

KLAUS KADEN OF EAST ASIAN INSTITUTE OF BERLIN AND FROM

RICHARD SEE OF THE U. S. NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION WERE

ALSO HELPFUL IN STRENGTHENING THIS BIBLIOGRAPHY. HSIAO-

TUNG WROTE ALL THE LOGOGRAPHS AS WELL AS EDITED MANY

ENTRIES. ANATOLE LYOVIN SHOULDERED THE MAIN RESPONSIBIL-

ITY OF CONVERTING AN EARLIER VERSION OF THIS BIBLIOGRAPHY 192 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

TO ITS PRESENT COMPUTERIZED FORM, WITH THE PROGRAMING

ASSISTANCE OF T. KOAY. TERESA CHENG, ANNE HASHIMOTO,

LEROY MEYERS, CHAO-HUI TUNG, BARBARA SHIH YANG ALL CON-

TRIBUTED TO THE TRANSLATION AND TRANSLITERATION OF THE

BIBLIOGRAPHY. TO ALL THESE PEOPLE, AND TO MANY OTHER

FRIENDS WHO HAVE IN ONE WAY OR ANOTHER IMPROVED THE USE-

FULNESS OF THIS WORK, MY WARMEST THANKS. THE FINAL STAGE

OF THE PREPARATION OF THIS BIBLIOGRAPHY WAS FACILITATED

BY A FACULTY RESEARCH GRANT FROM THE UNIVERSITY OF CALI-

FORNIA AND A GRANT FROM THE NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION

(GS-1430). THESE SOURCES OF SUPPORT ARE HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED.

IN SPITE OF SUCH EXCELLENT HELP, THE MANY SHORTCOMINGS

WHICH REMAIN, DUE TO INADEQUATE TIME AND EXPERIENCE, ARE,

OF COURSE, MY RESPONSIBILITY. 1 HOPE THAT A REVISION AND

EXPANSION OF THIS BIBLIOGRAPHY WILL SOON BE UNDERTAKEN

SO THAT THESE SHORTCOMINGS CAN BE REMOVED, AMD ANNOTA-

TIONS AND ABSTRACTS CAN BE ADDED TO THE MORE SIGNIFICANT

ENTRIES. THESE FUTURE EFFORTS SHOULD BE AIDED BY THE FACT

THAT WE HAVE TO SOME EXTENT HARNESSED THE ELECTRONIC COM-

PUTER TO THE MECHANICAL TASKS INVOLVED IN THE COMPILATION.

IDEALLY, THE PREPARATION OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES OF SUCH

COMPREHENSIVE NATURE SHOULD BE DONE UNDER THE GUIDANCE

OF A COLLECTION OF EXPERTS, EACH OVERSEEING HIS PARTIC-

ULAR AREA OF SPECIAL INTEREST. DUE TO VARIOUS LIMITATIONS.

THIS HAS NOT BEEN POSSIBLE IN THE PRESENT CASE. I UNDER-

STAND, HOWEVER, THAT SOME COUNTRIES ALREADY HAVE PERMANENT

COMMITTEES WHICH ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR PREPARING BIBLI-

OGRAPHIES OVER REGULAR PERIODS. THIS LEAD SHOULD CER- BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 193

TAINLY BE FOLLOWED. PERHAPS A DAY WILL COME WHEN SUCH

EFFORTS CAN BE POOLED INTO A WORLD-WIDE ENDEAVOR TO GIVE

SOLIDARITY TO OUR FIELD AND STIMULATE ITS PROGRESS.

WILLIAM S-Y. WANG

JANUARY 1967

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY 194 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1 ANONYMOUS« THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (XIN ZHI CBS). NAAD JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL LEVEL.

2 ANONYMOUS, ENGLISH-CHINESE VOCABULARY OF THE SWADVC VERNACULAR OR SPOKEN LANGUAGE OF SWATOW (SWATOW 1883) 4 + 302. BASED ON THE MS OF R. LACHLER.

3 ANONYMOUS. ETYENG KYOU TYANG OUN. BY RIMES CHAERH OF THE ROYAL LIBRARY. 1ST ED. AFTER 1787, NEW ED. 1851. 2 VOLS. ALSO WITH CORRECTIONS (YADONG 1887). 1 VOL. ANOTHER NEW ED. 1889. THE 4 TONES IN PARALLEL COLS. KOREAN.

4 ANONYMOUS, FUNDAMENTALS OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE MAAD (PEKING REN MIN JIAO YU CBS 1959).

5 ANONYMOUS, GRAMMATICAL CATEGORIES OF THE CHINESE MAADGR LANGUAGE 1 (PEKING 1955) 173. 15 ARTICLES ON CLASSES REPRINTEO. 2 (PEKING 1956) REPRINTS OF 23 ARTICLES ON THE SAME SUBJECT.

6 ANONYMOUS, HOANG KONG-CHAO AND HIONG TCHONG KO KEUM CHAERH OUN HOI KE YO. DICTIONARY ARRANGED BY RIMES. PREFACE DATED 1292, 1297, 1332. 30 BOOKS. POSTFACE BY RI SIK, 17TH CENTURY, FOR THE KOREAN EDITION. THERE FOLLOWS 'OCEN HOI OK KPYEN• (VOCABULARY) IN TWO BOOKS WITH A LIST OF RIMES REFERRED BACK TO THE DICTIONARY AND WITH CHARACTERS ARRANGED BY RADICALS.

7 ANONYMOUS, JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEXTBOOK ON LANGUAGE MAADGR (ZHONG GUO QING CBS). 4 VOLS.

8 ANONYMOUS, LECTURES ON GRAMMAR (PEKING LINGUISTIC INST. OF ACAD. OF SCI. NOV 1953).

9 ANONYMOUS, MONGGHOL-UN MI'UCHA TOBCHI AN (SECRET HISTORY OF THE ). TRANSCRIBED IN , WITH CHINESE INTERLINEAR TRANSLATION, EDITED IN 1240 AND TRANSLATED INTO CHINESE AFTER 1368 UNDER THE TITLE OF YUAN CHAO SHI. RUSSIAN ED. BY S.A. KOZIN (SOKROVENNOE SKAZANIE) (MOSCOW 1941).

10 ANONYMOUS, 'PARTS OF SPEECH IN THE CHINESE LANGUAGE", MAADPS VJA 3 (MOSCOW 1955).

11 ANONYMOUS, PHONETIC DICTIONARY OF FREQUENTLY USED CHADCC LOGOGRAPHS ( 1932). ALSO UNDER THE TITLE OF GUO YIN BIAO ZHUN HUI BI AN, 8TH PRINTING ( 1957) .

12 ANONYMOUS, REFORM OF THE CHINESE WRITTEN LANGUAGE CHADWL (PEKING 1958).

13' ANONYMOUS, 'RESEARCH ON MACHINE TRANSLATION IN THE. CHADMT CHINESE PEOPLES' REPUBLIC', VJA (MOSCOW 1959). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 195

ENGLISH TRANS. IN JPRS IL31-0, 102-4.

14 ANONYMOUS, RESEARCHES INTO ORIGINAL INITIALS 11743). CHANIN NEW ED. (1830). CONTAINS 1,923 CHARACTERS CLASSED UNDER 96 MANCHU .

15 ANONYMOUS, SAM OUN HTONG KO. COMPLETE DICTIONARY IN THE THREE TONES. KOREAN.

16 ANONYMOUS, SAM OUN SYENG HOU. PREFACE DATED 1751, 3 VOLS. CONTAINS TABLES OF INITIALS AND RIMES. KOREAN.

17 ANONYMOUS, THE SOVIET LINGUISTIC CONTROVERSY (NEW YORK 1951).

18 ANONYMOUS, TJEUNG PO SAM OUN HTONG KO. 17TH CENTURY, 1 VOL. CHINESE CHARACTERS, BRIEFLY DEFINED IN CHINESE, ARE ARRANGED BY THE THREE TONES AND 89 RIMES. CHARACTERS WITH •ENTERING TONE' ARE ARRANGED SEPARATELY UNDER 17 RIMES.

19 ANONYMOUS, THE TRIGLOT VOCABULARY, 4TH ED. (SHANGHAI 1904) VIII + 144. ENGLISH, MALAY, CHINESE (, HAKKA).

20 ANONYMOUS, WORD LIST FOR INVESTIGATION (KE XUE CBS). SEE , SHENG-SHU, CHART OF INVESTIGATIONS...(1956).

21 ABEL, C., 'SUR L1 AN TI PHRASE DANS LE LANGAGE', TP A-1 I (1891) 458-9. LETTER TO G. SCHLEGEL.

22 AI, BAI-FANG, 'DO NOT MISUSE 'LIA• ', YWXX 9 (1956) MAADGR 41.

23 AI-OING, 'A ON THE SECRET LANGUAGE OF THE WOMEN MIDD IN THE MI AO COMMUNITY IN JIAN-ZHU XIANG, IN THE DISTRICT OF -LING IN SI-CHUAN', ZGYW 59 (MAY 1957) 15. SEE ZHU-TING, • A COMMENT... ' (AUG 1957).

24 AI, , PROBLEMS IN MANDARIN (TAIPEI 1955). MAADGR

25 ALEKSEEV, V.M., 'RESUL'TATY FONETICHESKI X NABLJUDENIJ MAADPH NAO PEKINSKIM DIALEKTOM, 1906-1909» (RESULTS OF PHONETIC OBSERVATIONS ON THE PEKING DIALECT), IZV. AKAD. HAUK., SEC. 6.4 (1910) 935-42.

26 ALEKSEEV, V.M., 'PREDPOSYLKI K LATINIZACII KITAJSKOJ PIS'MENNOSTI• (PRELIMINARY REMARKS TO THE LATINIZATION OF THE CHINESE WRITING SYSTEM). SEE PELLIOT, P., 'REVIEW OF ...' (1932).

27 AN, JIU, 'MY OPINIONS ON CLASSIFYING «HUI' AS AN MAADGR AUXILIARY VERB', YWXX 12 (1956) 32. 196 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

28 AN, RU-PAN, SEE , -WEN ET AL., 'THE CORRECT USE...' (1958).

29 AN, YU-YONG, 'A STUDY OF THE PARTICLE "DE* •, MAADFU EDUCATIONAL BULL. 7.2 (1957) 20-2. CHINESE.

30 ANDERSSON, J.G., RESEARCHES INTO THE PRE-HISTORY OF (STOCKHOLM 1943).

31 ANNEAR, SANDRA SUE, «ENGLISH AND , MAA^ SY THE DEFINITE AND INDEFINITE DETERMINERS AND MODIFYING CLAUSE STRUCTURES, (THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY 1965TT~M.A. THESIS.

32 ANNEAR, SANDKA SUE, «ENGLISH AND MANDARIN CHINESE, THE MAADSY COMPARATIVE CONSTRUCTION« (1965) UNPUBLISHED PAPER.

33 ANNEAR, SANDRA SUE AND LILIAN , ' «BA-« AND »BEI-« MAADSY SENTENCES', POLA 7 (APR 1964).

34 AOKI, MASARU, 'WHAT ARE EMPTY ', CHUUGOKU CHADFU BUNGAKU-HOO 4 (1956) 98-107 + III. ENGLISH AT THE END.

35 ARCHIV OR IENTALNI, SINCE 1929.

36 ARENDT, CARL, HANDBUCH DER NORD-CHINESISCHEN MAAD UMGANGSSPRACHE MIT EINSCHLUSS DER ANFANGSGRUENDE DES NEUCHINESISCHEN OFFICIELLEN- UND BRIEFSTILS (BERLIN 1891). SEE SCHLEGEL, G., «REVIEW OF...' (1894).

37 ARENDT, CARL, EINFUEHRUNG IN DIE NORDCHINESISCHE MAAD UMGANGSSPRACHE. StE SCHLEGEL, G., 'REVIEW OF...« (1894).

38 ARENDT, CARL, 'DOES CHINESE HAVE A GRAMMAR, AND, IF CHADGR SO, IS IT WORTH BEING STUDIED«, ACTES 12E CONGRESS OR. 2 (ROME 1899, FLORENCE 1901) 41-7.

39 ARISAKA, HIDEYO, 'CHINESE DIALECTS UNDER THE SUI CHDN

DYNASTY', HOOGEN (1936).

40 ARISAKA, HIDEYO, 'ON SI NO-KOREAN', HOOGEN (1936). SKAN

41 ARISAKA, HIDEYO, 'A CRITICISM OF KARLGREN'S THEORY CHANME ABOUT YODICI ZA TI ON', BULL. OF THE PHONETIC SOC. OF JAPAN 49, 51, 53 (1937-1938). 4? ARISAKA, HIDEYO, * A DIALECT OF SHAN-DONG', HOOGEN MADD ( 1938) . 41 ARISAKA, HIDEYO, 'IS THE TYPE 'ME I •, 'NE I• ETC. NOT SJANPH GENUINE KAN-ÜN READING', BULL. OF THE PHONETIC SOC. OF JAPAN 64 (1940).

44 ARISAKA, HIDEYO, 'THE PROBLEM OF YODICIZATION IN CHARME BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 197

ARCHAIC CHINESE", BULL. OF THE PHONETIC SOC. OF JAPAN 60-1 (1940).

45 ARISAKA, HIDEYO, 'ON A TEfJbENCY TO DELABIALIZE HE KOU CHANME WORDS WITH LABIAL, VELAR, OR LARYNGEAL INITIALS AND BELONGING TO THE FOURTH DIVISION RIME«, BULL. OF THE PHONETIC SOC. OF JAPAN 62-3 (1940). JAPANESE.

46 ARISAKA, HIDEYO, STUOIES ON ANCIENT SJANPH (SANSEIDOO JUL 1955).

47 ARISAKA, HIDEYO, •A CRITICAL STUDY OF KARLGREN'S MEDIAL •I• THEORY», MEM. OF THE RESEARCH DEPT. OF THE TOOYOO BUNKO (THE OR. LIBRARY) 21 (1962).

48 ASIA MAJOR, OLD SERIES PUBLISHED BY ALEC TIRANTI LTD. SINCE 1924. NEW SERIES PUBLISHED BY PERCY LUND, HUMPHRIES, AND CO. LTD. SINCE 1949.

49 ASIA MINOR, LONDON.

50 8.S., • 'ONG' AND 'UENG' ARE PHONETICALLY SIMILAR BUT CHADFI FUNCTIONALLY DIFFERENT—WHY ARE THEY NOT COMBINED INTO ONE SINGLE FINAL', WZGG 2 (1959) 18.

51 BAI, —ZHOU, 'THE CAUSE AND PROCESS OF THE ENTERING MADDTO TONE CHANGES IN MIDDLE SHAN-XI OIALECTS', J. SINO. ST. 6.1, 26-44.

52 BAI, DI-ZHOU, 'STUDIES ON THE EVOLUTION OF THE MADDTO ENTERING TONE IN THE NORTHERN OIALECTS', NYU SHI DA XUE SHU KAN 2.2, 42.

53 BAI, DI-ZHOU, 'THE CHANGE OF THE ENTERING TONE IN MADDTO SHAN-XI', ACAD. SIN. SPEC. ST. 1, 997-1092.

54 BAI, DI-ZHOU, 'INITIALS OF JI YUN', ACAD. SIN. 3 CHANIN (1931) 159-236.

55 BAI, DI-ZHOU, 'AN EXPERIMENTAL STUDY OF THE TONES OF MADDTO CENTRAL SHAN-XI', ACAO. SIN. 4 (1934) 447-88.

56 BAI, DI-ZHOU AND SHI-CHANG YU, 'REPORT ON A SURVEY OF MADDPR THE DIALECT PRONUNCIATION OF SHAN-XI', YU XUE ZHUAN KAN 6 (PEKING 1954).

57 BAI, SHU I, SEE SOFRONOV, M.V., 'GENERAL...'(1958).

58 BAI, XING, ZE-XI LIN ET AL., 'A DISCUSSION OF SOME SWADGR GRAMMATICAL PECULIARITIES IN THE CHAO-ZHOU (SWATOW) DIALECT', ZGYW (JAN 1959) 36-8.

59 BAI, YU-ZHUO, 'WORDS USED TO CONSTRUCT SENTENCES MAADGR HAVE TO BE COMPATIBLE', YWXX (AUG 1954) 37-FF.

60 BALDWIN, C.C., A MANUAL OF THE FOOCHOW DIALECT 198 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

(FOOCHOW 1871) VIII • 256.

61 BALDWIN, C.C., SEE MACLAY, R.S. AND C.C. BALDWIN, AN ALPHABETIC DICTIONARY...(1896).

62 BALL, JAMES D., 'PRONUNCIATION IN READING AND SPOKEN LANGUAGE», LSI 1, 2.

63 BALL, JAMES D., 'THE $AN-WUI DIALECT', CR 18 (1890) 178-95.

64 BALL, JAMES D., 'THE tUNG-KWUN DIALECT', CR 18 (1890) 284-99.

65 BALL, JAMES D., HAK.KA MADE EASY, PT. 1 (HONGKONG 1896) HKAD XV + 63.

66 BALL, JAMES D., 'THE -SHAN OR MACAO DIALECT', CADD CR 22 (1897) 501-31.

67 BALL, JAMES D., 'THE SHUN-TAK DIALECT', CR 25 (1901) CAOD 57-69, 121-40. SPOKEN ON ISLANDS BELOW CANTON.

68 BALL, JAMES D., MADE EASY. 3RD ED. AND ENL. CAAD ( 1907) LXIII + 186.

69 BALL, JAMES D., THE CANTONESE MADE EASY VOCABULARY CAAOVC (KELLY AND WALSH 1908).

70 BALLER, FREDERICK WILLIAM, A MANDARIN PRIMER (SHANGHAI 1931) XXXVIII + 426. 14TH ED. REV. AND ENL.

71 BAO, ER-HAN, UIGUR-CHINESE-RUSSIAN DICTIONARY UGADDI (JAN 1953).

72 BAO, -WEN, 'ON 'DA' ', YWXX (AUG 1954) 64-FF.

73 BAO, YOU-WEN, 'ON ' FEI• ', YWXX (JAN 1955). 74 BARTUSEK, J. AND A. PALAT, UCEBNICE HOVOROVE CINSTINY MAAD (MANUAL OF SPOKEN CHINESE) (PRAGUE ORIENTALNI USTAV 1952). CZECH.

75 BAZIN, M., MEMOIRE SUR LES PRINCIPES GENERAUX DU MAAD CHINOIS VULGAIRE (PARIS 1845) 120.

76 BAZIN, M., GRAMMAIRE MANDARINE (1856). MAAD

77 BEI-JING DA XUE MODERN CHINESE READER (UCHEBNIK KlTAJSKOGO JAZYKA—RUSSIAN ED.) 2 VOLS. (PEKING 1958) 780.

78 BEI-JING DA XUE, LINGUISTIC RESEARCH, ITS EVALUATION CHADLT AND CRITICISM 1, 2 (1958, 1963). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 199

79 BEI-JING DA XUE, AND LANGUAGE (1958). CHADLT

80 BEI-JING OA XUE YU YAN XUE JI AO YAN SHI, DICTIONARY OF CHADLL RUSSIAN-CHINESE CHINESE-RUSSIAN LINGUISTIC TERMINOLOGY (PEKING 1961).

81 BEI-JING DA XUE YU YAN XUE JIAO YAN SHI, COLLECTED CHADLT ESSAYS ON LINGUISTICS 1-5 (1957, 1958, 1959, 1960, 1963).

82 BEI-JING DA XUE YU YAN XUE JIAO YAN SHI, FOUNDATION OF CHADLT LINGUISTICS (1959).

83 BEI-JING DA XUE YU YAN XUE JIAO YAN SHI, EXPLANATION CHADLL OF LINGUISTIC TERMINOLOGY (PEKING 1960).

84 BEI-JING DA XUE YU YAN XUE JIAO YAN SHI, CONTEMPORARY MAAD CHINESE. 1ST ED., 4TH ED. (SWYSG 1962, 1963).

85 BEI-JING DA XUE YU YAN XUE JIAO YAN SHI, A LEXICON OF THE CHINESE DIALECTS (PEKING WZGG CBS SEP 1962). SEE SHI, WEN-, •REVI EH OF...•(1963).

86 BEI-JING SHI DA, CHANGES AND DEVELOPMENT OF WRITTEN CHADWL CHINESE SINCE THE (1954).

87 BEI-JING SHI DA, LECTURES ON THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (1958). A TENTATIVE VERSION.

88 BEI-JING SHI DA YAN JIU BAN, DISTINCTION MAADSC AND ANALYSIS OF LEXICAL MEANINGS (1959).

89 BENEDICT, PAUL K., «SEMANTIC DIFFERENTIATION IN INDO- STADSC CHINESE', HJAS 4 (1939) 213-29.

90 BENEDICT, PAUL K., 'STUDIES IN INDO-CHINESE STAEPH PHONOLOGY', HJAS 5 (1940-1941) 101-27. PT. 1 DIPHTHONGIZATION IN .

91 BENEDICT, PAUL K., 'TIBETAN AND CHINESE KINSHIP STADKT TERMS', HJAS 6 (1943) 313-36.

92 BENEDICT, PAUL K., 'ARCHAIC CHINESE *G AND *D', HJAS CHARCO 11 (1948) 197-206.

93 BENTLEY, C.W., ANGLO-CHINESE PHRASE BOOK AND MADDVC VOCABULARY, YUNNANESE DIALECT (RANGOON 1901) 74.

94 BI, MING, 'SOME EASILY MISREAD LOGOGRAPHS', YWXX 4 CHADWS (1958) 31.

95 BI AN, RU-LAN, A SYLLABUS FOR MANDARIN PRIMER (HARVARD MAAD UNIVERSITY PRESS 1960).

96 BIRCH, CYRIL, «REVIEW OF DEMIEVILLE, P. AND J. TAKAKUSU, HOBOGIRIN...' BSOAS 17 (1955) 404-5. 200 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

97 BISHOP, C.W., THE ORIGIN OF THE FAR EASTERN CIVILIZATIONS (WASHINGTON 1942).

98 BLAGDEN, C.O., SEE EDWARDS, E.D. AND C.O. BLAGDEN, 'A CHINESE VOCABULARY '(1931).

99 BLO-BZANG DBANG-LDAN, «ON WORD CLASSES IN THE MLADGR ", SSMZYWLJ 2 (DEC 1958) 69-78.

100 BO, I, 'MY VIEW ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF PARTS OF CHADPS SPEECH IN CHINESE', ZGYW 32 (FEB 1955) 24.

101 BODMAN, NICHOLAS C., 'THE FUNCTIONS OF 1JYwE1 IN CHARGR SHANG SHU', JAOS 68 (1948) 52-60.

102 BODMAN, NICHOLAS C., 'REVIEW OF KARLGREN, BERNHARD, THE CHINESE LANGUAGE...(1949)•, LANGUAGE 26 (1950) 339-46.

103 BODMAN, NICHOLAS C., 'REVIEW OF CHMIELEWSKI, J., 'THE TYPOLOGICAL...'(1949)•, LANGUAGE 27 (1951) 204-6.

104 BODMAN, NICHOLAS C., A LINGUISTIC STUDY OF THE SHIH MING (SHI MING) INITIALS AND CLUSTERS, HARVARD-YANJ. INST. ST. 9 (CAMBRIDGE 1954) XI + 146. S€E DONG, TONG-HE, 'REVIEW 0F...M1955), HOFFMANN, A., 'REVIEW OF...'(1955) AND , FANG-, 'REVIEW OF ...'( 1955).

105 BODMAN, NICHOLAS C., SPOKEN AMOY HOKKIEN, 1, 2 (KUALA MNDD LUMPUR 1955, 1958).

106 BONNEY, SAMUEL W., A VOCABULARY WITH COLLOQUIAL CAADVC PHRASES OF THE CANTON DIALECT (CANTON 1954) II + 216.

107 BOODBERG, PETER A., 'THE FINAL -T OF 'FU' ', NOTES ON CHINESE MORPHOLOGY AND SYNTAX I.

108 BOODBERG, PETER A., "THE MORPHOLOGY OF FINAL -N AND -T', NOTES ON CHINESE MORPHOLOGY AND SYNTAX III.

109 BOODBERG, PETER A., 'THE CHINESE —AN ESSAY ON CHADWS NOMENCLATURE', BIHP 29, PT. 1.

110 BOODBERG, PETER A., 'CASES OF SYNAERESIS', NOTES ON CHINESE MORPHOLOGY AND SYNTAX II (BERKELEY 1934).

111 BOODBERG, PETER A., 'THE ARCHAIC INITIALS OF K.D. CHARIN 529', KD NOTES 2 (1934).

112 BOODBERG, PETER A., 'THE XR FORM OF SOME CHINESE CHADFU PARTICLES', KD NOTES 4 (1934).

113 BOODBERG, PETER A., 'THE ANCIENT INITIAL LNG-', KD CHANIN BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 201

NOTES 4 (1935).

114 BOODBERG, PETER A., 'SINO-TIBETAN NOTES 4, ARCHAIC CHARFI FINAL -S', HU HAN YUE FANG ZHU 13 (1936) 6-8.

115 BOODBERG, PETER A., «THE GLOTTOLOGY OF PROTO-CHINESE— CHARIN PRELIMINARY NOTE ON THE EVOLUTION OF ARCHAIC CHINESE INITIALS«, HU TIAN HAN YUE FANG ZHU 12 (1936) 1-22.

116 BOODBERG, PETER A., 'SOME PROLEPTICAL REMARKS ON THE CHAR EVOLUTION OF ARCHAIC CHINESE', HJAS 2 (1937) 329-72.

117 BOODBERG, PETER A., •IDEOGRAPHY OR ICONOLATRY', TP 35 CHADWS (1940) 266-88.

118 BORNET, PAUL, ESSAI DE SYNTAXE DU CHINOIS PARLE CHADSY (HO KIEN FOU 1919).

119 BORTONE, FERNANDO, IL SILLABARIO CIÑESE (THE CHINESE CHADPH ) (SHANGHAI 1935). 2 VOLS. WITH MAP OF DIALECTS. ITALIAN.

120 BRADLEY, C.B., 'THE TONE-ACCENTS IN TWO CHINESE CHDDTO DIALECTS', JRAS NCHBR. (1915) 199-206.

121 BRANDT, J.J., WENLI PARTICLES (PEKING 1929). CHADFU

122 BRETSCHNEIDER, E., 'CHINESE ANCIENT GEOGRAPHICAL CHANTM NAMES', NOTES AND QUERIES ON CHINA AND JAPAN 4 (1870) 49-61, 104-13.

123 BRIDGMAN, ELIJAH C., A CHINESE CHRESTOMATHY IN CANTON CAAD DIALECT (MACAO 1810) XXXVI + 698.

124 BROERING, THEODOR, 'LAUT UND TON IN SUED-SCHANTUNG, MADDTO MIT ANHANG—DIE TOENE IN NORDOSTSCHANTUNG, PEKING, SOETSCHUAN, SHANGHAI, AMOY UND CANTON' (SOUND AND TONE IN SOUTH SHAN-DONG, WITH APPENDIX—THE TONES IN NORTHEAST SHAN-DONG, PEKING, SI-CHUAN, SHANGHAI, AMOY AND CANTON), VEROEFFENTLICHUNGEN DER SEM. SPR. KULTUR CHINAS, HAMBURG UNIV. (HAMBURG 1927).

125 BROTZMAN, ROBERT, 'VOWEL FORMANT VALUES', POLA 6 (JUL CHADVO 1963) 7-18.

126 BROTZMAN, ROBERT, 'PROGRESS REPORT ON MANDARIN TONE MAADTO STUDY', POLA 8 (DEC 1964) 1-35.

127 BROWN, R. GRANT, 'THE USE OF THE ROMAN CHARACTER FOR CHADRO ORIENTAL LANGUAGES', JRAS (1912).

128 BULLETIN OF THE INSTITUTE OF HISTORY AND PHILOLOGY (BI HP). INDEX OF VOLS. 1-30, BIHP 30, PT. 2 (1959) 1089-1147.

129 BUXTON, L.H. DUDLEY, CHINA, THE LAND AND ITS PEOPLE 202 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

(OXFORD 1929).

130 -CAT» A., «CHINESE POTENTIAL VERB FORM", POLA 7 (APR MAADVE 1964) 76-87.

131 CAI, MEI-BIAO, SEE LUO, CHANG-PEI ANO MEI-BIAO CAI, 'PHAGS-PA SCRIPT...(1959).

132 CAI, MEI-BIAO AND LU LIU, 'THE NATIONAL LANGUAGES NLAD OF NORTHEAST CHINA», ZGYM 6 (DEC 1952) 9-11.

133 CAI, TONG-AN, SEE SHI, XI-YAO ET AL., 'SOME PROBLEMS ...»(1959).

134 CAI, WEN-YING, SEE ZHANG, -CHUN AND WEN-YING CAI, •THE FUNCTION...•<1957) AND ZHANG, QI-CHUN AND WEN-YING CAI, CONCISE CHINESE-ENGLISH DICTIONARY (1963).

135 CANG, KAI-NA AND BING GUO, FUNDAMENTALS OF MANDARIN MAAD (SHANGHAI 1956).

136 CAO, BO-HAN, 'A BRIEF DISCUSSION ON HOMONYMS«, ZGYW CHADHM 8.3 (FEB 1953).

137 CAO, BO-HAN, «MY REACTIONS TO «BASIC VOCABULARY« BY MESSRS. LI, RONG AND LI, XIANG-ZHEN«, ZGYW 13 (JUL 1953). SEE LI, XIANG-ZHEN, •CONCERNING...•(1953).

138 CAO, BO-HAN, ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR. 1ST ED., 6TH PRINTING MAAOGR (GONG REN CBS SEP 1953).

139 CAO, BO-HAN, «SOME OPINIONS ON THE STUDIES OF CHINESE CHADGR GRAMMAR«, ZGYW PTS. I, II. 16, 17 (OCT, NOV 1953) 3-5, 6-10.

140 CAO, BO-HAN, «LOGOGRAPHY, WORDS AND PHRASES«, YWXX (AUG 1954) 40—FF.

141 CAO, BO-HAN, «DISTINGUISHING PARTS OF SPEECH IN MAADGR

CHINESE«, ZGYW 28 (OCT 1954) 23.

142 CAO, BO-HAN, ESSAYS ON LINGUISTIC PROBLEMS (1955).

143 CAOOBJECT«, BO-HAN, YWX, X«FRAGMENT 1 (1956S) CONCERNIN29. SEE G ZGYWCSUBJECS T181-91 AND . MAADSY 144 CAO, BO-HAN, «THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN EMBEDDING MAADSY AND SIMPLE, COMPLEX SENTENCES', ZGYW 58 (APR 1957) 10-2.

145 CAO, -, 'IS IT A TRANSPOSED SENTENCE«, YWXX MAADSY (JUL 1955) 15-FF.

146 CAO, CUI-YUN, «A PRELIMINARY STUDY OF ADVERBS MIDDAD IN THE MI AO DIALECT OF KAI-TANG, IN THE OISTRICT BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 203

OF KAI-LI IN EASTERN GUI-ZHOU», ZGYW 103 (APR 1961) 36-40, 8.

147 CAO, DE-MING, 'THE SUFFIX 'IN OAO" IN SI-CHUAN MADDGR 0IALECT»V ZGYW (JAN 1962) 49.

148 CAO, GUANG-, 'A SECRET BU- LANGUAGE', ZGYW 45 BYOO (MAR 1956) 39-40.

149 CAO, GUANG-QU, 'A RELATIONSHIP OF RU SHENG TONAL WUDOGR CHANGES TO GRAMMAR IN THE WEN-LING LANGUAGE*, ZGYW (JUL 1958) 340-1.

150 CAO, GUANG-QU, "A STUDY OF THE USES OF THE WUDQFU PARTICLE 'TOU' IN THE WEN-LING LANGUAGE OF ZHE- JIANG', ZGYW (FEB 1959) 78-9, 88. 15^ CAO, GUANG-QU, 'ON THE NEW WORD ORDER IN ZHUANG ZGADSY GRAMMAR", ZGYW 83 (MAY 1959) 219-21.

152 CARR, DENZEL, "A CHARACTERIZATION OF THE CHINESE MAAD NATIONAL LANGUAGE', BULL. DE LA SOC. POLONAISE DE LINGUISTIQUE III (GRASCOVIE 1932) 38-99.

153 CARR, DENZEL, "THE POLYSYLLABICITY OF THE MODERN MAADPH CHINESE 'NATIONAL LANGUAGE' ', RO X (LWÓW 1934) 51-76.

154 CASTENADA, B., GRAMATICA ELEMENTAL DE LA LENGUA CHINA, CAADPH DIALECT CANTONES (ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE, CANTONESE DIALECT) (HONGKONG 1869) 137. SPANISH.

155 CEN, QI-XIANG, METHODS OF DIALECT INVESTIGATION CHADDA (WZGG CBS).

156 CEN, QI-XIANG, 'EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES IN THE SOUNDS CAADPH OF CANTON DIALECT', YU YAN WEN XUE ZHUAN KAN (CANTON 1936) 11-41.

157 CEN, QI-XIANG, 'THE ENTERING TONE IN CHINESE', BOOK CHADTO REVIEW MO. 2.7 (CHONG-QING 1943).

158 CEN, QI-XIANG, 'SOME PRINCIPLES REGARDING SUBJECTS AND OBJECTS IN CHINESE', YWXX 10 (1955) 19.

159 CEN, QI-XIANG, 'SOME PROBLEMS IN CHINESE MORPHOLOGY', MAADMO ZGYW 54 (DEC 1956) 12-4.

160 CEN, QI-XIANG, 'SOME PROBLEMS IN THE STUDY OF CHADLT

LINGUISTICS', YWXX 7 (1957) 2.

161 CEN, QI-XIANG, GENERAL LINGUISTICS (1957). CHADLT

162 CENCHINES, ZHONG-MIANE AND UIGU, R'EQUIVALENT OF THE TURFAS ONF THBASIN'E PLAC, EBIH NAMEP 1S2 IN UGADTM 204 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

(1947) 95-115.

163 CHALMERS, J, 'CHINESE RUNNING HAND', CR VII (1879). CHADWS

164 CHANO, MEHTA PRITHVI (RAI BEHADUR), EVERYBODY'S MNDDVC VOCABULARY, ENGLISH, MALAY, HINDUSTANI, HOKKIEN AND NIPPONESE, 7TH ED. (SINGAPORE 195-) 96.

165 CHANG, SEE ZHANG.

166 CHANG, HOU, 'RHYME TABLE OF SUI ('ZHEN', 'JIANG', CHANRH •DANG', 'GENG', 'TONG' AND 'ZENG' SHE)', ZGYW 112 1962) 70.

167 CHANG, HOU, 'HOW TO DISTINGUISH THE INITIALS OF CHANIN ANCIENT CHINESE, BASED ON THE PEKING PRONUNCIATION', ZGYW 121 (DEC 1962) 548.

168 CHANG, HOU, 'HOW TO DISTINGUISH THE FINALS OF ANCIENT CHANFI CHINESE, BASED ON THE PEKING PRONUNCIATION', ZGYW 123, 124 (1963) 125, 246.

169 CHANG, HOU, 'THE QIE SYSTEM IN GUANG YUN AND THE CHANFQ MODERN PRONUNCIATION*, ZGYW 129 (1964) 89.

170 CHANG, JUN-FENG, 'ON THE PROBLEM OF USING DIALECT CHDDWL COLLOQUIALISMS IN LITERARY WORKS', ZGYW 85 (JUL 1959) 326-8.

171 CHAO, SEE .

172 CHAVANNES, ED, 'REVIEW OF MSOS«, TP 11 (1910) 695-8.

173 CHE, QIAN, 'THE DISTINCTION BETWEEN 'WEI LE' ANO «YIN MAADCJ WEI' ', ZGYW 72 (JUN 1958) 277.

174 , AI—WEN, 'STUDY OF THE CHARACTERISTICS AND CLASSIFICATION OF PARTS OF SPEECH IN CHINESE', IN SHI, CUN-ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS...(1957) 86- 106.

175 CHEN, AN-SHU, 'REVIEW OF HUI, , LECTURES ON

GRAMMAR (1952)', ZGYW 7 (JAN 1953) 35. CHAOCC 176 CHEN, BANG-YAN, ED., KANG XI DICTIONARY (1716). MAAOGR 177 CHEN(1922, )CHENG-ZE . , INITIAL DRAFT OF 178 CHEN, CHUI-MIN, 'A COMPARISON BETWEEN THE COMMONLY USED CLASSIFIEDS IN AND THE COMMON MNDDCL LANGUAGE', ZGYW (DEC 1958) 591-3, 574.

179 CHEN, DI, 'INVESTIGATIONS ON THE SOUNDS IN 'S CHARPH VERSION OF SHI JING', (1606), BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 205-

180 CHEN, DI-MING, 'DIRECTIONAL VERBS 'SHANG', •'> MAADVE ETC.', ZGYW 68 (FEB 1958) 87.

181 CHEN, DI-MING, 'ON ' VI« ', ZGYW 73 (JUL 1958) 33b.

182 CHEN, DING-MIN, ETUDE PHONETIQUE DES PARTICULES DE LA HAADPH LANGUE CHINOISE (PARIS 1938) VI • 152 • 30 FIGURES. SEE REVIEW BY FREI, H. (1939).

183 CHEN, DING-MIN, 'LES DE LA LANGUE CHINOISE', MAADPM BSL 40 (1939) 107-18.

184 CHEN, DING-MIN, 'REVIEW OF MULL IE, J., 'LE MOT—PART ICULE TCHE'(1942)', HAN XUE 2 (1949) 435-42. IN FRENCH.

185 CHEN, FAN, 'CRITERIA FOR SENTENCE ANALYSIS', YWXX MAADGR (AUG 1955) 29-FF.

186 CHEN, GANG, 'THE FUNDAMENTAL PROBLEMS IN ESTABLISHING CHADGR A THEORY OF CHINESE GRAMMAR', CHIN. LITERATURE MO. 46 (AUG 1946).

187 CHEN, GANG, 'THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN 'LOU' AND «LE« MAADMO IN THE PEKING DIALECT', ZGYW 66 (DEC 1957) 33-4.

188 CHEN, H.H., 'ON THE STUDY OF THE NING-PO DIALECT', WUDD J. CHIN. ST. 1, 2.1 (HANG-ZHOU 1935, 1936).

189 CHEN, HUI-YIN ET AL., ED., 'THE SITUATION MADDIN CONCERNING THE DISTINCTION OF 'SHARP' AND 'ROUNDED* SOUNDS (ORIGINALLY DENTAL VELAR INITIAL ) WITHIN THE MANDARIN DIALECT AREA', FYYPTHJK 1 (1958) 141-8.

190 CHEN, HUI-YIN AND NAN-RU BAI, 'A COMPARISON BETWEEN CAADPR CANTONESE AND PEKING PRONUNCIATION', FYYPTHJK 1 (1958) 5-101.

191 CHEN, HUI-YING ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS ON DIALECTS AND MANDARIN (ZHONG HUA SHU JU 1959).

192 CHEN, JIA-KANG, WHAT REALLY ARE THE FOUR TONES (WZGG C8S 1957).

193 CHEN, JIAN-MIN, 'THE-SIMPLIFI ED FORMS IN CONTEMPORARY MAADMO CHINESE—ALSO ON COLLECTED AND CONTRACTED FORMS', ZGYW 125 (1963) 291.

194 CHEN, , 'SUGGESTIONS ON THE TRANSLATION OF NEW LIADTM TERMS INTO THE LI LANGUAGE', ZGYW 67 (JAN 1958) 46-7.

195 CHEN, JING-HE, 'THE MORPHEME 'KE* IN THE PLACE NAMES ANADMO IN TONKING, ', BTU 1 (1950) 201-35. 206 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

196 CHEN, JING-HE, -ON THE NAME JIAO-ZHI', BTU 2 (1952) 79-130.

197 CHEN, JING-HE, 'A STUDY OF THE SINO-VIETNAMESE SAADVC GLOSSARY', BTU 5, 6 (1953, 19541 149-240, 161-227.

198 CHEN, JUN-ZHE, 'CHINESE SENTENCES WITH TRANSPOSED WORD MAADSY ORDER', ZGYW 26 (AUG 1954) 18-9.

199 CHEN, LI, A STUDY OF QIE YUN (1879). CHANPH

200 CHEN, LING, 'THE INDIVISIBILITY OF FORM AND MEANING IN DETERMINING THE PARTS OF SPEECH', ZGYW 28 (OCT 1954) 46. ALSO IN HE, ZHONG ET AL., PROBLEMS... (1955).

201 CHEN, LING-OIAN, SWATOW DICTIONARY (SWATOW 1937) 806. SWADDI

202 CHEN, MENG-JI A, 'DISCUSSIONS OF THE PHONOLOGY OF CHARPH ARCHAIC CHINESE', QING HUA J. 13.2 (1941).

203 CHEN, MENG-JIA, 'AN ACCOUNT OF ORACULAR TEXTS FROM THE CHARWL WASTE OF YIN', ARCHAEOLOGY SPEC. PUB. 1-A (PEKING 1956).

204 CHEN, MING-SHENG, 'SOME USES OF 'KE' ', YWXX 5 MAADGR (1967) 39.

205 CHEN, NAI-FAN, 'ARE THERE NO PARTS OF SPEECH IN CHINESE', ZGYW 26 (AUG 1954) 8-10. ALSO IN HE, ZHONG ET AL., PROBLEMS...(1955) 104-9.

206 CHEN, -NIAN, YONG QIU ET AL., GUANG YUN REVISED CHANRH IN DYNASTY (SHANGHAI 1935).

207 CHEN, QIONG-ZAN, 'A STUDY OF THE 'DE' BETWEEN A .MAADFU MODIFICAT IONAL STRUCTURE AND ITS NOUN', ZGYW 40 (OCT 1955) 22-7.

208 CHEN, QIU, A LEXICON OF THE OU DIALECT (WZGG CBS 1953). TRANSL. (1957).

209 CHEN, S.W., SEE CHEN, SHOU-RONG.

210 CHEN, SAN-, 'THE ORNAMENTAL TERMINAT IVE OF CHDDAJ ADJECTIVES IN THE CANTON AND AMOY DIALECTS', MERIDIO-OCCIDENTALE SINENSE 1 (KUN-MING 1940) 75-94. CHINESE. ENGLISH SUMMARY.

211 CHEN, SHANG-LING, 'A STUDY OF THE PHONETIC COMPOUNDS CHARWS IN THE SHUO WEN', BULL. CHIN. ST. 2 (1942) 225-48. CHINESE. ENGLISH SUMMARY, 465-6.

212 CHEN, SHANG-LING, ' INTERCHANGEABILITY OF THE CHADWS SIGNIFICS IN CHINESE SCRIPT', BULL. CHIN. ST. 3 (1943) 171-96. CHINESE. ENGLISH SUMMARY, 401. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 207

213 CHEN. SHANG-LING, 'THE POSITION OF THE SIGNIFICS IN CHADHS CHINESE PHONETIC COMPOUNDS', BULL. CHIN. ST. 4 PT. 2 (1944) 21-46. CHINESE. ENGLISH SUMMARY, 175-6.

214 CHEN, SHI-LIN, 'THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE YI YIADWS DURING THE PAST TWO YEARS', ZGYW 6 (DEC' 1952) 30-1.

215 CHEN, SHI-LIN, 'A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE YI YIAD LANGUAGE', ZGYW 125 (AUG 1963) 334-47.

216 CHEN, SHI-LIN, SHI-MING B IAN, XIU-QING LI AND LUO- YIDDGR HONG--KU, 'CAUSAT IVES IN THE YI DIALECT OF LIANG- SHAN', ZGYW 118 (AUG-SEP 1962) 412-26.

217 CHEN, SHI-MIN, JIA-JIAO AND YONG-YAN ZHANG, 'THE LIDDPM PHONEMIC SYSTEM OF THE LI DIALECT OF BAI-TING IN HAI-NAN', XUE SHU LUN TAN (BULLETIN OF SHA-MEN UNIVERSITY) 17 (1958) 1-12.

218 CHEN, SHOU-RONG, A CHINESE READER FOR BEGINNERS (STANFORD 1942).

219 CHEN, SHU-NONG, CONTEMPORARY CHINESE GRAMMAR (HU NAN MAADGR REN MIN CBS 1957) III + 222.

220 CHEN, SHU-XIN, A STUDY ON CHINESE GRAMMAR (SHANGHAI MAADGR 1957) 40.

221 CHEN, TING-ZHEN, 'THE ANALYSIS OF SUBJECT AND OBJECT MAADSY SHOULO BE BASED ON STRUCTURE', YWXX 9 (1955) 33.

222 CHEN, TING-ZHEN, 'EXISTENTIAL SENTENCES IN WHICH MAADSY PLACE WOROS ARE SUBJECTS', ZGYW 62 (AUG 1957) 15-9.

223 CHEN, WANG-DAO, 'COMMENTS ON THE DISCUSSION OF SUBJECT AND OBJECT', YWXX 2 (1956) 33.

224 CHEN, WANG-DAO, ESSAYS ON CHINESE GRAMMATICAL REFORMS (SHANGHAI 1958). SAME AS ZHONG GUO YU WEN ZA ZHI SHE, ESSAYS...(1958).

225 CHEN, WEI, 'A HISTORICAL STUDY OF THE DIALECT, WUDNCS CIRCA 317-589 A.D.', BIHP 7 (1935) 1-4.

226 CHEN, WEI, SIMPLE CHINESE GRAMMAR (TAIPEI OCT MAADGR 1962) .

227 CHEN, WEN-BIN, 'PRELIMINARY STUDIES ON THE HOMONYMS MAADRO IN THE PIN YIN SPELLING', ZGYW 8 (FEB 1953) 7.

228 CHEN, YIN-GE, 'THREE PROBLEMS CONCERNING THE FOUR MAADTO TONES', QING HUA J. 9 (1934) 276-87.

229 CHEN, YUAN-CONG, 'TOPICS OF CIRCUMSTANCES AND TOPICS MAADGR OF ACTIONS', YWXX 10 (1955) 24. 208 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

230 CHEN, ZHAN-XIN, "RULES FOR THE USE OF THE VARIOUS CAADTO TONES IN CANTONESE', CR 24 (1900) 209-26.

231 CHEN, ZHEN-VA, «THE LAWS OF SOUND CORRESPONDENCES HSDDPC BETWEEN THE DIALECT PRONUNCIATION OF 9 XIAN NORTH OF IN THE ADMINISTRATIVE REGION OF XIAO-GAN, HU-BEI, ANO THE PEKING PRONUNCIATION«, FYYPTHJK 7 (1959) 39-42.

232 CHEN, ZHI-FAN, «CHINESE WORDS IN KOREAN«, ZGYW (MAY SKAOLM 1960) 392-406.

233 CHEN, ZHI-WEN, «SOME PROBLEMS RELATED TO CONSONANTS«, MAADCO YWXX 4 (1956) 25.

234 CHEN, ZHI-WEN, SEE DING, SHENG-SHU ET AL., LECTURES ...(1961).

235 CHEN, ZHI-WEN, «THE ORIGIN OF THE DEICTIC MAADDM DEMONSTRATIVE •ZHE* «, ZGYW 133 (1964) 442-4.

236 CHEN, ZHI-WEN, LI XIAO, FU-SHENG OU-YANG AND ZHI-MING CHADCJ ZHANG, «REVIEW OF 'THE USES OF CONJUNCTIONS« «, YWXX 9 (1954) 59.

237 CHEN, ZHONG-XUAN, "COMMENTS ON MESSRS. B.H. CAO AND MAADGR M.K. GAO'S DISCUSSIONS ON SUBJECTS AND OBJECTS', YWXX 3 (1956) 33.

238 CHEN, ZHONG-XUAN, SEE XIANG, RUO ET AL., 'SOME DISCUSSION...'(1956).

239 CHENG, KANG, «COMPILATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF THE MAADVC VOCABULARY OF THE PEIPING DIALECT«, CHIN. LITERATURE MO. 69 (SHANGHAI JUL 1948).

240 CHENG, MO, «A SHORT NOTE ON THE ZAIWA LANGUAGE«, ZGYW ZAAD 53 (NOV 1956) 41.

241 CHENG, RONG, «PRINCIPLES GOVERNING THE NEUTRAL MAADTO TONE', WZGG 2 (1959) 11-2.

242 CHENG, XIANG-HUI, 'CONCERNING MANDARIN PHONEMES', ZGYW MAADPM 60 (1957) 25-6.

243 , PING, 'LOAN WORDS IN CHINESE«, PY 9 (APR 1957) CHADLW 4-5.

244 CHIU, BIAN-HING, SEE ZHOU BIAN-MING.

245 CHMIELEWSKI, JANUSZ, «SUR LA DISYLLABISAT ION DES CHANMO MOTS EN CHINOIS ANCIEN O'APRES LES GLOSSES DE KOUO P«0 DANS LE EUL-YA ET LE FANG-YEN' (ON DISYLLABIZATION OF WORDS IN ANCIENT CHINESE ACCORDING TO THE GLOSSES OF GUO PO IN THE ER tA AND THE FANG YAN), RESUME IN ACTES 21E CONG. OR. (PARIS BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 209

1948) 270-1.

246 CHMIELEWSKI, JANUSZ, «THE TYPOLOGICAL EVOLUTION OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE", RO 15 <1949) 371-429. SEE BODMAN, N.C., «REVIEW OF...«{1951), DEMIEVILLE, P., «REVIEW OF...«(1949) AND REGAMEY, C., 'REVIEW OF ...•(1950).

247 CHMIELEWSKI, JANUSZ, «ZAGADNIENIE TZW. CZESCZY MOWY W CHADPS JEZYKU CHINSKIM« (THE PROBLEM OF THE PARTS OF SPEECH IN CHINESE), PT. 1 ROZPRAWY KOMISJI ORIENTALISTYCZNEJ TOWARZYSTWA NAUKOWEGO WARSZAWSKI EGO 4 ( 1952) 68-96, PT. 2 ROZPRAWY KOMISJI JEZYKOWEJ LODZKIEGO TOWARZYSTWA NAUKOWEGO I (1954) 119-44. POLISH. FRENCH AND RUSSIAN SUM.

248 CHMIELEWSKI, JANUSZ, «KILKA WYPADKOW WYROWNAN MAADMO ANALOGICZNYCH W SLOWOTWORSTWIE NOWOCHINSKIM « (SOME CASES OF ANALOGICAL LEVELING IN MODERN CHINESE WORD FORMATION), RO 19 (1954) 163-77. POLISH.

249 CHMIELEWSKI, JANUSZ, "ON THE FORM AND SYNTAX OF MAADSY CHINESE SENTENCES«, TRANS. BY OU, NING, ZGYW 30 (DEC 1954) 7-11.

250 CHMIELEWSKI, JANUSZ, «REMARQUES SUR LE PROBLEME DES CHARMO MOTS DISSYLLABIQUE EN CHINOIS ARCHAÏQUE«, MELANGES PUBLIES PAR L'INST. OE HAUTES ETUDES CHINOISES 1 (1957) 423-45.

251 CHMIELEWSKI, JANUSZ, «THE PROBLEM OF SYNTAX AND MAADMO MORPHOLOGY IN CHINESE«, RO 21 (1957) 71-84.

252 CHMIELEWSKI, JANUSZ, «THE PROBLEM OF EARLY LOAN WORDS CHANLW IN CHINESE AS ILLUSTRATED BY THE WORD «PU TAO« «, RO 22 (1958) 7-45.

253 CHMIELEWSKI, JANUSZ, «TWO EARLY LOAN WORDS IN CHINESE' CHANLW RO 24 (1961) 65-86.

254 CHONG, P.H., SEE WISE, C.M. AND P.H. CHONG, 'INTELLIGIBILITY OF...'

255 CHUUGOKU GOGAKU KENKYUUKAI, COLLECTED ESSAYS OF CGGGK I, II (SEP 1953, OCT 1955).

256 CHUUGOKU GOGAKU KENKYUUKAI, BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHADBB THE STUDIES ON THE CHINESE LANGUAGE, I, AUG 1945-JUL 1957, II, AUG 1957—DEC 1961 (OCT 1957, FEB 1963).

257 CHUUGOKU GOGAKU KENKYUUKAI, ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS ( KOONAN SHOIN 1958).

258 CIU, XIU-RONG AND JUN-DE XU, 'WHICH ADJECTIVES MAADAJ CAN REDUPLICATE« YWXX 9 (1957) 32. 210 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

259 CLAUSON, G.L.M., SEE A. THOMAS ET AL., 'A CHINESE BUDDHIST...•(1926).

260 CLEAVES, F.W., 'THE SI NO-MONGOL I AN INSCRIPTION OF 1362 IN MEMORY OF PRINCE HINDUS HJAS 12 (1949) 1-133 + 27 PLATES.

261 CLEAVES, F.W., «THE SINO-MONGOL I AN EDICT OF 1433 IN TOPKAPI SAROYR MUZESI», HJAS 13 (1950) 431-46 • 8 PLATES.

262 CLEAVES, F.W., "THE SI NO-MONGOL I AN INSCRIPTIONS OF 1335 IN MEMORY OF ZHANG YING-RUI', HJAS 13 (1950) 1-131 + 35 PLATES.

263 CLEAVES, F.W., 'THE SI NO-MONGOL I AN INSCRIPTIONS OF 1338 IN MEMORY OF JIGUNTEI', HJAS 14 (1951) 1-104 + 32 PLATES.

264 CLEAVES, F.W., 'THE SI NO-MONGOL I AN INSCRIPTIONS OF 1346', HJAS 5 (1952) 1-123 + 12 PLATES.

265 COMMITTEE OF THE SHANGHAI VERNACULAR SOCIETY, ENGLISH- WUDDVC CHINESE VOCABULARY OF THE SHANGHAI DIALECT, 2ND ED. (SHANGHAI 1901).

266 CONRAD. SEE KUNRAD.

267 CONRADY, AUGUST, EINE INDOCHINESISCHE CAUSATIV- STADCS DENOMINAT IV—BILDUNG UND IHR ZUSAMMENHANG MIT DEN TONACCENTEN. EIN BEITRAG ZUR VERGLEICHENDEN GRAMMATIK DER INDOCHINESISCHEN SPRACHEN, INSONDERHEIT DES TIBETISCHEN, BURMANISCHEN, SIAMESISCHEN UND CHINESISCHEN. SEE ZACH, ERWIN VON, 'REVIEW OF...•(1896).

268 CONRADY, AUGUST, 'DER ALTCHINESISCHE FRAGESATZ UND CHARTO DER STEIGENOE TON«, MITT. SEM. OR. SPR. 18, PT. 1 (1915) 261-97.

269 CONRADY, AUGUST, UEBER EINIGE ALTCHINESISCHE CHARFU HILFSWOERTER', AM 3 (1926).

270 CORRATO, HERMENEGILüO, CHINESE LANGUAGE, MANUAL OF THE MNDDGR FOO-CHOW DIALECT. SEE WIANT, P.P., 'REVIEW OF...' (1954).

271 CUR DI ER, H.t 'REVIEW OF DAUTREMER, JOSEPH, DI CT IONNAI RE JAPONAIS-FRANCA IS...(1919)•, TP SER. 2, VOL.19, 54.

272 CORD I ER, H., 'NUTICE SUR B. LAUFER, ORIGIN OF THE TIBETAN WRITING', TP 18, 236.

2 73 CORD I ER, H., 'REVIEW OF GILES, HERBERT ALLEN, CHINA AND CHINESE', TP 4, 164. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ÉHINESH LINGUISTICS 211

274 CORDIER, H., 'REVIEW OF AUBAZAC, LOUIS, DICTIONNAIRE FRANCAIS—CANTONAIS (1909)», TP SER. 2, VOL. 10 (1909) 713-6.

275 CORDIER, H., HISTOIRE GENERALE DE LA CHINE «PARIS 1920) .

276 COULING, S., ENCYCLOPAEDIA SINICA (HONGKONG 1917).

277 COURANT, MAURICE (AUGUSTE LOUIS MARIE), «NOTE SUR CHANFI L'EXISTENCE, POUR CERTAIN CARACTERES CHINOIS, DE DEUX LECTURES DISTINGUEES PAR LES FINALES K-N, T-N, P-N*, MSL 12 (1901) 67-72.

278 COURANT, MAURICE (AUGUSTE LOUIS MARIE), LA LANGUE MAADGR CHINOISE PARLEE, GRAMMAIRE DU GUANHUA (KWANHWA) SEPTENTRIONAL (PARIS-LYON 191«).

279 COUVREUR, SERAPHIN, GUIDE DE LA CONVERSATION FRANCAIS- ANGLAIS-CHINOIS. 8TH ED. (HO KIEN FU 1907) XXVII + 452.

280 CRACCO, AMADEO, GRAMMATICA DELLA LINGUA CINESE MAAOGR MODERNA (GRAMMAR OF MODERN CHINESE) (ROME 1951) 272. ITALIAN.

281 CRATAIRS, DOUGLAS, CHINESE-ENGLISH DICTIONARY OF THE MNDODI VERNACULAR OR SPOKEN LANGUAGE OF AMOY (LONDON 1873). WITH THE PRINCIPLE VARIATIONS OF ZHANG- ZHOU AND JIN-ZHOU DIALECTS. NEW ED. (LONDON 1899). SUPPLEMENT BY THOMAS BARCLAY (SHANGHAI 1923) V + 276.

282 CRUMP, JAMES I, 'ON CHINESE MEDIEVAL VERNACULAR', CHAE WENNTI 5 (NEW HAVEN 1953) 1-10, 65-74.

283 CSONGOR, BARNBAS, 'UJGHUR IRASOS KINAI SZORVANYOK', KELETAZSIAI DOLGOZATOK FASC. 2 (8UDAPEST 1947) 24. ALSO PUBLISHED IN DISSERTATIONES FACULTATIO PHILOS. UNIV. SCI. A FUNDATORE PETRO PAZMANY NOMINATAE 9. HUNGARIAN. SEE SINOR, D., 'REVIEW OF...'(1951).

284 CSONGOR, BARNABAS, 'CHINESE IN UIGHUR SCRIPT OF THE TANG PERIOD', AOH 2 (1952) 73-121. RUSSIAN SUMMARY

285 CSONGOR, BARNABAS, 'SOME MORE CHINESE GLOSSES IN UIGHUR SCRIPT', AOH 4 (1954) 251-8.

286 CSONGOR, BARNABAS, 'A CONTRIBUTION TO THE HISTORY OF CHADTO QING YIN (NEUTRAL TONE)', AOH 9 (BUDAPEST 1959).

287 CSONGOR, BARNABAS, 'SOME CHINESE TEXTS IN TIBETAN CHAN SCRIPT FROM OUN-HUANG', AOH 10 (1960) 94-140.

2H8 CSONGOR, BARNABAS, 'REMARKS ON A PROBLEM OF NEGATION CHAENG IN ', AOH 11 (BUDAPEST 1960) 69-74. 212 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

RUSSIAN SUMMARY, SUP. 5.

289 CUI, FU-YUAN, SOME EXAMPLES OF CONTEMPORARY CHINESE MAAOTO MORPHOLOGY (SHAN-DONG 1957).

290 DA GONG BAO, 'CHINESE-TO-RUSSIAN MACHINE TRANSLATION CHADMT IS PROGRESSING', (JUN 14, 1958). ALSO IN JPRS 48731-4 (1958).

291 DA, MING, 'A LEXICON IN THE PIN YIN SYSTEM«, YWXX 4 CHADRO (APR 1959) 31.

292 , JUN-REN, 'ON THE LACK OF GRAMMAR IN CHARGR INSCRIPTIONS', COLLECTED LECTURES GIVEN BEFORE FU REN UNIV.

293 DAI, JUN-REN, «NON-EXISTENCE OF THE INITIAL 'XIE' IN CHANIN ANCIENT PHONOLOGY, SUPPLEMENTARY EVIDENCE', FU REN U. 12 (1943) 23-30. CHINESE. ENG. SUM.

294 DAI, , 'SIMILARITIES AND DISSIMILARITIES AND LAWS OF PHONETIC CORRESPONDENCES BETWEEN THE PING-DU LOCAL PRONUNCIATION AND THE COMMON LANGUAGE', FYYPTHJK 2 (1958) 22-9.

295 DAI, QING-XIA, 'THE TONAL SANDHI RULES IN THE MIN MNDDTO •DIALECT OF XIAN-YOU', ZGYW (OCT 1958) 485, 487.

296 DAI, OING-XIA, 'TWO TYPES OF VOWELS—WITH AND WITHOUT MAADVO STRICTURE', SSMZYWLJ (DEC 1958).

297 DAI, QING-XIA, 'THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN LITERARY AND MNDDRP COLLOQUIAL READING OF CHARACTERS IN THE MIN DIALECT OF XIAN-YOU', ZGYW (AUG-SEP 1962) 393-8.

298 DAI, QING-XIA AND JI-LU WU, «THE PRONUNCIATION OF THE MNOAPR XIAN-YOU LANGUAGE', FYYPTHJK 1 (1958) 134-6.

299 DAI, TONG, THE SIX SCRIPTS OR THE PRINCIPLES OF CHADWS CHINESE WRITING (CAMBRIDGE CAMBRIDGE UNIV. PRESS 1954) XXVII + 84. TRANS. BY LIONEL CHARLES HOPKINS.

300 DAI, WEI-QING, 'THE USE OF FUNCT1VES IN MANDARIN', MAADFC (SHANGHAI SWYSG 1920).

301 DAO-BU, 'A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE MONGOLIAN MLAD LANGUAGE', ZGYW 130 (JUN 1964) 240-53.

302 DAO, SHI-XUN, 'A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE TAI-LE TEAD DIALECT', ZGYW 49 (JUL 1956) 44-8, 16.

303 DAO, YOU-H»NG, 'EXPERIENCE IN IMPROVING AND PROMOTING TADDWS THE ACCEPTANCE OF THE WRITING SYSTEM FOR THE TAI DIALECT OF XI-SHUANG-BAN-NA*, SSMZYWLJ 1 (JUN 1958) 74-81. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 213

304 DAUTREMER, JOSEPH, DICTIONNAIRE JAPONAIS-FRANÇAIS DE SJADOI CARACTERES CHINOIS COMPRENANT (PARIS 1919). I. THE JAPANESE PRONUNCIATION OF THE CHARACTERS, 2. THE DIFFERENT JAPANESE READINGS OF THE CHARACTERS, 3. THE FRENCH TRANSLATION. XVI + 326. SEE CORDIER, H., "REVIEW OF...«

305 DAVIS, D.H. AND JOHN ALFRED SILSKY, CHINESE-ENGLISH POCKET DICTIONARY (SHANGHAI 1911) XXIII * 236.

306 DE FRANCIS, JOHN, «THE ALPHABETIZATION OF CHINESE«, CHADRO JAOS (1943).

307 DE FRANCIS, JOHN, NATIONALISM AND LANGUAGE REFORM IN CHADLR CHINA (PRINCETON UNIV. PRESS 1953). SEE REVIEWS BY HOCKETT, CHARLES (1951) AND LI, FANG-GUI (1951).

308 DE FRANCIS, JOHN, BEGINNING CHINESE. REV. 2ND ED. (NEW MAADGR HAVEN YALE UNIV. PRESS 1963).

309 DE FRANCIS, JOHN, INTERMEDIATE CHINESE (NEW HAVEN MAADGR YALE UNIV. PRESS 1964).

310 DE FRANCIS, JOHN, «TRANSFORMATIONAL DECOMPOSITION OF MAADSY CHINESE WITH ENGLISH PARALLELS—A PRELIMINARY FORMULATION«, TRANSFORMATION AND DISCOURSE ANALYSIS PROJECT 56 (UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 1964).

311 DE FRANCIS, JOHN, «SYNTACTICAL COMMUTABILITY MAADSY IN CHINESE«, TRANSFORMATION AND DISCOURSE ANALYSIS PROJECT 48 (UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 1964).

312 DEAN, WILLIAM, FIRST LESSONS IN -CHIW DIALECT (BANGKOK 1941). 2 + 84.

313 OELOASTAD, R., MANUEL DE CANTONNAIS, COMPRENANT UN CAADGR ESSAI DE GRAMMAIRE AVEC EXEMPLES VARIES ( 1907), XV + 225 + 4. SEE MAYBOU, C.B., «REVIEW OF...« (1907).

314 DEMI E VILLE , P., 'REVI.EW OF K ARLGREN, BERNHARD, GRAMMATA SER ICA...(1940)«, BSL 43 (1945) 139-44.

315 DEMIEVILLE, P., 'LE CHINOIS A L'ECOLE NATIONALE DES LANGUES ORIENTALES VIVANTES', CENT-CINOUANTENA IRE DE L'ECOLE DES LANGUES ORIENTALES (PARIS 1948) 129-61. INITIATION A LA LANGUE CHINOISE, 129-52.

316 DEMIEVILLE, P., 'REVIEW OF FORREST, R.A.D., THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (1948)', BSL 45 (1949) 267-73.

317 DEMIEVILLE, P., 'REVIEW OF GROOTAERS, WILLEM A., DIFFERENCES PHONETIQUES...(1946)•, BSL 45 (1949) 273-7.

318 DEMIEVILLE, P., 'REVIEW OF CHMIELEWSKI, JANUSZ, 'THE CHANMO 214 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

TYPOLOGICAL...Ml949)', BSL 45 (1949) 279-81.

319 OEMÎEVILLE, P., -REVIEW OF ZHAO, YUAN-REN AND LIAN-SHENG YANG, CONCISE DICTIONARY...(1947)', BSL 45 (1949) 281-3.

320 DEMIEVILLE» P., «REVIEW OF KARLGREN, BERNHARD, LE PROTO-CHINOIS...(1920)», TP 40.3 (1950) 2.

321 DEMIEVILLE » P., ARCHAÏSMES DE PRONUNCIATION EN CHINOIS CHADPH VULGAIRE«, TP 40 (1950) 1-59.

322 DEMIEVILLE, P., 'LES DEBUTS DE LA LITERATURE EN CHAEQL CHINOIS VULGAIRE", ACADEMIE INSER. B-L 11 (PARIS 1952).

323 DEMIEVILLE, P., MATERIAUX POUR L'ENSEIGNEMENT ELEMENTAIRE DU CHINOIS (PARIS 1953) 11 + 86 • 73 + 16. SEE LANCIOTTI, L., «REVIEW OF...«(1954).

324 DEMIEVILLE» P. AND J. TAKAKUSU, H080GIRIN—DICTIONAIRE ENCYCLOPEDIQUE DE BOUDDHISME D'APRES LES SOURCES CHINOISES ET JAPONAISES. SEE BIRCH, C., 'REVIEW OF ...' (1955).

325 DENG, YI, 'COMMENTS ON LECTURES ON GRAMMAR', ZGYW 23 MAADGR (MAY 1954) 20-2.

326 DENG, ZHAN-TING, «THE USES OF DAN SHI', YWXX (OCT MAADGR

1954) 61—FF.

327 DENG, ZHAN-TING, 'ON TIME WORDS', YWXX (DEC 1955) 26. MAADGR

328 DENG1956, ) ZHAN-TING41. , 'A FREE USE OF 'MEN' ', YWXX (NOV MAADGR 329 DENIKER, G, LE MÉCANISME PHONOLOGIQUE DU PARLER DE MAADPH PEKIN (PEKING 1925).

330 DENLINGER, PAUL B., 'CHINESE HISTORICAL LINGUISTICS— CHADHL THE ROAD AHEAD', JAOS 81 (1961) 1-7.

331 DEVAN, T.T., THE BEGINNER'S FIRST BOOK OR A CAADVC VOCABULARY OF THE CANTON DIALECT. 3RD ED. ENL. BY W. LOKSCHEID (HONGKONG 1861) 5 + 3 + 148.

332 DI, FENG-LIN, 'ON 'CHU FEI' ', YWXX (NOV 1957) 10. MAADGR

333 DIAN-LU, 'THE JU-NAN DIALECT', FYYPTHJK 5 (1959) 14-21.

334 DING, BO, 'THE ORDER OF MODIFIERS', YWXX (NOV 1955) MAADSY 38.

335 DING, MI AN—Z AI, 'ON THE OF COMPLEX MAADSY SENTENCES', ZGYW 66 (DEC 1957) 15-8. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 215

336 DING. SHENG-SHU. SEE ZHAO, YUAN-REN ET AI.. REPORT...( 1938).

337 DING, SHENG-SHU, CHART OF INVESTIGATIONS ON CHINESE DIALEQ.TS (PEKING 1956).. SIMPLIFIED FORM OF ANONYMOUS. WORD LIST FOR DIALECT INVESTIGATION.

338 DING, SHENG-SHU AND RONG LI, HANDBOOK OF THE ANCIENT CHANPH ANO MODERN PRONUNCIATION OF THE CHARACTERS (PEKING 1956).

339 DING, SHENG-SHU AND RONG LI, PHONETICALLY ARRANGED CHDD CARD INDEX FOR THE CHINESE DIALECT SURVEY (PEKING 1956).

340 DING, SHENG-SHU, SHU-XIANG LYU, RONG LI, DE-XUAN SUN, MAADGR XIE-CHU GUAN, QING FU, SHENG-ZHANG HUANG AND ZHI- WEN CHEN, LECTURES ON CONTEMPORARY CHINESE GRAMMAR (SWYSG 1961).

341 DING, XING-WANG, 'DIALECT EXPRESSIONS FROM THE CHDRVC FANG YAN« , XUE FENG 3, 4 (ANKING 1935) 16, 29.

342 DING, YU, WELL-FORMED ANO MAL-FORMED SENTENCES MAADGR (PEKING 1955).

343 DIRINGER, DAVID, THE ALPHABET, A KEY TÖ THE HISTORY OF CHADWS MANKIND (NEW YORK 1951) 98-119. CHINESE LANGUAGE AND WRITING.

344 DOBSON, W.A.C.H., LATE ARCHAIC CHINESE (TORONTO 1959). CHARGR XIV + 254. DISCUSSED IN ZHANG, KUN, 'A GRAMMATICAL SKETCH...•(1961).

345 DOBSON, W.A.C.H., EARLY ARCHAIC CHINESE (TORONTO 1962) XXXI + 288. SEE STIMSON, H.M., «REVIEW OF...' (1963).

346 DOBSON, W.A.C.H., LATE —A STUDY OF THE CMARGR ARCHAIC-HAN SHIFT (TORONTO'1964) XXIV + 138.

347 DOBSON, W.A.C.H., «NEGATION IN ARCHAIC CHINESE«, CHARNG LANGUAGE 42.2 (APR 1966) 278-84.

348 DOHERTY, W., SEE LAPPARENT, J. DE AND W. DOHERTY, PETIT DICTIONNAIRE...(1911).

349 DON, A., «THE 'LLIN-NEN1 VARIATION OF CANTONESE'CR CADD 11, 12 (1883, 1884) 236-47, 474-81.

350 DONG, CHANG-ZHI, PRACTICAL CHINESE GRAMMAR. 2ND ED. MAADGR (TAIPEI TAI-WAN SHU DIAN 1952). EDITED BY RONG HE AND TIE-HEN QI.

351 DONG, SHAO-WEN, «RUDIMENTS OF PHONOLOGY', YWXX (JAN, CHADLT FEB 1954) 80—FF, 80-FF. 216 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

352 DONG, SHAO-WEN, » INITIALS«, YWXX (MAR, APR, MAADIN MAY 1954) 80—FF, 71-FF, 67-FF.

353 DONG, SHAO-WEN, GENERAL KNOWLEDGE OF PHONETICS CHADLT (PEKING 1958). REV. ED.

354 DONG, TONG-HE, 'A PRELIMINARY STUDY ON CHINESE ARCHAIC CHARPH PHONOLOGY', ACAD. SIN. MONO. 21.

355 DONG, TONG-HE, 'STUDIES ON THE FIRST FAN QIE CHARACTERS IN A NEWLY FOUND MANUSCRIPT OF WANG REN- XU'S EDITION OF QIE-YUN', BIHP 23 PT. 2.

356 DONG, TONG-HE, 'SOME PROBLEMS OF QIE YUN ZHI ZHANG CHAERH TU', BIHP 17.

357 DONG, TONG-HE, SEE ZHAO, YUAN-REN ET AL., REPORT... (1938) .

358 DONG, TONG-HE, 'NOTES ON KARLGREN'S 'FREE RHYME SYSTEM' ', ACAD. SIN., PT. 4 (1939) 533-43.

359 DONG, TONG-HE, 'AN INTERPRETATION OF 'MEN-FA* OF DENG CHANRC YUN', ACAD. SIN. SPEC. PUBL. 3 (1943).

360 DONG, TONG-HE, 'CHART OF ARCHAIC RHYME', ACAD. SIN. CHARFI MONO. 21 (1944) 188.

361 DONG, TONG-HE, 'CLASSES OF ANCIENT FINALS', ACAO. SIN. CHANFI SPEC. PUBL. 3 (1946) 50.

362 DONG, TONG-HE, 'TENTATIVE ARCHAIC PHONOLOGICAL CHARPH TABLES', BIHP 18 (1948) 1-249. SEE LI, DAO, •REVIEW OF...'(1949).

363 DONG, TONG-HE, 'A HAKKA DIALECT IN HUA-YANG DISTRICT HKDD SI—CHUAN', BIHP 19 (1948) 81-201.

364 DONG, TONG-HE, 'NOTES ON THE SECOND FAN QIE CHARACTERS CHANFQ (FAN QIE XIA ZI) IN A NEWLY FOUND MANUSCRIPT OF WANG REN—XU'S EDITION OF QIE YUN', BIHP 19 (1948) 549-88.

365 DONG, TONG-HE, "A PRELIMINARY STUDY OF THE FAN QIE CHANFQ DOUBLETS IN GUANG YUN', ACAD. SIN. SPEC. PUBL. 13, PT. 1 (1948) 50.

366 DONG, TONG-HE, (TAIPEI CHINA CHADDA CULTURE PUBLISHING FOUNDATION AUG 1953).

367 DONG, TONG-HE, HISTORY OF CHINESE PHONOLOGY (TAIPEI CHADHL CHINA CULTURE PUBLISHING FOUNDATION 1954). NO. 26 OF XIAN DAI GUO MIN ZHI SHI CONG SHU.

368 DONG, TONG-HE, 'REVIEW OF BODMAN, NICHOLAS C., A LINGUISTIC STUDY...(1954)•, FAR EASTERN QUARTERLY BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 217

14 (1955) 408-9.

369 DONG, TONG-HE, LINGUISTIC STUDIES IN CHINA IN THE LAST THREE DECADES, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NINTH PACIFIC SCIENCE CONG. (BANGKOK 1957».

370 DONG, TONG-HE, 'THE PHONOLOGICAL SYSTEM OF THE AMOY MNtlDPH DIALECT', BI HP 29 (TAIPEI 1958) 231-53.

371 DONG, TONG-HE, 'FOUR SOUTH MIN DIALECTS', BIHP 30, MNDD PT. 2 (1959) 729-1042.

372 DONG, TONG-HE, 'RECENT STUDIES IN PHONETICS AND CHADPH PHONOLOGY IN CHINA', PHONETICA 6. 12 (1961) 216-28.

373 DONG, TONG-HE, 'THE CONCEPTION OF INITIALS AND FINALS CHADLT AND THE MODERN THEORY OF LINGUISTIC ANALYSIS', ACAD. SIN. SPEC. PUBL. 4 (1961) 681-91.

374 DONG, -ZHANG, 'A FEW PHONETIC AND GRAMMATICAL MADDGR PHENOMENA IN THE DIALECT OF SHAN-DONG», ZGYW (MAY 1957). COVER P. 4.

375 DOOLITTLE, JUSTUS, 'REVIEW OF MACLAY, R.S. AND C.C. BALDWIN, AN ALPHABETIC DICTIONARY...(1898)', CHINA RECORDER 3 (1870) 13-134. WITH DIAGRAMS OF FOOCHOW TONE.

376 DOWNER, G.B., 'A PROBLEM IN QIE YUN CHINESE', BSOAS CHANPH 19 (1957) 515-25.

377 DOWNER, G.B., 'DERIVATION BY TONE-CHANGE IN CLASSICAL CHARMO CHINESE', BSOAS 22 (1959) 258-90.

378 DOWNER, G.B., 'TRADITIONAL CHINESE PHONOLOGY', TPSL CHADLT (1963) 127-42.

379 DOWNER, G.B. AND A.C. GRAHAM, 'TONE PATTERNS IN CHANTO ', BSOAS 26 (1963) 145-8.

380 DRAGUNOV, ALEKSANDR ALEKSANDROVICH, UNTERSUCHUNGEN ZUR MAADGR GRAMMATIK DER MODERNEN CHINESISCHEN SPRACHE, OSTASIATISCHE FORSCHUNGEN-SONDERREIHE MONOGRAPHIEN 1, XII + 280. ALSO A CHINESE ED.

381 DRAGUNOV, ALEKSANDR ALEKSANDROVICH, 'VOICED TIANCO AND 11^ ANCIENT TIBETAN», BIHP 7.

382 DRAGUNOV, ALEKSANDR ALEKSANDROVICH, 'CONTRIBUTION TO CHANPH THE RECONSTRUCTION OF ANCIENT CHINESE', TP 26 (1929) 1-16. SEE TANG, YU, 'CHINESE TRANSL. OF...»(1931).

383 DRAGUNOV, ALEKSANDR ALEKSANDROVICH, 'THE HPHAGS-PA MAAEPH SCRIPT AND ANCIENT MANDARIN', IZV. AKAD. NAUK 7 GUMANTAKNYX NAUK (1931) 358-75. TRANSCRIPTION IN HPHAGS-PA CHARACTERS OF THE BEGINNING OF THE 14TH 218 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

CENTURY, PART OF MS. NO. 3596 OF AYA SOPHIA AT ISTANBUL. RUSSIAN SUM. SEE TANG, YU, "CHINESE TRANSL. OF...'(1959).

384 DRAGUNOV, ALEKSANDR ALEKSANOROVICH, «K LATINIZACIJI HSDDRO DIALEKTOV CENTRAL1NOGO KITAJA, DIALEKTY SIANTAN I SIANSIAN (XUNAN)' ( OF CENTRAL CHINESE DIALECTS—XIANG-TAN AND XIANG-XIANG, ), IZV. AKAD. NAUK SSSR, OTD. OBSHCHESTV. NAUK (19321 239- 69.

385 DRAGUNOV, ALEKSANDR ALEKSANDROVICH, 'CHASTI RECHI V MAADGR KITAJSKOM JAZYKE' (PARTS OF SPEECH IN CHINESE), SOVETSKOE JAZYKOZNANIE 3 (1937) 117-28.

386 DRAGUNOV, ALEKSANDR ALEKSANOROVICH, *K VOPROSU 0 MAADSY KLASSIF IKAC11 PROSTYX PREDLOZHENIJ SOVREMENNOGO KITAJSKOGO JAZYKA (PREDLOZHENIJA NALICHNOSTI I OBLADANIJA)' (ON THE QUESTION OF THE CLASSIFICATION OF SIMPLE SENTENCES IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE— SENTENCES OF EXISTENCE AND POSSESSION), TRUDY INST. VOSTOKOVEDENIJA AKAD. NAUK SSSR 27 (1940) 5-22.

387 DRAGUNOV, ALEKSANDR ALEKSANDROVICH, 'NEKOTORYE MAADGR PROBLEMY KITAJSKOJ GRAMMATIKI• (SOME PROBLEMS OF CHINESE GRAMMAR), RABOCHAJA XRONIKA INST. VOSTOKOVEDENIJA AKAD. NAUK SSSR 2 (TASHKENT 1944). RUSSIAN.

388 DRAGUNOV, ALEKSANDR ALEKSANDROVICH, '0 ZAVISIMYX MAADSY CHLENAX PREDLOZHENIJA PREDMETNOSTI V SOVREMENNOM KITAJSKOM JAZYKE« (SUBORDINATE PARTS OF THE SENTENCES IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE), IZV. AKAO. NAUK SSSR 1.6 (1946) 484-9. RUSSIAN.

389 DRAGUNOV, ALEKSANDR ALEKSANDROVICH, •KATEGOR 11 MAADSY ZAVISIMOJ I NEZAVISIMOJ PREDMETNOSTI V SOUVREMENNOM KITAJSKOM RAZGOVORNOM JAZYKE« (THE CATEGORIES OF SUBORDINATE AND NON-SURORDINATE OBJECTI VAT IONS IN CONTEMPORARY COLLOQUIAL CHINESE), SOVIETSKOE VOSTOKOVEDENIE 6 (1950) 102-19. RUSSIAN.

390 DRAGUNOV, ALEKSANDR ALEKSANDROVICH, ISSLEDOVAN IJA PO MAADGR GRAMMATIKE SOVREMENNOGO KITAJSKOGO JAZYKA (STUDIES IN THE GRAMMAR OF THE CONTEMPORARY CHINESE LANGUAGE) (MOSCOW 1952). RUSSIAN.

391 DRAGUNOV, ALEKSANDR ALEKSANDROVICH, • STRUKTURA SLOGA V KITAJSKOM NAC IONAL'NOM JAZYKE * (THE STRUCTURE OF SYLLABLES IN THE CHINESE NATIONAL LANGUAGE), SOVETSKOE VOSTOKOVEDENIE 1 (1955) 57-74 + PLATE. FOR CHIN. T'.ftANSL • SEE DRAGUNOV, A., «STRUCTURE OF...M 1958) .

392 DRAGUNOV, ALEKSANDR ALEKSANDROVICH, 'STRUKTURNYE EDINICY KITAJSKOJ RECHI' (STRUCTURAL UNITS OF CHINESE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 219

SPEECH), USLU 236 (1958) 230-49. RUSSIAN.

393 DRAGUNOV, ALEKSANDR ALEKSANDROVICH, CHINESE VERSION MAADGR OF ISSLEDOVANIJA PO GRAMMATIKE SOVREMENNOGO KITAJSKOGO JAZYKA (1952) (PEKING KE XUE CBS 1958). TRANS. BY ZU-QING ZHENG, ED. BY LI WANG ET AL.

394 DRAGUNOV, ALEKSANDR ALEKSANDROVICH, «STRUCTURE OF THE SYLLABLES IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE', ZGYW 77 (NOV 1958) 513-21. TRANSL. BY GAO, ZU-SHUN, FROM SOVETSKOE VOSTOKOVEDENIE (1955). SEE DRAGUNOV, A., •STRUKTURA SLOGA...•{1955).

395 DRAGUNOV, ALEKSANOR ALEKSANDROVICH, 'BINOMS OF THE TYPE 'NI ZU' IN THE TANGUT-', SEE PELLIOT, P., 'REVIEW OF ...» (1932).

396 DRAGUNOV, ALEKSANDR ALEKSANDROVICH, 'I SSLEDOVANIJA V OBLASTI DUNGANSKOJ GRAMMATIK I. KATEGOR IJI VIDA I VREMENI V DUNGANSKOM JAZYKE (DIALEKT GAN-SU)' (RE- SEARCHES IN THE DOMAIN OF DUNGAN GRAMMAR. CATEGORIES OF ASPECT AND TENSE IN DUNGAN, DIALECT OF GAN-SU), TRUDY INST. VOSTOKOVEDENIJA AKAD. NAUK SSSR 27 (1940) 84. RUSSIAN.

397 DRAGUNOV, ALEKSANDR ALEKSANDROVICH AND E.N. DRAGUNOV, •UEBER DIE DUNGAN ISCH SPRACHE', AO 8 (1936) 34-48.

398 DRAGUNOV, ALEKSANDR ALEKSANDROVICH AND E.N. DRAGUNOV, • DUNGANSKI J JAZYK', (THE DUNGAN LANGUAGE), ZAPISKI INST. VOSTOKOVEDENI JA AKAD. NAUK SSSR 6 (1937) 117- 31. RUSSIAN.

399 DREHER, J., "A COMPARISON OF NATIVE AND ACQUIRED LAN- CHADTO GUAGE INTONATION',(UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, ANN ARBOR 1951). UNPUBLISHED PH.D. THESIS. CHINESE INTONATION.

400 DU, QI-RONG, 'CLASSIFICATION OF 'LIAN MIAN ZI' IN CHARMO THE BOOK OF ODES', BTU (1960) 129-292.

401 DU, QI-RONG, CHINESE TRANSL. OF KARLGREN, BERNHARD, THE CHINESE LANGUAGE...(1949) (HONGKONG 1963) .

402 DU, ZI-JING, COLLECTED ESSAYS ON THE CHINESE LANGUAGE CHADLR REFORM DURING THE YEAR 1949 (DA ZONG SHU DIAN 1950).

403 DU PONCEAU, PETER, A DISSERTATION ON THE NATURE AND CHADWS SYSTEM OF CHINESE WRITING (PHILADEPHIA 1938).

404 DUAN, QI-XIANG, THOUGHT, FORM AND THE CLASSIFICATION OF WORDS.

405 DUBS, HOMER H., 'ON THE SUPPOSED MONOSYLLABIC MYTH», JAOS 72. 82-3. 220 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

406 DUBS, HOHER H.t 'Y.R. CHAO (ZHAO) ON CHINESE GRAMMAR CHADLT AND LOGIC1, PHILOSOPHY EAST AND WEST 5 (1956) 167-8.

407 DUYVENDAK, 'NOTICE SUR G.A. KENNEDY, DIE ROLLE DES GESTAENDNISSES IM CHINESISCHEN GESETZ', TP 35 (1939) 422.

408 DYER, VOCABULARY OF THE HOKKIEN DIALECT (SINGAPORE MNDDVC 1838).

409 E, SHAN-YIN. SEE OSHANIN.

410 EBERHARD, WOLFRAM, KISA KLASIK CINCE GRAMER (LITTLE GRAMMAR OF ) (ANKARA 1939) 59. TRANS. INTO TURKISH BY IKHAL BERK.

411 EBERHARD, WOLFRAM, •EINFUEHRUNG IN DIE WICHTIGSTEN HILFSMITTEL DER SINOLOGIE FUER ANFAENGER', STUDIEN ZUR AUSLANDSKUNDE, OSTASIEN 1.2 (BERLIN 1943) 137-84.

412 ECKER, L, »THE PLACE CONCEPT IN CHINESE«, CHADSC LANGUAGE 16 (1940) 17-28.

413 EDKINS, JOSEPH, A GRAMMAR OF COLLOQUIAL CHINESE AS WUDDGR EXHIBITED IN THE SHANGHAI DIALECT (SHANGHAI 1853).

414 EDKINS, JOSEPH, A GRAMMAR OF CHINESE COLLOQUIAL MAADGR LANGUAGE (SHANGHAI 1857). 2ND ED. 1864. COMMONLY CALLED THE MANDARIN DIALECT.

415 EDKINS, JOSEPH, A VOCABULARY OF THE SHANGHAI DIALECT WUDDVC (SHANGHAI 1869).

416 EDKINS, JOSEPH, CHINA'S PLACE IN PHILOLOGY (LONDON 1871).

417 EDKINS, JOSEPH, 'THE STATE OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE CHAR AT THE TIME OF THE INVENTION OF WRITING', TRANS. 2ND CONG. ORIEN. LONDON 1874 (LONDON 1876) 98-119.

418 EDKINS, JOSEPH, CHINESE (1880).

419 EDKINS, JOSEPH, 'INFLUENCE OF CHINESE DIALECTS ON SJAN THE JAPANESE PRONUNCIATION OF THE CHINESE PART OF THE ', TASJ 8 (1880) 473-8.

420 EDKINS, JOSEPH, 'CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE HISTORY OF THE SJAN JAPANESE TRANSCRIPTION OF CHINESE SOUND', TASJ 9 (1881) 107-24.

421 EDKINS, JOSEPH, 'PRIORITY OF LABIAL LETTERS CHADPH ILLUSTRATED IN CHINESE PHONETICS', JRAS N.S. 19 (1887.) 207-22.

422 EDKINS, JOSEPH, 'TO FLY AND TO FLOAT', CR 19 (1891) CHADSC BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 221

189-90.

423 EOKINS• JOSEPH, 'RECENT RESEARCHES UPON THE ANCIENT CHANPH CHINESE SOUNDS«, CR 22 11897) 565-70.

424 EDWAROS, E.O. ANO C.O. BLAGDEN, 'A CHINESE VOCABULARY OF MALACCA MALAY WORDS AND PHRASES', BSQ£ (1931).

425 EFIMOV, »-B. ANa ZVONOV, 'AN EXPERIMENT IN CHADWS CONSTRUCTING^ Ä SYSTEM FOR GRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF CHINESE CHARACTERS', PROC. IPMCE 2 (MOSCOW 19611 503-13. ENGLISH TRANS. IN JPRS 13543.

426 EGEROD, SOREN, 'REVIEW OF HAENISCH, ERICH, '8EITRAEGE ZUR GESCHICHTE...*(1932)', LANGUAGE 31, 470-7.

427 EGEROD, SOREN, THE LUNGTU DIALECT (E. MUNKSGARD MADDGR COPENHAGEN 1956). A DESCRIPTIVE AND HISTORICAL STUDY 06 A SOUTH CHINESE .

428 EGEROD, S,Ò«€N, 'THE 8JH EARTHY BRANCH IN ARCHAIC CHARFK CHINESE AND TAI', ORIENS 10 (1957) 296-9.

429 EGÈfcOD, SOREN, 'ESSENTIALS OF SHAN PHONOLOGY AND SHADPH SCRIPT', BIHP 29, PT. 1 (1958) 121-9.

430 EGEROD, SOREN, 'A NOTE CN SOME CHINESE NUMERALS AS CHADLW LOAN WORDS IN TAI', TP 47 (1959) 67-74.

431 EGEROD, SOREN, 'THE TONAL SPELLING OF CANTONESE', TP CAAOTO 46 (1959) 369-75.

432 EGEROD, SOREN, 'A SAMPLING OF ZHONG-SHAN HAKKA', IN HKDD STUDIA DEDICATA (COPENHAGEN 1959). SEE EGEROD, SOREN AND ELISE GLAHN, ED., STUDIA SERICA...(1959).

433 EGEROD, SOREN, 'REVIEW OF MARTIN, S.E., THE PHONEMES OF...(1953)', JAOS 81 (1961) 70.

434 EGEROD, SOREN ANO ELISE GLAHN, ED., STUDIA SERICA BERNHARD KARLGREN DEDICATA, SINOLOGICAL STUDIES DEDICATED TO BERNHARD KARLGREN ON HIS 70TH BIRTHDAY (COPENHAGEN 1959).

435 EITEL, ERNST JOHN, A CHINESE DICTIONARY IN THE CAADDI CANTONESE DIALECT (HONGKONG 1910) XLVII «• 3 • XVIII + 1417. REV. AND ENLARGED BY IMMANUEL GOTTLIEB GENAEGR.

436 EMENEAU, MURRAY B, 'NUMERALS IN COMPARATIVE LINGUISTICS', BIHP 29, PT. 1. WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO DRAVIDIAN.

437 ENRIQUEZ, COLIN METCALFE DALLAS, COLLOQUIAL YUNNANESE MADD 222 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

(CALCUTTA 1919).

438 ERKES, EDUARD, »DIE SPRACHE DES ALTEN CHUS TP 27 CHOR (1930) 1-11.

439 ERKES, EDUARD, 'ANTITHETISCHE KOMPOSITION UND MAADGR DEKOHPOSITION IN CHINESISCHEN«, SINOLOGICA 2 (1949) 127-39.

440 ERKES, EDUARD, CHINESISCHE GRAMMATIK—NACHTRAG ZUR MAADGR CHINESISCHEN GRAMMATIK VON B.V.D. GABELENTZ (BERLIN 1956) 101.

441 ESSEN, 0. VON, 'REVIEW OF GIET, FRANZ, ZUR MADDTO TONITAET...(1950)', AFRIKA UND UEBERSEE 36 (1951) 87-8.

442 F.M. (C.E.), A SHORT VOCABULARY OF THE YUNNANESE MADDVE DIALECT WITH SENTENCES (RANGOON 1912) 40.

443 FAN, FANG-LI AN, SEE LI, LING-DING AND FANG-LIAN FAN, ' 'BU', 'ME I' AND...«(I960).

444 FAN, FANG-LI AN, 'THE EXISTENTIAL SENTENCES', ZGYW 126 MAADSY (1963) 386.

445 FAN, FANG-LIAN, «ON SENTENCES WITH VERBS LIKE •ZUO MAADGR ZHE« «, ZGYW 126 (1963) 386-95.

446 FAN, FANG-LI AN, «ON VERB REDUPLICATION', ZGYW 131 MAADVE (1964) 264-78.

447 FAN, JI-YAN, 'ON HOW TO WRITE THE WORD SUFFIX •LE' • MAADMO ZGYW 28 (OCT 1954) 37.

448 FAN, JI-YAN, 'THE GRAMMATICAL FUNCTION OF 'DE' IN MAADGR ADJECTIVE-NOUN CONSTRUCTIONS', ZGYW 71 (MAY 1958) 213-7.

449 FAN, JI-YAN, 'THE REDUPLICATION AND •R'-SUFF IXATION MADDNO OF NOUNS OF THE CHONG-QING DIALECT', ZGYW 121 (DEC 1962) 558-60.

450 FAN, JI-YAN, 'ANALYSIS OF THE VERB AND THE DIRECTIONAL MAADSY POST-POSITION CONSTRUCTION', ZGYW 123 (1963) 136.

451 FAN, JI-YAN AND CHANG-RONG RAO, 'MORE ON VERB MAADSY CONSTRUCTIONS PRECEDED BY MODIFIERS OF DEGREES', ZGYW 129 (1964) 101.

452 FAN, JIA-RONG, 'SEVERAL VERBS GOVERNING ONE OR MORE MAADSY OBJECTS', YWXX 10 (1957) 29.

453 FANG, GUANG-DAO, 'AUTHOR AND LANGUAGE', WEN YI YUE BAO (JAN 1954). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 223

454 FANG-MAO, 'ANNOTATED VOCABULARY OF THE NORTH MADDVC EASTERN DIALECT", FYYPTHJK 9 (FEB 1958) 96-109.

455 FENG, CHENG-LIN, 'THE EMOTIVE FUNCTION OF REDUPLICATED MAADAJ ADJECTIVES IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE1, ZGYW 23 (MAY 1954) 22.

456 FENG, GUO-RUI, 'DIALECT TERMS OF SHAN-XI, SHAN-XI AND CHDRVC GAN-SU, IN YANG XIUNG'S FANG YAN, WITH EXPLANATION', GUO FENG 6.7-8, 6.9-10, 7.1 (NANKING 1935) 43-54, 19-30, 28-39.

457 FENG, SHI, DICTIONARY OF SYNONYMS (HONGKONG 1963). CHADSS

458 FENG, SI-YU, A LEXICON OF GUANG-ZHOU PRONUNCIATION CAADPH (HONGKONG WORLD BOOK CO. APR 1962).

459 FENN, C.H., 'INTRODUCTION TO CHINESE SENTENCE MAADSY STRUCTURE', IN READ CHINESE BY F.Y. WANG (NEW HAVEN IFEL 1961) VII + 8.

460 FERNANDEZ DE CABOS, EUSTASIO, INTRODUCCION AL LENGUAJE HABLADO CHINO (INTRODUCTION TO THE SPOKEN CHINESE LANGUAGE) (SHANGHAI 1933) 235. SPANISH.

461 FIELDE, ADELE MARION, FIRST LESSONS IN THE SWATOW SWADGR DIALECT (SWATOW 1878).

462 FIELDE, ADELE MARION, PRONOUNCING AND DEFINING SWADDI DICTIONARY OF THE SWATOW DIALECT (SHANGHAI 1883).

463 FIRTH, J.R. AND B.B. ROGERS, 'THE STRUCTURE OF THE HSDDSB CHINESE MONOSYLLABLE IN A HUNANESE DIALECT', BSOAS 8 (1937) 1055-74.

464 FITZGERALD, C.P., 'UEBER EINIGE SUEDCHINESISCHE CHDD DIALEKTE UND IHR VtRHAELTNIS ZUM PEKINESISCHEN•, MITT. SEM. OR. SPR. (1903).

465 FITZGERALD, C.P., 'DAS ARABISCHE ALPHABET NACH DEM TIAN FANG ZI MU JIE YI', TP (1907) 693-703.

466 FITZGERALD, C.P., 'tIN ISLAMISCHES TRACTAT AUS , CHINESISCH IN ARABISCHER SCHRIFT', TP 8 (1907) 1-76.

467 FITZGERALD, C.P., THE TOWER OF FIVE GLORIES (LONDON 1941).

468 FITZGERALD, C.P., 'YUMEN UNO PRESSE—HANDBUCH DER CHADWL NEUCHINESISCHEN SCHRIFTSPRACHE', ORIENS EXTREMUS 2 (1955) 131-41.

469 FORI-1GN SERVICE INSTITUTE, A CHI NE SE-ENGLISH CHADVC GLOSSARY OF CURRENT READING TEXT (DEPT. OF STATE APR 1961). 224 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

470 F0RKE« A., «A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF NORTHERN CHINESE MADD DIALECTS', CR 21 (1894).

471 FORKE, A., «DIE CHINESISCHE UMGANGSSPRACHE IM XIII MAAE JAHRHUNDERT', ACTES 12E CONGRES OR. (ROME 1899).

472 FORREST, R.A.D., THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (LONDON FABER AND FABER 1948). SEE DEHIEVILLE, P., 'REVIEW OF...' (1949), GILLET, 'REVIEW OF...' (1948), GOODRICH, L.C., •REVIEW OF...', GROOTAERS, W.A., 'REVIEW OF...' (1950), WURM, S., 'REVIEW OF...' (1951), AND YU, MIN, •REVIEW OF...' (1949).

473 FORREST, R.A.D.. 'THE RU SHENG TONE IN PEKINESE', MAADTO BSOAS 13. 2 (1950) 443-7.

474 FORREST, R.A.D., 'ON CERTAIN TIBETAN INITIAL TIANCO CONSONANT GROUPS', WENNTI 4 (1952) 41-56.

475 FORREST, R.A.D., 'TOWARDS COMMON TIBETO-BURMAN', TBAOCS WENNTI 10 (1956) 1-18.

476 FORREST, R.A.D., «LES OCCLUSIVES FINALES EN CHINOIS CHARFI ARCHAÏQUE', BULL. DE LA SOC. DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 5 (1960) 118-35.

477 FORREST, R.A.D., «RESEARCHES IN ARCHAIC CHINESE«, CHAR ZDMG 111 (1961) 118-38.

478 FRANCHEN, J.J.C., CHINEESCH-HOLLANDSCH WOORDENBOECK DUAODI VAN HET EMOI DIALECT (CHINESE-DUTCH DICTIONARY OF THE ) (BATAVIA 1882). DUTCH.

479 FRANKE, HERBERT, CHINESISCHES LESEBUCH (1941).

480 FRANKE, HERBERT, SINOLOGIE (DIALEKTFORSCHUNG 47-50) CHDD (BERN 1953).

481 FRANKE, HERBERT, «BEMERKUNGEN ZUM PROBLEM DER CHADWL STRUKTURE DER CHINESISCHEN SCHRIFTSPRACHE», ORIENS EXTREMUS 2 (1955) 135-41.

482 FREI, H., •MONOSYLLABI SME ET POLYSYLLABISME DANS SJANLW LES EMPRUNTS LINGUISTIQUES (AVEC UN INVENTAIRE DES PHONEMES DE PEKIN ET DE TOKIO)«, BULL. DE LA MA I SON-FRANCO—JAPONAI SE 8 (1936) 123-34. SEE WANG, LI, «REVIEW OF...«(1937).

483 FREI, H., «REVIEW OF CHEN, DING-MIN, ETUDE PHONETIQUE ...(1938)', ACTA LINGUISTICA I (1939) 119-23.

484 FREI, H., 'UN SYSTEME CHINOIS OES ASPECTS', ACTA • LINGUISTICA II.3 (1941) 137-50.

485 FREI, H., »THE ERGATIVE CONSTRUCTION IN CHINESE', GK MAADSY 31, 32 (1956, 1957). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 225

486 FU, CHAO-YAN, INTERPRETATION OF DIALECTAL WORDS CHDDMO (1957).

487 FU, MAO-JI, »VERBS, AOJECTIVES AND PREPOSITIONS AS ONE MAADMO WORD CLASS IN MODERN CHINESE«, BULL. CH. ST. 2 (1942) 249-66. CHINESE WITH ENGLISH SUMMARY 466.

488 FU, MAO-JI, THE PRESENT SITUATION OF THE NATIONAL NLAD LANGUAGES IN THE PROVINCE OF YUN-NAN AND THE RESPONSIBILITIES OF LINGUISTIC WORKERS', ZGYW 6 (DEC 1952) 7-8.

489 FU, MAO-JI, «PHONEMES AND LETTERS OF THE PEKING MAADPM LANGUAGE«, ZGYW (MAY 1956) 3-12.

490 FU, MAO-JI, «THE PRESENT SITUATION AND PROBLEMS IN NLADWS THE DESIGN OF NEW ALPHABETS AND THE REVISION OF OLD WRITING SYSTEMS FOK THE NATIONAL LANGUAGES', YYYJ 1 (DEC 1956) 113-27.

491 FU, MAO-JI, 'PROBLEMS IN RENDERING NEW TERMS IN THE NLADTM NATIONAL LANGUAGES', ZGYW 64 (OCT 1957) 31-4.

492 FU, MAO-JI, 'FURTHER DISCUSSION ON THE PROBLEMS OF NLADTM RENDERING NEW TERMS IN THE NAT IONAL LANGUAGES•, ZGYW 72 (JUN 1958) 251-3.

493 FU, MAO-JI, SHI-XUN DAO, WEI TONG AND ZHONG-QIANG DAO, TADDPM •THE PHONEMIC SYSTEM OF THE TAI DIALECT OF YUN- JING-HONG, IN XI-SHUANG-BAN-NA, YUN-NAN', YYYJ 1 (DEC 1956) 223-64.

494 FU, MING-DI, A SHORT DISCUSSION OF THE CONTEMPORARY CHINESE LANGUAGE (HU-BEI REN MIN CBS 1957).

495 FU, QING, 'THE DISTINCTION BETWEEN ADVERBS AND MAADMO ADJECTIVES«, ZGYW 29 (NOV 1954) 18.

496 FU, QING, SEE DING, SHENG-SHU, SHU-XIANG LYU ET AL., LECTURES ON CONTEMPORARY CHINESE GRAMMAR (1961).

497 FU, SI-NIAN, 'ON «DA DONG' AND 'XIAO DONG« «, BIHP 2, 1.

498 FU, ZI—DONG, «SUBJECT AND OBJECT', ZGYW CONG SHU 76- MAADSY 96.

499 FU, ZI-DONG, 'THE FUNCTION AND ORDERING OF WORDS', MAADSY ZGYW 15 (SEP 1953) 13-8.

500 FU, ZI-DONG, GRAMMATICAL THEORY (XI-AN WU SHI NIAN CHADLT DAI CBS 1954) 196.

501 FU, ZI-DONG, «IN ANSWER TO THE CRITICISMS OF SHAO-ZAO XU«, ZGYW 37 (JUL 1955) 22-5. 226 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

502 FU, ZI-DONG, 'DISTINCTION AND RECOGNITION OF PARTS OF CHADPS SPEECH', ZGYW (1) 51 (SEP 1956) 11-6, (2) 52 (OCT 1956) 26-30, (3) 53 (NOV 1956) 33-7, 14) 54 (DEC 1956) 37-44.

503 FU, ZI-DONG, 'STANDARDS FOR CLASSIFYING PARTS OF CHADPS SPEECH IN CHINESE«, COLLECTION OF ESSAYS ON CHINESE LANGUAGE (SHANGHAI ZHONG HUA SHU JU 1958) 132-43.

504 FU, ZUO-ZHI, «THE RtDUPLI CAT I ON OF ADJECTIVES IN THE WUODAJ WEN-ZHUU DIALECT', ZGYW 113 (MAR 1962) 128.

505 GABELENTZ, GEORG VON DER, CHINESISCHE GRAMMATIK MIT AUSSCHLUSS DES NIEDEREN STILES UND DER HEUTIGEN UMGANGSSPRACHE (LEIPZIG 1881), PHOTOLITH REPRINT (PEKING 1944) XXIX + 552. REPRINT (BERLIN 1953) XXVII + 549. SEE HIRTH, F., 'REVIEW OF...'(1882).

506 GABELENTZ, GEORG VOM DER, 'SOME ADDITIONS TO MY MAADGR CHINESE GRAMMAR', JRAS N CH BR. SEC. 11, 20 (1885) 227-34.

507 GABELENTZ, GEORG VON DER, •BE I TRAEGE ZUR CHINESISCHEN CHARGR GRAMMATIK. DIE SPRACHE DES CUANG-TSI (ZHUANG ZI)', ABH. SAECHS. GES. vi ISS. 10 (1888) 579-638.

508 GABELENTZ, GEORG VON DER, DIE SPRACHWISSENSCHAFT (LEIPZIG 1891, 1901).

509 GABELENTZ, GEORG VON DER, ANFANGSGRUENOE OER MAADGR CHINESISCHEN GRAMMATIK (NEW YORK UNGAR PRESS 1954).

510 GADZHIEV, N.Z. AND fc.A. IVANCHIKOV, CHINESE TRANSL. BY MAADGR CHU-NAN PENG, 'ON THE DISCUSSION OF PARTS OF SPEECH', ZGYW 35 (MAY 1955) 40.

511 GALE, JAMES SCARTH, A KOREAN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY ( SHANGHAI 1897).

512 GALE, JAMES SCARTH, CHINESE-ENGLISH DICTIONARY (APR CEADDI 1960) 837-1096.

513 GALLGREN, GERTY, 'STUDIES IN SONG TIME COLLOQUIAL CHAEGR CHINESE AS REVEALED IN CHU HI'S TSUAN-SU ('S ZUAN SU)', BMFEA 30 (STOCKHOLM 1958).

514 GAN, SHI-FU, 'ON THE CAUSES OF SOUND CHANGE', ZGYW 53 CHADHL (1956) 10.

515 GAN, SHI-FU, 'THE DEFINITION OF AND THE USE CHADLT

OF PHONEM ICS', YWXX 7 ( 1957) 5.

516 GAO, BEN-HAN, SEE KARLGREN, BERNHARD.

517 GAO, ER-ÜIANG, "A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE TAJIK TJAD BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 227

LANGUAGE', ZGYW 123 (APR 1963) 161-75.

518 GAO, GUANG-YU '4 PRELIMINARY DISCUSSION OF HOW KUN- MADD MING SPEAKERS SHOULD STUDY THE COMMON LANGUAGE', FYYPTHJK 3 (1958) 105-9.

519 GAO, HUA-NIAN, A STUDY OF YI GRAMMAR (PEKING AUG YIADGR 1958 ) .

520 GAO, JING-CHENG, 'A BRIEF DISCUSSION ON HOW TO MAADTO WORDS WITH NEUTRAL-TONE SYLLABLES', WZGG 9 (APR 1958) 18.

521 GAO, JING-CHENG, 'THE DECLINE OF NEUTRAL-TONE AS MAAOTO SEEN FROM SOME LEXICONS', WZGG 2 (1959) 5.

522 GAO, MING-KAI, ESSAI SUR LA VALEUR REELE DES PARTICULES PREPOSITIONNELLES EN CHINOIS (PARIS RODSTEIN 1940).

523 GAO, MING-KAI, 'ON THE PARTICLE 'DE* IN CHINESE', HAN MAADFU XUE (PEKING LE CENTRE FRANCO-CHI NO IS D'ETUDES SINOLOGI QUE S 1944) 27-80.

524 GAO, MING-KAI, 'A STUDY OF FINAL PARTICLES IN CHADFU CHINESE', YANJ. J. CHIN. ST. 31 ( 1946) 81-118. CHINESE WITH ENGLISH SUMMARY ON PG. 248.

525 GAO, MING-KAI, 'STUDYING CHINESE GRAMMAR FROM SENTENCE MAADGR TYPES', CHIN. LIT. MO. (JUN 1946) 43-4.

526 GAO, MING-KAI, 'THE INTERNAL RELATIONS OF CHINESE CHADGR GRAMMATICAL STRUCTURE', CHIN. LIT. MO. 45 (JUL 1946).

527 GAO, MING-KAI, 'THE EXTERNAL RELATIONS OF CHINESE CHADGR GRAMMATICAL STRUCTURE', CHIN. LIT. MO. 46 (AUG 1946).

528 GAO, MING-KAI, 'THE SANDHI PHENOMENA OF THE FOOCHOW MNDDTO DIALECT', YANJ. J. CHIN. ST. 33 (1947) 129-44.

529 GAO, MING-KAI, 'THE EXPRESSION OF VOLITION IN CHDDGR CHINESE', YANJ. J. CHIN. ST. 32 (1947) 117-50. CHINESE WITH ENGLISH SUMMARY ON PG. 270. CONSIDERS SEVERAL DIALECTS.

53C GAO, MING-KAI, 'MURPHEMES DISCOVERED IN SOME DHYANA CHANMO DIALOGUES OF THE ', YANJ. J. CHIN. ST. 34 (1948) 49-84. UA THE DEVELOPMENT OF MODERN DIALECT.

531 GAO, MING-KAI, 'REVIEW OF WANG, LI, PRINCIPLES OF CHINESE GRAMMAR (1947)', YANJ. J. CHIN. ST. 35 (1948) 239-55.

532 GAO, MING-KAI, ON CHINESE GRAMMAR. REV. ED. (SHANGHAI CHADGR 228 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

KAI MING SHU DIAN 1948). PREFACE BY ZHI-WEI LU. REV. ED. (KE XUE CBS 1957).

533 GAO, MING-KAI, 'DEMONSTRATIVE WORDS IN CHINESE«. CHADDM CHIN. LIT. MO. 53 (MAR 1949).

534 GAO, MING-KAI, CHINESE GRAMMAR (PEKING 1951) XX + CHADGR 696. REPRINT. SEE REVIEW BY MILLER, R.A. (1954).

535 GAO, MING-KAI, 'THE SENTENCE IN THE CHINESE LANGUAGE*, CHAOSY YWXX (AUG 1952).

536 GAO, MING-KAI, 'EMBEDDING AND COMPLEX SENTENCES', MAADSY YWXX (JUL 1953).

537 GAO, MING-KAI, 'ON PARTS OF SPEECH IN CHINESE', ZGYW CHADPS 16 (OCT 1953) 13-6. ALSO IN HE-BEI BEI-JING SHI FAN XUE YUAN, AN OUTL INE...(1961).

538 GAO, MING-KAI, GENERAL LINGUISTICS I, II (1954, 1955). REV. ED. (1957). SEE WANG, ZONG-YAN, 'REVIEW OF...'(1956) AND YU, MIN, »REVIEW OF...'(1955).

539 GAO, MING-KAI, 'A SECOND DISCUSSION ON PARTS OF SPEECH CHADPS IN CHINESE', ZGYW 26 (AUG 1954) 13-7.

540 GAO, MING-KAI, 'PROBLEMA CHASTEJ RECHI V KITAJSKOM MAADGR JAZYKE', (PROBLEMS OF PART OF SPEECH IN THE CHINESE LANGUAGE), VJA 3 (1955) 48-57. RUSSIAN.

541 GAO, MING-KAI, 'THE PROBLEM OF PARTS OF SPEECH IN THE CHADPS CHINESE LANGUAGE', VJA 3 (1955) 55-FF. RUSSIAN.

542 GAO, MING-KAI, 'A THIRD DISCUSSION ON PARTS OF SPEECH CHADPS IN CHINESE', ZGYW 31 (JAN 1955) 20.

543 GAO, MING-KAI, 'ON SUBJECT AND OBJECT FROM THE POINT CHADSY OF VIEW OF GRAMMAR AND LOGIC', YWXX 1 (1956) 25.

544 GAO, MING-KAI, 'GRAMMATICAL CATEGORIES' IN SHI, CHADGR CU.M-ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS ON GRAMMAR (1957) II, 1-75.

545 GAO, MING-KAI ET AL., PROBLEMS OF PARTS OF SPEECH CHADGR IN CHINESE II (PEKING ZHONG HUA SHU JU 1956).

546 GAO, MING-KAI ET AL., ESSAYS ON GRAMMAR II (ZGYW ZA CHADGR ZHI SHE 1957).

547 GAO, MING-KAI AND ZHENG-YAN LIU, A STUDY OF LOAN CHADLW WORDS IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE (PEKING WZGG CBS 1958) .

548 GAO, QING-CI, SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS, HYZSJH 4. CHADSC

549 GAO, SONG, 'HOW TO MEMORIZE WORDS WHICH ARE FORMED MAADIN BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 229

WITH THE TWO GROUPS OF SYLLABLE INITIALS—ZH, CH, SH, AND Z, Ct S«, HZGG 9 (APR 1958) 17.

550 GAO, HEN-OA, 'SOME COMPARISONS CONCERNING CONSONANTS MAADPH AND VOWELS BETWEEN VARIOUS LOCAL PRONONCIATIONS IN SHAN-DONG AND THE PEKING PRONUNCIATION1, FYYPTHJK 3 (1958) 30-2.

551 GAO, WEN-DA, 'THE PRONUNCIATION OF NING-YANG, SHAN- MADDPH DONG AND THE PEKING PRONUNCIATION«, FYYPTHJK 3 (1958) 32-5.

552 GAO, YAO-CHI, CONTEMPORARY CHINESE GRAMMAR (HE-NAN MAADGR REN MIN CBS 1957).

553 GAO, YUAN, CHINESE PHONETICS. CHADPH

554 GAO, ZI-RONG AND YING-DE ZHANG, 'ARE CALQUES CHADLW LOAN WORDS«, YWXX 3 (1958) 10.

555 GAO, ZU-SHUN, «USPESHNOE OSUSHCHESTVLENIE PEREVODA« CHADMT (SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF A MACHINE TRANSLATION FROM RUSSIAN TO CHINESE), MASHINNYJ PEREVOD I PRIKLADNAJA LINGVISTIKA 4 (MOSCOW 1960) 102-4. RUSSIAN. ENGLISH TRANS. JRRS 8026. CHINESE TRANS. ZGYW 11 (PEKING NOV 1959) 550.

556 GAO, ZU-SHUN, SEE LIU, YONG-QUAN, ZU-SHUN GAO AND CHADMT ZUO LIU, «MACHINE TRANSLATION...«, (1963).

557 GASPAROONE, E., «REVIEW OF ZHAO, YUAN-REN AND LIAN- SHENG YANG, CONCISE DICTIONARY...(1947)•, JA 237 (1947) 159-60.

558 GASPARDONE, E., «REVIEW OF KARLGREN, BERNHARD, GRAMMATA SERICA...(1940)«, ERASMUS 2 (1949) 141-4.

559 GASPARDONE, E., «REVIEW OF KARLGREN, BERNHARD, THE CHINESE LANGUAGE...11949)•, SINOLOGICA 3 (1953) 299-300.

560 GE, XIN, «ON «SUO YI « AND «YIN CI« «, YWXX (MAY 1954) MAADGR 52-FF .

561 GE, YI-QING, «ON THE CONSONANTAL VALUE OF YU CLASS WORDS', TP 29 (1932) 100-3.

562 GENG, SHI-MIN, 'THE LANGUAGE AND SCRIPT OF OLD UIGUR', UGAE SSMZYWLJ (JUN 1958) 110-20.

563 GENG, SHI-MIN, «THE HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT OF UGADWL WRITTEN UIGUR«, ZGYW 125 (AUG 1963) 327-33.

564 GEORG IEVSKIJ, SERGEJ (MI XAJLOVICH), 0 KORNEVOM SOSTAVE KITAJSKOGO JAZYKA—V SVJAZI S VOPROSOM 0 230 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

PROISXOZHDENII KITAJCEV (ON THE BASIC STRUCTURE OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE. IN CONNECTION WITH THE QUEST FOR THE ORIGIN OF THE CHINESE) (SAINT PETERSBURG 1888). RUSSIAN.

565 GERMAIN, R., 'NOTICE SUR B. KARLGREN, ETUDES SUR LA PHONOLOGIE CHINOl St I», TP XVI (1926) 565-70. ALSO IN ARCHIVES D'cTUDES ORIENTALES 15 (UPSALA). SEE KARLGREN, BERNHARD, ETUDES...(1915).

566 GIBSON, HARRY E., «THE EVOLUTION OF CHINESE CHARACTERS CHARWS BEGINNING FROM SHANG PICTOGRAPHS', JRAS N CH BR. 70 (1939) 37-45.

567 GIBSON, JOHN CAMPBELL, A SWATOW INDEX TO THE SYLLABIC CHADDA DICTIONARY OF CHINESE BY WELLS WILLIAMS AND TO THE DICTIONARY OF THE VERNACULAR OF AMOY BY (SWATOW 1886) 18 + VIII + 171.

568 GIET, FRANZ, Die TOENE OES SU ED-SHANTUNG—DI ALEKTS MADDTO IN WORTVERBINDUNGEN-(THE TONES OF THE SOUTH SHAN- DONG DIALECT IN WORD COMBINATIONS), BEITRAEGE ZUR eINFUEHRUNG IN DAS CHINESISCHE STUDIUM 4 (T AIK I ACHWANG BEI TS INING 1939).

569 GIET, FRANZ, "PHONETICS OF NORTH CHINESE DIALECTS', MADDPH MONUMENTA SERICA II (PEKING 1946) 233-69. A STUDY OF THEIR DIFFUSION. SEE PELL IOT, P., 'REVIEW OF...' ( 1949) .

570 GIET, FKANZ, 'ZUR TON ITAET NORDCHINESISCHER MADDTO MUNDARTEN', STUDIA INSTITUTI ANTHROPOS 2 (VIENNA WIEN-MOEDLING 1950) XX + 184, U MAPS. SEE ERKES, E., 'REVIEW OF...' ( 1951), WURM, S., 'REVIEW OF...' (1951) AND LI, FANG-GUI, 'REVIEW OF...' (1951).

571 GILES, HERBERT ALLEN, CHINA AND CHINESE. SEE REVIEW BY CORDIEK, H., (TP 4).

5 72 GILES, HERBERT ALLE1 j, A DICTIONARY OF COLLOOUIAL MAADDI IN MODERN DIALECT (SHANGHAI 1873) 3 + 65.

573 GILES, HERBERT ALLEN, HANDBOOK OF THE SWATOW DIALECT SWAD WITH A VOCABULARY (SHANGHAI 1877).

574 GILES, HERBERT ALLEN, A CHI NESE-ENGLISH DICTIONARY CEADDI 2ND ED. REV. AND ENL. (LONDON 1912).

57b GILES, HERBERT ALLEN, 'REVIEW OF MULL IE, JOSEPH, THE STRUCTURAL...(1932)•, JRAS (1937) 279-81.

576 GILES, LIONEL, 'REVIEW OF KARLGREN, BERNHARO, THE CHINESE LANGUAGE...(1949)', BSOAS 13 (1951) 1060-2.

577 GILLET, 'REVIbW OF FORREST, R.A.D., THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (1948)', JRAS N CH BR. 73 (1948) 132-4. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 231

5 78 GILMAN, FRANK P., 'NOTES ON THE HA INANESE DIALECT", CR HN AD 19 11891) 194.

579 GLAHM, SEc EGbROD, SOREN AND ELISE GLAHN, STUDIA SERICA. ..( 1959).

580 GODDART, J., A CHINESE AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY IN THE SWDDVC TIE-CHIU DIALECT (BANGKOK 1847). IN THE DIALECT OF CHAO-ZHOU.

581 GONSALVES, JOACHIMO ALPHONSO, DICCIONARIO PORTUGUEZ- POADDI CHINA NO ESTILO VULGAR MANDARIM E CLASSICO GERAL (PORTUGUESE-CHINESE DICTIONARY IN COLLOQUIAL MANDARIN AND CLASSICAL GERAL) (MACAO 18311 III + 872.

582 GONZALES, A., GRAMATICA CHINO-ESPANOLA (CHINESE- MAADGR SPANISH GRAMMAR) (HAN-KOU 1917). SEE REVIEW BY MENCARINI, JUAN, (1919).

583 GONZALES, A., GR'AMMATICA CINESE (CHINESE GRAMMAR) II MAADGR IHAN-KOU 1928). ITALIAN.

584 GOODRICH, L.C., 'REVIEW OF FORREST, R.A.D., THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (1948)', FAR EASTERN QUARTERLY IX 4.

585 GORCONEV, J.A., 'K VOPROSU 08 OTNOSI TEL *NYX MAADAJ PRILAGATEL'NYX V KITAJSKOM JAZYKE', (THE QUESTION OF RELATIVE ADJECTIVES IN CHINESE), UCHENYt ZAPISKI 5 (MOSCOW 1961) 33-56.

586 GüRUALIZA, FR.TH., 'ESTUDIO SOBRE EL DIALECTO THO DE LA REGION Di: LANGSON', ANTHROPOS (1908). SPANISH.

587 GORELUV, VLADIMIR IVANOVICH, PRAKT ICHESKAJA GRAMMAT IK A MAADGR KITAJSKUGO JAZYKA (PRACTICAL CHINESE GRAMMAR) (MOSCOW VNESHTiJRG I ¿DAT 1957) 192. RUSSIAN.

538 GORELOV, VLADIMIR IVANOVICH, SOJUZY V SLUZHNOM CHADCJ PRE DL OZHENI I SOVREMENNOGO KITAJSKOGO LI TERATURNOGO JAZYKA (CONJUNCTIONS IN COMPLEX SENTENCES OF CONTEMPORARY LITERARY CHINESE) (MOSCOW 1963). RUSSIAN.

589 GOTOO, ASATAROO, 'THE PHONETICS OF CHINESE«, CHADPH SHIGAKU ZASSHI 18, 19 (1907, 1908) 995-1025, 1315-44, 53-80, 161-86, 390-422. JAPANESE.

590 GUTÜU, ASATAROO, »PHONETIC STUDY OF THE SHUO WEN', CHARPH SHIGAKU ZASSHI 19 (1908) 569-605, 758-84, 844-72,0 1038-72, 1198-226, 1339-71. JAPANESE.

591 GRAHAM, A.C., SEE UOWNER, G.R. AND A.C. GRAHAM, 'TONE PATTERNS...'(1963). 232 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

592 GRAHAM, A.C.. 'THE FINAL PARTICLE 'FU* 8SOAS 17 CHARFU J1955) 120-32.

593 GRAHAM, A.C., .«THE RELATIONS BETWEEN THE FINAL CHARFU PARTICLES "VU' ANO •YEE' ', BSOAS 19 (1957) 105-23.

594 GRAHAM, A.C., 'REVIEW OF JAXONTOV, S.E., 'KATEGORIJA GLAGOLA...•(1957)•, BSOAS 22 (1959. 556-71.

595 GRAINGER, ADAM, WESTERN MANDARIN (SHANGHAI 1900) MADD 2 VOLS., Ill • 872. THE SPOKEN LANGUAGE OF WESTERN CHINA, WITH SYLLABIC ANO ENGLISH INDICES.

596 GRIGGS, THURSTON, 'REVIEW OF ZHAO, YUAN-REN, MANDARIN PRIMER (1948)', HJAS 13 (1950) 237-43.

597 GRONBECH, KARRE, 'REVIEW OF HAENISCH, ERICH, MANGGHOL UN...(1939)•, ZDMH 94 (1940) 431-5.

598 GROOTAERS, WILLEM A., 'LA GEOGRAPHIE LINGUISTIQUE CHDD EN CHINE—NECESSITE D'UNE NOUVELLE METHODE POUR L» ETUDE LINGUISTIQUE OU CHINOIS', MONUMENTA SERICA 8, 10 (PEKING 1943, 1945) 103-66, 389-426 • 4 MAPS, 6 PLATES. SEE REVIEW BY WARE, JAMES R., (1949).

599 GROOTAERS, WILLEM A., 'DIALECTES CHINOIS ET CHDDRO ALPHABETISATION, A PROPOS DE LA ROMANI SAT ION INTERDIALECTIQUE', BULL. UNIV. AURORE SEC. 3, 7.2 (SHANGHAI 1946) 207-35.

600 GROOTAERS, WILLEM A., «DIFFERENCES PHONETIQUES DANS CHDDPH LES DIALECTS CHINOIS, UN EXAMPLE D'EVOLUTION LINGUISTIQUE LOCALE DANS LES PARLERS DE TAT'OUNG (CHANSI-NORD)', MONUMENTA SERICA 11 (1946) 207-31 + 2 MAPS. SEE DEMIEVILLE, P., 'REVIEW OF...'(1949) .

601 GROOTAERS, WILLEM A., 'PROBLEMS OF A LINGUISTIC ATLAS CHDD OF CHINA, PRESENTED BY THE BUREAU OF LINGUISTICS GEOGRAPHY, CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY, PEKING', LEUVENSE BIJDRAGEN 38 (LOUVAIN 1948) 57 • 72 • 1 MAP.

602 GROOTAERS, WILLEM A., A STUDY OF CHINESE LINGUISTIC CHDD GEOGRAPHY AND FOLKLORE', YANj. J. CH. ST. 35 (1948) 1-28.

603 GROOTAERS, WILLEM A., «LA METHODE GEOGRAPHIQUE EN CHDD LINGUISTIQUE ET EN FOLKLORE', BULL. UNIV. AURORE SEC. 3, 9.35 (1948) 221-33 + 4 MAPS.

604 GROOTAERS, WILLEM A., «TWINTIG JAAR CHINEESE LINGUISTIEK' (TWENTY YEARS OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS), HANDELINGEN 18 DE VLAAMSE FILOLOGEN CONGRESS (GENT 1949) 67-72. DUTCH.

605 GROOTAERS, WILLEM A., 'REVIEW OF FORREST, R.A.D., THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (1948)', TP 40 (1950) 207-10. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 233

606 GROOTAERS, WILLEM A., 'UNE COURTE EXPLORATION LINGUISTI QUE DANS LA CHAHAR (CHINE DU NORD)1, BSL XLVI.I 1195") 123-43.

607 GROOTAERS. WILLEM A., * REVIEW OF Gl ET, FRANZ, ZUR MADDTO TONITAET...I1953)•, ZEIT PHON. 5 (1951) 131-3.

608 GROOTAERS, WILLEM A., 'QUELQUES REMARQUES CONCERNANT LE LANGAGE DE FEMMES', ORBIS 1 (1952) 82-3.

609 GROOTAERS, WILLEM A., 'REVIEW OF LI, XIAN-ZHANG, AN MNODGR INTRODUCTION...(1950)«, ORBIS 1 (1952) 213.

610 GROOTAERS, WILLEM A., 'CHINESE DIALECTOLOGY (1948- CHADDA 1951)', ORBIS (1952) 210.

611 GROOTAERS, WILLEM A., 'LANGUAGE STUDY IN CHINA, 1951- 1952', ORBIS (1953) 165-75.

612 GROOTAERS, WILLEM A., 'REVIEW OF REN, MING, DICTIONARY MADDDI OF...(1952)', ORBIS 2 (1953) 169.

613 GROOTAERS, WILLEM A., 'REVIEW OF LUO, CHANG-PEI, •GENERAL SURVEY...(1951)', ORBIS 2 (1953) 174.

614 GROOTAERS, WILLEM A., 'LINGUISTIC GEOGRAPHY OF HSUAN- CHDD HUA REGION (CHAHAR PROVINCE)', BIHP 29 PT. 1 (TAIPEI 1957) 59-86.

615 GROOTAERS, WILLEM A., 'REPORT ON THE LINGUISTIC INSTITUTE OF CHINA (TILL DEC. 1957)', ORBIS 7 (1958) 205-11.

616 GRUBE, WILHELM, DIE SPRACHGESCHICHTLICHE STELLUNG CHADHL DES CHINESISCHEN (LEIPZIG 1881) 20.

617 GRUBE, WILHELM, 'BEITRAEGE ZUR CHINESISCHEN GRAMMATIK, DIE SPRACHE DES LIETTSI ', BERICHTE SAECHS. GES. WISS. 41 (LEIPZIG 1889) 155-84.

618 GU, BA-YAN, EXAMPLES AND INTERPRETATIONS OF COMMON CHADFU FUNCTIVES (HU-BEI REN MIN CBS 1957).

619 GU, BEN-ZHENG, 'A TENTATIVE DISCUSSION OF THE MADDPH DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE LOCAL PRONUNCIATION OF XIANG-CHEN, HE-NAN AND THE PEKING LANGUAGE', FYYPTHJK 3 (1958) 1-13.

620 GU, YAN-WU, FIVE BOOKS ON PHONOLOGY IN ANCIENT CHANPH CHINESE (1667). CONTAINS YIN LUN, GU YIN BIAO, YI YIN, SHI BEN YIN, TANG YUN ZHENG.

621 GUAN, XIE-CHU, STUDIES OF THE GRAMMAR OF HA I CI OF CHARGR THE YIN-XU ORACLE INSCRIPTION (ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN 1953). 234 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

622 GUAM, XI E—CHU , SEE OING, SHENG-SHU, SHU-XIANG LYU ET AL., LECTURES...( 1961).

623 GUANG-DONG REN MIN CHU BAN SHE, HAND800K FOR HAKKA HKAO SPEAKERS LEARNING THE COMMON LANGUAGE (CANTON 1958). 624 GUERIN, A., KIAO YI TCH'ANG T'AN, DIALOGUES CHINOIS, GUIDE DE LA CONVERSATION A L'USAGE DE COMMERÇANTS (SHANGHAI 1910) 1401.

62 5 GUERNIER, R.CH., NOTES SUR LA PRONONCIATION DE LA MAADPH LANGUE MANDARIN (PARIS L'ASSOCIATION PHONETIQUE INTERNATIONALE 1912).

626 GUI, BING-QUAN, 'THt USE OF THE LOGOGRAPH 'YU' ', YWXX CHADWS 6 (1957) 29.

627 GUI YANG SHI FAN XUE YUAN ZHONG HEN XI. 'ON SOME MAADSY PROBLEMS OF THE SUÛJECT AND THE OBJECT', YWXX 9 (AUG 1954) 32-FF.

628 GUO, BING, SEE GANG, KAI-NA AND BING GUO, MAADSY FUNDAMENTALS OF MANDARIN (1956).

629 GUO, JUN-RU, 'ON THt STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES OF MAADSY CONSTRUCTIONS WITH 'JIU', 'BIAN', 'CAI', ETC.', ZGYM 84 (JUN 1959) 269-71.

6 30 GUO, MO-RUO, STUDIES ON THE ORACLE-BONE INSCRIPTIONS CHARWL (PEKING 1951) 2 VOLS. GERMAN ABSTRACT BY W. EBERHARD IN OZ 8 (1932) 225.

631 GUO, NAI-CEN, 'ON RcDUPLICATED WORDS IN COLLOQUIAL MAADMO SPEECH', ZGYW 18 (DEC 1953) 34.

632 GUO, SHAO-YU, 'THE FLEXIBILITY OF CHINESE WORDS'. CHADMO YANJ. J. CH. ST. 24 (1938) 1-34. CHINESE. ENGLISH SUMMARY 267.

633 GUO, SHAÜ-YU, 'ON SYLLABLES IN ', CHADSB COLLECTIONS OF ESSAYS CN THE 20TH ANNIVERSARY OF KAI MING SHU DIAN (1947) 57-85.

634 GUO, YI- ZHOU, ADVERBS, PREPOSITIONS AND CONJUNCTIONS (XIN ZHI SHI CBS 1957). ALSO IN HYZSJH.

635 GUO, ZHONG-PING, 'UN THE COPULAR 'SHI' ', YWXX 2 MAADVE (1937) 37.

636 GUO, ZHONG-PING, ELLIPTIC SENTENCES, SUBJECTLESS SENTENCtS, SINGLE-WORD SENTENCES (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI SHI CBS 1957). ALSO IN HYZSJH.

637 GUO, ZHOMG-PING, 'PROBLEMS CONCERNING THE DISTINCTION MAADMO BETWEEN SIMPLE AND COMPLEX SENTENCES', ZGYW 58 (APR 1957) 1-9. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 235

638 GURDON, P.R.T., THE KHASIS (LONDON 1914).

639 GUREVICH, I.S., 'KATEGORIJA SOSTOJANIJA V KITAJSKOM MAADGR JAZYKE' (THE STATIVE CATEGORIES IN CHINESE), UZLU 236 (1958) 150-7. RUSSIAN.

640 GUSIO, MARCO, MANUALE PRATICO DI CORRISPONDENZA CHADWL CINESE CON ANNOT AZI ONI, REGOLE, TAVOLE (PRACTICAL MANUAL OF CHINESE CORRESPONDENCE WITH ANNOTATIONS, RULES ANO TABLES) (PEKING 1912). ITALIAN.

641 HA, ÖI-LIANG, 'COMMENTS ON "THE THEORY OF THE NEW SYSTEM OF CHINESE COMPLEX SENTENCES' ZGYW 65 (NOV 1957) 49.

642 HAAG, KARL, 'DER AUSDRUCK DER DENKORDNUNG IM CHINESISCHEN', WOERTER UND SACHEN, N.S. (1940).

643 HAAS, MARY R., 'THE TONES OF FOUR TAI DIALECTS', BIHP TADDTO 29, PT. 2, 817-26.

644 HAENISCH, ERICH, 'GRAMMATISCHE BEMERKUNGEN ZUR CHADWL CHINESISCHEN LITEKATURSPRACHE', AM 5 (1928) 225-38.

645 HAENISCH, ERICH, 'BeiTRAEGE ZUR GESCHICHTE DER CHADSL CHINESISCHEN UMGANGSSPRACHE', OR. SPR. 35 (1932) 106-35. SEE REVIEW BY EGEROD, SOREN, LANGUAGE 31, 470-7.

646 HAENISCH, ERICH, «LEHRGANG DER CHINESISCHEN CHADWL SCHRIFTSPRACHE', AM 9 (1933).

647 HAENISCH, ERICH, MANGGHOL UN NIUCA TOBCA'AN. DIE GEHEIME GESCHICHTE DER MONGOLEN, AUS DER CHINESISCHEN TRANSKRIPTION (AUSGABE TEH-HUI) IM MONGOLISCHEN WORTLAUT WIEDERHERGESTELLT, PT. 2 WOERTERBUCH (LEIPZIG 1939). SEE REVIEW BY GRONBECH, KARRE, (1940 ) .

648 HAENISCH, ERICH, •SI NO-MONGOL ISCHE DOKUMENTE VOM ENDE CHAE DES 14 JAHRHUNDERTS', ABH. BAW. (1950) 60 + XXVI.

649 HAENISCH, ERICH, LEHRGANG DER KLASSISCHEN CHINESISCHEN CHADWL SCHRIFTSPRACHE, 4 VOLS. 126, 241, 289, 260 (LEIPZIG 1957).

650 HALLIDAY, M.A.K., 'GRAMMATICAL CATEGORIES IN MODERN CHADGR CHINESE', TP (1956) 177-224.

651 HALLIDAY, M.A.K., 'SOME ASPECTS OF SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTION AND COMPARISON IN GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS', STUDIES IN LINGUISTICS, ED. BY J. R. FIRTH (OXFORD BASIL BLACKWELL 1957) 54-67.

65? HALLIDAY, M.A.K., 'THE LANGUAGE OF THE CHINESE SECRET HISTORY OF THE MONGOLS', PUBLICATION OF THE 236 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY 17 (OXFORD 1959).

653 HAMP, ERIC P., "JUI SYLLABIC», BIHP 29 (1958) 323-6.

654 HAN, S.Y., '*, LE MAITRE PHONETIQUE 107 HNAD (1957) 154.

655 HAN YU PIN YIN CI HUI, SEE ZH0N6 GUO WEN ZI GAI GE WE I YUAN HUI.

656 HAN YU ZHI SHI JIANG HUA (XIN ZHI SHI CBS 1957). MAAOGR I. SYNTAX INTRODUCTION II. PHONOLOGY III. LEXICON.

657 HAO, NING, 'HOW SHOULD AN-QING SPEAKERS STUDY THE PEKING PRONUNCIATION«, FYYPTHJK (1958) 75-8.

658 HAO, WEN-CHENG, «THE ELLIPSIS IN COMPARATIVE SENTENCES', YWXX 1.36 (1956).

659 HARLEZ, C.DE, 'VOCABULAIRE 80UDDHIQUE SANSCRIT- SCADVC CHINOIS—PRECIS DE DOCTRINE BOUDDHIQUE', TP A. 8 (1897) 129-54.

660 HARLEZ, C.DE, •LE CHINOIS PARLE AU SIXIEME SIECLE A.C. CHAN D' APRES L•I—LI•, TP 9 ( 1898) 215-25.

661 HARTMAN, LAWTON M., 'SEGMENTAL PHONEMES OF THE PEIPING HAADPM DIALECT', LANGUAGE 20 (1944) 28-42. ALSO IN READINGS IN LINGUISTICS ED. MARTIN JOOS. (N. Y. 1958) 116-23.

662 HARTMANN, MARTIN, 'ZUR CHINESISCHEN UMSCHRIFT DES

ARABISCHEN', TP 8 (1907) 704-8.

663 HARVARD JOURNAL OF ASIATIC STUDIES (HJAS). SINCE 1936.

664 HASHIMOTOPROBLEMS', , ANNPOLE A Y.8 , (DE'RESULTATIVC 1964) 36-94E VERB. S AND OTHER 665 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, 'THE DUNGANESE LANGUAGE AND ITS WRITING SYSTEM', CGGG 58, 67, 68 (1957) 13-8, 193-9, 220-32. JAPANESE.

666 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, «THE HOI-LIUK DIALECT OF HAKKA— HKDDPM ITS PHONEMIC ANALYSIS', CGGG 83 (FEB 1959) 3-18. JAPANESE.

667 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, 'HAKKA PHONEMICS—THE PHONETICS HKDDPM OF MOI-YAN (ME I —XIAN) DIALECT AND ITS PHONEMIC SYSTEM', GK 35 (MAR 1959) 52-85.

668 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, 'A CONTRIBUTION TO THE STUDY OF HNDDPH CHINESE PHONOLOGY', TRANS. INTERN. CONF. ORIENT. IN JAPAN 5 (1960) 25-32. (ON HAINANESE AND SINO- ANNAMESE). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 237

669 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, «THE PHONEMIC STRUCTURE OF THE HNDDPM BON—SHIO DIALECT OF *, GK 38 (I960) 154-7.

670 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, 'A CHARACTERISTIC OF SINO- SAAD VIETNAMESE', CGGG 100 (JUL I960) 21-33.

671 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, «THE 80N-SHI0 DIALECT OF HAINAN— HNDDIN A HISTORICAL AND COMPARATIVE STUDY OF ITS PHONOLOGICAL STRUCTURE, PT. 1, THE INITIALS', GK 38 (SEP 1960) 106-35.

672 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, 'A HYPOTHESIS OF VOICED RETROFLEX CHANIN INITIAL'IN ANCIENT CHINESE', CGGG 114 (OCT 1960) 13-5.

673 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, CHINESE LANGUAGE STUDIES IN SOVIET , MONO. ON CHIN. LANG. TEACHING I. TRANS. BY C.T. ZHAO (NEW HAVEN IFEL 1961) 1-18.

674 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, 'LABIO-DENTAL AFFRICATES AND MADDCO IN THE JIN DIALECT OF CHINESE«, THG 22 (1961) 131-44.

675 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, 'BILABIAL AND ALVEOLAR IMPLOSIVES CHDDCO IN A SOUTH CHINESE DIALECT', STUDY OF SOUNDS 9 (1961) 225-63.

676 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, 'VOICELESS LATERAL FRICATIVES CADDCO IN A CANTONESE DIALECT', CGGG 107 (1961) 10-3.

677 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, 'A METHOD FOR THE RECONSTRUCTION TTANHL OF THE ', CGGG 109 (1961) 13-6.

678 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, 'ON THE TONAL SYSTEM OF THE BON- HNDDTO SHIO DIALECT OF HAINAN', TOOKYOO SHINAGAKU HOO (JUN 1961) 35-52.

679 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, 'VOICELESS LATERAL FRICATIVES IN CHODCO CHINESE', STUDY OF SOUNDS 10 (1962) 319-36.

680 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, 'ON THE RIME SYSTEM OF THE TTANRH TANGUT LANGUAGE', THG 25 (1962) 83-105.

681 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, 'A BIBLIOGRAPHICAL STUDY OF THE •ZHUNYANESE• (SOV IcT-DUNGANESE) LANGUAGE', GK 41 (1962) 66-81.

682 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, 'A BIBLIOGRAPHICAL STUDY OF THE •ZHUNYANESE' (SOVIET-DUNGANESE) LANGUAGE', GK 41 (1962) 66-81.

683 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, 'ON THE COOCCURRING RIMES OF WEN-HAI IN T'UNG-YIN', GK 43 (1963) 34-49.

684 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROO, 'ON THE PHONOLOGICAL SYSTEM OF TTANPH THE TANGUT LANGUAGE', THG 30 (1965). 238 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

685 HASHIMOTO, MANTAROG, PHCNOLOGY OF ANCIENT CHINESE CHANPH »OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY 1965). UNPUBLISHED PHD DISSERTATION IN LINGUISTICS.

686 HATANO, TAROÜ, 'ON THE FUNCTIONS AND POSITIONS OF THfc SO-CALLED «DETERMINERS'—A STUDY OF 'CI', •ZHE' ', CG'GG 100 (JUL 1960).

687 HATTORI, SHIROO, A STUDY OF THE CHINESE CHARACTERS REPRESENTING THE MONGOLIAN SOUNDS IN THE "SECRET HISTORY OF MONGOLS' (TOKYO 1946).

686 HA T TOR I> SHIROO AND AKIYASU TOODOO, STUDIES ON ZHONG MAAERH YUAN YIN YUN (TOKYO 1958).

689 HAUORIC;:URT, ANDRE G., 'REVIEW OF MARTIN, S.E., THE PHONEMES...(1953)•, BSL 50 (1954) 214-5.

690 HAUDRI COURT, ANDRE G., «COMMENT RECONSTRUIRE LE CHARHL CHINOIS ARCHAÏQUE', WORD 10 (1954) 351-64.

691 HAUDRICOURT, ANDRE Go, 'NOTE SUR LES DIALECTS DE LA REGION DE MONCA Y', 8EFE0 (1960) 161-77.

692 HAUDR I-CUURT > ANDRE G., ' 81 P 4RT ï" ; ON ET T R l P Ap T I T I ON CHADTO DES SYSTEMES Ce TONS DANS QUEL •• jS LUM&Uti D'EXTREME- ORIiNT ' » USL 56 ( 1961) 177-8.

693 HE, A I-RE":. LEXICAL MEANING IN MANDARIN CHINESE MAADSS (JIAO Yu :JS 1958). ALSO IN HYZSJH IV (1957).

694 HE-BE I 8EI-JING SHI FAN XUE YUAN, AN OUTLINE OF THE MADD HE-flEI DIALiiCTS (TIAN-JIN 1961).

695 HE-BE I SHENG CHANG-LI XIAN XIAN ZHI BI AN ZUAN WEI YUAN HU I, A RECORD OF THE CHANG-LI DIALECT (PEKING 1960).

696 HE, CHANG OUN, TRANS. OF KARLGREN, BERNHARD, PHILOLOGY...(1926) (SHANGHAI 1934).

697 HE, CHANG-YING, 'SEVERAL PROBLEMS CONCERNING SUBJECT AND OBJECT', YWXX 11.33 (1955) 136-9.

698 HE, GE-EN, 'THE DIALECTS AS FOUND IN SHUO WEN', LING CHDR NAN J. 3.2 (1943) 110-36.

699 HE, GENG-FENG, 'A FEW VOCABULARY ITEMS FROM THE HAKKA HKDDVC DIALECT OF NORTH EASTERN GUANG-DONG', FYYPTHJK 4 (1958) 90-1.

700 HE, RONG, ON CHINESE GRAMMAR (TAIPEI KAI MING SHU CHADGR DIAN 1942), REPRINT (1959).

701 HE, RONG, CONCISE MANDARIN GRAMMAR (TAIPEI ZHENG MAADGR ZHONG SHU JU 1950) . BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 239

702 HE, RONG, 'ON THE REDUPLICATIVE USE OF THE VERBS IN COLLOQUIAL CHINESE», SUN YAT-SENIA SOC. SCI. EDIT., I (1958) 136-63.

703 HE, TONG*,' «THE LAWS OF COftRESPONDENCES BETWEEN HAKKA HKADPC AS REPRESENTED BY THE MEI-XIAN DIALECT, AND THE PEKING PRONUNCIATION«, FYYPTHJK 4 (1958) 73-85.

704 HE, WEI, 'THE PARTICLES 'BE', 'GUE' AND 'KE' IN THE ZHONG-HE DIALECT', ZGYW (JUNE 1959) 272-4.

705 HE, WEI, 'THE PRONOUNS OF THE ZHONG-HE DIALECT', ZGYW (JAN 1962) 50-3.

706 HE, ZHONG, 'WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENCES AMONG WORD CLASSIFICATIONS', IN HE, ZHONG ET AL., PROBLEMS... (1955) 1-7.

707 HE, ZHONG ET AL., PROBLEMS CONCERNING GRAMMATICAL CHADPS CATEGORIES IN CHINESE (PEKING ZHONG HUA SHU JU, 1955, 1956).

708 HE, ZHONG-JIE, 'SYMMETRIC WORDS — A TYPE OF COMPOUNO CONSTRUCTION', YWXX (MAY 1954) 61-FF.

709 HEFTER, JONNY, 'BE ITRAEGE ZUR PHONETIK OES KUAN-HUA', MADDPH (CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE PHONETICS OF GUAN HUA), MSOS 17 (1914) 41-73.

710 HELMUT, WILHELM, 'SINOLGGICAL PUBLICATION IN CHINA', M.S. 7,-,11 (1942, 1943, 1946) 174, 336-93, 151-87.

711 HEMELING, KARL ERNST GEORG, THE NANKING GUANHUA MADD (SHANGHAI 1902) VII •»• 107 + 2. SEE REVIEW BY PELLIOT, PAUL (1903).

712 HENDERSON, EUGENIE J. A., 'THE TONES OF THE TAI TADDTO DIALECT OF SONGKHLA*, BIHP 30 PT. 1 (1959) 233-5.

713 HENNE, HENRY, 'AN ANNOTATED SYLLABARY OF SATHEWKOK HKDDSB HAKKA', AO 28 (1964) 61-127.

714 HENTZE, C., 'REVIEW OF MULL IE, J., GRONDBEGINSELEN... (1948)', SINOLOGICA 3.1 (1951) 77-9.

715 HERN IS Z, STANISLAS, A GUIDE TO CONVERSATION IN THE ENGLISH AND CHINESE LANGUAGE FOR THE USE OF AMERICANS AND CHINESE IN CALIFORNIA AND ELSEWHERE (BOSTON 1854) 2 + VIII • 41 + 179.

716 HESSER, J., CHINESISCHE GRAMMATIK MIT ANHANG DER GEBRAUCHLICHEN REDENSARTEN UND VOKABELN, (YENCHOUFOU 1909).

717 HIGHTOWER, JAMES ROBERT, 'SOME CHARACTERISTICS OF CHADWL PARALLEL PROSE' IN SOREN, EGEROD AND ELISE GLAHN, 240 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

ED., STUOIA SERICA, BERNHARD KARLGREN DEDICATA (COPENHAGEN 1959) 60-91.

718 HILLIER, SIR WALTER CAINE, SEE HADE, T.F. AND WALTER C.H., YU YEN...(1886).

719 HILLIER, SIR WALTER CAINE, THE CHINESE LANGUAGE AND MAADGR HOW TO LEARN IT. 10TH ED. (LONDON 1942).

720 HILLIER, SIR WALTER CAINE, AN ENGLISH-CHINESE CEADDI DICTIONARY OF PEKING COLLOQUIAL, NEW ED. ENL. BY TRELAWNY BACKHOUSE AND SIDNEY BARTON (SHANGHAI, LONDON 1945) VIII + 1030.

721 HIRAYAMA, HISAO, 'SOME PROBLEMS CONCERNING THE MAADPH PHONOLOGY OF PEKINESE—ESPECIALLY ON MAJOR VOWELS AND ER—SUFF IXATION', GK (MAR 1959).

722 HIRAYAMA, HISAO, "ON 'ZHE' AND THE VERBS WITH •ZHE* MAADMO IN PEKINESE', CGGG 88 (JUL 1959).

723 HIRAYAMA, HISAO, 'PHONOLOGICAL CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN CHANTO ANCIENT 'ENTERING* TONE AND MANDARIN TONES', NIHON CGK 12 (OCT 1960).

724 HIRAYAMA, HISAO, 'ACCENT IN THE PEKING-WU COMMON CHDNAC LANGUAGE', CGGG 110-1 (MAY, JUN, JUL 1961).

725 HIRAYAMA, HISAO, 'ON THE PHONOLOGICAL CONDITION FOR CHANPH THE HISTORICAL CHANGE FROM ANCIENT 'ENTERING' TONE WITH VOICELESS INITIAL TO MODERN MANDARIN', I, II CGGG 114, 116 (OCT, DEC 1961).

726 HIRAYAMA, HISAO, 'ON UNDERSTANDING EXCEPTIONAL 'FAN CHANFQ QIE' IN THE RHYME ORIGINATING FROM QIE YUN', NIHON CGK 14 (TOKYO 1962) 180-96.

727 HIRTH, FRIEDERICK, 'WORDS INTRODUCED FROM THE CHINESE CHAOLW INTO EUROPEAN LANGUAGES', CR 2 (1873) 95-8..

728 HÌRTH, FRIEDERICK, 'NOTES ON CHINESE GRAMMAR', CR 5 (1876, 1877, 1878, 1879) 282-6, 107-14, 120-4, 157- 63.

729 HIRTH, FRIEDERICK, 'REVIEW OF GABELENTZ, GEORG VON DER, CHINESISCHE...(1881)', JRAS N CH BR. 17 (1882) 237-46.

730 HIRTH, FRIEDERICK, 'FREMDWOERTER AUS DEM CHADLW CHINESISCHEN', HERIGS ARCHIV. F. DAS STUDIUM DER NEUEREN SPRACHEN U. LIT. 67 (BRUNSWICK 1882) 197-212.

731 HIRTH, FRIEDERICK, 'NOTES ON THE CHINESE DOCUMENTARY CHADWL STYLE (SHANGHAI 1909). 2ND ED. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 241

732 HNIU, U, A GRAMMATICAL GUIDE IN BURMESE. HOW TO SPEAK CHINESE (RANGOON 1916) 365.

733 HOBOGIRIN, SEE DEMIEVILLE, P. AND J. TAKAKUSU, HOBQGIRIN, DICTIONAIRE...

734 HOCKETT, CHARLES F., «PEIPING PHONOLOGY1, JAOS 67 HAADPH (1947) 253-67. ALSO IN JOOS, MARTIN, ED., READINGS IN LINGUISTICS (N. Y. 1958) 217-28.

735 HOCKETT, CHARLES F., «REVIEW OF ZHAO, YUEN-REN, MANDARIN PRIMER (1948)', LANGUAGE 25 (1949) 210-5.

736 HOCKETT, CHARLES F., 'PEIPING MORPHOPHONEMICS«, MAADMP LANGUAGE 26 (1950) 63-85. ALSO IN JOOS, MARTIN, ED., READINGS IN LINGUISTICS (N. Y. 1958) 315-28.

737 HOCKETT, CHARLES F., «REVIEW OF DE FRANCIS, J., NATIONALISM AND...(1950)•, LANGUAGE 27 (1951) 439-45.

738 HOCKETT, CHARLES F., PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES IN CHINESE MAADPR PRONUNCIATION (NEW HAVEN IFEL 1951).

739 HOE I—LI AND YEN TS'ONG, 'HISTOIRE DE LA VIE DE HIOUEN-THSANG ET OE SES VOYAGES DANS L'INDE DEPUIS L« AN 629 JUSQU'EN 645«, TRANS. BY STANISLAS, JULIEN (1853).

740 HOFFMANN, ALFRED, «REVIEW OF BODMAN, N.C., A LINGUISTIC STUDY OF...(1954)•, SINOLOGICA 4 (1955) 135.

741 HÖH, KAK-YAN, SEE HE, GE-EN.

742 HONG, CHENG, «THE COPULA IN CLASSIC CHINESE«, YYYJ 2 CHARVE (1957) 1-22.

743 HONG, CHENG, 'DISCUSSION ON THE SECTION OF GRAMMAR CHADHL IN 'S HISTORY OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE«, ZGYW 130 (1964) 173.

744 HONG, DU-REN, «WHAT IS A WORD«, HYZSJH IV.

745 HONG, MENG-XIANG, «THE DIFFERENCES IN SYNONYMS«, YWXX CHADSS 7 (1957) 28.

746 HONG, XIN-HENG, 'QUESTIONS CONCERNING SPATIAL WORDS MAADSY USED AS SUBJECTS«, YWXX II (1955) 32. ALSO IN ZGYWLC 150-4.

747 HONG, XIN-HENG, A STUDY OF PROBLEMS CONCERNING MAADGR CHINESE GRAMMAR, ED. BY MING-KAI GAO (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI SHI CBS 1956).

748 HONG, XIN-HENG, VOLITIONAL VERBS, DIRECTIONAL VERBS MAADVE AND COPULA (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI SHI CBS 1956). ALSO 242 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

IN HYZSJH.

749 HOPE, E.K., KARLGREN'S INITIAL IN ANCIENT CHINESE, WITH PARTICULAR REFERENCE TO THE HPHAGS-PA ALPHABET AND TO CERTAIN POINTS OF LINGUISTIC PSYCHOLOGY (DUPLICATIC REPRODUCTION) (OTTAWA 1953) IV + 89.

750 HOPKINS, L.C., 'THE CHINESE NUMERALS AND THEIR CHADNU NOTATIONAL SYSTEM', JRAS (1916) 315-33, 737-71.

751 HOPKINS, L.C., 'METAPHORIC STYLIZATION AND SABOTAGE CHADSC OF SIGNIFICANCE', JRAS (1925) 451-78.

75? HOPKINS, L.C., 'PICTOGRAPHIC RECONNAISSANCES', CHADWS JRAS (1926 AND FOLLOWING YEARS).

753 HOPKINS, L.C., 'ARCHAIC CHINESE CHARACTERS', JRAS CHARWS (1937).

754 HOPKINS, L.C., 'A CRYPTIC MESSAGE AND A NEW SOLUTION', JRAS (1947) 191-8.

755 HORIUCHI, KANJIN, 'ON THE INTERRELATIONSHIP BETWEEN CHANRH THE 206 RIMES OF YUN JING AND SOME CHINESE TRANSCRIPTIONS', (NOV 1960, MAR 1961) 48-9, 50-1.

756 HU, FU, NUMERALS AND MEASURE WORDS (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI CHADNU SHI CBS 1951). ALSO IN HYZSJH.

757 HU, FU, AN INVESTIGATION OF MODERN CHINESE GRAMMAR, ED. BY WEN-QI HU (SHANGHAI DONG FANG SHU DIAN 1955).

758 HU, FU AND LI AN WEN, 'THE SCOPE, FORM, AND FUNCTION CHADMO OF WORDS', ZGYW 26 (AUG 1954) 3-7.

759 HU, JING-XIU, 'AN INQUIRY INTO THE LAWS OF SOUND CORRESPONDENCES BETWEEN THE NAN-CHANG LOCAL PRONUNCIATION AND THE PEKING PRONUNCIATION', FYYPTHJK (1958) 60-72.

760 HU, MING-YANG, 'CRITICISMS ON THE CAPITALISTIC IDEOLOGY OF CONTEMPORARY LINGUISTS', ZGYW 33 (MAR 1955) 17-20.

761 HU, MING-YANG, 'THE PRONOUNS OF THE DIALECT OF TONG- YUAN, HAI — YAN', ZGYW (JUN 1957) 17-22.

762 HU, MING-YANG, 'GRAMMATICAL FORM AND GRAMMATICAL CHADGR MEANING', ZGYW 69 (MAR 1958) 112-6.

763 HU, MING-YAN6, 'THE GRAMMATICAL MEANING OF TONAL SANDHI GROUPS IN THE DIALECT OF TONG-YUAN, HAI-YAN', ZGYW (AUG 1959) 372-6. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 243

764 HU, QI-WANG, 'A SECRET LANGUAGE OF THE BAN-YAO BADD PEOPLE', ZGYW 61 (JUL 19571 44.

765 HI), SHI, OUTLINE OF CHINESE GRAMMAR (TAIPEI YUAN DONG Ty SHU GONG SI 1954).

766 HU, SHUANG-BAO, «SUPPLEMENTARY VIEWS ON THE STUDY OF CHADLW LOAN WORDS IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE', ZGYW 73 (JUL 1958) 348-9.

767 HU, SHUANG-BAO, 'A COMPARISON OF THE PRONUNCIATION MADDPR AND VOCABULARY OF THE LANGUAGE OF WEN-SHUI, SHAN-XI, WITH THE COMMON LANGUAGE', FYYPTHJK 7 (1959) 21-39.

768 HU, TAN AND QING-XIA DAI, 'VOWELS WITH AND WITHOUT HAADVO STRICTURE IN THE ', ZGYW 128 (FEB 1964) 76-87.

769 HU, WEI-XIN, 'THE LOCAL PRONUNCIATION OF GUANG-JI, HSDDPR HU-BEI, AND THE PEKING PRONUNCIATION', FYYPTHJK 3 (1958) 86-91.

770 HU, XIN, 'WHEN VERBS ARE USED AS ADJECT IVALS, IS 'DE' MAADSY NECESSARY', YWXX 10 (1956) 13.

771 HU, XING-ZHI, 'COMPREHENSIVE STUDY OF REDUPLICATED MAADMO WORDS', ZGYW 65 (NOV 1957) 26-8.

772 HU, ZHEN-HUA, 'THE KIRGIZ LANGUAGE IN CHINA', KIAD SSMZYWLJ 1 (JUN 1958) 121-35.

773 HU, ZHU-AN, 'RULES GOVERNING THE USE OF THE PARTICLE MAADSY •DI' ', ZGYW 63 (SEP 1957) 20-3.

774 HU, ZHU-AN, 'FUNCTIVE CONSTRUCTIONS FORMED WITH MAADSY NEGATIVE WORDS', YWXX 12 (1958) 26.

775 HU, ZHU-AN, SEE JIANG, ZHEN AND ZHU-AN HU, 'PROPER USE...'(1958).

776 HU, ZHU-AN, 'ON CHANGES IN WORD ORDER', YWXX (1959) MAAOSY 27-8.

777 HU, ZHU-AN, 'THE NATURE OF THE POST-VERBAL 'GEI' AND MAADSY DOUBLE OBJECTS', ZGYW 95 (MAY 1960) 222-4.

778 HUA, JING-NI AN, 'ARE 'YOU YU' AND 'YIN CI' MAADSY INCOMPATIBLE', ZGYW 61 (JUL 1957) 50.

779 HUA, JING-NIAN, COMMENTS ON THE COMPLEMENT STRUCTURE MAADSY WITH THE POST VERBAL 'DE' ', YWXX 8 (AUG 1957) 31.

780 HUA, JING-NIAN, 'GRAMMATICAL EXERCISE—ON MAADSY PREPOSITIONAL CONSTRUCTIONS AND THE SUBJECT', YWXX 3 (MAR 1958) 28. 244 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

781 HUA, JING-NIAN, «ARE 'JIA YI' AND •YU YI' ETC. OBSOLETE«, ZGYW 89 (NOV 1959) 537-8.

782 HUANG, BA-GUANG, SEE LIN, SHAO-ZU AND BA-GUANG HUANG, »SOME.k.•(1959».

783 HUANG, BO-FEI, IFEL VOCABULARY OF SPOKEN CHINESE NAADVC (NEW HAVEN INSTITUTE OF FAR EASTERN LANGUAGES OF YALE UNIV. 1954».

784 HUANG, BO-FEI, SPEAK CANTONESE (NEW HAVEN YALE CAAD UNIV. PRESS 1958).

785 HUANG, BO-RONG, THE LEARNING OF MANDARIN PHONETICS. NAADPH

786 HUANG, BO-RONG, DECLARATIVE SENTENCES, INTERROGATIVE MAADSY SENTENCES, IMPERATIVE SENTENCES, AND EXCLAMATORY SENTENCES (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI SHI CBS). ALSO IN HYZSJH.

787 HUANG, BO-RONG, 'THE DISTINCTION BETWEEN THE MAADMO CONJUNCTION 'HE' AND THE CO-VERB 'HE1 ', YWXX (AUG 1955) 34.

788 HUANG, BO-RONG, «THE DISTINCTION BETWEEN ADJECTIVES MAADMO AND ADVERBS1, YWXX 29 (JUL 1956) 29-31.

789 HUANG, BO-RONG, 'A COMPARISON BETWEEN THE CAADPR PRONUNCIATION OF CANTONESE AND THE COMMON LANGUAGE', FYYPTHJK 1 (1958) 1-55.

790 HUANG, BO-RONG, 'TWO GRAMMATICAL PECULIARITIES IN THE CADDGR GRAMMAR OF THE YANG-JIANG LANGUAGE«, FYYPTHJK I (1958) 60-1.

791 HUANG, BO-RONG, «THE GRAMMATICAL PECULIARITIES OF NOUN CADDCL CLASSIFIERS IN THE LANGUAGE OF YANG-JIANG, GUANG- DONG«, ZGYW (MAR 1959) 128-9.

792 HUANG, BO-RONG, «WORD ORDER OF VERB COMPLEMENT AND CAADSY OBJECT IN CANTONESE', ZGYW (JUN 1959) 275-6.

793 HUANG, CHANG, HOW TO USE LITERARY LANGUAGE (HONGKONG CHAOWL XUE WEN SHU DIAN 1955).

794 HUANG, CHENG-YI, "SOME OPINIONS ON NAMING SENTENCE MAADSY TYPES', ZGYW 50 (AUG 1956) 26.

795 HUANG, CHENG-YI, 'ON THE LOGOGRAPH ' LI AN' ', ZGYW 52 CHADWS (OCT 1956) 22.

796 HUANG, CHENG-YI, «ON «CHU FEI« «, ZGYW 55 (JAN 1957) 11.

797 HUANG, CUI-BO, 'A RECONSTRUCTION OF THE INITIAL OF CHANFQ THE FAN QIE SYSTEM IN HUI LIN'S YI QIE JING YIN YI', BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 245

BIHP ACAD SIN 1 (1930) 165-82.

798 HUANG, CUI-BO, 'THE BASIS OF THE PHONOLOGICAL SYSTEM CHANPH OF 01E YUNr, ZGYW 112 I FEB 1962) 85.

799 HUANG, OING-HUA, «THE PARTICLES "A-* AND '-A• IN THE MNDDFU SOUTHERN MIN DIALECT«, ZGYW (JAN 1958) 21-4.

800 HUANG, DING-HUA, 'PERSONAL PRONOUNS IN THE SOUTHERN HNDDFU MIN DIALECT', ZGYW (JAN 1958) 21-4.

801 HUANG, DING-HUA, 'THE PARTICLES 'TE', 'TIO' AND 'DE' MNDDFU (NE) IN THE SOUTHERN MIN DIALECT», ZGYW (FEB 1958) 81-3 AND 84.

802 HUANG, DING-HUA, 'THE COMMON NEGATIVES OF THE SOUTHERN MNDDNG MIN DIALECTS ZGYW (APR 1958) 189-96.

803 HUANG, DING-HUA, 'PERSONAL PRONOUNS IN THE SOUTHERN MNDDPN MIN DIALECT', ZGYW (DEC 1959) 571-4.

804 HUANG, DING-HUA, 'THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN IN THE MNDDPN SOUTHERN MIN DIALECT', ZGYW 125 (1963) 299-308 AND 298.

805 HUANG, JING-HU, 'SANDHI IN THE PU-TIAN LANGUAGE', ZGYW (NOV 1962) 510-6.

806 HUANG, JING-XIN, 'THE NEGATIVE 'FU' AND 'BU' IN CHARNG PRE-HAN CHINESE', YYYJ 3 (1958) 1-23.

807 HUANG, JING-XIN, 'ON 'DE', ALSO ON SOME PROBLEMS CHADGR OF METHOOOLOGY OF CONTEMPORARY CHINESE GRAMMATICAL STUDIES', ZGYW (AUG 1962) 361-73.

808 HUANG, JUAN-SHENG, ORIGINE ET EVOLUTION DE L'ECRITURE CHADWS ....NEW ED. (PARIS 1939) 95.

809 HUANG, PEI-XU, 'A COMPARISON OF THE PRONUNCIATION OF MADDPH SUI-XIAN, HE-NAN, WITH THE PEKING PRONUNCIATION', FYYPTHJK 6 (1959) 62-7.

810 HUANG, QI, 'PHONETICS AND THE PRONUNCIATION OF CHADWS LOGOGRAPHS', YWXX (JAN 1954) 67-FF.

811 HUANG, QI, 'NON-HOMOPHONIC HOMOGRAPHS', YWXX (JUL CHADWS 1954) 71—FF.

812 HUANG, QI, 'NON-HOMOPHONOUS WORDS', YWXX (NOV 1954) CHADMO 68.

813 HUANG, QI, 'ON THE FOUR TONES', YWXX (1956) 22. MAADTO

814 HUANGLEAR,N QITH,E COMMO'IT INS EASLANGUAGE'Y FOR ,NATIVE FYYPTHJS OKF TIAN-JI2 (1958)N T1-8O . MADDPH 246 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

815 HUANG, SHENG-ZHANG, «NEGATION AND LOGIC—THE CUSTOMARY MAADNG USES OF NEGATIVE WORDS', YWXX (JAN 1954) 53-FF.

816 HUANG, SHENG-ZHANG, «THE GRAMMATICAL EXPRESSION OF THE MAAOGR BOUNDARIES OF TIME AND ', YWXX 12 (1955) 24.

817 HUANG, SHENG-ZHANG, 'SOME PROBLEMS CONCERNING THE MAADVE DISTINCTION BETWEEN AUXILIARY VERBS AND VERBS', YWXX 12 (1956) 33.

818 HUANG, SHENG-ZHANG, 'ON DEGREE ADVERBS', YWXX 4 MAADAD (1957) 27.

819 HUANG, SHENG-ZHANG, 'ON DISTINGUISHING VERBS AND ADJECTIVES ACCORDING TO THE PRESENCE OR ABSENCE OF A FOLLOWING OBJECT', IN SHI, CHUN-ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS. .. (1957) 144-53.

820 HUANG, SHENG-ZHANG, «SOME PROBLEMS CONCERNING THE MAADCJ DELIMITATION OF CONJUNCTIONS«, ZGYW 87 (SEP 1959) 431-4.

821 HUANG, SHENG-ZHANG, SEE DING, SHENG-SHU, SHU-XIANG LYU ET AL., LECTURES...(1961).

822 HUANG, SHENG-ZHANG, «STUDIES ON THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS CHANPN IN ANCIENT CHINESE«, ZGYW 127 (1963) 443-72.

823 HUANG, XI-LING, A CHINESE SYLLABARY PRONOUNCED CAADSB ACCORDING TO THE DIALECT OF CANTON (HONGKONG 1954). EARLIER ED. (SHANGHAI 1941).

824 HUANG, YUE-ZHOU, «GENERAL METHODS OF DISTINGUISHING MAADVE AUXILIARY VERBS, CO-VERBS, AND ADVERBS', YWXX 12 (1956) 34.

825 HUANG, YUE-ZHOU, «ILLUSTRATION AND EXPLANATION OF MAADMO COMPOUND USES OF WORDS«, ZGYW 67 (JAN 1958) 31-2.

826 HUANG, ZAI-CHUN, «GRAMMATICAL FUNCTIONS OF PHRASES MAADSY USED AS PREDICATES«, ZGYW 76 (OCT 1958) 478-80.

827 HUANG, ZAI-CHUN, «A SURVEY OF THE ORIGIN AND THE CHARVC DEVELOPMENT OF THE MEASURE WORDS IN CHINESE, LOOKING FROM THEIR USES IN THE ORACLE BONE AND METAL INSCRIPTIONS', ZGYW 133 (JUN 1964) 432-41.

828 HUBER, E., «REVIEW OF AUBAZAC, L., DICTIONAI RE... (1909)«, BEFEO (1903) 101.

829 HUI? XIAN, LECTURE ON GRAMMAR (PU WEN CBS 1952). SEE CHEN, AN-SHU, «REVIEW OF...•(1953) .

830 HUI, ZHAN-YUAN, «SOME OPINIONS ON SEQUENCED-VERB CONSTRUCTIONS«, ZGYW 21 (MAR 1954) 8-9. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 247

831 HUMBOLDT, G. DE, «SUR LE GENIE GRAMMATICAL DE LA LANGUE CHINOISE, COMPARE A CELUI DES AUTRES LANGUES, JA SER. 1.9 (1826) 115-23.

832 HUMMEL, A. W., 'REVIEW OF KENNEDY, GEORGE A., ZH GUIDE...(1953)•, FAR EASTERN QUARTERLY 13 11954) 88-90.

833 HUSAREK, KAREL, THEORIE CINSKE GRAMATIKY (THE THEORY OF CHINESE GRAMMAR). I KAP. 2 (PRAGUE 1951) 149. CZECH. SEE WANG, LI, THEORY OF...(19471.

834 11 DA, K1CHIR00, AN INDEX FOR -XIANG'S VOCABULARY (DEC 1951).

835 IJICHI, YOSHITSUGU, 'LINGUISTIC UNITS IN THE CHINESE LANGUAGE'", BULL. OF THE OSAKA FOREIGN LANGUAGE COLLEGE (MAY 1952).

836 IJICHI, YOSHITSUGU, 'AN OUTLINE OF THE CHINESE CHADGR GRAMMAR', CGGG 44 (NOV 1955).

837 IJICHI, YOSHITSUGU, THE PRONUNCIATION OF MODERN MAADPH CHINESE (TOKYO 1956). 81.

838 IJICHI, YOSHITSUGU, 'ON THE SEMANTIC DESCRIPTION OF MAADSC -VERBS IN CHINESE', CGGGKS 4 (MAR 1961).

839 IKEDA, TAKEO, =0N THE PREPOSITIONS IN COLLOQUIAL CHAEGR CHINESE IN THE YUAN ERA', RITSUMEEKAN (JUN 1960) 180.

840 IL'MER E., 'NEKOTORYE OPREDELENIJA SLUZHEBNYX MORFEM V MAAOMO SOVREMENNOM KITAJSKOM JAZYKE', (SOME DETERMINATIONS OF AUXILIARY MORPHEMES IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE), Kl TAJ—FILOLOG I ( 1951) 117-23. RUSSIAN.

841 INSTITUTE OF FAR EASTERN LANGUAGES, INTRODUCTION TO MAADPH CHINESE PRONUNCIATION, (NEW HAVEN YALE UNIV. 1957).

842 INSTITUTE OF LINGUISTICS, SELECTED LINGUISTIC ESSAYS IN TRANSLATION (1958).

843 INSTITUTE OF RESEARCH ON NATIONAL MINORITY LANGUAGES, LSADGR AN OUTLINE OF LISU GRAMMAR (PEKING 1959).

844 INSTITUTE OF RESEARCH ON NATIONAL MINORITY LANGUAGES, BYAD A REPORT ON THE SURVEY OF THE BU-YI LANGUAGE (PEKING AUG 1959).

845 INSTITUTE OF RESEARCH ON NATIONAL MINORITY LANGUAGES, MYADVC A SKETCH OF THE MIAO-YAO LANGUAGES (SEP 1959).

846 INSTITUTE OF RESEARCH ON NATIONAL MINORITY LANGUAGES, MIADLW AN OUTLINE OF JINGPO GRAMMAR (PEKING SEP 1959). 248 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

847 INSTITUTE OF RESEARCH ON NATIONAL MINORITY LANGUAGES. YOADVC •THE ROLE OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE IN ENRICHING THE LANGUAGES OF THE YAO PEOPLE«, ZGYW 109 (OCT-NOV 1961) 62-71, 87.

848 INSTITUTE OF RESEARCH ON NATIONAL MINORITY LANGUAGES, ZGAO •A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE ZHUANG LANGUAGE*, ZGYW 109 (OCT-NOV 1961) 72-9«

849 INSTITUTE OF RESEARCH ON NATIONAL MINORITY LANGUAGES, MIAO •A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE MIAO LANGUAGE«, ZGYW 111 (JAN 1962) 28-37.

850 INSTITUTE OF RESEARCH ON NATIONAL MINORITY LANGUAGES, MIADLW •CHINESE LOAN-WORDS IN THE MIAO LANGUAGE', ZGYW 115 (MAY 1962) 218-29.

851 INSTITUTE OF RESEARCH ON NATIONAL MINORITY LANGUAGES, ZGADLW •CHINESE LOAN WORDS IN THE ZHUANG LANGUAGE1, ZGYW 116 (JUN 1962) 251-64.

852 ISAENKO, B., «UCHEBNIK" KITAJSKOGO JAZYKA• (TEXTBOOK OF CHINESE), ED. N. N. KOROTKOV, PHONETICS OF THE INTRODUCTORY COURSE (MOSCOW 1954) 539. RUSSIAN.

853 ISAENKO, B., »THE THEORIES OF CHINESE GRAMMAR IN THE RUSSIAN TEXT ON THE CHINESE LANGUAGE', ZGYW 29 (NOV 1954) 28-31. ALSO IN HE, WEI ET AL., PROBLEMS ...(1955).

854 ISAENKO, B., OPYT KITAJSKO-RUSSKOGO FONETICHESKOGO CHADDI SLOVARJA (AN EXPERIMENTAL RUSSIAN-CHINESE PHONETIC DICTIONARY) (MOSCOW 1957). RUSSIAN.

855 ISAENKO, B., CHINESE VERB CATEGORIES, TRANSL. CHEN, KONG-LUN, ED. LUO, SHI-YU, (ZHONG HUA SHU JU 1958). SEE GORELOV, V.I., «REVIEW OF...«(1959).

856 ISAENKO, B., 'ON THE BOUNDARIES OF CHINESE WORD CLASSES«, TRANSL. HUANG, ZHEN-HUA, PT. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ZGYW 71, 72, 73, 74, 75 (MAY, JUN, JUL, AUG, SEP 1958).

857 ISHIYAMA, FUKUJI, A DEFINITIVE STUDY OF CHINESE PHONOLOGY (1925).

858 IVANCHIKOV, E. A., SEE GADZHIEV, N. Z. AND E. A. IVANCHIKOV, «ON DISCUSSION...« (1955).

859 IVANOV, A. I. AND E. D. POLIVANOV, GRAMMATIKA MAADGR SOVREMENNOGO KITAJSKOGO JAZYKA (GRAMMAR OF CONTEMPORARY CHINESE) (MOSCOW 1930) 304. RUSSIAN.

860 JABLONSKA, AN'TONINA, SEE OBREBSKA-JABLONSKA, ANTONINA.

861 JABLONSKI, WITOLD, "LES «SIAO-HA (I-EN) L-YU« DE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 249

PEKING1. MEM. COMMISSION ORIENTALISTE, ACAD. POL. OES SC. LET. 19. (KRAKOW 1935). THE LANGUAGE OF MODERN POPULAR SONGS.

862 JAGCHID SOCHIN (CHA-CH'I SZU-CHIN), "EXPLANATIONS OF MLAEVC SOME MONGOLIAN WORDS IN YUAN SHIS TL 27. 1, 2, 16-22, 53-7.

863 JAGCHID SOCHIN (CHA-CH'I SZU-CHIN), SEE YAO, ZONG-WU AND JAGCHID SOCHIN, 'A NEW TRANSLATION...*, (1961).

864 JAGCHID SOCHIN (CHA-CH'I SZU-CHIN), •A TRANSLATION OF THE ALTAN TOBCHI WITH ANNOTATIONS', BCC 2 (1963) 1-248.

865 JAKOBSON, ROMAN, 'NOTES ON GILYAK', BIHP 29 PT. 1.

866 JAXONTOV, S. E., •OBRAZOVANIE SLOZHNOPODCHINENNOGO MAADSY PREDLOZHENIJA POSREDSTOVOM SLUZHEBNYX NARECHIJ V SOVEMENNOM KITAJSKOM JAZYKE«- (THE FORMATION OF THE COMPOUND SUBORDINATE CLAUSE BY MEANS OF AUXILIARY ADVERBS IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE), UCHENYE ZAPISKI INSTI TUTA VOSTOKOVEDENIJA AKAD. NAUK SSSR 4 (1952) 374-409. RUSSIAN.

867 JAXONTOV, S. £., 'KATEGORIJA OPREDELENIJA V KITAJSKOM CHADGR JAZYKE', SOVETSKOE VOSTOKOVEDNENIE 2 (1955) 125-35. ATTRIBUTION IN CHINESE. RUSSIAN.

868 JAXONTOV, S. E., 'ON WANG LIAO-YI'S OUTLINE OF CHINESE CHADGR GRAMMAR', ZGYW 42 (DEC 1955) 42-5.

869 JAXONTOV, S.E., KATEGORIJA GLAGOLA V KITAJSKOM JAZYKE (CATEGORY OF THE VERB IN CHINESE) (LENINGRAD 1957) 181. SEE GOTOO, ASATARO, 'REVIEW OF...' (1959).

870 JAXONTOV, S. E., 'CHLENY PREDLOZHENIJA V KITAJSKOM MAADSY JAZYKE' (PARTS OF THE SENTENCE IN CHINESE),. UZLU 236 (1958) 158-83. RUSSIAN.

871 JAXONTOV, S. E., 'FONETIKA KITAJSKOGO JAZYKA I CHARFI TYSJACHILETIJA DO N.E. (SISTEMA FINALEJ)' (THE PHONOLOGY OF CHINESE OF THE FIRST MILLENIUM B.C.— SYSTEM OF FINALS), PROBLEMY VOSTOKOVEDENIYA 2, (1959) 137-47. RUSSIAN.

872 JAXONTOV, S. E., 'FONETIKA KITAJSKOGO JAZYKA I CHARPH TYSJACHELETIJA DO N.E.', PROBLEMY VOSTOKOVEDENIJA 6 (1960) 102-15. RUSSIAN.

873 JAXONTOV, S. E., 'CONSONANT COMBINATIONS IN ARCHAIC CHARCO CHINESE«, XXV INTERNATIONAL CONG. OF ORIENT., PAPERS PRESENTED BY THE USSR DELEGATION (MOSCOW 1960).

874 JAXONTOV, S.E., DREVNE-KI TAJSKI J JAZYK (ARCHAIC CHAR 250 WILLIAM S.-Y.WANG

CHINESE) (MOSCOW 1965). RUSSIAN.

875 JENSEN, H., 'INDOGERMANISCH UND CHINESISCH», IN ARNTZ, GERMANEN UND INDO-GERMANEN (1936). INDO- GERMANIC AND CHINESE.

876 JEREMIASSEN,' C. C., 'THE HAINAN LOI', CR (1892).

877 JI, BO-YONG, 'SOME PARTICLES IN THE DRAMAS OF THE YUAN MAAEFU DYNASTY', CHIN. LIT. MON. 70 (SHANGHAI AUG 1948).

878 JIA, CH0NG-80, 'THE USES AND FUNCTIONS OF 'HE», 'GEN', MAADCJ •TONG« AND »YU« ', ZGYW 77 (NOV 1958) 533-4.

879 JIAN, BO, 'COMMENTS ON TRANSPOSED SENTENCES IN MAADSY CHINESE', ZGYW 30 (DEC 1954) 6.

880 JIAN, YU, 'INTRODUCING A POCKET DICTIONARY OF CHINESE PHRASES', YWXX 1 (1959) 34.

881 JIANG, CHENG, "PROBLEMS IN THE ASSIGNMENT OF STRESS TO CHADST POLYSYLLABIC WORDS', ZGYW 47 (MAY 1956) 28.

882 JIANG, GE-JIU, A PRACTICAL ENGL ISH-HOKKI EN DICTIONARY MNDDDI (SINGAPORE 1940) 100.

883 JIANG, GE-JIU, A POCKET ENGLISH-CANTONESE DICTIONARY CAADDI FOR DAILY USE (SINGAPORE 1941) 61.

884 JIANG, JING-BANG, 'A NOTE ON WANG REN-XU'S QIE YUN, A CHANRH RHYME BOOK FOUND IN DUN-HUANG', J. SINO. ST. 4.3 (1934) 117-28.

885 JIANG, LIANG-FU, AN OUTLINE OF CHINESE PHONETICS, WITH CHADPH A HISTORICAL SURVEY (SHANGHAI 1933).

886 JIANG, LIANG-FU, YING YA DUN-HUANG YUN JI (SHANGHAI CHANPH 1955).

887 JIANG, MING, 'THE CONSTRUCTION 'A LI A B' IN THE MADDSY NANKING DIALECT', ZGYW 47 (OCT 1957) 7.

888 JIANG, RU-LIN, CHAO YU SHI WU YIN (SHANGHAI 1938).

889 JIANG-SU SHENG SHANG-HAI SHI FANG YAN DIAO CHA ZHI DAO WUDD ZU, THE DIALECTAL SITUATION IN THE JIANG-SU PROVINCE AND IN SHANGHAI (SHANGHAI 1960).

890 JIANG, WEI-SONG, TONE AND INTONATION (SHANGHAI XIN CHADTO ZHI SHI CBS). ALSO IN HYZSJH II.

891 JIANG, WEI-SONG AND HUAN-XIAN YIN, 'TEACHING NEUTRAL MAADTO TONES', YU WEN JIAO XUE 4 (1957) 31.

892 JIANG, XI —WEN, 'THE PERSONAL PRONOUN OF GAN-YU DIALECT', ZGYW 27 (AUG 1957) 19. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 251

893 JIANG, XI-WEN, 'SPECIAL FUNCTION OF ER-SUFFIXED WORDS IN THE GAN-YU LANGUAGE', ZGYW (JAN 1962) 276-8.

894- JIANG, YIN-MAN, 'ON ADJECTIVES WITH REDUPLICATED MAADAJ AUXILIARY ELEMENTS', YWXX 7 (1958) 32.

895 JIANG, YIN-NAN, « 'HE', 'GEN', 'TONG' AND 'YU' SHOULD MAADCJ HAVE THEIR DISTINCTIVE FUNCTIONS', ZGYW 77 (NOV 1958) 535.

896 JIANG, YIN-QING, "THE QIE YUN OF THE CHANRH EDITION IN THE PRUSSIAN LIBRARY', SHUO WEN HON. (MAY 1944).

897 JIANG, YUAN, 'ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF PARTS OF SPEECH IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE', IN HE, WEI ET AL., PROBLEMS...(1956) 108-24.

898 JIANG, YUN-CONG ET AL., 'THE SENTENCE FROM THE POINT MAADSY OF VIEW OF LEXICON, STRUCTURE AND EXPRESSION, YWXX (NOV 1954) 27-FF.

899 JIANG, ZHEN, 'GRAMMATICAL EXERCISE—WHY IS ' YU' MAADGR MISUSED', YWXX 1 (1958) 28.

900 JIANG, ZHEN AND ZHU-AN HU, 'PROPER USE OF WORDS', YWXX

5 (1958) 36.

901 JIANG, ZHOU, ON CHINESE CHARACTERS (HONGKONG 1961). CHADWS

902 JIANG-SVOCABULARU JIAY OI N YUTH ESHE HIG, HEXPERIENC SCHOOL E(SHANGHA IN TEACHINI 1961)G . 903 JIAO, MU-SEN, SEE LIU, BING-WEN, LI AN XU AND MU-SEN JIAO, 'MORE ON ..." (1957).

904 JIN, PENG, KE-RANG TAN, AI-TANG QU AND HUANG-RONG LIN, JRDD •THE PHONOLOGY AND MORPHOLOGY OF THE JYARUNG LANGUAGE (SUO-MO DIALECT)', YYY'j 2 (DEC 1957) 123-51, 3 (JUN 1958) 71-108.

905 JIN, XIANG-ZE, 'WHAT IS A LEXICON', ZGYW 36 (JUN 1955) 34.

906 JIN, YOU-JING, 'THE USE OF THE PHONETIC SEGMENT IN CHADWS DETERMINING THE PRONUNCIATION OF CHINESE LOGOGRAPHS', YWXX 7 (1956) 22.

907 JIN, YOU-JING, 'HOW TO USE PHONETICALLY ARRANGED CARD CHDD INDEX FOR THE CHINESE DIALECT SURVEY', ZGYW (MAR 1957) 40-3.

908 JIN, YOU-JING, 'DIRECTIONAL DEMONSTRATIVES IN THE WUDDDM SU-ZHOU DIALECT', ZGYW (APR 1962) 188.

909 JIN, YOU-JING, 'A DISTINCTION IN TWO FINAL GROUPS XIAN 252 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

AND SHAN BETWEEN 3RD AND 4TH DIVISION MORDS IN THE SPEECH OF YI-WU', ZGYW 128 (1964) 61.

910 JIN, ZHAO—ZI, A STUDY OF CHINESE GRAMMAR (ZHONG HUA CHADGR SHU JU 1955). REPRINT.

911 JING, YOU-NANi 'A NEW SYSTEM OF CHINESE GRAMMATICAL CHADGR STUDY«, IN SHI, CHUN-ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS ...(1957).

912 JING, YOU-NAN, 'THE TRADITION OF CHINESE GRAMMAR CHADFU CENTERING AROUND FUNCTIVES', IN SHI, CUN-ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS...(1957) 2,.167-78.

913 JOKI, A. J, ELAISTA AANNEHISTORIAA VIRITTAJA CHADHL (HISTORICAL PHONETICS OF CHINESE ACCORDING TO KARLGREN) (1947) 385-95. FINNISH.

914 JOKI, A. J, 'KUNAN KIELEN KIRJOITUKSESTA• (ON THE CHADWS OF CHINESE), SUOMALAINEN SUOMI (HELSINKI 1948) 279-87. FINNISH.

915 JONES, DANIEL, «CHINESE TONES', LE MAITRE PHONETIQUE CHADTO 28 (1913) 95-6.

916 JONES, DANIEL AND KUANG-TONG WU, A CANTONESE PHONETIC CAADPH READER (LONDON UNIVERSITY OF LONDON PRESS 1912) XXIII • 95. A REVIEW OF A SUPPLEMENT TO THIS WORK APPEARED IN ACAO. SIN. 2 (1932) 515-21.

917 JULIEN, (NOEL) STANISLAS, MEMOIRES SUR LES CONTREES OCCIDENTALES, TRADUITS DU SANSCRIT EN CHINOIS, EN L'AN 648, PAR HIOUEN THSANG, ET DU CHINOIS EN FRANCAIS PAR M. STANISLAS JULIEN, OR. TRANS. FUND OF GR. BRI. AND IRELAND 68 (PARIS 1858).

918 JULIEN, (NOEL) STANISLAS, METHODE POUR DECHIFFRER ET SCADWS TRANSCRIRE LES NOMS SANSCRITS QUI SE RENCONTRENT DANS LES LIVRES CHINOISES, OR. TRANS. FUND OF GR. BR. AND IRELAND, 71 (PARIS 1861).

919 JULIEN, (NOEL) STANISLAS, SYNTAXE NOUVELLE DE LA MAADSY LANGUE CHINOISE, VOLS 1,2 (PARIS 1869, 1870).

920 JUN, FANG, 'ON NOUNS WITH SUFFIX 'DE', ZGYW 29 (OCT MAADNO 1954) 12.

921 JUN, PU, 'SYNONYMS AND NON-SYNONYMS', YWXX 2 (1956) MAADSS 37.

922 JUN, SAN, 'THE NATURE AND USES OF STRUCTURAL PARTICLES CHADFU ANO ASPECTUAL PARTICLES', YWXX 6 (1957) 27.

923 KAINZ, C, PRAKTISCHE GRAMMATIK DER CHINESISCHEN SPRACHE FUER DEN SELBSTUNTERRICHT (1900). SEE REVIEW BY SCHAANK, S.H., (1901). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 253

924 KALLGREN, GERTY, »NOTES ON THE JIAO-XIAN DIALECT«, BMFEA 27 (1955) 11-40.

925 KALLGREN, GERTY, «STUDIES OF SONG COLLOQUIAL CHINESE CHAÏ AS REVEALED IN CHU XI'S ZUAN SHU1, BMFEA (1958).

926 KALOUSKOVA, JARMILA, 'LA CONTRIBUTION DE A. A. DRAGUNOV A LA REDACTION D'UNE GRAMMAIRE SCIENTIFIQUE DE LA LANGUE CHINOISE MODERNE«, AO 24 (1956) 444-53. ANALYSIS OF DRAGUNOV'S ISSLEDOVANIJA PO GRAMMATIKE SOVREMENNOGO KITAJSKOGO JAZYKA I (1952).

927 KALOUSKOVA, JARMILA, 'DES CATEGORIES DE MOTS DANS LA CHADPS LANGUE CHINOISE', AO 25 (1957) 287-94.

928 KALOUSKOVA, JARMILA, 'QUELQUES VERBES OU MOUVEMENT CHAOVE DANS LA LANGUE CHINOISE ET LEUR TRANSFORMATION EN INDICATEURS DE RAPPORTS D'ESPACE (VICAGE)', IN BEITRAEGE ZUM PROBLEM DES MORTES IM CHINESISCHEN, ED. BY PAUL RATCHNEVSKY, AKADEMIE-VERLAG (BERLIN 1960) 1-16.

929 KALOUSKOVA, JARMILA, 'REVIEW OF ROZHDESTVENSKIJ, J. V., 1PONJATIE ...' (1958)', AO 22 (1960) 506-8. FRENCH.

930 KALOUSKOVA, JARMILA, «LE PROBLEME DE MOTS DANS LES TRAVAUX DU LU CHIH-WEI', AO 28 (I960) 488-93.

931 KALOUSKOVA, JARMILA, «LES CONSTRUCTIONS VERBALES MAADSY CONTENANT LES MORPHEMES 'SHIH' ET «TI' DANS LA LANGUE CHINOISE MODERNE', AO 30 (1962) 1-26.

932 KALOUSKOVA, JARMILA, 'MINIMAL CONTEXTS', AO 30 (1962) 143-5.

933 KÄME I, TAKASHI, 'ON THE AUTHENTICITY OF 'ON' READINGS SJANPH IN SINO-JAPANESE', THE ANNALS OF THE HITOTSUBASHI ACADEMY V.l (OCT 1954) 97-105.

934 KÄME I , TAKASHI, CHINESE BORROWINGS IN PREHISTORIC CHARLW JAPANESE (TOKYO YOSHIKAWA KOOBUN-KAN DEC 1954) XII + 61.

935 KÄME I, TAKASHI, PROTO-JAPANESE AND PROTO-CHINESE CHAT (YOSHIKAWA KOOBUN-KAN AUG 1957).

936 KAMMERICH, ADOLF, SEE XUE, AND ADOLF KAMMERICH, EINFUEHRUNG ... (1912).

937 KANG, LA-DE, SEE KONRAD.

938 KAO, SEE GAO.

939 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, 'THE RIMES IN SUNG SECTION OF SHI CHARFI KING», G0TE80RGS HOGSKOLAS ARSSKRIFT 41 (1935) 8. 254 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

940 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, «THE PHONETIC SYSTEM OF ANCIENT CHANPH CHINESE», BIHP 2 PT. 2.

941 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, 'SOME FECUNDITY SYMBOLS IN ANCIENT CHINA«, BMFEA. SEE REVIEW BY PELLIOT, PAUL (1930).

942 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, 'DISCUSSION ON THE RIMES ZHEN AND J IE1 , BI HP 1 PT. 4.

943 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, ETUDES SUR LA PHONOLOGIE CHINOISE CHADHL (STOCKHOLM 1915), (LEIDEN 1915-26), ARCHIVES D'ETUDES ORIENTALES 15 (UPSALA 1926). SEE ZHAO, YUAN-REN ET AL., CHINESE TRANSL. OF...(1937) AND GERMAIN, R., 'NOTICE SUR...'(1926).

944 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, «A MANDARIN PHONETIC READER IN THE MAADPH PEKINESE DIALECT«, ARCHIVES D'ETUDES ORIENTALES XIII.23 (UPSALA 1917), (STOCKHOLM 1918) 2 + 187.

945 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, «PRONUNCIATION ANCIENNE DE CHANPH CARACTERES CHINOIS FIGURANT DANS LES TRANSCRIPTIONS BOUDDHIQUES«, TP, 19 (1920) 104-21.

946 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, «LE PROTO-CHINOIS, LANGUE FLEXIONELLE', JA SEC. 11, 15 (1920) 203-32. SEE DEMIEVILLE, P., 'REVIEW OF...'(1950).

947 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, «THE RECONSTRUCTION OF ANCIENT CHINESE«, TP 21 (1922) 1-42. SEE LIN, YU-TANG, CHINESE TRANSL. OF...(1933).

948 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, SOUND AND SYMBOL IN CHINESE (OXFORD 1923). SEE PELLIOT, P., 'NOTICE SUR...' (1923) AND ZHANG, SHI-LU, TRANSL. OF...(1931).

949 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, 'A STUDY OF THE VOWELS IN SSU, SHIH, CHU, AND CHOU', TRANS. INTO CHINESE BY HSU PING-CHANG, J. SINO. ST. L (1923) 499-503.

950 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, ANALYTIC DICTIONARY OF CHINESE AND SINO-JAPANESE (PARIS 1923) 436. PART OF INTRODUCTION TRANSLATED INTO CHINESE BY WANG JING-RU AS 'THE PHONETIC SYSTEM OF ANCIENT CHINESE«, ACAO. SIN. 2 (1930) 185-204.

951 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, 'A PRINCIPLE IN THE PHONETIC CHADWS COMPOUNDS OF THE CHINESE SCRIPT', AM 2 (1925) 302-8.

952 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, PHILOLOGY AND ANCIENT CHINA (OSLO CHAN 1926). SEE CHINESE TRANSL. BY HE, CHANG-QUN (1934). HE, CHANG-QUN (1934).

953 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, 'ON THE AUTHENTICITY AND NATURE OF 'TSü CHUAN (ZUO-ZHUAN)«, GOTEBORGS HOGSKOLAS ARSSKRIFT 32 (1926) 3-65. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 255

954 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, THE AUTHENTICITY OF ANCIENT CHANWL CHINESE TEXTS (STOCKHOLM 1929). SEE REVIEW BY PELL IOT t PAUL (1930).

955 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, «TIBETAN AND CHINESE', TP 28 STAD (1931) 25-70.

956 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, 'THE POETICAL PARTS IN LAO-TSI', GOTEBORGS HOGSKOLAS ARSSKRIFT 38.3 (1932) 45.

957 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, SHI JING RESEARCHES (STOCKHOLM CHARPH 1932 I .

958 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, 'THE PRONOUN 'KUE' IN SHU KING', CHARPR GOTEBORGS HOGSKOLAS ARSSKRIFT 39 (1933) 29-37.

959 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, «EARLY CHINESE MIRROR CHAR INSCRIPTIONS', BMFEA 6 (1934).

960 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, «PROBLEMS IN ARCHAIC CHINESE', CHAR BI HP 1 PT. Ill ( 1934) 769-813.

961 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, 'WORD FAMILIES IN CHINESE', CHAR BMFEA 5 (1934) 9-120. SEE ZHANG, SHI-LU, TRANSL. OF...(1937) AND MASPERO, H., 'REVIEW OF...'(1935 ) .

962 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, 'SOME TURKISH TRANSCRIPTIONS IN THE LIGHT OF THE IRREGULAR ASPIRATES IN MANDARIN', ACAO. SIN. ANNIVERSARY VOL. TO CAI YUAN-PEI, SPECIAL PUBL. NO. 1 (PEIPING 1935) 311-22.

963 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, 'ON THE SCRIPT OF THE CHOU CHARWS DYNASTY', BMFEA 8 (1936) 157-78.

964 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, 'GRAMMATA SERICA, SCRIPT AND PHONETICS IN CHINESE AND SI NO-JAPANESE', BMEFA 12 (STOCKHOLM 1940) 1-471. SEE DEMIEVILLE, P., •REVIEW OF...«(1945), GASPARDONE, E., 'REVIEW OF. ..«(1949) AND ZHAO, YUAN-REN, «REVIEW OF...« (1941) .

965 KARLGREN, BERNHARD,' «GLOSSES ON THE KUO-FENG ODES«, CHARVC BMFEA 14 (1942) 71-247.

966 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, «GLOSSES ON THE SIAO-YA ODES', CHARVC BMFEA 16 (1944) 25-169.

967 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, FRAN KINAS SPRAKVARLD (STOCKHOLM 1945). SWEDISH.

968 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, 'GLOSSES ON THE DA-YA AND SUNG CHARVC ODES', ÖMFEA 18 (1946) 11-198.

969 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, 'GLOSSES ON THE BOOK OF CHARVC DOCUMENTS', BMFEA 20 (1948) 29-315. 256 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

970 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, «GLOSSES ON THE CHARVC IIS BMFEA 21 (1949) 63-206.

971 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, THE CHINESE LANGUAGE—AN ESSAY ON ITS NATURE AND HISTORY (NEW YORK 1949) 122. SEE 80DMAN, N.C., 'REVIEW OF...'(1953), GASPARDONE, E.t •REVIEW OF..."t1953), GILES, L., «REVIEW OF...« (1951), LANCIOTTI, L., «REVIEW OF...«(1950) AND DU, QI-RONG, TRANSL. OF...(1963).

972 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, THE BOOK OF ODES (STOCKHOLM 1950) CHARFI 270. RIMES ARE IN ARCHAIC CHINESE.

973 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, «EXCURSIONS IN CHINESE GRAMMAR«, BMFEA 23 (1951) 107-33.

974 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, «THE TRANSCRIPTION OF LITERARY CHADWL CHINESE«, BMFEA 23 (1951).

975 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, «NEW EXCURSION IN CHINESE CHAE GRAMMAR«, BMFEA 24 (1952) 51-80. STUDIES THE LANGUAGE IN FIVE NOVELS OF MING AND QING.

976 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, 'COMPENDIUM OF PHONETICS IN ANCIENT AND ARCHAIC CHINESE', BMFEA 26 (1954) 211- 367. PORTIONS REVISED AND REPRINTED IN WANG, W. S—Y., READINGS...!1966).

977 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, 'COGNATE WORDS IN THE CHINESE CHARWF PHONETIC SERIES', BMFEA 28 (1956) 1-18.

978 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, '', BMFEA 29 (1957) 1-332.

979 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, 'TONES IN ARCHAIC CHINESE', BMFEA CHARTO 32 (1960) 113-42.

980 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, 'THE PARTS OF SPEECH AND THE CHADPS CHINESE LANGUAGE«, IN LANGUAGE AND SOCIETY, ESSAYS PRESENTED TO A. M. JENSEN (COPENHAGEN. DER BERLINGSKE BOGTRYKKES 1961).

981 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, «FINAL >-D« AND «-R' IN ARCHAIC CHARFI CHINESE«, BMFEA 34 (1962) 121-7.

982 KARLGREN, BERNHARD, 'LOAN CHARACTERS IN PRE-HAN CHARWS TEXTS', BMFEA 35 (1963) 1-128.

983 KENNEDY, GEORGE A., 'METRICAL 'IRREGULARITY' IN THE CHAR SHIH CHING (SHI JING)', HJAS 60 (1939) 284-96.

984 KENNEDY, GEORGE A., 'A STUDY OF THE PARTICLE 'YEN' ', CHARFU JAOS 60 (1940) 1-22, 193-207. REPRINTED IN SELECTEO WORKS, ED. BY T. Y. LI, 27-56, 57-78.

985 KENNEDY, GEORGE A., 'EQUATION NO. 5 (CHINESE FUSION CHADFU BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 257

WORDS, ON PARTICLES)', JAOS 67 11947) 56-9.

986 KENNEDY, GEORGE A., 'THE MONOSYLLABIC MYTH«, JAOS 71 (1951). REPRINTED IN SELECTED WORKS, ED. BY T. Y. LI, 104-18.

987 KENNEDY, GEORGE A., «NEGATIVES IN CLASSICAL CHINESE«, CHARNG WENN-TI (NEW HAVEN 1952) 1-16. REPRINTED IN SELECTED WORKS, EO. BY T. Y. LI, 119-34.

988 KENNEDY, GEORGE A., 'VOICED GUTTURALS IN TANGSIC', LANGUAGE 28 (1952) 457-64.

989 KENNEDY, GEORGE A., 'TONE IN ARCHAIC CHINESE', WENN-TI CHARTO 2 (1952) 17-32.

990 KENNEDY, GEORGE A., 'TWO TONE PATTERNS IN TANGSIC•, LANGUAGE 29 (1953) 367-73.

991 KENNEDY, GEORGE A., «ANOTHER NOTE ON 'YEN' ', HJAS 16 CHARFU (1953) 226-36. A CRITICISM OF MULLIE'S «NOTE SUR «YEN« «. REPRINTED IN SELECTED WORKS, ED. BY T.Y. LI, 199-212.

992 KENNEDY, GEORGE A., ZH GUIDE. AN INTRODUCTION TO (NEW HAVEN YALE UNIV. FAR EASTERN PUBL. 1953) VIII «• 171. SEE REVIEWS BY HUMMEL, A. W., (1954) AND SCHAANK S. H., (1953).

993 KENNEDY, GEORGE A, «ANCIENT -AN, -ON AND THE J-BOMB«, CHANFI WENN-TI 6 (1954) 81-93.

994 KENNEDY, GEORGE A., «THE BUTTERFLY CASE', WENN-TI 8 (1955). REPRINTED IN SELECTED WORKS, ED. BY T. Y. LI, 274-322.

995 KENNEDY, GEORGE A., «WORD CLASSES IN CLASSICAL CHARPS CHINESE«, WENN-TI 9 (NEW HAVEN 1956) 1-68. SELECTED WORKS, 323-433.

996 KENNEDY, GEORGE A., 'A RE-EXAMINATION OF THE CLASSICAL CHARPR PRONOUN FORMS «NGO« AND 'NGA' «, BIHP 28, PT. 1 (1957) 273-81.

997 KENNEDY, GEOKGE A., 'A NOTE ON ODE 220', STUDIA SERICA, BERNHARD RARLGREN DEDICATA (COPENHAGEN 1959) 190-8. ON DOUBLETS.

998 KENNEDY, GEORGE A., SELECTED WORKS, ED. BY T.Y. LI (NEW HAVEN 1964).

999 KENT, R.G., «REVIEW OF MARGOULIES, G., LA LANGUE ...(1943)«, LANGUAGE 12 (1936) 79.

1000 KERR, JOHN G., «SELECT PHRASES IN THE CANTON DIALECT« CAAD (HÜNGKÜNG) VI + 66. 6TH ED. REVISED AND CLASSIFIED. 258 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

LOOl KERR, NORA F., 'PRELIMINARY DIVISION INTO FORM CLASSES HAADPS IN CHINESE' (1960). PEKING COLLOQUIAL. B. S. THESIS IN LINGUISTICS, GEORGETOWN UNIVERSITY.

1002 KINOAICHI, HARUHIKO, 'A VESTIGE OF CHINESE TONES IN CHANTO JAPANESE', CGGG 31 (OCT. 1949).

1003 KINOAICHI, HARUHIKO, •SHINGON SHOOMYOO AS A PHONOLOGICAL MATERIAL", KG 43 (FEB 1961).

1004 KOESTER, HERMANN, 'ON THE PARTICLE 'CHIH* ', MONUMENTA SERICA 12 (1947) 247-51.

1005 KOLOKOLOV, VSEVOLOD SEMENOVICH, FONETIKA KITAJSKOGO CHADPH JA2YKA (CHINESE PHONOLOGY) (MOSCOW 1933) 42. RUSSIAN.

1006 KONDOO, MITSUO, SEE TOODOO, AKIYASU AND MITSUO KONDOO, A MANUAL...(1956).

1007 KONOW, STEN, •INTROOUCTI ON TO LINGUISTIC SURVEY OF INDIA, III', (CALCUTTA 1909).

1008 KONRAD, N. I., VOPROSY KITAJSKOGO JAZYKA V SVETE TRUDOV J.V. STALINA (PROBLEMS OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE IN THE LIGHT OF THE WORK BY J.V. STALIN). RUSSIAN.

1009 KONRAD, N. I., '0 DETERMI NAT I VAX V KITAJSKOM I JAPONSKOM JAZYKAX' (DETERMINATIVES IN CHINESE AND JAPANESE), IZVESTIA AKAD. NAUK. SSSR 4 (1945) 128-34. RUSSIAN.

1010 KONRAD, N. I, '0 NAC IONAL•NOM JAZYKE V KITAE I JAPONIE V SVETE TRUDOV J. V. STALINA PO JAZYKOZNANII* (THE NATIONAL LANGUAGES OF CHINA AND JAPAN IN THE LIGHT OF THE WORKS OF J. V. STALIN ON LINGUISTICS), UCHENYE ZAPISKI INSTI TUTA VOSTOKOVEDENI IA AKAD. NAUK. SSSR 4 (1952) 5-29. RUSSIAN.

1011 KONRAD, N.I., »0 KITAJSKOM JAZYKE' VJA (MOSCOW 1952). SEE PENG, CHU-NAN, TRANSL. OF...

1012 KOONO ROKUROO, 'ON THE ANCIENT CHINESE INITIAL 'WEI' CHANIN IN THE CHANG-AN DIALECT OF THE TANG PERIOD', CBKK IV, 1.

1013 KOONO ROKUROO, 'A CHARACTERISTIC OF SI NO-KOREAN', GK 3 SKAN (1939).

1014 KOONO ROKUROO, 'A DIRECTION IN THE STUDY OF CHINESE CHANPH PHONOLOGY—IN CONNECTION WITH THE FIRST PALATALIZATION', CBKK I (DEC 1950).

1015 KOONO ROKUROO, 'ON THE DIACRITIC MARKS FOUND IN OLD DOCUMENT WRITTEN IN ON-MUN', CHOOSEN GAKUHOO 1 (MAY 1951). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 259

1016 KOONO R0KUR00, «ON THE ALTERNATION OF CHOKU Y00 FOUND IN THE PHONETIC CONSTITUENTS OF CHINESE CHARACTERS', CBKK (JUL 1952).

1017 KOONO, RÖKUKOO, •A STUDY OF THE XIE SHENG CHARACTERS», CBKK 14 (JUN 1953».

1018 KOONO, ROKUROO, 'CHARACTERISTICS OF FAN QIE IN HUI CHANFQ LIN'S COMMENTS ON THE PRONUNCIATION OF ZHONG JING', CBKK V (NOV 1955) 1.

1019 KOOSAKA, JUN'ICHI, 'THE COLLOQUIAL OF THE TANG AND CHANPH SONG PERIODS AND THE DIALECTS OF SOUTHERN CHINA«, CGGGK (1951) 9.

1020 KOOSAKA, JUN'ICHI, 'SUBJECT AND PSEUDO-SUBJECT IN CHADSY CHINESE', JIMBUN KENKYUU 6 (1955) 11-32.

1021 KOOSAKA, JUN'ICHI, INTRODUCTION TO MODERN CHINESE MAADGR (TOKYO 1956) 2 VOLS, 148, 141.

1022 KOOSAKA, JUN'ICHI, SIMPLIFIED CHINESE GRAMMAR (TOKYO CHADGR 1956) IV • 188 • VI.

1023 KOOSAKA, JUN'ICHI, 'STABLE TYPE AND UNSTABLE TYPE OF WORDS', CGGGKS (OCT 1959).

1024 KOOSAKA, JUN'ICHI, 'REDUPLICATION OF WORDS', CGGGKS 3 (MAR 1960).

1025 KOOSAKA, JUN'ICHI AND I. MIYATA, MAADGR GRAMMAR (TOKYO 1958).

1026 KOROTKOV, N. N., 'PROBLEMA CHASTEJ RECHI I GENEZIS CHADPS NARECHIJ S SUFFIKSOM 'RAN' V KITAJSKOM JAZYKE' (PROBLEMS OF PART OF SPEECH AND THE GENEOLOGY OF SUFFIX PARTICLE 'RAN' IN CHINESE), TRUDY MOSK. INSTITUTA VOSTOKOVEDENIJA (1946) 181-202. RUSSIAN.

1027 KOROTKOV, N. N., J. V. ROZHDESTVENSKIJ, G. P. SEROJUCHENKO ANO V. M. SOLNCEV, KITAJSKIJ JAZYK (THE CHINESE LANGUAGE), IZDATEL'STVO VOSTOCHNOJ LITERATURY (MOSCOW 1961). RUSSIAN.

1028 KOTOVA, A. S, '0 VOPROSITELJNYX CHASTICAX V MAADFU SOVREMENNOM KITAJSKOM JAZYKE' (ON INTERROGATORY PARTICLES IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE), UCHENYE ZAPISKI 5 (MOSCOW 1961) 57-73. RUSSIAN.

1029 KRATOCHVIL, PAVEL, »DIE VERBALBESTIMMTEN ADJEKTIVA UND MAADPS DIE FRAGE OER WORTARTEN IN DER MODERNEN CHINESISCHEN SPRACHE' IN BEITRAEGE ZUM PROBLEM DES WORTES IM CHINESISCHEN ED. BY PAUL RATCHNEVSKY (BERLIN AKADEMIE-VERLAG 1960) 17-33.

1030 KRATOCHVIL, PAVEL, 'ON VER8—NOUN CONSTRUCTIONS IN MAADSY 260 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

MODERN PEKING DIALECT*» AO 30 (1962) 145-7.

1031 KRATOCHVIL, PAVEL, »THE ROLE OF STRESS IN THE MAADST SYNTACTICAL ANALYSIS OF MODERN PEKING DIALECT", AO 30 (1962) 147-9. ABSTRACT.

1032 KRATOCHVIL, PAVEL, 'CONCEPTS AND THE ACTUALITY OF SOME BASIC UNITS IN MODERN CHINESE«, AO 30 (PRAGUE 1962) 27-48.

1033 KRATOCHVIL, PAVEL, «DISYLLABIC STRESS PATTERNS IN MAADST PEKING DIALECT«, AO 32 (1964) 383-402.

1034 KRATOCHVIL, PAVEL, Z. NOVOTNA, D. STOVICKOVA AND L. CHADDI 2GUSTA, »SOME PROBLEMS OF A CZECH-CHINESE DICTIONARY', AO 30 (PRAGUE 1962) 258-313.

1035 KUAN, MING, 'ON EXPRESSIONAL WORDS«, YWXX 2 (1956) 35.

1036 KUEHNERT, F., 'EINIGE BEMERKUNGEN UEBER DIE SHENG IM MADDTO CHINESISCHEN UND DEN NANKING-DIALECT', WZKM 7 (1893) 302-10.

1037 KUEHNERT, F., 'DIE CHINESISCHE SPRACHE ZU NANKING', MADD W AW SITZUNGSBER. 131 PT. 6 (1894) 38.

1038 KUEHNERT, F., SYLLABAR DES NANKING-DIALECTES, ODER DER MADDSB CORRECTEN AUSSPRACHE (CHENGYIN) SAMMT VOCABULAR ZUM STUDIUM DER HOCHCHINESISCHEN UMGANGSPRACHE (VIENNA 1898).

1039 KUEHNERT, FRANZ, 'EIN VORSCHLAG ZUR LAUTPHYSIOLOGIE CHADPH UND PHONETIK 8EZUEGLICH DER TRANSCRIPTI ON INSBESONDERE IM CHINESISCHEN«, TP 10, 724-5.

1040 KUEHNERT, FRANZ, 'UcBER EINIGE LAUTCOMPLEXE DES WUADPH SHANGHAIDIALEKTES', WAW SITZUNGSBER. 116 (VIENNA 1888) 235-49.

1041 KUEHNERT, FRANZ, 'ZUR KENNTNIS DER AELTEREN LAUTWERTHE CHANPH DES CHINESISCHEN«, WAM 122 (1890) 40. SEE REVIEW BY SCHLEGEL, GUSTAF, (1900).

1042 KUEHNERT, FRANZ, 'DIE PARTIKEL «SI• IN LAO-TSI'S CHARFU TAU TEK-KING' (THE PARTICLE *SHI« IN LAO ZI«S DAO DE JING), WZKM 5 (1891) 327-42.

1043 KURAISHI, TAKESHIROO, «DUAN MAO-TANG'S (YU CAI'S SHUANG SHENG THEORY', STUDIES PRESENTED TO DR. HATTORI ON HIS 70TH BIRTHDAY (TOKYO 1936).

1044 KURAISHI, TAKfcSHIROO, 'A HISTORY OF PHILOLOGY IN THE CHADHL , I», KANBUNGAKKAI ZASSHI 10-3 (1942).

1045 KURAISHI, TAKESHIROO, 'ON DUAN YU-CAI'S LIU SHU YIN YUN BI AO', SHINAGAKU 10 (1942). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 261

1046 KURAISHI, TAKESHIROU, AN ORIENTATION OF CHINESE CHADHL HISTORICAL PHONOLOGY1, CGGG 10 (DEC 1947).

1047 KURAISHI, TAKESHIROO, 'AI1 (INSTITUTE OF HUMANISTIC STUDIES, UNIVERSITY OF KYOTO) 1954.

1048 KURAISHI, TAKESHIROO, »DAI ZHEN AND QIAN DA-XIN—A CHADHL HISTORY OF PHILOLOGY IN THE QING DYNASTY, II», TOKYO SHINAGAKUHOO 1 (1955).

1049 KURAISHI, TAKESHIROO, A DICTIONARY OF THE CHINESE CHADDI LANGUAGE (TOKYO IWANAMI SHOTEN 1963).

1050 KURAISHI, TAKESHIROO, «SOME PROBLEMS OF MODERN CHINESE CHADGR GRAMMAR', CGGG 128 (FEB 1963) 1-8.

1051 KURAISHI, TAKESHIROO AND HISAHIKO TAKADA, «ON THE WUDDSB SYLLABARY OF THE SU-ZHOU DIALECT«, ARCHIVES OF THE IMPERIAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCE OF JAPAN.

1052 KUSAKABE, FUMIO, 'AN INTERPRETATION OF FINALS OF CHANFI QIE YUN', ARCHIVES OF THE FACULTY OF LAWS AND LETTERS, UNIVERSITY OF OKAYAMA 3 (MAR 1954).

1053 KWAN» JULIA CHIN, PHONOLOGY OF THE BLACK MIAO DIA- MIDDPH LECT (UNIV. OF WASHINGTON 1966). M.A. THESIS.

1054 KYOTO UNIV. INSTITUTE OF HUMANISTIC STUDIES, INDEX OF YUAN DIAN ZHANG (OCT 1954).

1055 KYOTO UNIV. INSTITUTE OF HUMANISTIC STUDIES, CONTINUED INDEX OF YUAN DIAN ZHANG (MAR 1957).

1056 LACOUPERIE, TERRIEN DE, 'THE LANGUAGES OF CHINA NLAD BEFORE THE CHINESE*, TPS (1885).

1057 L 4GARRUE, JULIEN, ELEMENTS DE LA LANGUE CHINOISE, CAAD DIALECTE CANTONNAIS, NOTATION QUOC NGU.... (PARIS 1900) 290.

1058 LAGARRUE, JULIEN, "NOTES ETHNOGRAPHIQES SUR L'ANCIEN CHDDVC CERCLE DE MONCAY', Rf N.S. 3 (1905) 1755-75. VERY SHORT VOCABULARIES OF 5 SOUTH CHINA DIALECTS.

1059 LAN, YA-XIU, 'PHONOLOGY OF THE FU-ZHOU DIALECT', BTU MNDDPH 5 (1953) 1-91.

1060 LAN, ZHONG-WEN, 'INTRODUCING 'GRAMMAR AND THE TEACHING OF GRAMMAR' ', YWXX 12. 36 (1956).

1061 LAN, ZHONG-WEN, «THÉ EMOTIVE COLORING OF WORDS', YWXX CHADSC 2.32 (1959).

1062 LANCIOTTI, LIUNELLO, 'REVIEW OF KARLGREN, B., THE CHINESE...(1949)•, RSO 25 (1950) 150. 262 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1063 LANCIOTTI, LIONELLO, «REVIEW OF DEMIEVILLE, P., MATERIEAUX...(1953)*> EAST AND WEST 8 (1954) 234.

1064 LANCTOT, BENONI, CHINESE AND ENGLISH PHRASE BOOK (WITH THE CHINESE PRONUNCIATION INDICATED IN ENGLISH ....) (SAN FRANCISCO 1867) 80.

1065 LAND I, G., PICCOLO DIZIONARIO ITALIANO-CINESE (SMALL CHADDI ITALIAN-CHINESE DICTIONARY) (SHANGHAI 1939).

1066 LANG, JUN-ZHANG, CHINESE GRAMMAR (LIAO-NING REN MIN MAADGR CBS 1955).

1067 LAO, NING, «FOUR-SYLLABLE EXPRESSIONS WITH «WU« «, ZGYW 28 (OCT 1954) 32.

1068 LAO-SHE, 'LOCAL SPEECH AND THE COMMON LANGUAGE«, ZGYW (SEP 1959) 421.

1069 LAPPARENT, J. DE AND W. DOHERTY, PETIT DICTIONNAIRE CHDDDI CHINOìS-FRANCAIS (DIALECTE DE CHANG-HAI) (SHANGHAI 1911) VI • 1602.

1070 LAUFER, 0., -THE NAME CHINA«, TP 13 (1912) 719-26.

1071 LAUFER, B., 'THE PREFIX A- IN INDO-CHINESE LANGUAGES«, STADMO JRAS (1915).

1072 LAUFER, B., 'CHINESE TRANSCRIPTIONS OF TIBETAN NAMES', TP 16 (1915) 420-4.

1073 LAUFER, B., «THE XI-XIA LANGUAGE. A STUDY IN INDO- TTAN CHINESE PHILOLOGY», TP SER. 2, 17 (1916) 1-126.

1074 LAUFER, B., LOAN-WORDS IN TIBETAN (1918). ALSO IN TP TIADLW 17. 403-552.

1075 LAVRENT« EV, B. P., «KITAJSKIE IEROGLI FY KAK ZNAKI CHADWS KONKRETNOGO JAZYKOVOGO PIS'MA' (CHINESE CHARACTERS AS SYMBOLS OF CONCRETE LINGUISTIC WRITING), UCHENYE ZAPISKI (MOSCOW 1961) 125-48. RUSSIAN.

1076 LEBLANE, GRAMMAIRE DE LA LANGUE CANTONNAI SE (HANOI 1910). SEE REVIEW IN RI N.S. 14 (1910) 311-2.

1077 LEGGE, JAMES, A LEXILOGUS OF THE ENGLISH, MALAY, AND CHDDOI CHINESE LANGUAGES (MALACCA 1841). COMPREHENDING THE. VERNACULAR IDIOMS OF THE LAST IN THE HOKK'EN AND CANTON DIALECTS.

1078 LEGGE, JAMES, THE SHI JING (LONDON 1876). CHAR

1079 LEGGE, JAMES, 'PRINCIPLES OF COMPOSITION IN CHINESE CHADWS AS.DEDUCED FROM THE WRITTEN CHARACTERS«, JRAS N.S. 2 (1879) 238-77. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 263

1080 LESSING, FERDINAND, «VERGLEICH DER WICHTIGSTEN CHADWL FORMWOERTER...DER CHINESISCHEN UMGANGSPRACHE.... UND DER SCHRIFTSPRACHE», MITT. SEM. OR. SPR. 28 ( 1925)-^8-138. SEE REVIEW BY ACH, ERWIN VON, (1926».

1081 LESSING, FERDINAND AND WELHELM OTHMER, LEHRGANG DES MAAD NORDCHINESISCHEN UMGANGSPRACHE (GING-DAO 1912). TRANSLATED AS MANUAL OF THE MANDARIN LANGUAGE (SHANGHAI 1933).

1082 LEVA, RENE, PARTICULES DU DIALECTE DE CHAHAR (SIWANTZE MADDFU 1941) 343.

1083 LEVA, RENE, DIALECTE CHANSI-NORD—LISTE ALPHABETIQUE MADD D'EXPRESSIONS AVEC TRADUCTION FRANÇAISE, (PEKING 1945) 24-619.

1084 LEVI, S., «NOTICE SUR H.B. HANNAH, A GRAMMAR OF THE TIADGR TIBETAN LITERARY ANO CCLLOQUIAL LANGUAGE", TP 14, 787.

1085 LEWICKI, MARIAN, «LE LANGUAGE MONGOLE DES TRANSCRIPTIONS CHINOISES DU XIV SIECLE, LE HOUA-YI YI-YU DE 1389«, TRAVAUX DE LA SOC. SC. LETT. DE WROCLAW, SER. A, NO.29 (1949) 228. SEEV POPPE, N., 'REVIEW OF...•(1951).

1086 LI, BAO-RUI, 'CONTEMPORARY CHINESE PHONETICS«, (JI-LIN CHADPH REN MIN CBS 1956).

1087 LI, CHENG-XI, «THE VARIOUS FORMS OF THE CHINESE CHADAJ ADJECTIVE«, YWXX (APR 1954) 59-FF,

1088 LI, CHUN-LIN AND LI-REN YU, 'ARE THERE NO RESTRICTIONS MAADSY ON THE DEGREE VERB-MODIFIER ADVERBS «, ZGYW 77 (NOV 1958) 536.

1089 LI, CUN-JU, 'A COMPARISON OF, HE-NAN DIALECT MADDPR PRONUNCIATION WITH PEKING PRONUNCIATION', FYYPTHJK 2 (1958) 34.

1090 LI, DA-, SEE SHI, XI-YAO ANO DA-KUI LI, «CRITICISM ...«(1958).

1091 LI, DAO-ZHONG, «ON DIALECTAL DIFFERENCES IN THE SHUO CHDR WEN AND FANG YEN«, WLXB 2.2 (1936) 32.

1092 LI, DAO-ZHONG, 'NOTES ON SIMILARITIES AND DISSIMI- CHDR LAR IT I ES OF THE LOCAL DIALECT IN XU'S SHUO WEN AND YANG ZI FANG YEN', J. CH. ST. 2.7 (1936). CHINESE.

1093 LI, DIAN-CHEN, A PRACTICAL GRAMMAR OF CHINESE (BUN SHUU 000 1944). JAPANESE.

1094 LI, DING-GUI, 'CORRECTIONS AND EMENDATIONS OF WANG CHANRH REN-XU'S TEXT OF THE QIE YUN FROM THE TANG MANU- 264 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

SCRIPT OF DUN-HUANG', NANKING J. 4 (1934) 289-92. CHINESE.

1095 LI, DING-GUI, 'A NOTE ON WANG REN-XU'S QIE YUN, A CHANRH RHYME BOOK PRESERVED IN THE OLD PALACE«, J. SINO ST. 4.3 (1934) 111-5. CHINESE.

1096 LI, FANG-GUI, "CERTAIN PHONETIC INFLUENCE OF THE TIANMP TIBETAN PREFIXES UPON THE ROOT INITIALS', ACAD. SIN. 4 PT. 2.

1097 LI, FANG-GUI, 'THE YAO DIALECTS OF LING-YUN', BIHP 1 YODD PT. 4 (1930).

1098 LI, FANG-GUI, 'ANCIENT CHINESE -UNG, -UK, -UONG, CHARFI -UOK, ETC., IN ARCHAIC CHINESE', ACAD. SIN. 3 PT. 1 (1932) 375-414.

1099 LI, FANG-GUI, 'SOURCES OF THE ANCIENT CHINESE VOWEL CHANVO A (GRAVE)', BIHP 3 PT. 1 (1932).

1100 LI, FANG-GUI, 'ARCHAIC CHINESE •I WANG, »IWAK, AND CHARPH • I WAG', ACAD. SIN. 5 (1935) 65-74. (A=SCHWA).

1101 LI, FANG-GUI, "LANGUAGE AND DIALECTS', CHIN. YEAR BOOK (SHANGHAI 1937). REVISED AND EXPANDED VERSION REPRINTED IN WANG, W. S-Y., REAOINGS...(1966).

1102 LI, FANG-GUI, "THE HYPOTHESIS OF A PRE-GLOTTALIZED TAARCO SERIES OF CONSONANTS IN PRIMITIVE TAP, BIHP 11 (1943) 177-88.

1103 LI, FANG-GUI, "NOTES ON THE MAK LANGUAGE", (LI-CHUANG MKAD 1943). ALSO IN BIHP 19 (1948) 1-80.

1104 LI, FANG GUI, "THE TAI DIALECT OF WU-MING", BIHP 12 TADD (1944).

1105 LI, FANG-GUI, "SOME OLD CHINESE LOAN WORDS IN THE TADDLW ", HJAS 8 (1945) 333-42.

1106 LI, FANG-GUI, "THE DISTRIBUTION OF INITIALS AND TONES SUADIN IN THE ", LANGUAGE 24 (1948) 160-7.

1107 LI, FANG-GUI, "TONES IN THE RIMING SYSTEMS OF THE SUI SUADTO

LANGUAGE", WORD 5 (1949) 262-7.

1108 LI, FANG-GUI, "ON DPAL CHEN PO", BIHP 23 PT. 2 (1951).

1109 LI(1950)", FANG-GUI, LANGUAG, "REVIEE 2W7 O(1951F GIET) ,449-51 FRANZ., ZUR TONITAET... MAADTO 1110 LI, FANG-GUI, "REVIEW OF DE FRANCIS, J., NATIONALISM ...(1950)", IJAL 17 ( 1951) 255-7.

llll LI, FANG-GUI, 'A PRELIMINARY COMPARISON OF THREE SUI SUDO BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 265

DIALECTS', ACAD. SIN. SPEC. PUBL. IN MEMO. OF FU, SU-NIAN (1951) 67-71.

1112 LI, FANG-GUI, 'CONSONANT CLUSTERS IN TAI•, LANGUAGE 30 TAAOGO (1954) 368-79.

1113 LI, FANG-GUI, 'REVIEW OF BODMAN, N.C., A LINGUISTIC STUOY...(1954)', LANGUAGE 31 (1955) 153-5.

1114 LI, FANG-GUI, 'THE NATIVE SONGS OF WU-MING', ANNUAL OF ACAD. SIN. (1956) 215-20.

1115 LI, FANG-GUI, 'THE JUI DIALECT OF PO-AI— PHONOLOGY», BIHP 28 PT. 2 (1956).

1116 LI, FANG-GUI, 'NOTES ON THE ', BTU DEPT. TAAD OF ARCHAEOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 7 (1956) 23-51.

1117 LI, FANG-GUI, 'THE INSCRIPTION OF THE SINO-TIBETAN TREATY OF 821-822', TP 44 (1956) 1-99. INDEX WITH TRANSCRIPTIONS 79-96.

1118 LI, FANG-GUI, 'THE JUI DIALECT OF PO-AI AND THE NORTHERN TAI', BIHP 29 PT. 1 (1958).

1119 LI, FANG-GUI, 'REVIEW OF SERRUYS, PAUL L.M., THE CHARDA CHINESE DIALECT....(1959)', JAOS 59 (1959) 309-10.

1120 LI, FANG-GUI, 'CLASSIFICATION BY VOCABULARY—TAI TADDCF DIALECTS', ANTHROPOLOGICAL LINGUISTICS 1.2 (1959) 15-21.

1121 LI, FANG-GUI, 'INITIALS AND TONAL DEVELOPMENT IN THE TADDTO TAI DIALECTS', BIHP 34 (1962) 31-6.

1122 LI, FANG-GUI, 'THE PHONEMIC SYSTEM OF THE TAI LYU LANGUAGE', BIHP 35 (1964) 7-14.

1123 LI, FANG-GUI, 'THE ZERO INITIAL AND THE ZERO MAADIN SYLLABIC', LANGUAGE 42.2.(APR 1966) 300-2.

1124 LI, FU-CAI, 'PECULIAR TONAL SANDHI RULES IN THE HKDDTO TAO-YUAN LANGUAGE OF EASTERN CANTON', ZGYW (AUG 1959) 377-80.

1125 LI, GONG-PU, 'TONE PERCEPTION EXPERIMENT- WITH APPENDED MAADTO TEST MATERIALS—INVENTORY OF MANDARIN SYLLABLES, SYLLABLE INVENTORY ACCORDING TO THE PIN YIN ALPHABET, CONVERSION TABLE FOR DIFFERENT TRANSCRIPTIONS, CONVERSION ALGORITHMS AMONG DIFFERENT TRANSCRIPTIONS', POLA 6 (JUL 1963) 19-63.

1126 LI, HUA-FENG, 'MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON THE TEXTBOOKS OF MAADVE CHINESE LANGUAGE—VOLITIONAL VERBS', YWXX 12 (1956) 31.

1127 LI, HUA-FENG, 'DIRECTIONAL VERBS', YWXX 3 (1957) 36. MAADVE 266 WTXLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1128 LI, JIN-XI, COMPOUND PHRASES AND COMPOUND-COMPLEX SENTENCES (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI SHI CBS). ALSO IN HYZSJH 3.

1129 LI, JIN-XI, "A STUDY OF 'ZHI' IN THE BOOK OF ODES', CHARFU YANJ. J- CH- ST. 8 (1930) 1517-60.

1130 LI, JIN-XI, COMPARATIVE GRAMMAR (PEKING 1933) 292. CHINESE. ACTUALLY TREATS THE POSITION OF WORDS IN THE SENTENCE. REVISED ED. (KE XUE CBS 1958).

1131 LI, JIN-XI, 'ON THE OIVISION OF THE PARTS OF SPEECH', CHADPS CHIN. LIT. MON. 55 (MAY 1947).

1132 LI, JIN-XI, 'TEACHING MATERIALS FOR CHINESE GRAMMAR', (WU SHI NIAN DAI CBS 1953, 1954).

1133 LI, JIN-XI, EIGHTEEN LESSONS ON CHINESE GRAMMAR. 1ST PUB. (SWYSG 1953) UNDER THE TITLE HOW TO TEACH CHINESE GRAMMAR, REVISED ED. (1957).

1134 LI, JIN-XI, 'STUDIES OF CHINESE MORPHOLOGY', ZGYW 15 (SEP 1953) 8-13. ALSO IN HE ZHONG ET AL., PROBLEMS ...(1955) 17-30.

1135 LI, JIN-XI, 'IN ANSWER TO COMRADE HANG'S REVIEW OF TEACHING MATERIALS FOR CHINESE GRAMMAR', YWXX 7.35 (1955).

1136 LI, JIN-XI, 'COLLECTED REMARKS ON THE SUBJECT AND OB- MAADSY JECT, YWXX 9. 28, 12.36 (1955). ALSO IN ZGYW CONG SHU, 60-75.

1137 LI, JIN-XI, 'PARTS OF SPEECH IN CHINESE', IN HE, CHADPS ZHONG ET AL., PROBLEMS...(1955) 17-30.

1138 LI, JIN-XI, 'GENERAL GRAMMATICAL CATEGORIES-WITH MAADPS APPENDED DISCUSSION ON PHRASES AND PROPERTIES OF PARTS OF SPEECH', ZGYW 35 (MAY 1955) 9.

1139 LI, JIN-XI, A NEW GRAMMAR OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE CHADGR (SHANGHAI 1956) XVII + 52 + 396 • 41.

1140 LI, JIN-XI, 'THE DEVELOPMENT AND THE GRAMMATICAL CATE- CHADPS GOR I ES OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (JIANG-SU REN MIN CBS 1957).

1141 LI, JIN-XI, 'COLLECTED ESSAYS ON PARTS OF SPEECH IN CHADPS CHINESE', (KE XUE CBS 1957).

1142 LI, JIN-XI, 'A NEW CHINESE GRAMMAR—REVISED EDITION', (CHANG-SHA SWYSG 1924) REVISED ED. (1938). 3RD ED. (1956) SHANGHAI ED. (1957).

1143 LI, JIN-XI, TEACHING MATERIALS FOR CHINESE GRAMMAR (PEKING WU SHI NIAN DAI CBS 1957). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 267

1144 LI, JIN-XI, 'THE NEW SYSTEMATIZATION OF THE PREPOSI- CHADPP TIGNS IN CHINESE', ZGYW 56 (FEB 1957) 16-24.

1145 LU, JIN-XI, 'THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE STUDY OF THE COM- CHADSY PLEX SENTENCES IN CHINESE AND METHODS Of SOLVING PROBLEMS', ZGYW 60 (JUN 1957) 9-13.

1146 LI, JIN-XI, 'THEORIES ON THE NEW SYSTEMIZAT I ON OF CHADSY COMPLEX SENTENCES IN CHINESE', ZGYW 62 (AUG 1957) 20-4.

1147 LI, JIN-XI, ELEMENTARY CHINESE GRAMMAR, 1ST ED. CHADGR (1959). 4TH PRINTING (1962). ORIGINALLY UNDER THE NAME OF ZHONG GUO YU "FA JIAO CHENG (1958).

1148 LI, JIN-XI, «DISCUSSION ON 'PROBLEMS CONCERNING THE MAADCJ DELIMITATION OF CONJUNCTIONS', IN ANSWER TO COMRADE HUANG', ZGYW 87 (SEP 1959) 434.

1149 LI, JIN-XI ET AL., GRAPH I£AL SENTENCE ANALYSIS OF LUN (NANKING JIANG-SU REN MIN CBS 1958).

1150 LI, JIN-XI AND SHI-RU LIU, 'HOW TO TEACH CHINESE GRAM- CHADGR MAR', PT. 1, 2 (SWYSG 1953, 1957).

1151 LI, LIN-CAN AND CAI HE, GLOSSARY OF MOSO PHONETIC MSAOWS SCRIPTS (1945).

1152 LI, LIN-CAN, 'ON THE RELATIVE DATES OF THE HIEROGLY- MSADWS PHIC AND THE PHONOGRAPHIC SCRIPTS AMONG THE MOSOS, A DISCUSSION WITH DR. JOSEPH ROCK', DL 9.10 (1954) 304-9.

1153 LI, LIN-CAN, 'COMMENTARY ON THE INSCRIPTION OF THE GENEOLOGY OF THE MU FAMILY OF LIKIANG*, DL 9.3 (1954) 71-7.

1154 LI, LIN-CAN, 'THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE MOSO MSADWS SCRIPTS', DL 8.6 (1954) 161-5, 206-210.

1155 LI, LIN-CAN, SIX MOSO TEXTS, TRANSLATIONS, AND MSAD ANNOTATIONS (1957).

1156 LI, LIN-CAN, 'A PRELIMINARY REPORT AND STUDY OF THE MSAO MOSO MANUSCRIPTS IN THE LIBRARY OF CONGRESS', BULL. INSTIT. OF ETHNOLOGY, ACAD. SIN. 6 (1958) 131-65.

1157 LI, LIN-CAN, 'THE KAN-CHIH CYCLE AMONG THE MOSOS', DL MSAD 18.5 (1959) 137-40.

1158 LI, LIN-CAN AND KUN ZHANG, A DICTIONARY OF MOSO HIE- MSADWS ROGLYPHICS (1944).

1159 LI, LING-DING, 'THE COMPLEMENT-SENTENCE WITH 'DE", MAADSY ZGYW 126 (1963) 396.

1160 LI, LING-DING AND FANG-LI AN FAN, "BU1, ME I' AND NU- MAADSY 268 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

MERAL CONSTRUCTION', ZGYW 98 (I960) 379-83.

1161 LI, QI, «GENERAL TRENDS OF CHINESE LINGUISTIC CHANGES UNOER COMMUNIST RULE«, STUDIES IN CHINESE COMMUNIST TERMINOLOGY 1 (BERKELEY 1956). MIMEO.

1162 LI, QI, 'THE COMMUNIST TERM «THE COMMON LANGUAGE« CHADTM AND RELATED TERMS, DIALECTAL TERMS IN COMMON USAGE, LITERARY AND COLLOQUIAL TERMS IN NEW USAGE', STUDIES IN CHINESE COMMUNIST TERMINOLOGY 4 (BERKELEY 1957). MIMEO.

1163 LI, QI, TRANSL., 'A PROVISIONAL SYSTEM OF GRAMMAR FOR CHADGR TEACHING CHINESE', STUDIES IN CHINESE COMMUNIST TERMINOLOGY 6 (BERKELEY, CALIFORNIA—CENTER FOR CHINESE STÜDIES, INSTITUTE OF INTERNATIONAL STUDIES, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA JUN 1960).

1164 LI, QI, «NEW FEATURES IN CHINESE GRAMMATICAL USAGE«, MAADGR STUDIES . IN CHINESE COMMUNIST TERMINOLOGY 9 (BERKELEY 1962). MIMEO.

1165 LI, QING-CHANG, 'ON THE DISTINCTION OF TWO TYPES OF MAADSY INFLECTIONAL COMPLEX SENTENCES', YWXX (OCT 1954) 58-FF.

1166 LI, REN-JIAN, 'CAN THE TECHNICAL TERM 'BIN YU« BE ELIMINATED«, YWXX 2.34 (1956). ALSO IN ZGYWCS 200, 201-3.

1167 LI, REN-JIAN, 'VERBAL SUFFIXES IN THE TAI-XING TXAOMO DIALECT', ZGYW (MAY 1957) 16-20.

1168 LI, REN-JIAN, 'ON THE NATURE AND USES OF THE LOGOGRAPH CHADGR 'DAO' ', WEN SHI ZHE (SEP 1958).

1169 LI, REN-JIAN, 'PRETRANSITIVE 'NA' PHRASES IN THE TXADSY TAI-XING DIALECT', ZGYW (AUG-SEP 1962) 398-408.

1170 LI, RONG, THE PHONOLOGICAL SYSTEM OF QIE YUN CHANPH (PEKING 1952).

1171 LI, RONG, ED. AND TRANSL., GRAMMAR OF THE COLLOQUIAL PEKING DIALECT (PEKING NOV 1952).

1172 LI, RONG, «LEXICONS OF LOGOGRAPHS AND LEXICONS OF CHADWS WORDS', ZGYW 11 (MAY 1953) 17.

1173 LI, RONG, SEE DING, SHENG-SHU AND RONG LI, HANDBOOK ...(1956) AND DING, SHENG-SHU ET AL., LECTURES... (1961).

1174 LI, RONG, «HOW TO COMPOSE MANUALS FOR DIALECT SPEAKERS CHDDPH TO LEARN THE COMMON LANGUAGE AS WELL AS REPORTS ON DIALECT INVESTIGATION«, ZGYW (NOV 1956) 3-9.

1175 LI, RONG, 'HOW TO DISCOVER THE SCOPE OF CHINESE DIA- CHDDPH BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 269

LECTAL PHONOLOGY», ZGYW 54 (DEC 1956) 27-33.

1176 LI, RQNG, HANDBOOK OF THE INVESTIGATION OF CHINESE DIALECTS (KE XUE CBS 1957).

1177 LI, RONG, 'HOW TO NOTE EXAMPLE SENTENCES IN LEXICONS AND GRAMMARS", ZGYW 55 (JAN 1957) 17-23.

1178 LI, RONG, «DIFFERENCES BETWEEN LITERARY AND COLLOQUIAL CHODRP PRONUNCIATION IN THE DIALECTS', ZGYW (APR 1957) 22-3.

1179 LI, RONG, «WORK PROCEOURE AND PHONETIC NOTATION CHDDPH FOR THE GENERAL SURVEY OF CHINESE DIALECTS', ZGYW (MAY 1957) 10-5.

1180 LI, RU-LONG. SEE PAN, MAO-DING ET AL., 'A BRIEF ACCOUNT...'(1963).

1181 LI, SEN, 'PROBLEMS IN THE REVISION OF THE UIGUR UGADWS SCRIPT', ZGYW 8 (FEB 1953) 25-8.

1182 LI, SEN, 'A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF THE EFFECTIVENESS UGADWS OF THE UIGUR SCRIPT AND CHINESE CHARACTERS IN REPRESENTING THE SPOKEN LANGUAGE ANO IN TEACHING AND LEARNING1, ZGYW 28 (OCT 1954) 33-7.

1183 LI, SHAN, 'THE INFIX '-LI-' IN THE PEKING DIALECT', ZGYW 1 (JUL 1952) 37.

1184 LI, SHAN, 'THE NUMBER OF CHINESE PRONOUNS', ZGYW (APR CHADPR 1953) 35.

1185 LI, SHI-YU, 'HOW SHOULD SPEAKERS OF TIAN-JIN DIALECT MADD STUDY THE COMMON LANGUAGE', ZGYW (APR 1954) 24-7.

1186 LI, SHI-YU, 'A TIAN-JIN ANNOTATED DIALECT VOCABULARY', MADDVC FYYPTHJK 2 (1958) 9-19.

1187 LI, TIAN-YI, ED., SELECTED WORKS OF GEORGE KENNEDY (NEW HAVEN 1964).

1188 LI, WEI, 'DISCUSSION OF SOME PROBLEMS IN CONNECTION CHADPC WITH THE LAWS OF PHONETIC CORRESPONDENCES', ZGYW (MAR 1958) 123-6.

1189 LI, XIAN-ZHANG, AN INTRODUCTION TO THE GRAMMAR.OF THE FUKIEN DIALECT (TAIPEI, TOKYO 1950) XVII • 423. SEE GROOTAERS, W.A., 'REVIEW OF...•(1952).

1190 LI, XIANG-ZHEN, 'CONCERNING THE BASIC LEXICON IN CHINESE', ZGYW 10 (APR 1953) 3.

1191 LI, XIN-KUI, 'SOME SPECIAL SENTENCE PATTERNS IN THE SWADSY CHAO-ZHOU (SWATOW) DIALECT', FYYPTHJK 1 (1958) 67-70. 270 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1192 LI» XIN-KUI, •NUMERALS IN THE CHAO-ZHOU (SWATOH) SHADNU DIALECT«, ZGYW (HAY 1958) 221.

1193 LI. XIN-KUI, 'THE FOUNDATION OF THE SOUNO SYSTEM OF MAAEPH ZHONG YUAN YIN YUN AND THE PROPERTY OF THE THREE VARIETIES OF THE 'ENTERING' TONE', ZGYW 125 (1963) 275.

119* LI, XING-JI AN, 'DOES NO CLASSIFICATION OF PARTS OF SPEECH RESULT IN NO GRAMMAR', IN HE, ZHONG ET AL., PROBLEMS...11955).

1195 LI, XUE-LU, 'THE PHONETIC STRUCTURE OF CHINESE LOGO- CHADWS GRAPHS', ZGYW 15 (SEP 1953) 28-31.

1196 LI, YIN, 'THE MISUSE OF 'BA' SENTENCES', YWXX (APR MAADGR 1954) 40-FF.

1197 LI, YING-CHUAN, 'SOME WORDS FROM THE MEI-XIAN HKODVC DIALECT', FYYPTHJK 4 (1958) 85-7.

1198 LI, YONG-MING, THE CHAO-ZHOU (SWATOW) DIALECT, ZGYW SWAD CONG SHU (PEKING 1959).

1199 LI, YU-EN, 'HOW SHOULD CHANG-SHA SPEAKERS STUDY THE HSDD COMMON LANGUAGE', FYYPTHJK 4 (1958) 10-6.

1200 LI, ZHEN-LIN, BASIS OF PHONETICS (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI SHI CBS). SEE HYZSJH.

1201 LI, ZHI-SHEN, 'TWO VIEWS ON THE STRUCTURE OF VERB- MAADSY PREDICATE SENTENCES', YWXX 10.22 (1955). ALSO IN ZGYW LUN CONG 21-5.

1202 LI, ZHI-YING, METHODS OF TRANSLATION (SHANGHAI THE CEADTN WORLD BOOK CO. 1947).

1203 LI, ZHUANG—TI AN, SEE YONG, YONG ET AL., 'REVIEW...' (1956).

1204 LI, ZI-MU, 'ON THE DIFFERENTIATION OF 'DE' ', ZGYW 38 (AUG 1955) 22.

1205 LI, ZI-YUN, 'COMMENTS ON CONTEMPORARY CHINESE BY DI- HUA ZHANG', ZGYW 81 (MAR 1959) 137-9.

1206 LI, ZI-YUN, 'UN THE USES OF 'DUI' AND "DUI YU' ', ZGYW 123 (1963) 183.

1207 LI, ZUI-HO, 'OLD CHINESE GRAMMAR', YU YAN WEN XUE ZHUAN KAN (CANTON 1936) 496-556.

1208 LI, ZUO-NAN, 'A COMPARISON OF PEKING PRONUNCIATION HKDDPH WITH THE LOCAL PRONUNCIATION OF HAKKA IN NORTH EASTERN CANTON AS REGARDS INITIALS, FINALS AND TONES', FYYPTHJK 4 (1958) 87-90. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 271

1209 LIAN, HEN, A GLOSSARY OF TAIWANESE EXPRESSIONS MNDDDI (TAIPEI 1957).

1210 LIANG, OA AND YOU-JING JIN, COMPARISON OF CHINESE CHADPH PHONETICS WITH RUSSIAN PHONETICS (PEKING SHI OAI CBS 1955).

1211 LIANG, DONG-HAN, «ON 'BA", YYXLC 2 (1958J 100-19.

1212 LIANG, DONG-HAN, STRUCTURE AND DEVELOPMENT OF CHINESE CHADWS CHARACTERS (SHANGHAI 1959).

1213 LIANG, SHI-ZHONG, 'CONCERNING AUXILIARY VERBS, ALSO REVIEWING COMRADE LIU, JIAN'S 'ON AUXILIARY VERBS' ZGYW 95 (MAY 1960) 213-6.

1214 LIANG, YIN, 'THE 'SHI DE' CONSTRUCTION AND ELLIP- MAADSY SIS', YWXX 2.40 (1957) 40.

1215 LIANG, YIN, 'PREPOSITIONAL CONSTRUCTIONS AS PREDI- MAADSY CATES', ZGYW 57 (MAR 1957) 6.

1216 LIANG, YOU-GANG, 'IMPLOSIVES IN THE HAI-KOU DIALECT OF HNDDCO HAI-NAN', ZGYW 67 (JAN 1958) 27-8,34.

1217 LIANG, YU-ZHANG, SEE PAN, MAO-DING ET AL., "A BRIEF ACCOUNT...'(1963).

1218 LIAO, HUA-JING, 'ON ONOMATOPOEIC WORDS', ZGYW 51 (SEP CHADOM 1956) 17-8.

1219 LIAO, LI-XUN, COMP., AND JIN-XI LI. ED., PRACTICAL CHADPH CHINESE PHONETICS (SHANGHAI SWYSG 1920). 4TH ED. (1921).

1220 LI AO, SHU—QIAN, GRAMMAR OF SPOKEN CHINESE. 7TH ED. CHADGR (CHUNG-QING SAN LIAN SHU DIAN 1951).

1221 LI AO, XUN-YING, 'THE RHYMES IN GUAN, HAN-QING* S CHAEFI DRAMA', ZGYW 125 (1963) 267.

1222 LIETARD, ALFRED, 'AU YUN-NAN, MIN-KIA ET LA-MA-JEN*, MAADVC ANTHROPOS 7 (1912) 677-705. VOCABULARY OF CHINESE OF YUN-NAN, 692-702. PHRASES ON CHINESE OF TALI, 703-4.

1223 LIGETI, LAJOS (LOUIS)., ' TI BET I FORASOK KOZEP-AZSIA CHAED TORTENETEHEZ' (TIBETAN SOURCES ON THE HISTORY OF ), KOROSI CSOMA ARCHIVUM 1 (1936) 76- 103. MIDDLE CHINESE GLOSSES IN , 86-7.

1224 LIM, HIONG-SENG, A HANDBOOK OF THE SWATOW VERNACULAR SWAO (SINGAPORE 1886) IV + 169 + 110. INCLUDES DICTIONARY.

1225 LIN, OAO, 'PROBLEMS CONCERNING THE BASIC LEXICON IN CHADLX CHINESE', ZGYW 25 (JUL 1954) 4-10. 272 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1226 LIN. DAO, 'THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN NEUTRAL TONE CHAOSY AND SYNTACTIC CONSTRUCTION IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE', ZGYW 117 (1962) 301-11.

1227 LIN, DAO, 'ON DE-MING LU'S INTERPRETATION OF BUDDHIST CHANPH TEXTS', ZGYW 113 (MAR 1962) 132.

1228 LIN, HAN-DA, 'IS CHINESE MONOSYLLABIC', ZGYW 5 (NOV CHADSB 1952) 6-11.

1229 LIN, HAN-DA, 'PROBLEMS IN WRITING NOUNS TOGETHER'. CHADRO ZGYW (JUN 1953).

1230 LIN. HAN-DA, 'SOME EXPLANATIONS CONCERNING THE ANALYSIS OP WORDS', ZGYW 15 (SEP 1953) 34-5.

1231 LIN. HAN-DA. 'PROBLEMS IN WRITING VERBS TOGETHER'. CHADRO PT. 1, ZGYW 15 (SEP 1953) 19-20, PT. 2, ZGYW 16 (OCT 1953) 6-13.

1232 LIN, HAN-DA, 'WHAT IS NOT A WORD—WHAT IS SMALLER THAN A WORD IS NOT A WORD', ZGYW 34 (APR 1955) 6.

1233 LIN, HAN-DA, 'WHAT IS NOT A WORD—WHAT IS LARGER THAN A WORD IS NOT A WORD', ZGYW 35 (MAY 1955) 6.

1234 LIN, LIAN-YUN AND JIAN-YE HAN, «A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SRAD THE ', ZGYW 20 (NOV 1962) 517-23.

1235 LIN, SHAO-ZU AND BA-GUANG HUANG, 'SOME EASILY MISREAD PHRASES', YWXX (MAR 1959) 27.

1236 LIN, WEN-JIN, 'ON CONSTRUCTION CONSISTING OF DEGREE CHADGR ADVERBS AND VERBS', YU WEN JIAO XUE 15 (19571 32-3.

1237 LIN, WEN-JIN, 'THE ELLIPSIS OF THE SUBJECT AT THE MAAOSY BEGINNING OF THE SENTENCE', ZGYW 63 (SEP 1957) .25-6.

1238 LIN, WEN-JIN, 'THE NOUN SUFFIX 'ZI' IN THE PU-TIAN MNODMO LANGUAGE', ZGYW (DEC 1957) 35.

1239 LIN, WEN-JIN, 'REDUPLICATION PATTERNS OF PLEROMATIC WORDS IN THE PU-TIAN LANGUAGE', FYYPTHJK 1 (1958) 136-8.

1240 LIN, WEN-JIN, 'ON THE GRAMMATICAL PROPERTIES OF CHADPR PRONOUNS', ZGYW 75 (SEP 1958) 429-1.

1241 LIN, XI, 'CHINESE LEXICON CONSIDERED FROM A CHADSX STATISTICAL VIEWPOINT', ZGYW 22 (APR 1954) 15-7.

1242 'LIN, XIANG-MEI, PRONOUNS (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI SHI CBS). SEE HYZSJH. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 273

1243 LIN, YIN, 'A STUOY OF THE CLASSIFICATION IN THE CHAOWS CHINESE SYSTEM OF SPELLING*, BTU 2 (19571 137-85.

1244 LIN, YU-TANG, 'ON WANG, YONG-BAO'S ARTICLES ON THE CHANPH ANCIENT PRONUNCIATION OF THE GROUP 'KE'-, 'KO', 'YU' AND •MU' ', J. SINO. ST. I 11923) 465-74.

1245 LIN, YU-TANG, 'A SURVEY OF THE PHONETICS OF ANCIENT CHANPH CHINESE«, AM 1 (1924) 134-46.

1246 LIN, YU-TANG, "THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE', CHIN. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL SCI. REV. 9.3 (1925) 488-501.

1247 LIN, YU-TANG, 'ON THE ANCIENT PRONUNCIATION OF THE CHANPH RIMES *ZHI• (NO. 5, 6, 7)', BIHP 2 (1930) 137-52.

1248 LIN, YU-TANG, a0N PHONETIC COMBINATIONS IN CHINESE CHADWS CHARACTERS', BIHP 2 (19321 387-92.

1249 LIN, YU-TANG, CHINESE TRANSLATION OF KARLGREN'S 'THE CHANPH RECONSTRUCTION OF ANCIENT CHINESE', J. SINO. ST. 1 (1933) 475-98.

1250 LIN, YU-TANG, ESSAYS ON LINGUISTIC SUBJECTS (SHANGHAI 1933).

1251 LIN, YU-WEN, LECTURES ON THE GRAMMAR OF COLLOQUIAL SPEECH (PEKING TONG SU DU WU CBS 1956).

1252 LIN, YU-WEN, LEXICON, GRAMMAR AND RHETORIC (XIN ZHI CHADLT SHI CBS 1957). ALSO IN HYZSJH.

1253 LIN, YU-WEN, 'ON THE STRUCTURAL PARTICLE •DE" YWXX MAADFU (NOV 1958) 31.

1254 LIN, YU-XIN, 'A PECULIAR GRAMMATICAL PATTERN IN THE PING-YUAN LANGUAGE1, ZGYW 76 (OCT 1958) 488.

1255 LIN, YUAN-LAI, 'A FEW POINTS FROM EXPERIENCE GAINED CADD DURING SPOT-CHECKING OF DIALECTS IN THE PROVINCE OF GUANG-DONG', ZGYW 74 (AUG 1958) 49.

1256 LING, CI-FANG, 'SOME GRAMMATICAL PHENOMENA IN THE HKDDGR HAKKA DIALECT', ZGYW 65 (NOV 1957) 29-32.

1257 LING, DA-TING, 'THE INITIAL CONSONANT GROUPS OF THE CHANIN TANG DYNASTY RIME BOOKS', YANJ. J. CH. ST. 26 (1939) 129-42.

1258 LING, SHUN-SHENG AND YI-FU RUI, THE MIAO TRIBE OF MIAD WESTERN HU-NAN (SHANGHAI 1947).

1259 LIU, BING-WEN, LI AN XU AND MU-SEN JIAO, 'MORE ON CHADOM ONAMATOPOEIC WORDS', YWXX (JUL 1957) 32. 274 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1260 LIU, DE-RU, «PRONUNCIATION OF DIALECTS NORTH OF THE CHODPH ', FYYPTHJK 7 (1959) 42-80.

1261 LIU, FANG, «INTRODUCING TWO BOOKS ON «FUNCTIVES* CHADFU YWXX (AUG 1956) 33.

1262 LIU, FU, 'THE TONE-CALCULATOR—A SIMPLE INSTRUMENT FOR CHADTO

THE MEASUREMENT OF TONES', BIHP 1, PT. 2.

1263 LIU, FU, 'A POCKET TONE-GRAPH PLOTTER', BIHP 4, PT. 4. CHADTO

1264 LIU(1920), FU., COMPREHENSIVE STUDY OF CHINESE GRAMMAR CHADGR 1265 LIU, FU, 'AN ILLUSTRATION OF THE EXPERIMENT IN TONE CHADTO CHANGE«, J. SINO. ST. 1 (1923) 433-50.

1266 LIU, FU, 'A STUDY OF THE ARRANGEMENT OF THE 36 INITIALS IN SHOU-WEN'S SYSTEM OF PHONETIC NOTATION«, BIHP 1 (1923) 451-64.

1267 LIU, FU, ETUDES SUR LA PHONOLOGIE CHINOISE (PARIS CHAD^H 1925).

1268 LIU, FU, DUN-HUANG DUO SUO. ACAD. SIN. 1, 2, 3 (1925, 1934, 1935).

1269 LIU, FU, 'A TABLE OF THE ANLAYTICAL NUMBERS OF THE MAADNU PEIPING DIALECT', J. SINO. ST. 3 (1932) 535-40.

1270 LIU, FU, TALKS ON CHINESE GRAMMAR PT. 1 (SHANGHAI CHADGR 1933).

1271 LIU, FU, ETUDE EXPERIMENTALE SUR LES TONS DU CHINOIS CHADTO (PARIS-PEKING 1935).

1272 LIU, FU-GONG AND JIA-RUI LI, A TABLE OF COMMONLY USED CHADWS LOGOGRAPHS SINCE SONG AND YUAN DYNASTIES. ACAD. SIN. (1930).

1273 LIU, GUAN-QUN, 'SOME DISCUSSION ON THE DISTINCTIONS CHADPS AMONG PARTS OF SPEECH IN CHINESE', ZGYW 29 (NOV 1954) 17.

1274 LIU, GUAN-QUN, 'SOME PRELIMINARY PROBLEMS CONCERNING DISCUSSIONS ON PARTS OF SPEECH IN CHINESE', IN HE, ZHONG ET AL., PROBLEMS...(1955).

1275 LIU, GUAN-QUN, 'ON HOMONYMS', ZGYW 53 (NOV 1956) 20-2. CHAOHM

1276 LIU, GUAN-QUN, 'ON 'SUO YI« ', ZGYW 5 (JAN 1957) 9-10. MAADCJ

1277 LIU, GUANG-HUA AND WEI LI, 'THE LAWS OF PHONETIC CORRESPONDENCES BETWEEN THE SHI-J IA-ZHUANG DIALECT PRONUNCIATION AND PEKING PRONUNCIATION«, FYYPTHJK 2 (1958) 19-21. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 275

1278 LIU, GUO-PU, »AGAIN ON THE TERM 'CHAO-GUO' YHXX (OCT 1954) 75-FF•

1279 LIU, JI.SHENG YUN XUE BAO JIE (SHANGHAI 1934). CHANPH OF CHINESE PHONETICS, ANCIENT AND MODERN.

1280 LIU, JING-NONG, A GRAMMAR OF LITERARY CHINESE (PEKING CHADWL 1958).

1281 LIU, JING-WEN, 'CONCERNING THE DELIMITATION OF ADJECTIVES', ZGYW 29 (NOV 1954) 20. ALSO IN HE, ZHONG ET AL., PROBLEMS...(1955).

1282 LIU, JING-WEN, 'THE DISTINCTIONS BETWEEN SUBJECT- MAADSY PREDICATE PHRASES AND NON-SUBJECT-PREDICATE PHRASES', WEN SHI ZHE 4 (1958) 144-60.

1283 LIU, JING-XUAN, 'THE LOCAL PRONUNCIATION OF THE SOUTHERN SECTION OF YUE-YANG', FYYPTHJK 4 (1958) 53-6.

1284 LIU, KAI-MING, 'NEW DISSYLLABIC WORDS IN SOME NOVELS', CHADWL ZGYW 76.

1285 LIU, KAI-MING, 'COMMENTS ON 'LAI * USED TO INDICATE APPROXIMATION', ZGYW 63 (SEP 1957) 47.

1286 LIU, KAI-MING AND JIAN-WEN DENG, 'CONCERNING MAADSY PROBLEMS INVOLVED IN THE ANALYSIS OF SUBJECT- PREDICATE SENTENCES—A DISCUSSION OF ZHAO, RONG- PU'S ARTICLE ON THt REDUPLICATION OF VERBS IN VERB- PREDICATE SENTENCES', ZGYW 72 (JUN 1958) 275-6.

1287 LIU, LILIAN, SEE ANNEAR, S.S. AND L. LIU, 'BA- AND BEI- SENTENCES (1964) AND WANG, W. S-Y. AND L. LIN, •BIBLIOGRAPHY...(1963).

1288 LIU, LING, 'CONTEMPORARY CHINESE MORPHOLOGY', WEN SHI CHADMO ZHE 4, 106-31.

1289 LIU, LU, 'A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE JING-PO JPAD LANGUAGE', ZGYW 132 (OCT 1964) 407-17, 406.

1290 LIU, MAO—ZA I, DEUTSCH-CHINESISCHE SYNTAX, EIN MAADSY PRAKTISCHES HANDBUCH DER MODERNEN CHINESISCHEN UMGANGSSPRACHE (1964). 298.

1291 LIU, NIAN-HE, 'A SECRET LANGUAGE AMONG THE CHILDREN MADO OF CHENG-DU', BULL. CHIN. ST. 4, PT.2 (1944) 69-78. ENG. SUMMARY SUP. 4-5.

1292 LIU, PEl-LUN, 'THE ADVERBS OF DEGREE 'MAN' AND 'XI' MADDAD IN THE YANG-ZHOU DIALECT', ZGYW 67 (JUN 1958) 25-6.

1293 LIU, QI, ON PARTICLES (PEKING 1954) 8 + 10 + 316 + 12. CHADFU 276 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1294 LIU, RU, JING-XI LI AND YI FANG, ED., HOMONYMS IN CHADHM CHINESE (SHANGHAI SWYSG 1924).

1295 LIU, SHAN, CHINESE GRAMMAR (TAIPEI HUA GUO CBS 1951). MAADSY

1296 LIUCONSTRUCTIONS', SHI-RONG, ,'CONCERNIN ZGYW 29 G(NO VERBAV 1954L )COMPLEMEN 8. T MAADSY

1297 LIU, SHI-RONG, 'THE STANDARDS FOR DISTINGUISHING MAAOSY SIMPLE SENTENCES IN CHINESE», ZGYW 59 (MAY 1957) 21-5.

1298 LIU, SHI-RU, 'IS IT A MALFORMED SENTENCE', YWXX (APR MAADSY 1954) 23-FF.

1299 LIU, SHI-RU, 'SOME FUNCTIONS OF CAUSATION IN THE MAADVE VERB', YWXX (NOV 1955) 35.

1300 LIU, SHI-RU, 'THE ORIGIN OF THE PASSIVE', YWXX (AUG MAADSY 1956) 32.

1301 LIU, SHI-RU, 'A STUDY ON THE MEASURE WORDS DURING THE CHANMW WEI, JIN ANO NAN BEI DYNASTIES', ZGYW 113 (1962) 117.

1302 LIU, SHI-SHENG, 'ON MEASURE WORDS', YWXX (OCT 1957) CHADMW 26.

1303 LIU, SHU-XIN, 'ON PROBLEMS OF WORD CLASSES', ZGYW 130 CHADPS (1964) 203.

1304 LIU, TE-RU, "PRONUNCIATION OF DIALECTS NORTH OF THE MADDPR HUA I RIVER', FYYPTHJK 7 (1959) 42-50.

1305 LIU, WEN-JIN, 'INITIALS OF HONG WU ZHENG YUN', BIHP 3, CHAEIN PT. 2 (1931) 237-49.

1306 LIU, WEN-JIN, 'PHONETICS OF THE XIAN-YANG DIALECT', BIHP 3, PT. 3, (1932) 415-36.

1307 LIU, WEN-XING, 'ON THE PHONEMES IN THE SOUTH DURING CHANPM SUI AND TANG TIMES', COLLECTED LECTURES BEFORE THE LITERARY SOC. FU-REN UNIV., 1ST ISSUE, LECTURE 8 (1940)»

1308 LIU, XI, (ATTRIBUTED TO), SHI MING IN CONG SHU CHARDI JI CHENG BIAN (ORIG. PUBL. 1151) (CHANG-SHA 1939).

1309 LIU, YE-QUI, ANCIENT CHINESE DICTIONARIES (PEKING CHANDI 1963).

1310 LIU, YI, "TONE AND TONEMES OF THE GUANG-JI DIALECT', WU-HAN DA XUE REN WEN KE XUE XUE BAO (1958) 83-7.

1311 LIU, YONG-FANG, SONG-MAO WANG, JIANG-XIAN ZHU AND TIAN-HANG YANG, 'COMMENTS ON LECTURES ON GRAMMAR AND RHETORIC', YWXX (OEC 1956) 38. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 277

1312 LIU, YONG-QUAN, »INTRODUCTION TO MACHINE TRANSLATION', CHADMT ZGYW 78 (DEC 1958) 575-8.

1313 LIU, YONG-QUAN, •I SSLEDOVATEL'SKAJA RABOTA V OBLASTI CHADMT MASHINNOGO PEREVODA V KITAJSKOJ NARODNOJ RESPUBLIKE' (RESEARCH WORK IN THE FIELD OF MACHINE TRANSLATION IN THE CHINESE PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC), VJA VI.5 (MOSCOW 1959) 102-4. RUSSIAN. ENGLISH TRANSL. IN JPRS 1131-D.

1314 LIU, YONG-QUAN, ZU-SHUN GAO AND ZUO LIU, 'A COMPARISON CHADMT OF OLD AND NEW PROGRAMS OF RUSSIAN-CHINESE MACHINE TRANSLATION SYSTEMS', ZGYW (OCT 1962) 439-58.

1315 LIU, YONG-QUAN, ZUO LIU AND ZU-SHUN GAO, 'AN ANALYSIS CHADMT OF THE IN THE RUSSIAN-CHINESE MACHINE TRANSLATION', ZGYW 133 (JUN 1964) 419-31.

1316 LIU, YU-REN, 'GRAMMAR AND LANGUAGE FACTS', ZGYW 33 (MAR 1955) 27.

1317 LIU, ZE-XIAN, 'AN INVESTIGATION INTO THE PROBLEMS OF MAADHM DISTINGUISHING HOMOPHONES BY THE FOUR TONES IN THE PEKING DIALECT', ZGYW 8 (FEB 1953) 4.

1318 LIU, ZE-XIAN, 'SPECIFYING WORDS BY GROUPING CHADWS LOGOGRAPHS', ZGYW 11, 33

1319 LIU, ZE-XIAN, 'THE NUMBER OF WORDS', ZGYW 23 (MAY 1954) 9.

1320 LIU, ZE-XIAN, 'COLLOQUIAL SPEECH AND STANDARD PRONUNCIATION', ZGYW 23 (MAY 1954) 4-6.

1321 LIU, ZE-XIAN, 'THE PROBLEM OF HOMOPHONES IS NOT A BIG CHADHM ONE', ZGYW 53 (NOV 1956) 18-20.

1322 LIU, ZE-XIAN, 'HOW MANY SYLLABLES ARE THERE ACTUALLY MAADSB IN THE PEKING LANGUAGE', ZGYW 56, 57 (FEB 1957, MAR 1957) 1-8, 17-23.

1323 LIU, ZE-XIAN, 'THE PRONUNCIATION OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS', WZGG 62 (AUG 1957) 37-40.

1324 LIU, ZHENG-YAN, SEE GAO, MING—KAI AND ZHENG-YAN LIU, A STUDY...(1958).

1325 LIU, ZHI, TIAN FANG ZI MU JIE YI (1710).

1326 LIU, ZHONG-SHENG, 'WHAT DIFFERENCE IS THERE BETWEEN MAADPR XIN-JIANG CHINESE PRONUNCIATION AND PEKING PRONUNCIATION', FYYPTHJK 3 (1958) 61-70.

1327 LOCKHART, J. H. STEWART, 'CANTON SYLLABARY', GR 10 CAADSB (1885) 312-26. 278 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1328 LOHSCHEID » WILLIAM, ENGLISH AND CHINESE DICTIONARY WITH THE PUNT I AND MANDARIN PRONUNCIATION (HONGKONG 1869). 4 VOLS.

1329 LONG GUO FU, SEE DRAGUNOV.

1330 LOON, P. VAN DER, REVUE BIBLIOGAPHIQUE DE SINOLOGIE (THE HAGUE MOUTON AND CO., VOL I (1957).

1331 LOU, XI —YUAN, SEE TANG, YONG-XIANG, WEN-SAN YAO AND XI—YUAN LOU, «THE USE...'.

1332 LOUVET, COURS ELEMENTAIRE DE LANGUE CHINOISE (PARIS 1908) 173.

1333 LU, DE-MING, JING DIAN SHI WEN. EDITION OF LU WEN- CHANPH CHAO IN THE 8A0 JING TANG GONG SHU (1791). SINCE REPRODUCED IN HU-BEI, CANTON, FU-JIAN AND SI-CHUAN. CONTAINS PHONETIC GLOSSES OF 12 CLASSICS.

1334 LU, FA-YAN, OIE YUN. RHYME DICTIONARY COMPILED BY LU, CHANRH FA-YAN IN 601 UNDER THE TITLE OF QIE YUN, ANNOTATED IN 677 BY CHANG-SUN, NUO-YAN, COLLATED BY SUN, MIAN, AND REPUBLISHED IN 751 UNDER THE TITLE OF TANG YUN, REV. AND ENL. IN 1011 BY CHEN, PENG-NIAN, QIU YONG ET AL., AND PUBLISHED UNDER THE TITLE OF GUANG YUN OR SONG CHONG XIU GUANG YUN.

1335 LU, GAN-RU, 'EXAMPLES OF RIMES IN THE FENG AND YA CHARFI DIVISIONS OF THE SHI JING«, YANJ. J. CHIN. ST. 20 (1936) 133-65.

1336 LU, GANG-ZHANG, YI MU LI AO RAN CHU JIE (AMOY 1892). REPRINT WZGG (1956).

1337 LU, GUO, FUNDAMENTALS OF GRAMMAR (PEKING NOV 1953).

1338 LUCHINESE', JIAN-MING, ZGY, W • 88'KAN'— (OCT A1959 NE)W PARTICL490-2. E IN CONTEMPORARY MAADFU

1339 LU, ZHI-WEI, A LEXICON OF THE MONOSYLLABIC WORDS IN MAADLX THE PEKING DIALECT 1ST ED. (PEKING 1938). REVISED ED. (PEKING KÉ XUE CBS 1956).

1340 LU, ZHI-WEI, 'FIFTY-ONE GROUPS OF INITIALS IN THE CHANIN GUANG YUN, A FORMAL PROOF', YANJ. J. CH. ST. 25 (1939) 1-58. ENGLISH SUMMARY 261-3.

1341 LU, ZHI-WEI, 'THE THIRD AND FOURTH DIVISIONS AND THE CHANPH 'YODICIZATION' THEORY«, YANJ. J. CH. ST. 26 (1939) 143-73. ENGLISH SUMMARY 283-4.

1342 LU, ZHI-WEI, '..FIVE PAPERS ON THE RIME BOOKS OF THE CHANRH •TANG AND THE FIVE DYNASTIES', YANJ. J. CH. ST. 26 (1939) 83-128. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 279

1343 LU, ZHI-WEI, 'CHANGES IN INITIALS IN THE PERIOD CHARIN BETWEEN SHUO WEN AND THE GUANG YUN» , YANJ. J. CH. ST. 28 (1940) 1-40.

1344 LU, ZHI-WEI, 'A NEW ATTEMPT TO RECONSTRUCT THE INITIAL CHAIN OF THE QIE YUN, WITH NOTES ON THE INITIALS OF THE CHANG AN DIALECT OF THE TANG DYNASTY», YANJ. J. CH. St. 28 (1940) 41-56.

1345 LU, ZHI-WEI, THE VOICED INITIALS OF THE CHINESE CHADIN LANGUAGE (PEIPING 1940).

1346 LU, ZHI-WEI, »REVIEW 0F_ZHAO, YUAN-REN AND LIAN-SHENG MAADDI YANG, CONCISE DICT...(1947)•, YANJ. J. CH. ST. 28 (DEC 1940).

1347 LU, ZHI-WEI, 'AN PHONOLOGY OF ZHONG YUAN YIN YUN', MAAEPH YANJ. J. CH. ST. 31 (1946) 35-70.

1348 LU, ZHI-WEI, 'THE PHONOLOGY OF SHAO YONG'S TIAN SHENG DI YIN', YANJ. J. CH. ST. 31 (1946) 71-80. CHINESE.

1349 LU, ZHI-WEI, 'LAN MAO'S YUN LUE YI TONG', YANJ. J. MADEPH CH. ST. 32 (1946) 151-68. CHINESE ON YUN-NAN DIALECT, 15TH CENTURY.

1350 LU, ZHI-WEI, •A PHONOLOGICAL STUDY OF THE »DU RUO* CHARPH NOTATIONS IN THE SHUO WEN», YANJ. J. CH. ST. 30 (1946) 135-278. CHINESE. ENG. SUMMARY 361.

1351 LU, ZHI-WEI, 'A BRIEF DISCUSSION ON ANCIENT PHONOLOGY», CHANPH YANJ. J. CH. ST. 20 (PEKING 1947).

1352 LU, ZHI-WEI, •XU XIAO'S SI-MA WEN-GONG DENG YUN TU MAADPH JING•, YANJ. J. CH. ST. 32 (1947) 169-196. ON THE PEKING DIALECT OF 17TH CENTURY.

1353 LU, ZHI-WEI, »THE RIMES OF THE *, YANJ. J. CH. CHDRFI ST. 33 (1947) 95-104. COMPARISON WITH SHI JING RIMES AND DISCUSSION OF DIALECTAL DIFFERENCES.

1354 LU, ZHI-WEI, * TRIGAULT'S XI RU ER MO ZI', YANJ. J. CH. ST. 33 (1947) 115-28. SHAN-XI 17TH CENTURY.

1355 LU, ZHI-WEI, 'FANG, DENG-FENG'S WU FANG YUAN YIN', YANJ. J. CH. ST. 34 (1948) 1-14. TANG-SHAN 17TH CENTURY.

1356 LU, ZHI-WEI, 'A NOTE ON THE CHANGE OF THE 'RU SHENG' MAADTO IN THE PEKING DIALECT', YANJ. J. CH. ST. 34 (1948) 21-8.

1357 LU, ZHI-WEI, 'ON MR. CHMIELEWSKI'S »ON THE SYNTAX AND CHADSY FORM OF CHINESE SENTENCES», ZGYW 33 (MAR 1955) 22. 280 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1358 LU, ZHI-WEI, 'SOME MISCONCEPTIONS ON MONOSYLLABIC CHADSB WORDS*i ZGYW 34 (APR 1955) II. 1359 LU» ZHI-WEI, «THE FOUR-SYLLABLE CONSTRUCTIONS IN CHINESE', YYY3 1 (1956) 48-82.

1360 LU, ZHI-WEI, 'THE PROCESSES ANO PROCEDURES OF CHADMO MORPHOLOGY1, ZGYW 54 (DEC 1956) 3-11.

1361 LU, ZHI-WEI, CHINESE MORPHOLOGY (PEKING KE XUE CBS CHADMO 1957).

1362 LU, ZHI-WEI, 'THE STATUS OF THE WORD IN CHINESE CHADMO LINGUISTICS', IN BEITRAEGE ZUM PROBLEM DES WORTES IM CHINESISCHEN ED. BY PAUL RATCHNEVSKY (BERLIN AKADEMIE-VERLAG 1960) 34-47.

1363 LU, ZHI-WEI, 'SUPPLEMENTARY DISCUSSION ON CO-VERBS CHADVE AND A BRIEF COMMENT ON THE SECTION OF PREPOSITION IN TEACHING MATERIAL OF CHINESE GRAMMAR', ZGYW 45 (I960) 220-1.

1364 LU, ZHI-WEI, 'THE CONSTRUCTIONS OF THE ANCIENT 'FAN CHANFQ QIE' SPELLING' ZGYW 126 (1963) 349.

1365 LUNET, DE LAJONQUIERE, ETIENNE EDMONO, ETHNOGRAPHIE HKAOVC DU TONKIN SEPTENTRIONAL (PARIS 1906). HAKKA OF REY'S DICTIONARY AND OF THAN POUN AND DAM-HA FACING 92.

1366 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'A PREFACE TO DAI ZHEN'S MANUSCRIPT OF KU FANG YAN', BIHP 2 PT. 4.

1367 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'AN EXPLANATION OF THE CHINESE CHANPH PHONETIC TERMS 'ZHONG' AND 'QING' ', BIHP 2 PT. 4. 1368 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'INITIALS OF ZHONG YUAN YIN YUN', MAAEIN BIHP 2 PT. 4.

1369 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'A STUDY OF ZHENG, QIAO'S TONG ZHI CHANPH QI YIN LUE«, BIHP 5 PT. 3.

1370 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'NOTES ON THE MANUSCRIPT OF HE SHI- LYU'S YUN SHI', BIHP 4 PT. 6.

1371 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'OLD READINGS AND CHANGES OF THE NINE CHANPH RIMES OF LABIAL OF QIE YUN', BI.HP VOL. TO CAI YUAN-PEI 469-524.

1372 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'NOTE ON THE INCOMPLETE MANUSCRIPTS OF SHENG YUN TONG RAN JI BY TANG XUAN', BIHP I PT. 3.

1373 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE JESUITS TO THE CHAOPH STUDY OF CHINESE PHONOLOGY', BIHP I PT. 3 (1930) 269. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 281

1374 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY OF THE AMOY NNOOPH DIALECTS BIHP MONO. 4 (PEIPING 1930) XIV +278. CHINESE.

1375 LUO» CHANG-PEIt 'TIBETAN AND CHINESE TRANSCRIPTIONS SCANTC OF THE PALATAL CONSONANTS', BIHP 3 11931) 263-76. CHINESE.

1376 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'NOTES ON THE FRAGMENTS OF SHOU MEN'S CHANPH MANUSCRIPTS ON PHONOLOGY FOUND IN DUN-HUANG', BIHP 3 PT. 2 <1931) 251-62. 1377 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'THE ANCIENT PRONUNCIATION OF THE CHANIN INITIALS 'ZHI', 'CHE', 'CHENG', 'NIANG* ', BIHP 3 (1931) 121-57. 1^78 LUO, CHANG-PEI, PHONOLOGY OF THE AMOY DIALECT. 1ST MNDDPH PUBL. (1931). (KE XUE CBS 1956). 1379 LUd, CHANG-PEI, 'ON THE VALUES OF THE QIE YUN RIMES CHANPH •YU' AND THE ANCIENT DIALECTS ON WHICH THEIR DISTINCTION MAS BASED', BIHP 2 (1931) 358-85.

1380 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'AN EXPLANATION OF THE PHONOLOGICAL CHANPH TERM NEI ZHUAN AND MAI ZHUAN', BIHP 4 (1933) 209-26.

1381 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'THE NORTHWESTERN DIALECTS OF TANG CHDN AND THE FIVE DYNASTIES', BIHP MONO. A 121 (1933). 1382 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'A SHORT HISTORY OF THE STUDY OF THE CHADDA DIALECTS OF CHINA', DONG FANG ZA ZHI 31 PT. 7 (1934) 141-53. CHINESE.

1383 LUO, CHANG-PEI, THE EVOLUTION OF THE CHINESE SPELLING CHADRO ALPHABETS (SHANGHAI SMYSG 1934). 1384 LUO, CHANG-PEI, THE PHONOLOGICAL SYSTEM OF LIN-CHUAN. HKDD 1ST PUBL. (1936). BIHP 17 (1940). (PEKING KE XUE CBS 1958). CHINESE. KAN-HAKKA.

1385 LUO, CHANG-PEI, SEE ZHAO, YUAN-REN, FANG-GUI LI AND CHANG-PEI LUO, TRANSL. OF KARLGREN, B., ETUDES ...(1937). 1386 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'THE TMO INITIALS XIA AND YU IN THE CHANIN FAN QIE OF JING 01AN SHI WEN AND THE ORIGINAL VERSION OF YU PIAN', BIHP 8 (1937).

1387 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'THE PHONOLOGICAL TRACES OF ANCIENT CHANPH CHINESE IN MODERN DIALECTS', LITERATURE AND HISTORY 1-2 (CHUNGKING 1941). CHINESE.

1388 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'A POSTSCRIPT TO THE PHONOLOGY OF HKDDPH LIN-CHUAN', BOOK REVIEW NO. 2 (CHUNGKING 1942). 282 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1389 LUO» CHANG-PEI, «A CLASSIFICATION OF THE RACES OF YUN-NAN PROVINCE FROM THE LINGUISTIC POINT OF VIEW, FRONTIER POLITICS 4 (JAN 1942) 7-8.

1390 LUO, CHANG-PEI, »DIALECTS IN JIN AND YUAN DRAMAS«, TU CHAEDA SHU JI KAN N.S. 6 (1945) 51-2.

1391 LUO, CHANG-PEI, «COMMENTS ON SCHAANK'S ANCIENT CHINESE CHANPH PHONETICS', LING-NAN J. 7.1 (1947) 15-36.

1392 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'REVIEW OF ZHAO, YUAN-REN AND LIAN-SHENG YANG, CONCISE DICTIONARY...(1947)•, HJAS 10 (1947) 432-6.

1393 LUO, CHANG-PEI, «CORRECTION DE 'J« EN «GHJ« DANS LE SYSTEME DU CHINOIS ANCIEN DE B. KARLGREN*, HAN HIUE 3 (1949) 311-6. (GH=GAMMA)

1394 LUO, CHANG-PEI, RIMES IN POPULAR PEKING DRAMAS CHAEFI (PEKING 1950) XII + 73.

1395 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'GENERAL SURVEY OF THE LANGUAGES OF RACIAL MINORITIES IN CHINA AND THEIR SYSTEM OF WRITING', THE SCIENTIFIC J. 2.5 (1951). CHINESE. SEE GROOTAERS, W.A., •REVIEW OF...•(1953).

1396 LUO, CHANG-PEI, EVIDENCE FOR AMENDING B. KARLGREN'S •J-« TO «GHJ-« ', HJAS 14 (1951) 285-90. (GH=GAMMA)

1397 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'PROBLEMS IN CHINESE LINGUISTIC CHADLT STUDIES VIEWED IN TERMS OF STALIN'S LINGUISTIC THEORY', KE XUE TP 3.7 (JUL 1952) 425.

1398 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'LINGUISTICS IN CHINA', KE XUE TP 4 CHADLT (1953) 15-20.

1399 LUO, CHANG-PEI, INTRODUCTION TO CHINESE PHONOLOGY CHADPH (SHANGHAI 1956) 134 (PEKING 1962).

1400 LUO, CHANG-PEI, 'ON DRAGUNOV'S 'PHAGS-PA LETTERS AND CHAE ANCIENT MANDARIN', ZGYW 79 (DEC 1959) 575-81.

1401 LUO, CHANG-PEI, SELECTED WORKS. ED. BY RESEARCH INST. CENTER FOR LINGUISTIC RESEARCH (PEKING 1963).

1402 LUO, CHANG-PEI, A SHORT HISTORY OF CHINESE DIALECT CHDDPR PRONUNCIATION (PEKING 1963).

1403 LUO, CHANG-PEI AND MEI-BIAO CAI, 'PHAGS-PA SCRIPT AND CHAE THE CHINESE LANGUAGE OF (PEKING KE XUE CBS 1959).

1404 LUO, CHANG-PEI AND MAO-JI FU, 'A GENERAL DESCRIPTION NLADWS OF THE NATIONAL LANGUAGES AND THEIR WRITING SYSTEMS', ZGYW 21 (MAR 1954) 21-6. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 283

1405 LUO, CHANG-PEI AND SHU-XIANG LYU, «GRAMMATICAL CHOPS CATEGORIES IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE', YYYJ 1 (1956).

1406 LUO, CHANG—PEI AND JON WANG, AN OUTLINE OF GENERAL PHONETICS (PEKING KE XUE CBS 1957).

1407 LUO, CHANG—PEI AND JIAN-GONG WEI, SHI YUN HUI BIAN. CHANRH EDITIONS OF SEVERAL QIE YUN MSS AND AN EDITION OF GUANG YUN WITH CRITICISMS, INCLUDES ONE STEIN AND SEVERAL PELLIOT MSS.

1408 LUO, CHANG-PEI AND ZU-MO ZHOU, A STUOY OF THE CHANPH DEVELOPMENT OF THE RIME-GROUPS IN HAN, WEI, AND NAN-BEI DYNASTIES I (PEKING 1958).

1409 LUO, HSIN-TIEN, SEE LUO CHANG-PEI.

1410 LUO, J I—GUANG, »THE YAO LANGUAGE IN GUANG-XI•, ZGYW 9 YODD (MAR 1953) 33.

1411 LUO, J I—GUANG, SEE MA, XUE-LIANG AND JI-GUANG LUO, •THE MAIN VOWEL...M1962).

1412 LUO, XIANG-LIN, AN INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF THE HAKKAS (XING-NING 1933).

1413 LUO, YING-FENG, 'THE POSITIONS OF SUBJECT-PREDICATE MAADSY CONSTRUCTIONS USED AS MODIFIERS', YWXX 3 (1956) 39.

1414 LUO, ZHEN-YU, STUDIES ON THE ORACLE BONE INSCRIPTIONS CHARWS OF THE YIN SHANG TIMES.

1415 LUO, ZHENG-PING, »TRACING THE OF THE CAADVC VOCABULARY OF THE CANTONESE DIALECT«, ZGYW (MAR 1960) 129-34.

1416 LYON, D., LESSONS FOR BEGINNERS IN THE SHANGHAI WUDDGR DIALECT (SHANGHAI 1890) 2 + 137.

1417 LYU, JI-PING, »ON COVER.BS', YWXX (MAY 1954) 41-FF. MAADVE

1418 LYUOBJECT', JI-PING, YWX, X 'PROBLEM(JUL 1955S )CONCERNIN 8-FF. ALSG OSUBJEC IN ZGYWCT ANSD 10-20. MAADSY 1419 LYU, JI-PING, 'SOH£ DISCUSSIONS ON THE DEFINITION OF THE SUBJECT AND ITS USE IN THE CHINESE LANGUAGE', HWXX (MAR 1956) 30. ALSO IN ZGYWLC 204-13.

1420 LYU, JI-PING, 'THE USES OF NOUNS, VERBS AND MAADSY ADJECTIVES', YWXX (MAY 1958) 29.

1421 LYU, JI-PING, 'THE EXPRESSION OF CAUSAL RELATIONSHIP', MAADSY YWXX (MAY 1959) 19.

1422 LYU, JI-PING, 'THE EXPRESSION OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE AND MAADSY THE CONDITIONAL', YWXX (JUN 1959) 29. 284 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1423 LYU, JI-PING» •THE EXPRESSION OF COMPARISON AND MAADSY SELECTION', YWXX (JUL 1959) 25-8.

1424 LYUt JI-PING. 'THE COMPATIBILITY OF COORDINATE MAADSY CONSTRUCTIONS', YWXX

1425 LYU, JI-PING, 'REVIEW OF 'DISCUSSIONS ON CHINESE GRAMMARS' ', ZGYW 116 (1962) 279-84.

1426 LYU, JI-PING ET AL., THE PROBLEM OF SUBJECT ANO OBJECT IN THE CHINESE LANGUAGE, ZGYW ZA ZHI SHE ED. (PEKING ZHONG HUA SHU JU 1956).

1427 LYU, SHU-XIANG, 'ON THE THIRD PERSON PRONOUNS CHAOPR IN CLASSICAL AND MODERN CHINESE', STUDIA SERICA (1940).

1428 LYU, SHU-XIANG, 'THE PRONOUNS 'NIN', 'AN', 'ZAT AND MAADPN THE PLURALITY SUFFIX 'MEN' ', STUDIA SERICA (1940).

1429 LYU, SHU-XIANG, 'THE PARTICLES 'ZAI' AND 'ZHAO' IN THE CHING TE CH'UAN LU', STUDIA SERICA 3 (1941) 331-52. SEE TANG, QI-YUN, 'REVIEW OF...'

1430 LYU, SHU-XIANG, 'THE DISTINCTION BETWEEN THE NEGATIVES CHARNG •WU' AND 'WU' IN CLASSICAL CHINESE', STUDIA SERICA 4 (1941).

1431 LYU, SHU-XIANG, 'THE PRONOMINAL USES OF THE ADVERB CHADAD •XIANG1 ', BULL. CHIN. ST. 2 (1942) 267-80. ENG. SUMMARY 467.

1432 LYU, SHU-XIANG, 'AN ABRIDGED GRAMMAR OF CHINESE (PEKING 1942). REPRINTED (HONGKONG 1957). ALSO IN RUSSIAN TRANSLATION.

1433 LYU, SHU-XIANG, 'NOTES ON THE ETYMOLOGY OF THE MAADFU PARTICLE 'DE' ', BULL. CHIN. ST. 3 (1943) 229-38. ENG. SUMMARY 401-2.

1434 LYU, S'HU-XIANG, FUNCTIVES IN LITERARY CHINESE CHANFU (SHANGHAI 1944).

1435 LYU, SHU-XIANG, PRINCIPLES OF CHINESE GRAMMAR CHADGR (SHANGHAI 1944) 3 VOLS.

1436 LYU, SHU-XIANG, 'THE LITERATI LANGUAGE AND THE SPOKEN CHADWL LANGUAGE', CHIN. LIT. MAGAZINE 3.1 (GUI-LIN 1944).

1437 LYU, SHU-XIANG, 'THE USES OF 'GE' AS A CLASSIFIER...', CHADCL BULL. CHIN. ST. 4 (1945) 29-59.

1438 LYU, SHU-XIAN(i» "FROM THE DISTINCTION BETWEEN SUBJECT CHADSY AND OBJECT TO THE ANALYSIS OF THE CHINESE SENTENCE', KAI MING BOOK CO. 20TH ANNIVERSARY ISSUE (SHANGHAI 1946). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 285

1439 LYU» SHU-XIANG. «REVIEW OF ZHAO, YUAN-REN AND LIAN-SHENG YANG. CONCISE 0ICTIONARY...(1947)•. BULL. CHIN. ST. 7 (1947) 255-38. ENG. SUMMARY. SUP. 66.

1440 LYU, SHU-XIANG, « IN THE DAN-YANG DIALECT», WUDDTO BULL. CHIN. ST. 7 (1947) 255-38. ENG. SUMMARY, SUP. 66.

1441 LYU, SHU-XIANG, »ON THE USES OF THE PRETRANSITIVE BA« , MAADGR BULL. CHIN. ST. 8 11948) 111-30. ENG. SUMMARY 148-9.

1442 LYU, SHU-XIANG, «THREE POINTS ON GRAMMAR«, YWXX (AUG CHADGR 1953).

1443 LYU, SHU-XIANG, SEE DING, SHENG-SHU ET AL,, LECTURES...(1961), LUO, CHANG-PEI AND SHU-XIANG LYU, •GRAMMATICAL CATEGORIES...»(1966) AND PAN, SHAN AND SHU-XIANG LYU, «IS 'TING' A WORD...«(1955).

1444 LYU, SHU-XIANG, «MORE ON THE PHONETIC ALPHABET CHADRO AND LANGUAGE TEACHING«, WZGG 10 (1960) 1-2.

1445 LYU, SHU-XIANG, «ON THE EQUIVALENCE OF LINGUISTIC CHADLT UNITS«, ZGYW 121 (1962) 483-95.

1446 LYU, SHU-XIANG, «THE TEACHING OF LANGUAGE CONSIDERED CHADPH FROM THE CHINESE PHONETIC PLAN', WZGG (FEB 1962) 7-8.

1447 LYU, SHU-XIANG, «PRELIMINARY ATTEMPT ON THE PROBLEM CHADSB OF MONOSYLLABISM AND DISSYLLABISM IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE', ZGYW 122 (1963) 10.

1448 LYU, SHU-XIANG AND DE-XUAN SUN, • A BRIEF DISCUSSION CHADGR ON AUXILIARIES', ZGYW 48 {JUN 1956) 33-9, ALSO IN GRAMMAR AND ITS TEACHING (PEKING REN MIN CBS 1954) .

1449 LYU, SHU-XIANG AND DE-XI ZHU, LECTURES ON GRAMMAR AND RHETORIC (PEKING KAI MING SHU DIAN 1951) 6 VOLS. 3RD ED. (NOV 1951). 4TH ED. (ZHONG GUO QING NIAN CBS 1954).

1450 LYU, XIANG, SEE LYU, SHU-XIANG.

1451 MA, BO-LE, SEE MASPERO, H.

1452 MA, DE-GUI, 'ON ADJECTIVES WITH REDUPLICATED AUXILIA- MAADAJ RIES«, YWXX 3 (1957) 37.

1453 MA, HAN-LIN, OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI SHI CBS 1957).

1454 MA, JIAN-ZHONG, MA'S GRAMMAR (SHANGHAI SWYSG 1935). FIRST APPEARED IN 1898.

1455 MA, KE-QIAN, 'PRELIMINARY STUDY ON REDUPLICATED SUF- HÄADSU 286 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

FIXES', ZGYW 64 (OCT 1957) 44-46.

1456 MA, PEI-ZHI, 'THE CORRESPONDENCES BETWEEN LING-PAO LO- CAL PRONUNCIATION AND THE PEKING PRONUNCIATION', FYHPTHJK 2 (1958) 70-5.

1457 MA, SI-ZHOU, 'THE FREQUENCY OF MONOSYLLABIC WORDS IN CHADLX THE LEXICON«, ZGYW 54 (DEC 1956) 15-26.

1458 MA, XU-LUN, METHOD OF STUDYING SHUO WEN JIE ZI CHARWS (HONGKONG 1964).

1459 MA, XUE-LIANG, A STUDY OF THE SA NI YI DIALECT YIDD (PEKING APR 1951).

1460 MA, XUE-LIANG ANO JI-GUANG LUO, ' IN THE STADVO SINO-TIBETAN LANGUAGES', ZGYW 115 (MAY 1962) 193-211.

1461 MA, XUE-LIANG AND JI-GUANG LUO, 'THE MAIN VOWEL OF CHANVO THE RHYMES OF THE QIE-YUN PURE 4TH DIVISION', ZGYW 121 (DEC 1962) 533.

1462 MA, XUE-LIANG AND CHANG-HOU TAI, 'A PRELIMINARY MIDD COMPARATIVE STUDY OF THE TWENTY-ONE MIAO DIALECTS IN SOUTHEASTERN GUI-ZHOU', YYYJ 1 (DEC 1956) 265-82.

1463 MA, XUE-LIANG AND JUN WANG, 'PHONEMIC PROBLEMS IN THE NLADLW CHINESE LOAN-WORDS IN THE NATIONAL LANGUAGES', ZGYW 83 (MAY 1959) 216-8, 215.

1464 MA, YING-BO, 'THE TEACHING OF THE PHONETIC SOUND CHDDPC CORRESPONDENCES BETWEEN DIALECT PRONUNCIATION AND THE PEKING PRONUNCIATION', FYYPTHJK 1 (1958) 175-81.

1465 MA, ZHONG, 'ON 'DUI' ANO 'DUI YU' ', ZGYW 98 (1960) 384-5.

1466 MABUCHI, KAZUO, 'COMPOSITE TEXTS OF AND AN CHANRH INDEX OF GUANG YUN', (MAR 1964) 466. THE NATIONAL RE- SEARCH FOUNDATION OF JAPAN.

1467 MACGILLWARY, DONALD, DICTIONARY OF CHINA. 7TH ED. (SHANGHAI 1925).

1468 MACGILLWARY, DONALD, A MANDARIN-ROMANIZED DICTIONARY MAADDI OF CHINESE (SHANGHAI 1930) X + 1145 + 43. 9TH ED.

1469 MACGOWEN, JOHN, A COLLECTION OF PHRASES IN THE WUDD SHANGHAI DIALECT (SHANGHAI 1862) 4 + 193. SYSTEMAT- ICALLY ARRANGED.

1470 MACGOWEN, JOHN, 'ENGLISH AND CHINESE DICTIONARY OF THE MNDDDI AMOY DIALECT—A MANUAL OF THE AMOY COLLOQUIAL SPEECH. 4TH ED. (AMOY 1898) III + 216. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 287

1471 MAC I VER, DONALD, A HAKKA INDEX TO THE CHINESE-ENGLISH HKADDI DICTIONARY OF HERBERT A. GILES-..AND TO THE SYL- LABIC aiCTIONARY OF CHINESE OF S. WELLS WILLIAMS . . . (SHÌÙGHAI 1904).

1472 MACIVER, DONALD, 'AN ENGLISH-CHINESE DICTIONARY IN THE HKDDDI VERNACULAR OF THE HAKKA PEOPLE IN THE CANTON PROVINCE (SHANGHAI 1905).

1473 MACIVER, DONALD, A HAKKA SYLLABARY (SHANGHAI 1909) 189.

1474 MADROLLE, CLAUDIUS, LES PEUPLES ET LES LANGUES DE LA NLAD CHINE MERIODIONALE...(PARIS 1896). SHORT VOCABULARY OF THE CHINESE OF GUANG-DONG.

1475 MAENCHEN-HELFEN, OTTO, 'ARE CHINESE 'XI-PI* AND • KUO- CHARLW LO* INDO-EUROPEAN LOAN WORDS', LANGUAGE 21 (1945) 256-60.

1476 MAGNASCO, F., «LINGUA CINESE PARLATA—ELEMENTI GRAM- MATICALE, GLOSSARIO, E DIALOGHI (SPOKEN CHINESE, GRAMMATICAL ELEMENTS, GLOSSARY, AND DIALOGUES) (MILAN 1905) XI + 114. ITALIAN.

1477 MAGONIO, G., «METODO ACCELERATO PER IMPARARE IL CINESE (ACCELERATED METHOD FOR LEARNING CHINESE) (SHANGHAI 1930). ITALIAN.

1478 MAGONIO, G., 'A NOTE ON TWO SZECHUANESE DIALECTS«, IN MADD STUDIA SERICA BERNHARD KARLGREN DEDICATA. ED. S. EGEROD (COPENHAGEN 1959) 92-7.

1479 MALMQVIST, GORAN, «A PHONOLOGICAL DESCRIPTION OF SOME MADDPH IRREGULAR PHENOMENA IN THE DIALECT OF OMEI, SZE- CHUAN«, STUDIA SERICA 9.2 (1950) 89-93.

1480 MALMQVIST, GORAN, "SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE TONE MANI- MADDTO FESTATIONS OF A CHENG-DU DIALECT«, STUDIA SERICA 9.2 (1960) 55-70.

1481 MALMQVIST, GORAN, «SOME OBSERVATIONS ON A GRAMMAR OF CHARGR LATE ARCHAIC CHINESE', TP 48 (1960) 252-86.

1482 MALMQVIST, GORAN, 'ON A RECENT STUDY OF HAN CHARPH PHONOLOGY', TP 49 (1961) 198-200.

1483 MALMQVIST, GORAN, 'THE SYNTAX OF BOUND FORMS IN MADDSY SI-CHUAN«, BMFEA 33 (1961) 125-99.

1484 MALMQVIST, GORAN, 'ON ARCHAIC CHINESE 'R' AND 'D' ', CHARCO BMFEA 34 (1962) 107-20.

1485 MALMQVIST, GORAN, "STUDIES IN WESTERN MANDARIN MADDPH PHONOLOGY', BMFEA 34 (1962) 129-92. 288 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1486 MALMQVIST, GORAN, HAN PHONOLOGY AND TEXTUAL CRITI- CHARPH CISM, CENTER OF ORIEN. ST., OCCASIONAL PAPER 1 (CANBERRA 1963).

1487 MANUEL, E. ARSENIO, 'CHINESE ELEMENTS IN THE TAGALOG CHADLW LANGUAGE, WITH SOME INDICATIONS OF CHINESE INFLUENCE ON OTHER PHILIPPINE LANGUAGES AND CULTURES AND EX- CURSION INTO AUSTRONESIAN LINGUISTICS, HISTORICAL. INTRODUCTION BY H. OTLEY BEYER, FILIPINIANA PUBLICA- TIONS, LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE SERIES 25, ( 1948) 139. REVIEWED IN ANTHROPOS 47 (1952) 675-6.

1488 MAO, DUN, 'CONCERNING THE PROBLEM OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CHILDREN LOSING THEIR MASTERY OF THE PHONETIC ALPHABET', WZGG 6 (JUN 1962) 2.

1489 MAO, XI-PANG, 'SOME COMMENTS ON «MU 01« AND 'WEI LE» ', ZGYW 77 (NOV 1958) 532.

1490 MAO, ZONG-WU, 'A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE LANGUAGES YODD OF THE YAO PEOPLE', ZGYW 113 (MAR 1962) 141-8.

1491 MARGOULIES, GEORGE, LA LANGUE ET L'ECRITURE CHINOISE (PARIS 1943) 7 + 272.

1492 MARRE, A., «DE L'INTRODUCTION DE TERMES CHINOIS DANS CHADLW LE VOCABULAIRE DES MALAIS', MELANGES CHARLES DE HAR- LEZ (LEIDEN 1896) 188-93.

1493 MARTIN, SAMUEL E., THE PHONEMIC STATUS OF ANCIENT CHANVO CHINESE VOWELS (BERKELEY 1949). PHOTO-PRINT THESIS.

1494 MARTIN, SAMUEL E., 'COMMENTS ON ZHAO'S 'THE CANTIAN IDIOLECT', LANGUAGE 28 (1952).

1495 MARTIN, SAMUEL E., THE PHONEMES OF ANCIENT CHINESE CHANPM JAOS SUP. 16 (1953) 46. SEE EGEROD, S., 'REVIEW OF...'(1961) AND HAUDRICOURT, A.G., 'REVIEW OF...' (1954).

1496 MARTIN, SAMUEL E., 'REVIEW OF WENCK, G., JAPANISCHE PHONETIK (1956)', LANGUAGE 35 (1959) 370-82.

1497 MARTIN, SAMUEL E., 'PROBLEMS OF HIERARCHY AND INDETER- MAADPH MINACY IN MANOARIN PHONOLOGY', BIHP 29 (TAIPEI NOV 1957) 209-29.

1498 MASPERO, H., 'LES LANGUES D'EXTREME-ORIENT', IN ENCY- CLOPEDIE FRANÇAISE.

1499 MASPERO, H., 'CONTRIBUTION A L'ETUDE DU SYSTEME PHONE- TADDPH TIQUE DES LANGUES THAI'. BEFEO XI (1911).

1500 MASPERO, H., 'ETUOES SUR LA PHONETIQUE HISTORIQUE DE ANADHL LA LANGUAGE ANNAMITE. LES INITIALES', BEFEO XII (1912). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 289

1501 HASPERO, H., «SUR QUELQUES TEXTES ANCIENS DE CHINOISE CHANSL PARLES BEFEO XIV.4 (1914) 1-36.

1502 MASPERO, H., 'LE DIALECTE DE TCH'ANG-NGAN SOUS LE CHAN T'ANGS (THE CHANG-AN DIALECT UNDER THE TANG), BEFEO XX.2 (1920) 1-124.

1503 MASPERO, H., 'LA CHINE ANTIQUE1, (PARIS 1927). CHAN

1504 MASPERO, H., 'PREFIXES ET DERIVATION EN CHINOIS CHARMO ARCHAÏQUE«, MSL 23 (1930) 313-27.

1505 MASPERO, H., «LA LANGUE CHINOISE', CONFERENCES DE L'INSTITUT DE LINGUISTIQUE DE L'UNIVERSITE DE PARIS (ANNEE 1933, PARIS 1934). FIRST APPEARED IN REVÜE DES COURS ET CONFERENCE (FEB 28, 1934) 481-502 AND (MAR 15, 1934) 591-606.

1506 MASPERO, H., «LE CHINOIS', IN LES LANGUES DU MONDE (PARIS 1952).

1507 MASPERO, H., «LES LANGUES TIBETO-BIRMANES•, IN LES TBAD LANGUES DU MONDE (PARIS 1952) 529-70.

1508 MATEER, A.H., NEW TERMS FOR NEW IDEAS (SHANGHAI CHADTN 1917).

1509 MATEER, C.W., A COURSE IN MANDARIN LESSONS (SHANG- MAADGR HAI 1922).

1510 MATHEWS, R.H., A CHINESE-ENGLISH DICTIONARY CEADDI (SHANGHAI 1931). REVISED AMERICAN ED. (CAMBRIDGE 1943). INTRODUCTION ON PRONOUNCIATION BY Y. R. ZHAO.

1511 MATHEWS, R.H., GUO-YU PRIMER (SHANGHAI 1938). MAADGR

1512 MATSUMOTO, AKIRA, 'AN EXAMPLE OF THE REPLACIVE MOR- CHADMO PHEMES IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE', CGGG 43 (OCT 1955).

1513 MATSUMOTO, AKIRA, 'NECESSITY AND METHODOLOGY IN THE STUDY OF MEANING—ON THE MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR THE SEMANTIC STUDY OF 'LIANG' AND OTHER WORDS', CGGG 69 (DEC 1957).

1514 MATSUMOTO, AKIRA, 'A STUDY OF ACCENTS IN PEKINESE, PT. MAADST IS CGGG 100TH IS?UE (JUL 1960).

1515 MATSUMOTO, AKIRA, 'MORE ON THE ACCENT IN PEKINESE', MAADST CGGG 110 (1961).

1516 M1TSUM0T0• BUNZABURGO, 'ON SOME CHINESE TRANSCRIPTIONS SCAN OF INDIAN WORDS', KAITOKU 12 (1934).

1517 MATSUSHITA, DAISABUROO, STANDARD CHINESE GRAMMAR CHADGR (1927) . 290 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1518 HAY, ALFRED J., »CHINESE RELATIONSHIPS', CR 21 (1895) CHADTM 15-39. RELATIONSHIP TERMS IN CANTONESE.

1519 MAYBOU, C.B., »REVIEW OF DELOASTAD, R., MANUEL OE CANTONNAIS...(1937)', BEFEO VII (1907).

1520 MCINTOSH, GILBERT, USEFUL PHRASES IN THE SHANGHAI WUODVC DIALECT, WITH INDEX AND VOCABULARY (SHANGHAI 1940) 121.

1521 MEDHURST, WALTER H., NOTICES ON CHINESE GRAMMAR— CHADWS PART 1, ORTHOGRAPHY AND ETYMOLOGY, BY PHILO-SINENSIS (PSEUD.) (BATAVIA 1842) 1 + 148.

1522 ME Ii DE-YU, 'SOME OPINIONS ON WHAT ARE WORDS', ZGYW 44 (FEB 1956) 12.

1523 ME I, ZU-LIN, 'CHINESE GRAMMAR AND THE LINGUISTIC CHADLT MOVEMENT IN PHILOSOPHY", THE REVIEW OF METAPHYSICS XIV.3 (MAR 1961) 463-92.

1524 MEI, ZU-LIN, 'SUBJECT AND PREDICATE, A GRAMMATICAL CHADSY PRELIMINARY', THE PHILOSOPHICAL REV. LXX.2 (APR 1961) 153-75.

1525 MENCARINI, JUAN, 'REVIEW OF GONZALES, A., GRAMATICA ...(19,17)', JRAS N CH BR. 50 (1919) 227-8.

1526 MENG, WEI-ZHI, 'IS THERE LINKED CONSTRUCTION IN CHINESE', IN SHI, CUN-ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS ...(1957) 49-54.

1527 MI AO, SHU-SHENG, 'TELESCOPED SENTENCE OR EMBEDDED SEN- MAADSY TENCE', ZGYW 51 (SEP 1956) 10.

1528 MI AO, YI-ZHI, 'BASIC CHINESE GRAMMAR', (WU-HAN HU- CHADGR BE I REN MIN CBS 1957).

1529 MILLER, ROBERT P., THE PARTICLES IN THE DIALOGUE OF CHAEFU YUAN' (YALE UNIV. 1952). PH.D. DISSERTATION.

1530 MILLER, ROY A., 'ANOTHER CHINESE INTERROGATIVE', LAN- CHADIG GUAGE 26 (1950) 282-4.

1531 MILLER, ROY A., 'THE ETYMOLOGY OF CHINESE 'LIU', CHADEM POMEGRANATE', LANGUAGE 27 (1951) 154-8.

1532 MILLER, ROY A., 'A NOTE TO KARLGREN'S PHONOLOGIE', PHI THETA ANNUAL 3 (1952) 1-19. TYPESCRIPT.

1533 MILLER, ROY A., 'REVIEW OF GAO, MING-KAI, CHINESE GRAMMAR (1951)', FAR EASTERN QUARTERLY 12 (1953) 64-8.

1534 MILLER, ROY A., 'REVIEW OF CHUUGOKU GOGAKU KENKYUUKAI , COLLECTED ESSAYS...( 1953)', LANGUAGE 30 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 291

(1954) 428-32.

1535 MILLER, ROY A., 'EARLY EVIDENCE FOR VOWEL HARMONY IN TIANMP TIBETAN', LANGUAGE 42.2 (APR 1966) 252-77.

1536 MILLS, HARRIET, 'LANGUAGE REFORM IN CHINA—SOME CHAOLR RECENT DEVELOPMENTS', THE FAR EASTERN QUARTERLY 15 (AUG 1956) 517-40.

1537 MINEMURA, SA8UR00, 'THE SO-CALLED 'NEI ZHUAN' AND 'WAI CHANLT ZHUAN' IN THE YUN JING, A PHONOLOGICAL WORK', FUJIOKA HAKUSHI KOOSEKI KINEN GENGOGAKU RONBUN-SHUU (1935).

1538 MINEYA, TOORU, «THE ANNAMESE PRONUNCIATION OF CHINESE SAADPR CHARACTERS', JIMBUN 2.2 (1948).

1539 MINEYA, TOORU, 'ON THE DIVISIONS III AND IV OF YUN CHANPH JING', GK 22, 23 (1953) 56-74.

1540 MINEYA, TOORU, 'THE POSITION OF GE (GUO) RIME IN YUN CHANFI JING', TYG XXXV.3 (MAR 1953).

1541 MINEYA, TOORU, 'THE PHONOLOGICAL SYSTEM OF FINALS IN CHANFI ANCIENT CHINESE—THE CHARACTERISTICS OF OIE YUN', GK 31 (MAR 1957) 8-21.

1542 MING, QIU, 'WHAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BASIC IN CHADSY ANALYZING SENTENCES', ZGYW 30 (DEC 1954).

1543 MISCH, JOHANNES, * DER KONDITIONALSATZ IM KLASSISCHEN CHINESISCH', (BERLIN UNIV. OF BERLIN DISSERTATION 1935) 31.

1544 MITTLER, T., CHINESISCHE GRAMMATIK, EINFUEHRUNG IN MAODGft DIE UNGANGSPRACHE, MIT BESONDERER BERUECKSICHTIGUNG DER SHANTUNGSPRACHE (SHAN-DONG 1927).

1545 MIYATA, ICHIROO, SEE KOOSAKA, J. AND I. MIYATA, STANDARD CHINESE GRAMMAR (1958).

1546 MIYATA, ICHIROO, 'ON THE DELIMITATION OF WORDS', CGGG 78 (SEP 1958).

1547 MIYATA, ICHIROO, 'ON THE SYNTACTIC RELATIONSHIP IN SONGEN-BUN', CGGG 2 (OCT 1959).

1548 MIZUTANI, SHINJOO, 'ON THE ORAL TRADITION OF RECITA- CHANPH TION OF THE SUTRAS', CGGG 20 (OCT 1948).

1549 MIZUTANI, SHINJOO, 'THE GENEOLOGY OF HUI LIN'S SPEECH- - TENDAI READING OF THE CHINESE CHARACTERS', STUOIES OF BUDDHISTIC CULTURES (NOV 1955).

1550 MIZUTANI, SHINJOO, 'AN ESSAY ON THE COMMENTS OF PRO- CHANPH NUNCIATION BY HUI LIN', CBK (OOTANI UNIV. MAR 1956). 292 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1551 MIZUTANI, SHINJOO, 'THE PROCESS OF DENASALIZATION OF CHANPH NASAL INITIALS DURING THE TANG PERIOD*, TYG 39.4 (MAR 1957).

1552 MIZUTANI. SHlflJOO, •A STUDY OF THE COMMENTS ON PRO- NUNCIATION BY HUI YUAN—AN ANALYSIS OF ÌTS MATE- RIAL' , ANNUAL REPORT OF STUDIES OF OOTANI UNIVERSI- TY 11 (JAN 1959).

1553 MIZUTANI. SHINJOO. 'TRANSLATION OF ANCIENT CHINESE CHANIN INITIALS 'XIAO' ANO 'XIA' ', TYG 40-4 (MAR 1959).

1554 MIZUTANI, SHINJOO, 'ON THE BRAHMI TRANSCRIPTION OF CHANPH CHINESE WORDS FOUND IN JING GANG JING', TRANS. LUO SHI, COLLECTED ESSAYS IN CELEBRATION OF THE TENTH ANNIVERSARY OF THE FOUNDING OF THE COLLEGE OF LETTERS OF THE NAGOYA UNIV. (MAR 1959).

1555 MIZUTANI, SHINJOO, 'CHINESE TRANSCRIPTION OF SANSKRIT SCANVO RETROFLEX VOWELS', GK 3 (MAR I960).

1556 MIZUTANI, SHINJOO, 'ON THE PECULIAR EXPRESSION OF ADDRESSING IN THE BUODHIST SCRIPTURES IN CHINESE TRANSLATION' IN TSUKAMOTO HAKUSHI SHOOGUKINEN BUKKYOOSHIGAKU RONSHUU (FEB 1961).

1557 MO, MU, 'ON THE DOCUMENTING IN 'MORE ON PARTS OF CHADPS SPEECH' ', ZGYW 33 (MAR 1955) 42.

1558 MO, YOU-ZHI AND CHANG-PEI LUO, ED., THE ORIGIN AND CHADLT DEVELOPMENT OF PHONOLOGY (PEKING 1962).

1559 MOCHIZUKI, YASOKICHI, 'SENTENCE STRUCTURE IN CHINESE», CHADSY JIMBUN KENKYUU 6.6 (1955) 32-44.

1560 MOCHIZUKI, YASOKICHI, 'ON WORDS', JIMBUN KENKYUU 7 (1956) 651-62.

1561 MOCHIZUKI, YASOKICHI, 'SOME NOTES ON CHINESE GRAMMAR', CHADGR JIMBUN KENKYUU 13.8 (SEP 1962) 18-32.

1562 MOELLENDORFF, PAUL GEORG VON, CLASSIFICATION DES CHADDA DIALECTES CHINOIS (NINGPO 1899).

1563 MOELLENDORFF, PAUL GEORG VON, THE NINGPO SYLLABARY WUDDSB (SHANGHAI 1901) XI + 241.

1564 MOELLENDORFF, PAUL SEORG VON, NINGPO COLLOQUIAL HAND- WUOD BOOK, ED. G.W. SHEPPARD (SHANGHAI 1901) VI • 282.

1565 MOELLENDORFF, PAUL GEORG VON, 'CLASSIFICATION OF THE NLADCF LANGUAGES OF THE SOUTHWEST FRONTIER OF CHINA', STUDY AND THOUGHT 2.1,4,5 (JUL 1942).

1566 MOESSNER» FRIEDRICH, PROBLEME DES VERSTEHENS FREMD- SPRACHIGER TEXTE (BERLIN AKADEMIE-VERLAG 1960). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 293

1567 MOESSNER, FRIEDRICH, CHINESISCHE SCHRIFT-NOTATION OOER CHADWS BEGRIFF (BERLIN AKADEMIE-VERLAG 196«).

1568 MONTGOMERY, P.H.S., 'INTRODUCTION TO THE WENCHOW DIA- WUDD

LECT' , "('SHANGHAI 1893) It + 294.

1569 MORGAN, E., 'NEW NEW TERMS', (SHANGHAI 1926). CHADVC

1570 MOROHASHITIONARY', TETSUJI13 VOLS,. (TOKY'GREAOT CHINESE-JAPANESTAISHUUKAN 1955-1960)E DIC- . CHADCC 1571 MORRISON, ROBERT, VOCABULARY OF THE CANTON DIALECT CAADVC 3 VOLS. (MACAO 1828). ASPIRATION NOT DENOTED.

1572 MORRISON, WILLIAM T., 'AN ANGLO-CHINESE VOCABULARY OF WUDDVC THE NINGPO DIALECT', (SHANGHAI 1876) XV + 559.

1573 MUDROV, B.G., 'CHINESE LINGUISTIC STUDIES SINCE THE CHADLT PUBLICATION OF STALIN'S OPINIONS ON LINGUISTIC STUDIES', CHINESE TRANSL. IN XIN JIAN SHE 3 (SEP 1952) 47.

1574 «UDROV, B.G., 'THERE ARE PARTS OF SPEECH IN CHINESE', ZGYW 24 (JUN 1954) 30-32. ALSO IN HE, ZHONG ET AL., PROBLEMS...(1955) 80-5.

1575 MULDER, J.W.F., 'ON THE PHONOLOGY OF THE NEGATIVES IN CHARNG ARCHAIC CHINESE', TP 47 (1959) 251-80.

1576 MULLIE, JOSEPH, 'PHONETISCHE UNTERSUCHUNGEN UEBER DIE MAODPH NORDPEKINESCHEN SPRACHLAUTE', ANTHROPOS 8 (1913) 436-66.

1577 MULLIE, JOSEPH, 'UNE CARACTERISTIQUE PHONOLOGIQUE DU MADDPH DIALECTE CHINOIS DE LA MONGOLIE CENTRALE', TP (1924) 67-81. COMMENT BY KARLGREN TP 81-2.

1578 MULLIE, JOSEPH, THE STRUCTURAL PRINCIPLES OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE, ENG. TRANSL. BY A.C. VERSICHEL (PEKING 1932). SEE GILES, H.A., 'REVIEW OF...' (1937).

1579 MULLIE, JOSEPH, 'LE DOUBLE NOMINATIF EN CHINOIS', TP CHADSY 30 (1933) 231-6.

1580 MULLIE, JOSEPH, DE BELANGRIJKHEID VAN DE CHINEESCHE SYNTAXIS (THE IMPORTANCE OF CHINESE SYNTAX) (LOUVAIN 1940) 33. SEE DUYVENDAK, 'NOTICE SUR...' (1939).

1581 MULLIE, JOSEPH, 'LA SURVIVANCE DE LA VOYELLE 'A' DE MADDVO L'ANCIEN CHINOIS DANS LE DIALECTE PEKINOIS DU NORD', MONUMENTA SERICA 6 (1941) 72-112.

1582 MULLIE, JOSEPH, 'LE MOT-PARTICULE TCHE', (THE WORD PARTICLE 'ZHI ' ) , TP 36 (1942) 181-400. SEE CHEN, DING-MING, 'REVIEW OF...'(1949). 294 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1583 MULLIEf JOSEPH, KÖRTE CHINESE SPRAAKKUNST VAN DE GESPROKEN TAAL—NCORD PEKINEES DIALECT (SHORT CHINESE GRAMMAR OF THE SPOKEN LANGUAGE—NORTH PEKING DIALECT) (UTRECHT 1947)/ IV • 273. SEE WILS, J., •REVIEW OF...'(1937).

1584 MULL IE, JOSEPH, GRONDBEGINSELEN VAN DE CHINESE LETTERKUNDIGE TAAL (FUNDAMENTALS OF THE CHINESE LITERARY LANGUAGE) (LOUVAIN 1948) 3 VOLS. SEE HENTZE, C., 'REVIEW OF...' AND WURM, S., »REVIEW OF ...'(1951).

1585 MULL IE, JOSEPH, «NOTE SUR «YEN« ', HJAS 15 (1952) 140-65. SEE KENNEDY, G.A., «ANOTHER NOTE...' (1953).

1586 MULL IE, JOSEPH, «REVIEW OF SHADICK, H. AND XIN-MIN WU, STRUCTURAL ANALYS IS...(1950)«, HJAS 15 (1952) 213-44.

1587 MULL I E « JOSEPH, « LES CARACTERES 'TCHE1, 'TCHE«,...«YE• ET «SONO« • (THE CHARACTERS 'ZHE•, •ZHE',...•YE• AND •SONO«), MONUMENTA NIPPONICA 13 (1958) 65-101, 14 (1958) 153-72.

1588 NAGASHIMA, EIICHIROO, «ON THE TONES OF CHINESE«, CHADTO CGGG 26 (MAY 1949).

1589 NAGASH I MA, EIICHIROO, "ON THE TONES OF CHINESE AT CHARTO THE TIME OF SHI JING«, GK 16 (AUG 1950).

1590 NAGASHIMA, EIICHIROO, 'A PHONETIC STUDY OF MODERN MAADPH PEKINESE«, J. OF HUMANITIES (TOKYO TORITSU UNIV. MAR 1957).

1591 NAGEL, P., « BEI TRAEGE ZUR REKONSTRUKTION DER TS'IEH- CHANPH YUEN-SPRACHE AUF GRUND VON CH'EN LI«S TS•IEH-YUEN- KAO« (CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE RECONSTRUCTION OF QIE YUN LANGUAGE ON THE BASIS OF CHEN LI'S QIE YUN KAO), TP 36. 95-158.

1592 NAI, FAN, «ON PRONOUNS«, ZGYW 34 (APR 1955) 41. CHADPN

1593 NANKAI UNIVERSITY, TIAN-JIN DIALECT DICTIONARY MADDO I (TIAN-JIN 1950).

1594 NASU, KIYOSHI, "ON THE PHONETIC PROPERTIES OF CHADPH GRAMMATICAL SIGNS IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE«, (MAR 1959).

1595 NEKOTORYE VOPROSY KITAJSKOJ GRAMMATIKI (SOME PROBLEMS CHADGR OF CHINESE GRAMMAR) (MOSCOW 1957) 128. ED. BY I.M. OSHANIN. SEE DRAGUNOV, A.A. ETC.

1596 NEVSKY, N., 'A BRIEF MANUAL OF THE XI-XIA CHARACTERS TTANWS WITH TIBETAN TRANSCRIPTIONS', ASIATIC SOC., 4 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 295

11926).

1597 NI, BAO-YUAN, 'ON SOME NEW EXAMPLES IN RHETORIC*, ZGYW 90 (DEC 1959) 566-7.

1598 NIf HAI-SHU, A SPELLING BOOK OF THE SHANGHAI DIALECT MUODPH (DONG FANG SHU DIAN).

1599 NI, HAI-SHU, THE NEW TEXTBOOKS IN MANDARIN USED BY THE MAADGR INTELLIGENTSIA.

1600 NI, HAI-SHU, 'ANSWERS TO THE QUESTIONNAIRE OF THE CHADRO AMERICAN MR. JOHN DE FRANCIS REGARDING THE PROBLEM OF THE REFORM OF THE CHINESE SCRIPT', BAO (SHANGHAI MAR 5-6 1947).

1601 NI, HAI-SHU, REBIRTH OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (SHANGHAI 1949).

1602 Nit HAI-SHU, COMPARATIVE PHONETIC DICTIONARY CHDOOI (SHANGHAI 1951) 131. COMPARATIVE VOCABULARY WITH PEKING. SHANGHAI AND CANTON PRONUNCIATIONS IN LATINHUA.

1603 Nit HAI-SHU, FRAGMENTS OF LANGUAGE (DONG FANG SHU DIAN MAR 1955). -2ND ED. 2ND PRINT.

1604 NIE, MIN-XI, 'A BRIEF DISCUSSION OF THE FREE USE OF CHADPN PERSONAL PRONOUNS', YWXX 7 (1959) 30-1.

1605 NIKITINA, T.N., •PREDLOGI I SOJUZY V DREVNEKITAJSKOM CHAR JAZYKE', (PREPOSITIONS AND CONJUNCTIONS IN ANCIENT CHINESE), PROBLEMY VOSTOKOVEDENIJA XXX.4 (1959) 113-21. RUSSIAN.

1606 NISHI, JUNZOO, 'A LANGUAGE WHICH DOES NOT USE SU8JECTS CHADGR —AN ATTEMPT OF THE STUDY OF CHINESE', CBKK (JUL 1952).

1607 NISHIDA, TA'ICHIROO, 'THE AUXILIARIES 'ZHE' AND 'SUO' CHADWL IN LITERARY CHINESE', CGGGK 1 (NARA 1953) 79-94.

1608 NISHIDA, TATSUO, TAI AND CHINESE (KANSEI UNIVERSITY TAAD 1960).

1609 NISHITAN I, TOSHICHPROO, 'ON THE EMPTY WORD • QU LAI' ', CHADGR SHINAGAKU KENKYUU (1956) 42-51. JAPANESE. (AT END, ENGLISH).

1610 NOMURA, MASAYOSHI, 'ABOUT THE DISPERSION OF DIALECT MADDPH SOUNDS IN NORTH SHAN-XI AND MENG-JIANG DIALECTS', IMPER. ACAO. REPORT 11 (1943) 30 • 9 MAPS. JAPANESE.

1611 NOMURA, MASAYOSHI, 'INITIAL «M-, »H-, »NJ-, AND »N- MADDIN IN THE SHAN-XI DIALECTS', GK 19-20 (DEC 1951) 43-50. 296 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1612 NOMURA, MASAYOSHI, THE FINALS WITH NASAL ENDING IN MAODIN THE SOUTHERN CHAHAR DIALECT OF CHINESE (SANSEIDOO HAY 1953).

1613 NOMURA, MASAYOSHI, 'INITIALS IN THE ZHANG-JIA-KOU AND MADDIN BAO-TOU DIALECTS—A COMPARATIVE STUDY WITH THE SO- CALLED NORTH-WESTERN DIALECTS1, (NAGOYA UNIV. DEPT. OF LIT. MAR 1955).

161A NOMURA, MASAYOSHI, 'SUPPLEMENT TO «INITIALS IN THE MAODIN ZHANG-JIA—KOU AND BAO-TOU DIALECTS' ', (NAGOYA UNIV. DEPT. OF LIT. APR 1955).

1615 OBRE8SKA-JABLONSKA, ANTONINA,

1616 OBREBSKA-JABLONSKA, ANTONINA, 'UWAGI 0 SYSTEMIE MAADPH GLOSOWYM DIALEKTA PEKINSKIEGO W SWIETLE REPRODUKOWANIA WYRAZOW POLSKICH* (REMARKS ABOUT PEKINESE PHONETICS AS REFLECTED IN THE PEKINESE PRONUNCIATION OF POLISH WORDS), BIULETYN POLSKIEGO TOWARZYSTWA JEZYKOZNAWCZEGO, BULL. SOC. LING. KRAKOW 7 (1938) 44-66. POLISH.

1617 OBREBSKA-JABLONSKA ANTONINA, 'A NEW TYPE OF PEKINESE MAADCO CONSONANT GROUP (A CONTRIBUTION TO THE ASSIMILATION PROCESSES OF THE SUFFIX 'ER' IN PEKINESE)', RO 17 (1952) 173-9.

1618 OBREBSKA-JABLONSKA, ANTONINA, •JEZYK MESZANY CHINSKO- ROSYJSKI W MANDZURII' (RUSSO-CHINESE IN ), PRZEGLAD ORIENTALISTYCZNY 2 (1957) 157-68. POLISH.

1619 OEN, KHO-CHANG AND SIEN-KIA TCHENG, YEK E RYOA KAC. 2 CHAD VOLS. (VOCABULARY ARRANGED BY SUBJECTS) REVISED AND ED. BY SIN, I-HAING, KYENG-SYOUN KIM AND TJI-NAM KIM (1690). EACH CHINESE CHARACTER FOLLOWED BY THE PRONUNCIATION OF PEKING AND NANKING. A SHORT EXPLANATION IN KOREAN. A SUPPLEMENT IN ONE VOL. (63 LEAVES), WITH POSTFACE DATED 1775.

1620 OGAERI, YOSHIO, 'CHINESE' IN INTRODUCTION TO THE LANGUAGES OF THE WORLD 2 (TOKYO 1957) 778-832.

1621 OGAWA, TAMAKI, 'ON THE CHINESE CHARACTERS REPRESENTING THE PRONUNCIATION OF I, RO, HA, ETC. IN SHU SHI HUI YAO...', KK XVI-5 (SEP 1947).

1622 OGAWA, TAMAKI, 'THE ORIGIN OF FAN QIE AND THE FOUR CHANFQ AND FIVE TONES', GK 19-20 (FEB 1951) 35-42. ENGLISH SUMMARY.

1623 OGAWA, TAMAKI, 'A STUDY OF THE DIFFERENTIATION OF THE CHANPN BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 297

PRONOUNS »NI* AND •ER' IN ANCIENT CHINESE AND THEIR SOUND SHIFTS', GK 24 (1953) 7-11.

1624 OGAWA, TAMAKI, 'CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PRONUNCIATION CHARPH OF THE XING SHENG CHARACTERS—A DISCUSSION ON THE STUDIES BY B. KARLGREN', CGGGK IOCT 1955».

1625 OGAWA, TAMAKI, • «DUO SHAO' AND •ZAO WAN" ', THGH 24 (MAR 1958).

1626 OGAWA, TAMAKI, 'PHONOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS FOUND CHARPH THROUGH THE COMPARISON OF VARIOUS SHI JING TEXTS', TYG (JUN 1960).

1627 OGAWA, TAMAKI, 'THE PRONUNCIATION OF NAN CHAO SI BAI CHANPH BA SHI SI—AN EXAMPLE OF PHONETIC ASSIMILATION«, CGGG 100 11961).

1628 OHNESORG, K. AND 0. SVARNY, 'ETUDES EXPERIMENTALES CHADPH DES ARTICULATIONS CHINOISES', ROZPRAVY CESKOSLOVENSKE AKADEMIE VED (1955).

1629 OKAI, SHINGO, A BIBLIOGRAPHICAL AND LEXICOGRAPHICAL CHANDI STUDY OF THE CHINESE DICTIONARY YU PIAN (COMPILED BY GU YE-WANG 6TH CENTURY) TOOYOO BUNKO PUB. SER. A.19 (TOKYO 1935) 630 + 20 PLS.

1630 OKAI, SHINGO, 'A BIBLIOGRAPHICAL STUDY OF THE GUANG CHANRH YUN, ESPECIALLY TEXTS PUBLISHED BEFORE THE SONG EDITION' IN HATTORI SENSEI KOKI SHUKUGA KINEN ROMBUN -SHUU (TOKYO 1936).

1631 OKAI, SHINGO, 'ON THE KAN MIU BU QUE QIE YUN', (A CHANPH PHONETIC DICTIONARY OF THE TANG PERIOD), RITSUMEIKAN BUNGAKU 3.1, 7 (1936).

1632 OKAI, SHINGO, 'THE EARLY HISTORY OF CHINESE CHADHL PHONOLOGY', SHIBUN 19.4 (1937).

1633 OKUMURA, MITSUO, 'TONAL SYSTEM OF GO-ON', KUNTENGO TO SJANTO

KUNTEN SHIRYOO 8 (SEP 1957).

1634 OLLONE, H.D., 'LETTRE DE YUN-NAN FOU', TP 9, 100-9.

1635 OLLONELA CHIN, EH.D. (PARI, LES S 1912)LANGAGE. S OES PEUPLES NON-CHINOIS DE NLAD 1636 OOHARA, SHIN'ICHI AND IJICHI YOSHITSUGU, 'THE CHADGR GRAMMATICAL PATTERN OF CHINESE', (TOKYO 1957) V • IV • 201 + VII.

1637 OOKOOCHI, YASUNORI, TRANSL. OF WANG, W. S-Y., 'SOME SYNTACTIC RULES...'(1962)•, CGGG 4-5 (1964) 1-19.

1638 OOSHIMA, MASATAKE, A NEW COMMENTARY ON YUN JING CHANPH (TOKYO 1932) 102. A PHONOLOGICAL TREATISE ON CHINESE 298 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

COMPILED IN THE SUI PERIOO.

1639 ODTA, TATSUO, 'ON THE FORMATION OF •NON-ARBITRARY• CHADVE VERBS IN THE 'CONTEMPORARY CHINESE«, CGG V-6 (NOV 1950».

1640 OOTA, TATSUO, 'A HISTORICAL STUDY OF THE FINAL CHAD PARTICLES OF CHINESE*, KOOBE GAIDAI RONSOO 4 (1951) 25.

1641 OOTA, TATSUO, 'SOURCES FOR THE STUDY OF PEKINESE MAAD UNDER THE QING DYNASTY1, KOOBE GAIDAI RONSOO 2.1 (1951) 18.

1642 OOTA, TATSUO, «THE FORMATION PROCESS OF THE 'NON- CHADSY VOLITION' VERB IN CHINESE', CHINESE ABRIDGED TRAN. BY WEN-BIN CHEN IN ZGYW 16 (OCT 1953) 29-30.

1643 OOTA, TATSUO, 'ON THE HAN ER YAN YU', KOOBE GAIDAI RONSOO (JUL 1954).

1644 OOTA, TATSUO, 'ON 'GEI' ', CHINESE TRANSL. BY NING QU IN SHI, CUN-ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS... (1957) 127-143.

1645 OOTA, TATSUO, A HISTORICAL GRAMMAR OF THE CHINESE CHADHL LANGUAGE (KOONAN SHOIN MAY 1958) 440.

1646 OOTA, TATSUO, 'GRAMMAR OF LUN YU, (I) (II) (III)', CHARGR KOOBE GAIDAI RONSOO XI-2 XI-4 XII-3 (SEP, NOV 1960, AUG 1961).

1647 OOYA, TOORU, A STUDY OF YUN JING (TOKYO 1924). CHANRC

1648 OOYA, TOORU, STUDIES ON YUN JING, WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY CHANRC TABLE OF THE CHINESE SYLLABARY OF THE SUI AND TANG PERIODS (TOKYO 1932) 29.

1649 ORLEANS, PRINCE HENRI D', DU TONKIN AUX INDES (PARIS 1898) .

1650 OSADA, NATSUKI, 'AN INTRODUCTION TO THE METHODOLOGY OF CHADHL HISTORICAL AND COMPARATIVE STUDIES OF CHINESE', MEMOIRS OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS 2.2, 3 (1948) 12.

1651 OSADA, NATSUKI, 'ON THE COLLOQUIAL CHINESE OF THE CHAE INSCRIPTION OF THE EDICT BY EMPEROR REN-ZONG OF THE YUAN DYNASTY', KOOBE GAIDAI RONSOO 1.1 (1949) 10.

1652 OSADA, NATSUKI, 'A BRIEF ACCOUNT OF THE PHONETIC CHARPH SYSTEM OF ARCHAIC CHINESE", CGGGK (MAR 1950).

1653 OSADA, NATSUKI, 'SOME CHARACTERISTICS OF THE WUDDPH PHONOLOGICAL SYSTEM OF THE SOOCHOW DIALECT', CGGGK I (NARA 1953) 35-50. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 299

1654 OSADA, NATSUKI, A PRONUNCIATION DICTIONARY OF THE WUODDI SOOCHOW DIALECT (KOOBE GAIDAI« DEPT. OF CHIN. SEP 1953).

1655 OSHANIN. I. M., <0 PONJATIJAX GLAGOLA' (ON THE NOTION OF VERBS), TRUDY VOEN. INSTITUTA INOSTR. JAZ. I (1945) 41-7. RUSSIAN.

1656 OSHANIN, I. M., '0 CHASTJAX RECHI V KITAJSKOM JAZYKE• CHADPS (ON THE PARTS OF SPEECH IN CHINESE), TRUDY VOEN. INSTITUTA INOSTR. JAZ. 3 (1947) 77-92. RUSSIAN.

1657 OSHANIN, I.N., KITAJSKO-RUSSKIJ SLOVAR" (CHINESE- CHADDI RUSSIAN DICTIONARY). 1ST ED. (NOSCOM 1952), 3RD ED. (NOSCOW 1959). 165Q OTHMER, WELHELN, SEE LESSING, F. AND W. OTHNER, LEHRGANG...(1912).

1659 OU-YANG, FU-SHENG, SEE CHEN, ZHI-WEN ET AL., 'REVIEW ...'(1954) AND XIAO, FU AND FU-SHENG OU-YANG, •REVIEW...*(1954).

1660 PAI, TI CHOU, SEE BAI, DI-ZHOU.

1661 PALAT, A., SEE BARTUSEK, J. AND A. PALAT, UCEBNICE... (1952).

1662 PAN, BO-YING, A BRIEF DISCUSSION ON CHINESE GRAMMAR CHADGR (SHANGHAI 1962).

1663 PAN, ER-YAO, »SOME USES OF «HAI» AND 'YAO* YWXX MAADAD (DEC 1954) 68.

1664 PAN, MAO-DING, ET AL., 'A BRIEF ACCOUNT OF THE MNDD GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE FU-JIAN DIALECTS', DIALECTS' ', ZGYW 127 (JUN 1963) 475.

1665 PAN, SHAN AND SHU-XIANG LYU, • l'S 'TING' A WORD, IS •ZHI' NOT A WORD', ZGYW 35 (MAY 1955) 43.

1666 PAN, YUAN-EN AND CUI-YUN CAO, 'FOUR-SYLLABLE MIDDSY COORDINATIVE CONSTRUCTIONS IN THE MIAO DIALECT OF LU-SHAN IN EASTERN GUI-ZHOU«, SSMZYWLJ 1 (JUN 1958) 91-109.

1667 PAN, ZUN-XING, 'AN ESSAY IN PROTO-CHINESE', J. SINO. CHAT ST. 1 (1923) 413-31. CHINESE.

Ì668 PANG, GUAN, ET AL., 'REVIEW OF 'ELEMENTARY OISCUSSION ON GRAMMAR' ', YWXX (JUN 1954) 52.

1669 PANG, XIN-MIN, 'MISCELLANEOUS SKETCHES OF YAO-SHAN IN YODD NORTH GUANG-XI', BIHP 4.1 (1932) 473-514.

1670 PANKRATOV, B.I., SEKRETNAJA ISTORIJA MONGOLOV 300 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

(SECRET HISTORY OF THE MONGOLS) (MOSCOW 1962). RUSSIAN.

1671 PARKER, EDWARD H. 'PHILOLOGICAL NOTE« IN INTRODUCTION TO GILES» CHINESE DICTIONARY, 1ST ED.

1672 PARKER, EDWARD H., «THE HAN-KOU DIALECT«, CR 3 (1875) MADD 308-12.

1673 PARKER, EDWARD H., 'NEW FOOCHOW COLLOQUIAL WORDS', CR MNDDLX 7 <1879) 415-8.

1674 PARKER, EDWARD H., KANG XI'S SYSTEM OF INITIALS CHADIN COMPARED WITH THE SANSKRIT CONSONANTS (1880). 2 PARTS AND TABLES.

1675 PARKER, EDWARD H., •SYLLABARY OF THE HAKKA LANGUAGE OR HKADSB DIALECT", CR 8 (1880) 205-17. SEE PICTON, C., •REVIEW OF..."(1880).

1676 PARKER, EDWARD H., 'NEW CANTONESE WORDS', CR 8 (1880) CAADLX 18-22.

1677 PARKER, EDWARO H., «CANTON SYLLABARY«, CR 8 (1880) CAADSB 363-82.

1678 PARKER, EDWARD H., «FOOCHOW SYLLABARY«, CR 9 (1881) MNDDSB 63-82.

1679 PARKER, EDWARD H., «CHARACTERLESS CHINESE WORDS«, CR CHADLX 9 (1881) 85-8.

1680 PARKER, EDWARO H., «THE DIALECT OF EASTERN SZECHUAN«, MADD CR 11 (1883) 112-210.

1681 PARKER, EDWARD H., "THE DIALECTS OF YANGCHOW«, CR 12 MADD (1884) 9-17.

1682 PARKER, EDWARD H., «THE WENCHOW DIALECT«, CR 12 (1884) WUDD 162-75, 377-89.

1683 PARKER, EOWARD H., 'THE NINGPO DIALECT«, CR 13 (1885) WUDD 138-60.

1684 PARKER, EDWARD H., 'ANNAMESE AND CHINESE', CR 15 SAAO (1887) 270-3.

1685 PARKER, EDWARD H., «CHINESE AND ANNAMITE TONES«, CR 16 SAADTO (1888) 309-12.

1686 PARKER, EDWARD H., ANCIENT CHINA SIMPLIFIED (LONDON CHAN 1908).

1687 PASHKOV, B.K., «OSNOVNYE ETAPY V RAZVITII KITAJSKOGO JAZYKA• (BASIC STAGES IN THE EVOLUTION OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE), TRUOY GOSuOARSTVENNOGO DAL«NEVOSTOCHNOGO BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 301

UNI VERSITETA (MEM. STATE UNIV. OF THE FAR EAST) 6.1 (VLADIVOSTOK 1926) 4. FRENCH SUMMARY.

1688 PELLIOT, PAUL, 'A MOPOS OES COHANS* , JA 15, 125-85.

1689 PELLIOT, PAUL, 'NOTES OE BIBLIOGRAPHIE CHINOISE', BEFEO (1902) 323, (1909) 221.

1690 PELLIOT, PAUL, «REVIEW OF HOMELING, K.E.G., THE NANKING GUAN HUA (1902)', BEFEO 3 (1903) 486-91.

1691 PELLIOT, PAUL, «L'ORIGINE OU NOM DE «CHINE« ', TP 8 CHAOEM (1912) 727-42.

1692 PELLIOT, PAUL, «SUR QUELQUES MOTS D'ASIE CENTRALE ATTESTES DANS LES TEXTES CHINOISES', JA 11.1 (1913) 451-69.

1693 PELLIOT, PAUL, «QUELQUES TRANSCRIPTIONS CHINOISES DE NOMS TIBETANS', TP 16 (1915) 1-26.

1694 PELLIOT, PAUL, 'LE CHOU KING EN CARACTERES ANCIENS ET CHAR LE CHANGCHOU CHE MEN', (SHU JING IN ANCIENT CHARACTERS AND SHANG SHU SHI WEN), MEM. CONCERNANT L'ASIE ORIENTALE, ACAD. INSCR. B. L. (PARIS 1916) 123-77 + PLATES XX-XXVI.

1695 PELLIOT, PAUL, 'MS. OF QIAN ZI WEN OR «LIVRE DE MILLE MOTS', JA 11.15 (1920) 268. WITH INTERLINEAR TIBETAN TRANSCRIPTION, MENTIONED BY PELLIOT.

1696 PELLIOT, PAUL, «NOTICE SUR KARLGREN, B., SOUND AND SYMBOL IN CHINESE', TP 22 (1923) 315-21.

1697 PELLIOT, PAUL, 'NOTICE SUR HAUER, E.f DAS SAN-TZE KING IN DREISPRACHIGEM TEXTE MIT EINEM CHINESISCHEN, MANDSCHURISCHEN UND MONGOLISCHEN WÖRTERVERZEICHNIS SAMT EINER DEUTSCHEN UEBERTRAGUNG', TP 24 (1925-6) 92-4.

1698 PELLIOT, PAUL, 'REVIEW OF NEVSKY, N., 'A BRIEF MANUAL ...«(1926)«, TP 24 (1925-6) 399-403.

1699 PELLIOT, PAUL, «NOTICE SUR J. L. PIERSON, 10,000 CHINESE-JAPANESE CHARACTERS', TP 25 (1927-8) 452-7.

1700 PELLIOT, PAUL, 'NOTfCE SUR C. S. GARDNER, A MODERN CHADRO SYSTEM FOR THE ', TP 27 (1930) 219.

1701 PELLIOT, PAUL, 'REVIEW OF KARLGREN, B., THE AUTHENTICITY...(1929)', TP 27 (1930) 221.

1702 PELLIOT, PAUL, 'NOTICE SUR KOUO-LI TCHONG-YANG YEN-KIEOU-YUAN LI-CHE YU-YEN YEN-KIEOU-SO TSI-K'AN', (REVIEW OF THE BULLETIN OF THE INSTITUTE OF HISTORY 302 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

AND PHILOLOGY, ACAD. SINICA), TP 27 (1930) 222-3.

1703 PELLIOT, PAUL, «NOTICE SUR KARLGREN, B., SOME FECUNOITY SYMBOLS IN ANCIENT CHINA«, TP 27 (1930) 442.

1704 PELLIOT, PAUL, «NOTICE SUR LO TCH«ANG-PEI, HIA-MEN MNDDPH YIN—HI' (REVIEW OF LUO CHANG-PEI, XIA-MEN YIN XI), TP 29 (1930) 216-7.

1705 PELLIOT, PAUL, «NOTICE SUR B. KARLGREN, CHANG-KOU CHARPH TCHONG-KOUO YIN TANG—TCHONG—TI KI-KO WEN-TI« (REVIEW OF B. KARLGREN, SHANG GU ZHONG GUO YIN DANG ZHONG DE JI GE WEN TI), TP 29 (1930) 201.

1706 PELLIOT, PAUL, «NOTICE SUR S.M. SHIROKOGOROFF, LLADPH PHONETIC NOTES ON A LOLO DIALECT«, TP 28 (1931) 207.

1707 PELLIOT, PAUL, «NOTICE SUR.S.N. WOLFENDEN, OUTLINE STADCS OF TIBETO-BURMAN LINGUISTIC MORPHOLOGY, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE PREFIXES OF CLASSICAL TIBETAN AND THE LANGUAGES OF THE KACHIN, BODO, NAGA, KUKI-CHIN AND BURMA GROUPS«, TP 28 (1931) 235-6.

1708 PELLIOT, PAUL, «NOTICE SUR YANJ. J. OF CHIN. ST.« TP 29 (DEC 1930) 260-6, (JUN 1931) 266-74.

1709 PELLIOT, PAUL, «NOTICE SUR A. DRAGUNOV, THE HPHAGS-PA SCRIPT AND ANCIENT MANDARIN«, TP 29 (1932) 166-8.

1710 PELLIOT, PAUL, «NOTICE SUR A. DRAGUNOV, A PERSIAN TRANSCRIPTION OF ANCIENT MANDARIN«, TP 29 (1932) 168.

1711 PELLIOT, PAUL, «NOTICE SUR JAW YUANRENN, PHONETICS OF YODDPH THE YAO FOLK-SONGS« (REVIEW OF ZHAO YUAN-REN, PHONETICS OF THE YAO FOLK-SONGS), TP 29 (1932) 197-8.

1712 PELLIOT, PAUL, «NOTICE SUR S. BEHRSING, DAS CHUNGTSIKING DES CHINESISCHEN DIRGHAGAMA', TP 29 (1932) 151-3.

1713 PELLIOT, PAUL, «REVIEW OF ALEKSEEV, V.M., •PREDPOSYLKI... « «, TP 29 ( 1932) 141.

1714 PELLIOT, PAUL, 'REVIEW OF DRAGUNOV, A.A., «BINOMS OF...« ', TP 29 (1932) 165-6.

1715 PELLIOT, PAUL, 'NOTICE SUR U.T. HOLMES, FRENCH WORDS CHADLW OF CHINESE ORIGIN', TP 32 (1936) 76-9.

1716 PELLIOT, PAUL, «BREVES REMARQUES SUR LE PHONETISME CHADWS DANS L'ECRITURE CHINOISE', TP 32 (1936) 162-6.

1717 PELLIOT, PAUL, «LES CARACTERES DE TRANSCRIPTION «WO« CHADWS BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 303

OU 'WA' ET 'PAI• ', TP 37.(1944) 125-34.

1718 PELL IOT » PAUL, "REVIEW OF GIET, F., 'PHONETICS OF ••.'(1946)•» BSL 45 (1949) 278.

1719 PELLIOT, PAUL, HISTOIRE SECRETE DES MONGOLS (PARIS 1949).

1720 PENG, CHU-NAN, TRANSL. OF KONRAD, N.I., «0 KITAJSKOM JAZYKE' (1952).

1721 PENG, CHU-NAN, 'TWO TYPES OF WORDS, AND THREE STANDARDS OF REPRESENTATION', ZGYW 22 (APR 1954) 3-9.

1722 PENG, CHU-NAN, ED. AND TRANS., LINGUISTIC TERMINOLOGY CHADLL 1 (SHANGHAI DONG FANG SHU DIAN 1955).

1723 PENG, CHU-NAN, 'ON THE ESSENCE OF THE PROBLEMS IN CHADSB MONOSYLLABIC LANGUAGES', ZGYW 34 (APR 1955) 13.

1724 PENG, CHU-NAN, RUSSIAN-CHINESE DICTIONARY OF CHADLL LINGUISTIC TERMINOLOGY (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI SHI CBS 1957).

1725 PENG, CHU-NAN, LECTURES ON THE CHINESE LANGUAGE—THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (PEKING XIN ZHI SHI CBS 1959).

1726 PENG, PAI, 'CLASSIFIED VOCABULARY OF THE DIALECT MADDVC OF FENG-JIE, S I—CHUAN', FYYPTHJK 7 (1959) 51-9.

1727 PETERSON, GILES, SEE SHEN, YAO, J. C-Y. ZHAO AND G. PETERSON, 'SOME SPECTROGRAPHIC LIGHT...'(1961).

1728 PETILLON, C., PETIT DICTIONNAIRE FRANCAIS-CHINOIS WUDDDI (DIALECTE DE CHANGHAI) (SHANGHAI 1905) 598.

1729 PETROV, V.V., 'K VOPROSU 0 EDINSTVE KITAJSKOGO JAZYKA' (ON THE QUESTION OF THE UNITY OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE), LENINGRAD STATE UNIV. THESES OF THE REPORT OF THE SECTION t)N ORIENTAL SCIENCES (LENINGRAD 1952). RUSSIAN.

1730 PFIZMAIER, AUGUST, 'SIMPLIFICATION DE LA PARTICULE •TCHE' ', 50E CONGR. OR. 1 (PARIS 1873) 374-5. SUMMARY (PARIS 1874).

1731 PHAN-DUE HOA, INDEX DE CARACTERES CHINOIS CONTENUS SAADDI DANS LE DICTIONNAIRE CHINOIS-ANGLAI S DE WILLIAMS, AVEC LA PRONONCIATION MANDARIN ANNAMITE (SAIGON 1886) .

1732 PIASEK, MARTIN, ELEMENTARGRAMMATIK DES NEUCHINES ISCHEN CHADGR (LEIPZIG VEB OTTO HARRASSOWITZ 1957). GERMAN TRANSLATION OF THE GRAMMAR TEXTBOOK OF PEKING UNIV. 304 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1733 PICTONt C.t 'REVIEW OF PARKER, E.H., •SYLLABARY .. . •( 1880) 1, CR 8 (1880) 316-8.

1734 PIERSON, J.L. JR., 10,000 CHINESE-JAPANESE CHARACTERS (LEYDEN 1926) XII + VII + 746 + 2. SEE PELLIOT, P., "NOTICE SUR...* 11927).

1735 PIERSON, J.L. JR., 'THE CHARACTERS * CHE*, 1CHIH•, CHAOWS •YEH', •SO' ', MONUMENTA NIPPONICA 11.1,4 <1955, 1956) 15-43, 97-117.

1736 PLETNER, ORESTES, 'CONTRIBUTION A L'ETUDE HISTORIQUE DU VOCALISME DE L'ANCIEN JAPONAIS', BULL. MAISON FRANCO-JAPONAISE 8.1 (1936) 33-75.

1737 POLIVANOV, E.A., «A PROPOS D'UN MOT INDO-EUROPEEN CHADLW DE PROVENANCE CHINOISE', AO (1937).

1738 POP, SEVER, LA DIALECTOLOGIE, SECONDE PARTIE— CHDD DIALECTOLOGIE NON ROMANE (LE CHINOIS 1101-19) (LOUVAIN 1950).

1739 POPPE, N., 'REVIEW OF LEWICKI, M., 'LA LANGUE MONGOLE •.•'(1949)•» JAOS 71 (1951) 187-92.

1740 POSPELOV, N.S. ET Al.., PROBLEMS IN GRAMMATICAL CHADLT STRUCTURE (PEKING SWYSG 1960). TRANSLATIONS OF SELECTED ESSAYS IN LINGUISTICS.

1741 POTT, FRANCIS L.H., LESSONS IN THE SHANGHAI DIALECT, WUDD REV. ED. (SHANGHAI 1909) VII • 145. FRENCH TRANSLATION 8Y A.M. BOURGEOIS (SHANGHAI 1922).

1742 PREMARE, J.H., NOT IT IA LINGUAE SINICAE (MALACCA 1831), REPRINT (HONGKONG 1893).

1743 PRUSEK, JAROSLAV, 'LA FONCTION DE LA PARTICULE «TI« CHAEFU DANS LE CHINOISE MEDIEVAL', AO 15.3-4 (1946) 303-40^

1744 PRUSEK, JAROSLAV, «QUELQUES REMARQUES SUR LES ASPECTS CHAOVE EN CHINOIS', AO 18.1-2 (1950) 408-30 AND PLATES III-V.

1745 PRZYLUSKI, J., 'LE CHINOIS' IN LES LANGUES DU MONDE CHAD (PARIS 1924).

1746 PRZYLUSKI, J., 'LE SINO-TIBETAIN' IN LES LANGUES DU STAD MONDE (PARIS 1924).

1747 PRZYLUSKI, J. AND LUCE, 'THE NUMBER 100 IN SINO- STADNU TIBETAN', BSOS (1931).

1748 PU,. RU, 'CLARIFICATION OF THE SIX CLASSES INTO WHICH CHADWS CHINESE CHARACTERS ARE DIVIDED', ACAD. REV. 5.1 (1956) 20-30. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 305

1749 PU T0N6 HUA SHEN YIN MEI YUAN HUI (COMMITTEE ON MADPR PHONOLOGICAL REVIEW FOR THE COMMON LANGUAGE). 'A FIRST DRAFT« OF A LIST OF THE.ACCURATE PRONUNCIATION OF COMMdri LANGUAGE CHARACTERS WITH SEVERAL READINGS AND A FIRST DRAFT OF A LIST OF ACCURATE PRONUNCIATION OF DOMESTIC PLACE NAMES', ZGYW (OCT 1957) 20-30.

1750 JU TONG HUA SHEN YIN WEI YUAN HUI (COMMITTEE ON CHADPR PHONOLOGICAL REVIEW FOR THE COMMON LANGUAGE), 'A FIRST DRAFT OF A LIST OF THE ACCURATE PRONUNCIATION OF COMMON LANGUAGE CHARACTERS WITH SEVERAL READINGS', ZGYW (JUL 1959) 317-25.

1751 PU, ZHI-ZHEN, LANGUAGE. IN HYZSJH 10.

1752 PULLEYBLANK, E.G., • 'FEI•, 'WEI', AND CERTAIN CHADEM RELATED WORDS' IN STUDIA SERICA BERNHARD KARLGREN DEDICATA (COPENHAGEN 1959) 179-89.

1753 PULLEYBLANK, E.G., 'STUDIES IN EARLY CHINESE CHARGR GRAMMAR', AM 8.1 (1960) 36-67.

1754 PULLEYBLANK, E.G., «THE CONSONANTAL SYSTEM OF OLO CHANCO CHINESE', AM 9.1,2 (1962, 1963) 59-144, 206-65.

1755 PULLEYBLANK, E.G., 'AN INTERPRETATION OF THE VOWEL CHARVO SYSTEM OF OLD CHINESE AND OF WRITTEN BURMESE', AM N.S. 10 (1963) 200-21.

1756 PULLEYBLANK, E.G., 'THE TRANSCRIPTION OF SANSKRIT K SCANTC AND KH IN CHINESE', AM 11.2 (1964) 199-210.

1757 PULLEYBLANK, E.G., 'CLOSE-OPEN ABLAUT IN SINO- STATVO TIBETAN', LINGUA 14 (1965) 230-40.

1758 QI, JI-GUANG AND WEN-YING LIN, QI LIN BA YIN (JIN-AN MNDDDI 1749). A DICTIONARY OF THE FU-ZHOU DIALECT.

1759 QI, RONG, 'THE USES OF 'BA' SENTENCES', YWXX (APR MAADSY 1954) 36-FF.

1760 01, RONG, 'POST-VERBAL COMPLEMENTS WITH 'DE' AS A MAADSY CONNECTOR', YWXX (SEP 1954) 52-FF.

1761 QI, RONG, 'ON WAI WEI YU', IN SHI, CHUN-ZHI ET At., COLLECTED ESSAYS...(1957) 157-62.

1762 QI, SHENG-QIAO, 'THE RELATIONS AMONG TONE, JUNCTURE CHAOTO AND INTONATION IN CHINESE', ZGYW 52 (OCT 1956) 10-3.

1763 QI, TIE-HEN, EXAMPLES OF SOUND CHANGE IN MANDARIN. 1ST EO. (TAIPEI 1948), 2ND ED. (1961).

1764 QI, ZHONG, 'ON RUDIMENTS OF PHONETICS FROM THE POINT OF VIEW OF MANDARIN TEACHING', YWXX 5 (195ft» 34. 306 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1765 QIAN, FU, SEE XIANG, RUO ET AL., «SOME DISCUSSION...' (1956).

1766 QIAN, SONG-SHENG, SEE WANG, LI ANO SONG-SHENG QIAN, •PHONETICS...'(1949) AND WANG, LI AND SONG-SHENG QIAN, •GENERAL INTRODUCTION...'(1950).

1767 QING HUA JOURNAL. SINCE JUNE 1956.

1768 QIU, TING, HANDBOOK OF SENTENCE MAKING (HONGKONG CHADSY 1962).

1769 QIU, YONG, SEE CHEN, PENG-NI AN, YONG QIU ET AL., GUANG YUN...(1935).

1770 QIU, ZE-YONG, CANTONESE LOVE-SONGS (OXFORD CLARENDON CAADFK PRESS).

1771 QU, JIAN-ZHI ET AL., HOW TO STUDY CHINESE (HE-BE I REN MIN CBS 1954).

1772 QU, ZHAO-WEI, USES OF FUNCTIVES (SHAN-DONG REN MIN CBS CHADFU 1956).

1773 RACNEVSKIJ, PAUL, 'ON COVERBS', ZGYW 94 (1960) 166-71. CHADVE

1774 RACNEVSKIJ, PAUL, BEITRAEGE ZUM PROBLEM DES WORTES IM CHADMO CHINESISCHEN. OSTASIATISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 1 (BERLIN 1960) VI + 110.

1775 RAI, TSUTOMU, 'ON SUTRA RECITATIONS IN BUDDHIST CHANPH MONASTERIES REFLECTING TANG PRONUNCIATION', CGGG 18 (AUG 1948).

1776 RAI, TSUTOMU, 'ON 'NE I ZHUAN' AND "WAI ZHUAN' OF CHANLL YUN JING', CGGG 19 (SEP 1948).

1777 RAI, TSUTOMU, 'ON THE TONES INFERRED FROM THE SJANTO RECITATIONS OF TENDAITAISHI GASAN AND SIMILAR WORKS', CGGG 22 (DEC 1948).

1778 RAI, TSUTOMU, 'ON THE 'RISING' TONE IN SHOOMYOO', SJANTO CGGG 31 (OCT 1949).

1779 RAI, TSUTOMU, 'A PROBLEM IN CHINESE PHONOLOGY (THE CHANPH SO-CALLED DOUBLE-INITIALS)', BULL. OF THE TOKYO SINO. SOC. (JAN 1950).

1780 RAI, TSUTOMU, 'ON THE BIFURCATION OF TONES', CGGG 35 CHADTO (MAR 1950).

1781 RAI, TSUTOMU, 'THE KAN-ON SHOOMYOO AND ITS TONES', SJANTO GK (MAR 1951) 17-8.

1782 RAI, TSUTOMU, "ON THE HISTORICAL CHANGE OF CHINESE CHADTO TONES', NIHON CGK 2 (MAR 1951). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 307

1783 RAI, TSUTOMU, 'ON THE GUTTURAL ENDINGS IN ARCHAIC CHARFI CHINESE", ARCHIVES OF HUMANITIES, OCHANOMIZU WOMEN'S UNIVERSITY 3 (JUN 1953) 51-63. 1784 RAI, TSUTOMU, «ON THE INKA-BAI OF THE TENDAI SHOOMYOD1, CGGGK (FEB 1954).

1785 RAI, TSUTOMU, »GUTTURAL ENDINGS IN ANCIENT CHINESE*, CHANFI CGK 7 (JUN 1956).

1786 RAI, TSUTOMU, "PROBLEMS OF CLASSIFICATION OF ARCHAIC CHARFI CHINESE FINALS WITH DENTAL ENDINGS«, ARCHIVES OF HUMANITIES, OCHANOMIZU WOMEN'S UNIVERSITY 9 (JAN 1957) 37-51.

1787 RAI, TSUTOMU, 'A FEW PROBLEMS ON THE FINALS OF ARCHAIC CHARFI CHINESE', TYG 40.1 (JUN 1957).

1788 RAI, TSUTOMU, "ON THE PHONOLOGY OF CANTONESE«, CGGG 70 CAADPH (JAN 1958).

1789 RAI, TSUTOMU, "ON THE NOTION "NEI' AND "WAI" IN CHANLL ANCIENT CHINESE", ARCHIVES OF HUMANITIES, OCHANOMIZU WOMEN'S UNIVERSITY (MAR 1958).

1790 RAI, TSUTOMU, 'PHONOLOGICAL DISTINCTION WITHIN CHARFI ARCHAIC CHINESE FINALS', BULL. OF THE TOKYO SINO. SOC. (JUN 1958).

1791 RAI, TSUTOMU, "ON ZHU TIAN HAN YU ZAN«, ARCHIVES OF HUMANITIES, OCHANOMIZU WOMEN'S UNIVERSITY 12 (JUN 1959).

1792 RAJSKAJA, G.N., 'STRADATEL•NAJA KONSTRUKCIJA V CHADSY KITAJSKOM JAZYKE« (PASSIVE CONSTRUCTIONS IN CHINESE), UZLU 236 (1958) 222-9.

1793 RAND, EARL, THE SYNTAX OF CHINESE INTERROGATIVE MAADSY STRUCTURES (AUSTIN UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS 1966). UNPUBLISHED PHD THESIS AVAILABLE FROM UNIVERSITY MICROFILMS, ANN ARBOR, MICHIGAN.

1794 RANTZAU, MIA VON, III CHINESICHE ZEICHEN FUER DEN CHADFK HAUSHALT (PEKING 1938) IV • 69.

1795 RAO, CHANG-RONG, 'THE ELEMENTS PRECEDING THE SUBJECT MAAOSY IN A SUBJECT-PREDrCATE SENTENCE', ZGYW 124 (1963) 218.

1796 REGAMEY, CONSTANTIN, 'LANGUES D•EXTREME-ORIENT•, CHADGR ASIA. STUDIEN 1 (1947) 48-71. CHINESE GRAMMAR 50-4.

1797 REGAMEY, CONSTANTIN, 'REVIEW OF CHMIELEWSKI, J., 'THE TYPOLOGICAL EVOLUTION..."(1949)•, ANTHROPOS 45 (1950) 409-11. 308 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1798 REMUSAT, JEAN PIERRE ABEL. ELEMENTS DE LA GRAMMAIRE CHADGR CHINOISE (PARIS 1822) 214. RUSSIAN ED., OSNOVANIJA KITAJSKOJ GRAMMATIKI (MOSCOW 1825).

1799 -REMUSAT, JEAN PIERRE ABEL, FOE KOUE Kl, OU RELATION CHAN DES ROYAUMES BOUDDHIQUES—VOYAGE DANS LA TARTAR IE, DANS L'AFGANISTAN ET DANS L'INDE, EXECUTE, A LA FIN DU IV SIECLE, PAR CHY FA HIEN (PARIS 1936). TRANSL. BY REMUSAT, COMPLETED BY JULIUS HEINRICH KLAPROTH AND ERNEST AUGUSTIN XAVIER CLERC DE LONDRESSE.

1800 REN, JUN-ZE, •A VOCABULARY OF THE HE-NAN DIALECT', MADDVC FYYPTHJK 3, 6 »1958, 1959) 16-29, 102-9.

1801 REN, JUN-ZE, "VOCABULARY OF THE WESTERN SHAN-DONG MADDVC DIALECT«, FYYPTHJK 3, 6 (1958, 1959) 35-46, 22-61.

1802 REN, MING, DICTIONARY OF NORTHERN DIALECT WOROS, 2ND MADDDI ED. (SHANGHAI 1952) XXII + 116. SEE GROOTAERS, W.A., 'REVIEW OF. ..'( 1953).

1803 REN, MING-SHAN, SUBJECT AND PREDICATE (SHANGHAI XIN MAADSY ZHI SHI CBS). ALSO IN HYZSJH II.

1804 REN, MING-SHAN, 'THE PROBLEMS OF SUBJECTS AND MAADSY OBJECTS', YWXX 3 (1956) 27. ALSO IN ZGYWLC 227-33.

1805 REN, MING-SHAN, 'ON ONOMATOPOEIC WORDS', YWXX (JUL CHADOM 1956) 39.

1806 REN, MING-SHAN, 'PRONUNCIATION AND PHONETICS', YWXX CHADPH (JUL 1956) 39.

1807 REN, MING-SHAN, 'THE SOUND AND REPRESENTATION OF WORDS', YWXX (SEP 1956) 41.

1808 REN, MING-SHAN, 'LINGUISTIC DISCUSSION—SYNONYM AND CHADSC POLYSEMY', YWXX (APR 1957) 22.

1809 REN, MING-SHAN, 'LINGUISTIC DISCUSSION—THE USES OF WORDS', YWXX (JUN 1957) 20.

1810 REN, NA, ZHONG YUAN YIN YUN SHI FA SHU ZHENG. CHAERH PREFACE DATED 1924 IN SAN QU CONG KAN 22 (SHANGHAI 1931).

1811 REN, YING-PEI, 'THE USES OF 'ZUI' AND 'ZAI' SHOULD BE MAADGR KEPT DISTINGUISHED', ZGYW 63 (SEP 1957) 50.

1812 THE RESEARCH CENTER OF THE COMMITTEE ON LANGUAGE ZGADGR RESEARCH IN THE AUTONOMOUS REGION OF THE ZHUANG PEOPLE IN GUANG-XI AND THE FIRST TEAM OF FIELD WORKERS ON NATIONAL LANGUAGES FROM THE ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, AN OUTLINE OF ZHUANG GRAMMAR (JUL 1957).

1.813 THE RESEARCH CENTER OF THE COMMITTEE ON LANGUAGE ZGADDI BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 309

RESEARCH IN THE AUTONOMOUS REGION OF THE ZHUANG PEOPLE IN GUANG-XI ANO THE FIRST TEAM OF FIELD WORKERS ON NATIONAL LANGUAGES FROM THE ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, A ZHUANG-CHINESE DICTIONARY—PRELIMINARY VERSION (FEB 1958).

1814 THE RESEARCH CENTER OF THE COMMITTEE ON LANGUAGE ZGADMO RESEARCH IN THE AUTONOMOUS REGION OF THE ZHUANG PEOPLE IN GUANG—XI AND THE FIRST TEAM OF FIELD WORKERS ON NATIONAL LANGUAGES FROM THE ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, AN OUTLINE OF WORD FORMATION IN THE ZHUANG LANGUAGE AND A CONCISE ZHUANG-CHINESE BASIC VOCA- BULARY—PRELIMINARY VERSION (JAN 1959).

1815 REY, C., DICTIONNAIRE CHINOIS-FRANCAIS, DIALECTE HKADDI HAC-KA...(HONGKONG 1901) XXXIV • 360 • 79.

1816 RICCI, M., ARTICLES IN ROMAN SPELLING DURING THE MING CHAERO DYNASTY (WZGG CBS 1959).

1817 ROERICH, G. DE, 'MODERN TIBETAN PHONETICS', JRAS B TIADPH (1931) 285-312.

1818 ROERICH, G. DE, TIBETSKI J JAZYK (TIBETAN) (MOSCOW TIAD 1961). RUSSIAN.

1819 ROGERS, B.B., SEE FIRTH, J.R. AND B.B. ROGERS, 'THE STRUCTURE OF...1(1937).

1820 ROKKAKU, TSUNEHIRO, 'CLASSIFICATION OF NUMERARY CHADCL ADJUNCTS', CGGGK RONSHUU 1 (NARA 1953) 107-13.

1821 ROMPORTL, MILAN, 'ZUM PROBLEM DER TOENE IM KUO-YU', AO MAADTO 21 (1953) 276-362 + 113 FIGS.

1822 ROSNY, LEON DE, 'SUR LE MONOSYLLABISME DE LA LANGUE CHARSB CHINOISE ANTIQUE', CONGR. INT. OR., COMPTE-RENDU DE LA 1 SESSION 1 (PARIS 1873, 1874).

1823 ROSNY, LEON DE, 'SUR LA RECONSTITUTION DE LA LANGUE CHARPH CHINOISE ARCHAÏQUE', TRANSAC. 2ND CONGR. OR. (LONDON 1874, 1876) 120-31.

1824 ROSTHORN, A. VON, 'KU YEN-WU'S DISSERTATION UEBER DAS CHADLT LAUTWESEN' (GU YAN-WU'S DISSERTATION ON THE NATURE OF SOUND), WIENER ZS. F. KUNOE DES MORG. IX (1895).

1825 ROSTHORN, A. VON, 'MIGRATIONS OF TONES IN MODERN CHADTO CHINESE', CR 22 (1897) 447-52.

1826 ROSTHORN, A. VON, 'DIE ARCHAEOLOGISCHE FORSCHUNG IM CHINA', ANTHROPOS (1937).

1827 ROSTHORN, A. VON, 'STUDIEN ZUR CHINESISCHEN CHADHL LAUTGESCHICHTE', SITZUNGSBER. WAW 219.4 (1941) 22. 310 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1828 ROSTHORN, A. VON, »INDISCHER EINFLUSS IN DER LAUTLEHRE CHAOLT CHINAS', SITZUNGSBER. WAW 219.4 (19411 22.

1829 ROZ ACHEV, A.P., 1IDIOMATIKA KITAJSKOGO JAZYKA, CHADID OTOBRAZHENNAJA V USTOJCHIVYX SLOVOSOCHINENIJAX •CHEN JUJ' PO MATERIALAM PROIZVEDENIJ SUN JAT-SENJA I MAO CZE-DUNA* (IDIOMATICS OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE, REFLECTED IN STABLE COMBINATIONS (), BASED ON THE WORKS OF SUN YAT-SEN AND MAO ZE-DONG) KRATKIE SOOTNOSHENIJA INST. VOST. AKAD. NAUK SSSR 2 (1952).

1830 ROZHDESTVENSKAJA, E.N., 'THE CHANGE OF ADVERBS INTO CHADAD OTHER PARTS OF SPEECH IN CHINESE«, ZGYW 81 (MAR 1959) 119-24.

1831 ROZHDESTVENSKAJA, E.N.-, '0 NEKOTORYX CHASTICAX V CHADFU SOVREMENNOM KITAJSKOM JAZYKE' (ON CERTAIN PARTICLES IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE), UCHENYE ZAPISKI V (MOSCOW 1961) 74-124.

1832 ROZHDESTVENSKIJ, JURIJ VLADIMIROVICH, SEE KOROTKOV, N.N. AND J.V. ROZHOESTVENSKIJ ET AL., KITAJSKIJ JAZYK (1961).

1833 ROZHDESTVENSKIJ, JURIJ VLADIMIROVICH, PONJATIE FORMY CHADMO SLOVA V ISTORII GRAMMATIKI KITAJSKOGO JAZYKA (THE CONCEPT OF THE FORM OF A WORD IN THE HISTORY OF CHINESE GRAMMAR) (MOSCOW 1958) 139. SEE KALOUSKOVA, J., 'REVIEW OF...'(1960).

1834 RUI, YI-FU, «ON THE CHINESE KINSHIP TERMS •BO«, CHADKT 'SHU', 'GU', 'JIU* AND 'YI'—A STUDY OF THE CHINESE KINSHIP SYSTEM...', ACAD. SIN. SPEC. PUBL. 3.3, 1-62 + CHART. ENGLISH SUMMARY.

1835 RUI, YI-FU, 'NOTES ON CHAPTER 4 OF THE ERH YA, THE CHARCC RELATIONSHIP TERMS', BTU 1 (TAIPEI 1950) 101-34.

1836 RUMJANCEV, M.K., •PREDLOZHENIE-PODLEZHASHCHEE V CHADSY SOVREMENNOM KITAJSKOM JAZYKE' (THE SENTENCE AS SUBJECT IN CONTEMPORARY.CHINESE), AKAD. NAUK. (MOSCOW 1957) 81.

1837 RUMJANCEV, M.K., 'KAUZATIVNAJA I PASSIVNAJA CHADSY KONSTRUKCI I V KITAJSKOM JAZYKE', (CAUSATIVE AND PASSIVE CONSTRUCTIANS IN CHINESE), UZLU 236 (1958) 211-21.

1838 RUO, BING, 'PECULIARITIES OF SOUTHERN SHAN-DONG MADDPR LOCAL PRONUNCIATION', FYYPTHJK 2 (1958) 29-30.

1839 RYGALOFF, ALEXIS, «LA PHONOLOGIE OU PEKINOIS', TP 43 MAADPH (1955) 183-264.

1840 RYGALOFF, ALEXIS, 'LA CLASiE NOMINALE EN CHINOIS CHADNO DETERMINE/ INDERMINE', BSL 53 (1957-8) 306-15. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 311

1841 SAKAI, KEN• ICHIf •ON THE PALATALIZATION OF SOME CHANIN INITIALS IN GU JIN YUN HUI', CBKK 1.1 (OEC 1950).

1842 SAKAI, KEN'ICHI, 'ON THE DIVISION II FINALS OF ANCIENT CHANFI CHINESE IN GU JIN YUN HUI», CBKK 2:1 (JUL 1951).

1843 SAKAI, KEN'ICHI, «ON THE CHARACTERISTICS OF GU JIN YUN CHANRH HU I•, CBKK 2.4 (JUL 1952).

1844 SAKAI, KEN'ICHI, 'AN INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF THE CHAEPH SONG PHONOLOGY—ITS MATERIALS AND PROBLEMS', CBKK 4.2 (MAR 1955).

1845 SAKAI, KEN'ICHI, 'A STUDY ON THE YI QIE JING YIN YI CHANPH BY XI LIN—WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO FINALS WITH NASAL ENDINGS', CBKK 5.1 (NOV 1955).

1846 SAKAI, KEN'ICHI, 'SOME PHONOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF CHAEFI THE RHYME SYSTEM IN THE SONG POEMS', TYG 38.2 (SEP 1956).

1847 SAKAI, KEN'ICHI, 'ON THE CHARACTERISTICS OF 'GUO SHE' CHANFI AND 'JIA SHE' IN THE JI YUN', CBKK 12 (DEC 1956).

1848 SAKAI, KEN'ICHI, 'PHONOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE CHANPH RHYME SYSTEM FOUND IN BI AN WEN FROM DUN-HUANG', CBKK 1 (AUG 1958).

1849 SAKAI, KEN'ICHI, 'CHARACTERISTICS OF RHYME SCHEMES IN ZHU DUN-RU'S QIAO GE—PROBLEMS AS TO THE MATERIAL OF PHONOLOGICAL STUDY IN RHYMED VERSE', CBKK 2 (DEC 1959).

1850 SAKAI, KEN'ICHI, 'THE PRONUNCIATION OF ZI LIN QUOTED CHANPH IN JING DIAN SHI WEN', CBKK 2 (DEC 1959).

1851 SAKAI, KEN'ICHI, 'RECENT STUDIES IN CHINESE PHONOLOGY CHANPH —ARGUMENTS OVER THE BASIC PHONOLOGICAL SYSTEM OF 01E YUN', TYG 46 ( 1963) 105.

1852 SAKAI, TAKEO, 'QNOMATOPOEA IN SHI JING', AKITA CHAROM DAIGAKU GAKUGEIGAKUBU KENKYUU KIYOO (FEB 1951).

1853 SAKAMOTO, ICHIROO, 'ON THE MODERN SHANGHAI DIALECT', WUDD KOOBE GAIDAI 2.4 (1951) 14.

1854 SARTORI, C., GRAMMATICA CINESE AD USO DEGLI ITALIANI (CHINESE GRAMMAR FOR ITALIANS) (HAN-KOU 1938).

1855 SAUNDERS, C.J., 'THE TUNGKWUN DIALECT OF CANTONESE', CADD CR 22 (1897) 465-76.

1856 SAUSSURE, L. DE, «L'ETYMOLOGIE DU NOM DES MONTS CHADEM K'OUEN LOUEN' (ETYMOLOGY OF THE NAME OF THE KUN-LUN MOUNTAINS), TP 20, 370-1. 312 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1857 SAVINA, F.M., 'LEXIQUE DAY-FRANCA IS'» BEFEO 34 TAADLX (1933) .

1858 SAVINA, F.M., GUIDE LINGUISTIQUE DE L'INDO-CHINE CHOD FRANÇAISE (HONGKONG 1939) 2 VOLS. FRENCH, ANNAHESE, THO, MAN, MEO (HMONG), CANTONESE, HOKLO, MANDARIN, WITH SINO-ANNAMESE.

1859 SCHAANK, S.H., HET LOEH-FOEUNG DIALEKT (THE LU-FENG DIALECT) (LEIDEN 1897) II + 226. DUTCH. SEE SCHLEGEL, G., 'REVIEW OF...«(1897).

1860 SCHAANK, S.H., «ANCIENT CHINESE PHONETICS', TP A-8 CHANPH (1897), 361-77, 457-86, A-9 (1898) 28-57, N.S. 3 (1902) 106-8.

1861 SCHÄFER, EDWARD H. JR., «NOUN CLASSIFIERS IN CHARCL CLASSICAL CHINESE«, LANGUAGE 24 (1948) 408-13.

1862 SCHÄFER, EDWARD H. JR., «REVIEW OF KENNEDY, G.A., ZH GUIDE...(1953)«, LANGUAGE 29 (1953) 568-76.

1863 SCHINDLER, BRUNO, «ZUR PARTIKEL •WE I' ', AM 3 C1926) CHADFU 575-84.

1864 SCHINDLER, BRUNO, 'UEBER EINIGE ALTCHINESISCHE CHARFU HILFSWOERTER«, AM 10 (1935) 251-61.

1865 SCHINDLER, BRUNO, «CONCERNING THE PARTICLE «I' ', AM CHARFU SER. 2,1 (1949) 133.

1866 SCHINDLER, BRUNO, «SOME NOTES ABOUT THE PARTICLE CHARFU • YIE « «, AM SER. 2,1 (1949) 134-5.

1867 SCHINDLER, BRUNO, «GRAMMATICAL NOTES I, 'FOU, SHEN, CHADFU SHANG« ', AM SER. 2,3 (1952) 19-27. «GRAMMATICAL NOTES II, «FU« «, 3 (1953) 162-8. «GRAMMATICAL NOTES III, « SHEN « «, 4 (1954) 57-9.

1868 SCHLEGEL, GUSTAF, NEDERLANDSCH-CHINEESCH WOORDENBOEK MET DE TRANSCRIPTIE DER CHINEESCHE KARAKTERS IN HET TSIANG-TSIU DIALECT (DUTCH-CHINESE DICTIONARY WITH THE TRANSCRIPTION OF THE CHINESE CHARACTERS IN THE TSIANG-TSIU DIALECT) (LEIDEN 1890) 4 VOLS. DUTCH.

1869 SCHLEGEL, GUSTAF, «ON CHINESE SIGNBOARDS AND HOUSE- CHADFK SENTENCES', TP A I (1890) 118-36.

1870 SCHLEGEL, GUSTAF, «SECRET LANGUAGES IN EUROPE AND MNDD CHINA«, TP A 2 (1891) 161. LANGUAGE OF CHILDREN ANO THIEVES, IN AMOY.

1871 SCHLEGEL', GUSTAF, 'ON THE CAUSES OF ANTIPHRASIS IN LANGUAGE«, TP A II (1891) 275-87.

1872 SCHLEGEL, GUSTAF, 'COINING OF NEW CHINESE TERMS«, TP A CHADLX BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 313

III (1892) 183-4.

1873 SCHLEGEL. GUSTAF. 'REVIEW OF ARENDT. C., HANDBUCH ...(1891)',..TP A V < 1894) 164-9.

1874 SCHLEGEL, GUSTAF, «REVIEW OF ARENDT, C., EINFUERUNG...1, TP A V (1894) 164-9.

1875 SCHLEGEL, GUSTAF, 'ON THE EXTENDED USE OF «THE PEKING SYSTEM OF ORTHOGRAPHY« FOR THE CHINESE LANGUAGE«, TP A VI (1895) 499-508.

1876 SCHLEGEL, GUSTAF, 'BERICHTIGUNG ZU LA LOI DU CHADWL PARALLELISMS EN STYLE CHINOIS«, TP A VIII (1897) 557-61.

1877 SCHLEGEL, GUSTAF, 'SOME MOOT POINTS IN THE GILES-LOCKHART CONTROVERSY', TP A VIII (1897) 412-30.

1878 SCHLEGEL, GUSTAF, 'REVIEW OF SCHAANK, S.H., HET LOEH-FOEUNG DIALEKT (1897)', TP A VIII (1897) 437-8.

1879 SCHLEGEL, GUSTAF, «THE SECRET OF THE CHINESE METHOD OF CHADTC TRANSCRIBING FOREIGN SOUNDS', TP 1 (1900) 1-32, 93-124, 219-253.

1880 SCHLEGEL, GUSTAF, 'REVIEW OF KUEHNERT F., «ZUR KENNTNIS...'(1890) ' , TP A I (1900) 420-30.

1881 SCHLEGEL, GUSTAF, «ON SOME UNIDENTIFIED CHINESE SCANTC TRANSCRIPTIONS OF INDIAN WORDS', TP 1 (1900) 327-33.

1882 SCHLEGEL, GUSTAF, 'ON ALPHABETICAL SPELLING BY THE CHADWS ANCIENT CHINESE', TP 1 (1900) 186-7.

1883 SCHLEGEL, GUSTAF, 'DANGERS OF THE PEKING PRONUNCIATION OF THE CHINESE CHARACTERS', TP 1 (1900) 92.

1884 SCHLEGEL, GUSTAF, «REVIEW OF KAINZ, C., PRAKTISCHE GRAMMATIK...(1900)«, TP 2 (1901) 87-8.

1885 SCHNEIDER, MARIUS, 'LA RELATION ENTRE LA MELODIE ET LA LANGAGE DANS LA MUSIQUE CHINOISE', ANUARIO MUSICAL 5 (1950) 62-9.

1886 SCHOTT, WILHELM, »UEBER CHINESISCHE VERSKUNST, ZUGABE ZUR SPRACHLEHRE', ABH. BAW (1857) 55-78.

1887 SCHOTTER, A., 'NOTES ETHNOGRAPHIOUES SUR LES TRIBUS DE NLAD KOUEYTCHEOU' (ETHNOGRAPHIC NOTES ON THE GUI-ZHOU TRIBES), ANTHROPOS (1910).

1888 SCOTT, N.C., 'PHONOLOGICAL ANALYSIS OF THE MADDPH SZECH'WANESE MONOSYLLABLE', TPS. 314 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1889 SCOTT, N.C.,"SZECH"WANESE', LE MAITRE PHONETIQUE MADO H940) 28-30.

1890 SCOTT, N.C., • T-HE MONOSYLLABLE IN SZECH"WANESE", MADOSB BSOAS XII (LONDON 1947) 197^213.

1891 SECRETARIAT OF TECHNICAL CONFERENCE ON PROBLEMS OF THE STANDARDIZATION OF MODERN CHINESE, COLLECTION OF DOCUMENTS OF THE TECHNICAL CONFERENCE ON PROBLEMS OF STANDARDIZATION OF MODERN CHINESE (PEKING 1956).

1892 SEDLACEK, KAHIL, "EXISTIERTE EIN LAUTGESETZ IN STATIN ZUSAMMENGESETZTEN ANLAUTEN DES PROTO-SINO- TIBETISCHEN', CENTRAL ASIATIC J. 7 <1962) 270-311.

1893 SEDLACEK, KAMIL, "SIGNS OF PARTIAL PHONETIC REVERSION TIADPH IN TIBETAN", CENTRAL ASIATIC J. 9 (1964) 60-75.

1894 SERDJUCHENKO, G.P., "PROBLEMS IN DESIGNING AN ALPHABET ZGADWS AND SELECTING A DIALECT AS THE STANDARD LANGUAGE FOR THE ZHUANG PEOPLE", ZGYW 37 (JUL 1955) 15-9.

1895 SERDJUCHENKO, G.P., "THE IMPORTANCE OF THE CHADLR STANDARDIZATION OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE AND SOME UNDERLYING PRINCIPLES", YYYJ 1 (1956) 23-44.

1896 SERDJUCHENKO, G.P., "WORK ON THE NATIONAL LANGUAGES NLAD IN THE PROVINCE OF YUN-NAN", ZGYW 56 (FEB 1957) 37-41.

1897 SERDJUCHENKO, G.P., "PROBLEMS CONCERNING THE NATIONAL NLAD LANGUAGES", ZGYW 62 (AUG 1957) 37-40.

1898 SERDJUCHENKO, G.P., "PROBLEMS IN THE CLASSIFICATION NLAO OF THE NATIONALITIES AND THEIR LANGUAGES", ZGYW 69 (MAR 1958) 129-33.

1899 SERJEANTSON, M.S., A HISTORY OF MODERN WORDS IN ENGLISH (LONDON 1935).

1900 SERRUYS, PAUL L.M., "PHILOLOGIE ET LINGUISTIQUE DANS LES ETUDES SINOLOGIQUES", MONUMENTA SERICA 8 (1943) 167-219.

1901 SERRUYS, PAUL L.M., "THE STUDY OF THE OLD CHINESE CHAREM DIALECTS, THE NAME FOR THE WILDCAT IN FANG YAN", OE 6.2 (1953) 354-71.

1902 SERRUYS, PAUL L.M., "UNE NOUVELLE GRAMMAIRE DU CHADWL CHINOIS LITTERAIRE", HJAS 16 (1953) 162-99.

1903 SERRUYS, PAUL L.M., "ASPECT LINGUISTIQUE DE CHADON L'HYDRONOMIE CHINOISE", REVUE INTERNATIONALE D"ONOMASTIQUE 7 (1955) 114-23 + MAP.

1904 SERRUYS, PAUL L.M., "THE NAMES OF THE LIZARD IN THE CHAREM OLD CHINESE DIALECTS", ORBIS 1 (1957) 489-99 • MAP. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 315

1905 SERRUYS, PAUL L.M., »THE STUDY OF THE CHUAN CHU IN THE CHARWS SHUO WEN», BIHP 29 (TAIPEI 1957) 131-95.

1906 SERRUYS, PAUL L.M., »NOTES ON THE STUDY OF SHIH MING, MARGINALIA TO N.C. BODMAN'S A LINGUISTIC STUDY OF SHIH MING«, AM 6 (1958) 137-99.

1907 SERRUYS, PAUL L.M., THE CHINESE DIALECTS OF HAN TIME CHAROA ACCORDING TO FANG YAN (BERKELEY UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS 1959). SEE LI, FANG-GUI, 'REVIEW .OF...•(1959).

1908 SERRUYS, PAUL L.M., «FIVE WORD STUDIES ON FANG YAN", CHDREM MONUMENTA SERICA 19, 21 (1960, 1962) 114-209, 222-319.

1909 SERRUYS, PAUL L.M., »REVIEW OF LUO, CHANG-PEI AND ZU-MO ZHOU, A STUDY...(1958)', MONUMENTA SERICA 20 (1961) 394-412.

1910 SERRUYS, PAUL L.M., SURVEY OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE CHADLR REFORM AND THE ANT I-1LLITERACY MOVEMENT IN COMMUNIST CHINA (BERKELEY 1962).

1911 SERRUYS, PAUL L.M., »CHINESE DIALECTOLOGY BASED ON CHADDA WRITTEN DOCUMENTS', MONUMENTA SERICA 21 (1962) 320-44.

1912 SHA, SHANG-WEN, 'STUDY OF THE RADICALS OF THE SHUO CHARWS WEN JIE ZI — INTRODUCTORY STUDY OF THE STEMS OF CHINESE CHARACTERS', UNIVERSITAS SEOULENSIS, COLLECTIO THESEON, HUMANITAS, SCIENTIA, SOCIALIS 1 (1954) 77-90. KOREAN.

1913 SHADICK, HAROLD AND XIN-MIN WU, STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS OF CHADWL LITERARY CHINESE (ITHACA 1950). PRELIMINARY VERSION. SEE MULL IE, J., »REVIEW OF...•(1952).

1914 SHAFER, ROBERT, »THE VOCALISM OF SINO-TIBETAN», STADVO JAOS 60, 61 (1940, 1941) 302-33, 18-31.

1915 SHAFER, ROBERT, 'PROBLEMS IN SINO-TIBETAN PHONETICS», STADPH JAOS 64 (1944) 137-43.

1916 SHAFER, ROBERT, 'REVIEW OF KARLGREN, B., THE CHINESE LANGUAGE...(1949)•, JAOS 70 (1950) 139-41.

1917 SHAFER, ROBfcRT» »THE INITIALS OF SINO-TIBETAN», JAOS STADIN 70 (1950) 96-103.

1918 SHAFER, ROBERT, 'ATHAPASKAN AND SINO-TIBETAN», STATCS INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF AMERICAN LINGUISTICS 18 (1952) 12-9.

1919 SHAFER, ROBERT, 'THE CLASSIFICATION OF TIBETO- TBADCF BURMAN LANGUAGES», WORD 11 (1955) 94-111. 316 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1920 SHAFER, ROBERT, ED., BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SINO-TIBEVAN STADBB LANGUAGES, I, II (WIESBADEN OTTO HARRASSOWITZ 1957, 1963). ASSOCIATE ED. PENTTI AALTO, A.A. GUBER, R0KUR00 KOONO, OSAMU MATSUYAMA, PE MAUNG TIN, AND URAY GEZA.

1921 SHANG, CHENG-ZI, 'STUDIES ON THE ARCHAIC WORDS IN CHARLX SHUO WEN', NANKING J. 4, 5, 6, 10 (1934, 1935, 1936, 1940) 179-216, 267-98, 234-62, 235-70.

1922 SHANG, CHENG-ZI, "GRAMMAR OF THE WRITTEN LANGUAGE OF CHARGR THE «, NANKING J. 6 (1936) 263-5.

1923 SHANG WU YIN SHU GUAN, CI YUAN, (SHANGHAI 1915). CHADCC REV. ED. (1931, 1939).

1924 SHANG WU YIN SHU GUAN, A DICTIONARY OF THE CHINESE CHADCC LANGUAGE (PEKING 1957). ORIGINALLY ISSUED AS A DICTIONARY OF THE NATIONAL LANGUAGE.

1925 SHANG, YUN-CHUAN, 'A COMPARISON OF LI AO-YANG PRONUNCIATION WITH PEKING PRONUNCIATION', FYYPTHJK 7 (1959) 18-20.

1926 SHAO, JUN-PU, 'THE USES OF 'SHI', 'YOU', 'ZAI* ARE MAAOVE INTERCHANGEABLE', ZGYW 63 (SEP 1957) 27.

1927 SHAO, RONG-FEN, «STUDIES ON LOAN WORDS IN CHADLW CONTEMPORARY CHINESE«, ZGYW 73 (JUL 1958) 347-8.

1928 SHAO, RONG-FEN, «THE DEVIANT WORDS AND STRUCTURES IN CHDNMO THE DUN-HUANG LITERATURE AND THE DIALECTS OF NORTHWESTERN CHINA«, ZGYW 124 (1963) 193.

1929 SHAO, RONG-FEN, «DIRECT READING AND FAN OIE NOTATION CHARFQ OF THE WRITING OF THE FIVE CLASSICS«, ZGYW 130 (1964) 214.

1930 SHAO, RUO, 'THE HARMFUL EFFECTS OF OVERUSING CHADSY COORDINATE STRUCTURES«, YW.XX (JAN 1954) 57FF.

1931 SHELLABEAR, W.G., 'BABA MALAY, AN INTRODUCTION TO CHDD THE LANGUAGE OF THE STRAIT-BORN CHINESE«, JRAS-SBR 65 (1913) 49-63.

1932 SHEN, CHUN—HUI, «DOUBLE OBJECTS IN BRONZE CHARSY INSCRIPTIONS«, YANJ. J. CH. ST. 20 (1936) 263-5.

1933 SHEN, JIAN-SHI, «THE PHONETIC ELEMENT IN CHARACTERS', CHADWS ACAD. SIN. SPEC. ST. 2.

1934 SHEN, JIANtSHI, THE SOUND SYSTEM OF GUANG YUN (PEKING CHANRH 1945), 2 \/OLS, 8 + 1106 • 89 + 16.

1935 SHEN, YAO, WILLIAM S-Y. WANG AND S. YOTSUKURA, 'SOME MAADPH SUPRASEGMENTAL FEATURES IN ENGLISH, JAPANESE, AND BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 317

MANDARIN CHINESE', THE ENGLISH TEACHERS* MAGAZINE 7.9 (TOKYO DEC 1958) 463-72.

1936 SHEN, YAO, JESSICA C-Y. ZHAO AND GILES PETERSON, 'SOME MAADTO SPECTROGRAPHS LIGHT ON MANDARIN TONE 2 AND TONE 3', STUDY OF SOUNDS IX (PHONETIC SOCIETY OF JAPAN 1961).

1937 SHEN, ZU-PING, 'A REVIEW OF «AN OUTLINE OF THE WUDD DIALECTS OF JIANG-SU PROVINCE AND SHANGHAI CITY" •, ZGYW (JUL 1961) 38-45, 37.

1938 SHI, AN-SHI, 'WHAT ARE FUNCTIVES IN CHINESE*, YWXX 3 CHADFU (1957) 32.

1939 SHI, AN-SHI, 'ARE ADVERBS IN CHINESE SUBSTANTIVES OR CHADAO

FUNCTIVES', WEN SHI ZHE (OCT 1958).

1940 SHI, CUN-ZHI, 'LANGUAGE', HYZSJH X.

1941 SHIZGY, W CUN-ZHI21 (MA,R 1954'ON )LINKE 5-8D. FORM AND TELESCOPIC FORM*, CHADSY 1942 SHI, CUN-ZHI, *IS *DE* A SUFFIX', ZGYW 22 (APR 1954) CHADSU 9-14.

1943 SHI, CUN-ZHI, 'ON THE DISTINCTIONS AMONG PREDICATE, CHADSY DECLARATIVE SENTENCES, DESCRIPTIVE SENTENCES AND COPULAR SENTENCES', YWXX 7 (1956) 25.

1944 SHI, CUN-ZHI, 'WHAT IS A WORD', ZGYW 45 (MAR 1956) CHADMO 20-2.

1945 SHI, CUN-ZHI, 'MORE ON WHAT IS A WORD', ZGYW 51 (SEP CHADMO 1956) 3-10.

1946 SHI, CUN-ZHI, *A DISCUSSION ON PEKINESE PHONEMES*, MAADPM

ZGYW 56 (1957) 9-13.

1947 SHI, CUN-ZHI, PHONETICS (SHANGHAI 1957) II + 44.

1948 SHIVIEWPOINT*, CUN-ZHI, , ZGY»TONEW 6S3 CONSIDERE(SEP 1957D) FRO15-9M . A PHONEMIC CHADTO 1949 SHI, CUN-ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS ON GRAMMAR (ZGYW ZA ZHI SHE 1957).

1950 SHI-HENG, * MY VIEWS ON THE CHINESE INFLUENCE ON THE ZHADVC VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR OF THE ZHUANG LANGUAGE*, ZGYW 72 (JUN 1958) 261.

1951 SHI, SHU-SEN, ESSENTIALS OF CHINESE GRAMMAR (JIANG-SU CHADGR REN MIN CBS 1957).

1952 SHI, WEN-TAO, 'REVIEW OF BEI-JING DA XUE, A LEXICON ...(1961)', ZGYW 123 (1963) 176. 318 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1953 SHI, WEN-TAO, «PROBLEMS CONCERNING THE STUDY OF CHADPH CHINESE PHONOLOGY—A DISCUSSION WITH PROFESSOR LU ZH I —HE I *» ZGYW 128 (JAN 1964) 2.

1954 SHI, XI-YAO, 'WHAT IS A SENTENCE IN CONTEMPORARY CHADSY CHINESE', J. OF PEKING TEACHERS' COLLEGE 3 (1958).

1955 SHI, XI-YAO AND DA-KUI LI, 'CRITICISM OF PROFESSOR LI CHADLT JIN-XI'S SYSTEM OF GRAPMAR', ZGYW 76 (OCT 1958) 455-7.

1956 SHI, XI-YAO, TONG-HUA LI AND TONG-AN CAI, 'SOME CHADLT PROBLEMS IN PROFESSOR LI JIN-XI'S STUDIES ON GRAMMAR', ZGYW 79 (JAN 1959) 11-5.

1957 SHI, YOU, JI JIU PIAN IN GU YI CONG SHU 38 (TOKYO 1184). REPRINTED (SU-ZHOU SHU JU 1919).

1958 SHI, ZHEN-YE, 'ALSO ON PREPOSITIONAL STRUCTURES AS CHADSY PREDICATES', ZGYW 60 (JUN 1957) 48.

1959 SHIROKOGOROFF, S.M., 'PHONETIC NOTES ON A LOLO DIALECT LLDOPH ANO THE CONSONANT 'L' ', BIHP 1.2.

1960 SHIROKOGOROFF, S.M., THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF EASTERN CHINA AND KWANGTUNG PROVINCE (SHANGHAI 1925).

1961 SHOOMURA, TADAYOSHI, 'ON THE SHIFT OF MEANING', CHADSC CGGGKS 4 (MAR 1961).

1962 SHU, CHONG, ED., SELECTED REFERENCE MATERIALS FOR RESEARCH ON THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (PEKING ZHONG HUA SHU JU 1955).

1963 SHU—YUN, ZHUANG-WANG, DIE FRAGE IM DlALECT VON TSCHANG—OSCHOU (THE QUESTION IN THE CHANG-ZHOU DIALECT) (1935). BONNER DISSERTATION.

1964 SI, ER-ZHONG, 'ON THE USE OF THE COVERB 'JIU' ', YWXX 3 (1956) 39.

1965 SI, ER-ZHONG, 'COMMON USES OF THE STRUCTURAL PARTICLE CHADFU 'SUO' ', YWXX 11 (1958) 33.

1966 SI-MA, CHUAN, 'REVIEW OF JIN, SHOU-SHEN, A LEXICON ...(1961)', ZGYW (1962) 346-9.

1967 SI-MA, GUANG (1019-1089), LEXICON OF SEMANTIC CHANLX CATEGORIES (1067).

1968 SI-MA, GUANG (1019-1089), BELIEVED TO HAVE COMPILED CHANRC THE QIE YUN ZHI ZHANG TU, A RHYME TABLE ARRANGED BY INITIALS, FINALS, AND TONES. 1 VOL. JIAN LI (SUPPLEMENT) COMPILED BY SHAO, GUANG-ZU (BEGINNING OF ), ADDS 760 SOUNDS TO THE ORIGINAL BRINGING THE TOTAL TO 3890. THE QIE YUN ZHI ZHANG TU BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 319

ALSO APPEARS IN CONG SHU JI CHENG CHU BIAN (123*).

1969 SILSKY, JOHN A.. SEE DAVIS, D.H. AND J.A. SILSKY, CHINESE-ENGLISH POCKET DICTIONARY (1911).

1970 SIMON, H.F., 'REVIEW OF ZHAO, YUAN-REN AND LIAN—SHENG YANG, CONCISE DICTIONARY...(1947)«, AM SER. 2, 1 (1949) 137.

1971 SIMON, H.F., 'TWO SUBSTANTIVAL COMPLEXES IN STANOARD MAADSY CHINESE«, BSOAS 15 (1953) 327-55.

1972 SIMON, H.F., 'SOME REMARKS ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE MAADVE VERB COMPLEX IN STANDARD CHINESE«, BSOAS 21 (1958) 553-77.

1973 SIMON, WALTER, «TWO FINAL CONSONANTAL CLUSTERS IN TXARFI ARCHAIC TIBETAN«, BIHP 29, PT. 1.

1974 SIMON, WALTER, «THE RANGE OF SOUND ALTERNATIONS IN TIANMD TIBETAN WORD FAMILIES«, AM N.S. 1.10-5.

1975 SIMON, WALTER, «ZUR RECGNSTRUKTION DER CHANFI ALTCHINESISCHEN ENDKONSONANTEN«, MITT. SEM. OR. SPR. 30 (1927) 147-67, 31 (1928) 157-204 (BERLIN 1929).

1976 SIMON, WALTER, «DIE SPALTUNG DER CHINESISCHEN CHADTO TIEFTONREIHE«, AM 4 (1927) 612-8.

1977 SIMON, WALTER, TIBETISCH-CHINESISCHE WORTEGLEICHUNGEN STADCS (BERLIN 1930).

1978 SIMON, WALTER, 'ZUR BILDUNG ANTITHETISCHEN DOPPELFRAGE CHADSY IM NEUCHINESISCHEN', SINICA 8.5 AND 6 (1933) 216-20.

1979 SIMON, WALTER, «OIE BEDEUTUNG DER FINALPARTIKEL «I« ', MITT. SEM. OR. SPR. 37 (1934) 143-68.

1980 SIMON, WALTER, «HAS THE CHINESE LANGUAGE PARTS OF CHADPS SPEECH', TPSL (LONDON 1937) 99-119.

1981 SIMON, WALTER, «THE RECONSTRUCTION OF ARCHAIC CHARPH CHINESE«, BSOAS 9 (1938) 267-88.

1982 SIMON, WALTER, 'CERTAIN TIBETAN SUFFIXES AND THEIR TIANSU COMBINATIONS', BIHP 5 (1940).

1983 SIMON, WALTER, «TIBETAN «DAN«, ETC.«, BSOAS 10.4 TIADMO ( 1942) .

1984 SIMON, WALTER, THE NEW OFFICIAL CHINESE , CHADRO , (LONDON 1942).

1985 SIMON, WALTER, 'THE PRONOMINAL NATURE OF THE SO-CALLED CHARFU FINAL PARTICLE •YEE« «, ACTES 21E CONGR. OR. (PARIS 1949) 258. 320 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1986 SINON, HALTER, «OER «ERL JIANN' UND OER »JIANN» IM CHARHO LUENYEU 7.25', AH SER. 2, VOL. 2 (1951) 46-67.

1987 SIMON, WALTER, 'FUNCTIONS AND MEANINGS OF «ERL« •, AM SER. 2, 2 (1952) 179-202, 3 (1952) 7-18, 117-31, 4 (1954) 20-35.

1988 SIMON, HALTER, 'TIBETAN 'SO' AND CHINESE «YA« STADEN (TOOTH)', BSOAS 18 (1956) 512-3.

1989 SIMON, HALTER, 'A KOTTISH-TI BETAN-CHINESE HORD STADCS EQUATION', BIHP 28, PT. 1 (1956) 441-3.

1990 SIMON, HALTER AND T.C. ZHAO, 'STRUCTURE DRILLS IN CHINESE' IN STRUCTURE DRILL THROUGH SPEECH PATTERNS, ED. BY B. SCHINDLER AND W. SIMON, (LONOON PERCY LUND, HUMPHRIES AND CO., LTD. 1959).

1991 SIN, SYOUK—TJYOU, HONG MON TJYENG OUN HTONG KO (1461). COMPLETE EXAMINATION OF THE HONG HU ZHENG YUN. KOREAN.

1992 SINOR, D., 'REVIEW OF CSONGOR, B., 'UJGHUR...' (1947)', JA 239 (1951) 232.

1993 SKALICKA, V., «SUR LA TYPOLOGIE DE LA LANGUE CHINOISE PARLEE', AO 15.3 AND 4 (1946) 386-412.

1994 SMIRNOV, B.L., 'PODLEZHASHCHEE I ISXODNYJ PUNKT CHADSY VYSKAZYVANI JA V KITAJSKOM JAZYKE * (SUBJECT AND STARTING POINT OF THE UTTERANCE IN CHINESE), UZLU 236 (1958) 184-97.

1995 SOCIETE DE MI SS IONAIRES, DICTIONNAIRE CHINOIS-FRANCAIS MADDDI DE LA LANGUE MANOARINE PARLEE DANS L'OUEST DE LA CHINE (HONGKONG 1893). BY SEVERAL MISSIONARIES FROM SOUTHERN SI-CHUAN PROVINCE.

1996 SOCIETY FOR RESEARCH ON THE MONGOLIAN LANGUAGE, MLAODI A CONCISE CHINESE-MONGOLIAN DICTIONARY (KUKUHOTO JUN 1955).

1997 SOFRONOV, M.V., 'STAT'I DONG SHAO-HENJA PO FONETIKE CHADPH SOVREMENNOGO KITAJSKOGO JAZYKA' (DONG SHAO-WEN'S ARTICLES ON THE PHONETICS OF CONTEMPORARY CHINESE), SOVETSKOE VOSTOKOVEDENIE 2 (1955) 192-4. RUSSIAN.

1998 SOFRONOV, M.V., 'PROBLEMA CHASTEJ RECHI V KITAJSKOM CHADPS JAZYKE' (PROBLEMS OF PARTS OF SPEECH IN CHINESE), VJA 5 (1956) 22-37. TRANSLATED BY YU-CUN QI AND ZAI- IN HAN YU DE CI LEI WEN TI 2, 76-96.

1999 SOFRONOV, M.V., 'THE GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF MACHINE CHADMT TRANSLATION FROM THE CHINESE LANGUAGE', VJA 7.2 (MAR 1958) 116-21. ALSO IN JPRS 31910. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 321

2000 S0FR0N0V, M.V., »GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF MACHINE- CHADMT TRANSLATING CHINESE INTO OTHER LANGUAGES», ED. BY SHUI BAI, ZGYW 75 (SEP 1958) 435-8.

2001 SOLNCEVA, N., '»SUBJECT AND OBJECT IN CHINESE», CHADSY TRANSLATED FROH RUSSIAN BY QI-XIANG CEN IN HAN YU DE ZHU YU HE BIN YU 97-106.

2002 SONG, HONG—ZHE, »DIE SUBJEKT-PRAEDICAT KONSTRUKTION IM CHARSY VORKLASSISCHEN CHINESISCHE», ZEITSCHRIFT FUER PHONETIK SPRACHWISSENSCHAFT UND KOMMUNIKATIONS-FORSCHUNG 15 (1962) 323-31.

2003 SONG, WEN-HAN, THE USE OF FUNCTIVES (CANTON ZHONG CHADFU HUA SHU JU 1948).

2004 SONG, XUE, »ON LIAO-NING PHONOLOGY», ZGYW 123 (1962) MADDPH 104.

2005 SONG, YU-KE, »TWO USES OF THE MORPHEME * ZHE * », ZGYW CHADFU 122 (1963) 26.

2006 SONG, ZUO-YIN, »ON THE SO-CALLED SUBORDINATE CONJUNCTIONS AND THEIR OPTIONAL USE IN COMPOUND SENTENCES', ZGYW 52 (OCT 1956) 14-9.

2007 SPESHNEV, N.A., •AKUSTICHESKAJA PRIRODA SLOVESNOGO CHADST UDARENIJA V SOVREMENNOM KITAJSKOM JAZYKE» (THE ACOUSTIC NATURE OF WORD ACCENT IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE), UZLU 236 (1958) 138-319. RUSSIAN. TRANSLATED INTO CHINESE BY YOU JING IN ZGYW (JAN 1959) 28-34.

2008 STAEL-HOLSTEIN, A.A., 'TRANSLITERATEO SANSKRIT TEXTS SCANPH AND ANCIENT PRONUNCIATION OF CHINESE CHARACTERS», TRANSLATED BY HU SHI INTO CHINESE IN J. SINO. ST. 1 (1923) 47-56.

2009 STALIN, J.V., MARXISM AND THE NATIONAL PROBLEM (LENINGRAD 1949).

2010 STANGE, HANS O.H., 'LAUT UND SCHRIFT, BE ITRAEGE ZUR CHADWS LAUTENTWICKLUNG DES CHINESISCHEN', SINICA 8 (1933) 224-9.

2011 STEELE, J., THE SWATOW SYLLABARY WITH MANDARIN SWADSB PRONUNCIATION (SHANGHAI 1910).

2012 STEIN, R., 'LE LIN-YI», HAN XUE, BULL. OU CENTRE D'ETUOES SING. DE PEKIN (1947).

2013 STENT, GEORGE C., A CHINESE AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY OF CEADVC THE PEKINESE DIALECT (SHANGHAI 1898) VII + 788.

2014 STIMSON, HUGH MCBIRNEY, THE CHUNG YUAN YIN YUN, A MAAEPH STUDY IN AN EARLY MANDARIN PHONOLOGICAL SYSTEM, 322 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

YALE UNIVERSITY PH.D. 01SSERTATION, 1959.

2015 STIMSON, HUGH MC BIRNEY, 'PHONOLOGY OF THE CHUNG YUAN MAAEPH YIN YUN (ZHONG YUAN YIN YUN), QING HUA J. M.S. Ill (1962) 114—9.

2016 STIMSON, HUGH MCBIRNEY, 'PHONOLOGY OF THE CHUNG YUAN MAAEPH YIN YUN', QING HUA J. CH. ST. 3.1 (TAIPEI MAY 1962) 114-58.

2017 STIMSON, HUGH MCBIRNEY, 'ANCIENT CHINESE P, T, K MAADFI ENDINGS IN THE PEKING DIALECT', LANGUAGE 38.4 (OCT 1962) 376-84.

2018 STIMSON, HUGH MCBIRNEY, 'REVIEW OF DOBSON, W.A.C.H., EARLY ARCHAIC CHINESE (1962)', LANGUAGE 39 (1963) 567-74.

2019 STIMSON, HUGH MC BIRNEY, 'A TABU WORD IN THE PEKING MADDEM DIALECT', LANGUAGE 42 (1966).

2020 STIMSON, HUGH MC BIRNEY, THE JONG YUAN IN YUNN (ZHONG MAAERH YUAN YIN YUN)—A GUIDE TO PRONUNCIATION (NEW HAVEN FAR EASTERN PUBLICATIONS 1966).

2021 STOVICKOVA, D., SEE KRATOCHVIL, P. ET AL., 'SOME PROBLEMS...'(1962).

2022 STRINDBERG, A., KINESISKA SPRAKETS HARKOMST (ORIGIN OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE) (STOCKHOLM 1912). SWEDISH.

2023 SUI, SHU-HUA, LIANG ZHANG AND HUI-DI WANG, 'WORDS CHADMO CONTAINING THE SAME MORPHEMES BUT IN DIFFERENT ORDER', YWXX 5 (1956) 31.

2024 SUN, CHANG-XU, CHINESE DICTIONARY, 2ND ED., CHADDI (CHANG-CHUN JI-LIN REN MIN CBS 1957).

2025 SUN, CI-CHOU, 'GU WEN REFERENCES IN THE SHUO WEN', CHARWS BULL. CH. ST. 2 (1942) 185-223. CHINESE.

2026 SUN, DE-UIAN, COMP., A GUIDE TO READING OLD CHINESE CHANWL TEXTS (SHANGHAI 1936) IX + 372. INCLUDES DISCUSSION ON GRAMMAR.

2027 SUN, DE-XUAN, AUXILIARIES AND INTERJECTIONS (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI SHI CBS 1958). ALSO IN HYZSJH.

2028 SUN, DE-XUAN, SEE DING, SHENG-SHU ET AL., LECTURES... (1961).

2029 SUN, FU-QU4N, 'TONAL SANDHI IN THE XI-AN DIALECT', MADDTO ZGYW (JAN 1961) 28-9.

2030 SUN, HA I—BO, ORACLE BONE INSCRIPTIONS 11934). 2 VOLS. CHARWL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 323

2031 SUN, H0NG-KAI, 'A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE QIANG QGAD

LANGUAGE', ZGYW 121 (DEC 1962) 561-71.

2032 SUN, LIANG-MING, 'ANTONYMS', YWXX 1 (1958) 30. CHAOAT

2033 SUNYWX, X LIANG-MING3 (1958) ,11 .'TH E NATURE AND SCOPE OF SYNONYMS«, CHADSS 2034 SUN, LIANG-MING, 'THE RELATION BETWEEN POLYSEMY AND CHADSC SEMANTIC CHANGE', ZGYW 71 (MAY 1958) 241-2.

2035 SUN, YI-RANG, QI WEN JU LI (1904), REPRINTED 1917.

2036 SUN, YU-PING, 'ON THE TRANSITIVITY OF VERBS— REVIEW CHADVE I OF FU HU AND LI AN WEN'S EXPLORATION ON CONTEMPORARY CHINESE', ZGYW 53 (NOV 1956) 48.

2037 SUN, YU-PING, 'COMPLEX SENTENCE AND JUNCTURE—REVIEW CHADSY II OF FU HU AND LIAN WEN'S EXPLORATION ON CONTEMPORARY CHINESE', ZGYW 55 (JAN 1957) 48.

2038 SUN, YU-PING, 'ON SENTENCE TYPES—REVIEW III OF FU HU CHADSY AND LIAN WEN'S EXPLORATION IN THE GRAMMAR OF CONTEMPORARY CHINESE', ZGYW 56 (FEB 1957) 47.

2039 SUN, YU-PING, ANO SHU-XUN XIAO, 'SOME FREE USES OF MAADPN 'NI' ', YWXX 11 (1956) 40.

2040 SUZUKI, NAOJI, 'ON THE MODE OF CONNECTING CLAUSES CHADSY IN CHINESE', KANAZAWA DAIGAKU HOOBUN-GAKUBU RONSHUU (BUNGAKUHEN) 1 (1953) 73-86. JAPANESE. ENGLISH SUMMARY 151-2.

2041 SUZUKI, NAOJI, 'ON THE PROCESS OF DEVELOPMENT FROM CHARMO 'KE* TO 'KE YI'—ESPECIALLY IN EARLY QIN', CGGG 85 (APR 1959).

2042 SUZUKI, NAOJI, 'ON 'SUO' USED BEFORE VERBS AND MAADGR PREPOSITIONS', CGGGKS 2 (OCT 19^9).

2043 SUZUKI, NAOJI, 'ON THE VARIOUS FUNCTIONS OF A WORD IN CHARPS OLD CHINESE, ANO CHARACTERISTICS OF ITS FORM CLASS', CGGGKS 4 (MAR 1961).

2044 SUZUKI, NAOJI ET AL., DICTIONARY OF FREQUENTLY USED CHADFU CHINESE FUNCTIVES (TOKYO KOONAN SHOIN 1956).

2045 SWADESH, M., 'A CONDENSED ACCOUNT OF MANDARIN MAADPH PHONETICS', TRAVAUX DE LA CERCLE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS VIII (1939) 213-6.

2046 SWADESH, M., 'NOTE ON ATHAPASKAN AND SINO-TIBETAN', STATCS INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF AMERICAN LINGUISTICS 18 (1952) 178-81.

2047 SWINHOE, ROBERT, 'ON THE CHINESE DIALECT SPOKEN IN HNDD 324 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

HAI-NAN • t (1870) 14. CLIPPINGS FROM PERIODICALS AND NEWSPAPERS, IN THE ESSEX INST. LIBRARY, SALEM, MASS.

2048 SYEI, TJONG, E TJYEI HOUN MIN TJYENG EUM (THE TRUE SKAEPH PRONUNCIATION TAUGHT TO THE PEOPLE) (1446). CHINESE TRANSCRIBED IN KOREAN LETTERS.

2049 TAKAHATA, HIKOJIROO, STUDIES OF ARCHAIC CHINESE CHARIN INITIAL CONSONANTS, THG 3 (KYOTO 1935).

2050 TAKAHATA, HIKOJIROO, A STUDY OF THE INITIAL CHARIN CONSONANTS OF ARCHAIC CHINESE IN THE ZHOU, QIN AND HAN PERIODS. MEM. TOOHOO BUNKA GAKUIN, KYOTO KENKYUUSHO 10 (KYOTO 1937) 255 • 586. 2 VOLS.

2051 TAKAHATA, HIKOJIROO, 'A STUDY OF THE SOUNDS OF PROTO- CHATPH CHINESE», CHUUGOKUGO ZASSHI 4.4 (SEP 1949).

2052 TAKAKURA, KATSUMI, 'ON •ZHE• AND 'LE' ', HUMANISTIC MAADFU STUDIES (JUL 1955).

2053 TAKAKURA, SHOOZCO, 'SU-ZHOU TEXTS WITH GUAN HUA WUDDWL TRANSLATION', THG 13, PART 1 (1942) 123-59. PART 3 (1943) 129-44. SHINA OYOBI SHINAGO 4 (1942), 5 (1943). JAPANESE.

2054 TAKAKUSU, J., SEE DEMIEVILLE, P. AND J. TAKAKUSU, HOBOGIRIN...

2055 TAKAKUSU, J., 'TALES OF THE WISE MAN AND THE FOOL', JRAS (1907).

2056 TAKATA, TADAHIRU, ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ARCHAIC AND SEAL CHARWS CHARACTERS (TOKYO 1925). 68 VOLS.

2057 TAKEUCHI, MINORU, 'ON «D'A* AND 'D«U' IN THE SHANGHAI WUDDVO DIALECT', PANSE 11 (1951) 11.

2058 TAKEUCHI, YOSHIO, * A MANUSCRIPT OF A RIME DICTIONARY CHANRH OF THE TANG PERIOD AND FRAGMENTS OF THE PRINTED EDITION OF QIE YUN', BUNKA 2.7 (1935).

2059 TAKEUCHI, YOSHIO, METHODS OF STUDYING SINOLOGY (TOKYO 1949).

2060 TAN, YONG-XIANG, 'DEFINITION OF WORD', IN SHI,

CUN-ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS...(1957).

2061 TAN, YONG—XIANG, 'ON 'SHI...DE' ', YWXX 2 ( 1957) 39. MAADGR

2062 TAN, YONG—XIANG, 'ON THE USE OF SUBJECT AND PREDICATE CHADSY

CONSTRUCTION AS COMPLEMENTS', YWXX 8 (1957) 32.

2063 TAN, ZHENG-BI, ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR (TANG DI CBS 1952). CHADGR

2064 TANAKA, SEIICHIROO, 'ERGATIVE FORM WITH 'BA' ', IN MAADGR BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 325

MEM. COLLECTION OF ESSAYS ON THE 60TH ANNIVERSARY OF THE FOUNDING OF TOKYO FOREIGN LANG. UNIV. (OCT 1958)

2065 TANG, JUN-LI ANO SHU-SHENG MIAO, 'COMMENTS CONCERNING CHADMO CHINESE MORPHOLOGY«, ZGYW 60 (JUN 19571.

2066 TANG, LAN, «ON THE ABSENCE OF DOUBLE CONSONANTS CHARCO IN ARCHAIC CHINESE", QING HUA J. 12 (1937) 297-307. CHINESE.

2067 TANG, LAN, 'ON STRESS AND VOICING BEFORE THE END OF CHANST TANG', COLLECTED ESSAYS ON THE 50TH ANNIVERSARY OF PEKING UNIV. (1948).

2068 TANG, LAN, CHINESE LOGOGRAPHY (SHANGHAI 1949, CHADWS HONGKONG MAR 1963). "

2069 TANG, QI-YUN, «THE GRAMMATICAL STRUCTURE DETERMINES CHADSY THE SUBJECT AND THE OBJECT', YWXX 9 (1955) 35.

2070 TANG, QI-YUN, 'REVIEW OF 'GRAMMAR AND ITS TEACHING' ZGYW 58 (APR 1957) 44.

2071 TANG, QI-YUN, 'ON THE ELIMINATION OF THE VERB- SEQUENCE CONSTRUCTIONS AND THE TELESCOPE CONSTRUCTIONS', -ZGYW 68 (FEB 1958) 84.

2072 TANG, YU, 'TRANSL. OF DRAGUNOV, A.A., 'CONTRIBUTION...'(1929)', BIHP 3 (1931) 295-308.

2073 TANG YU, 'THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PHONEME 'ER' ', BIHP 2.4 (1932) 457-567. CHINESE.

2074 TANG, YU, TRANSL. OF DRAGUNOV, A.A., 'THE 'PHAGS-PA SCRIPT...'(1931) (KE XUE CBS 1959).

2075 TANG-YUN, SEE GUANG YUN.

2076 TANG, ZHAN-YUN, A BRIEF DISCUSSION OF THE PHONOLOGY OF A PHONETICALLY ANNOTATED ORTHOGRAPHY (HONGKONG 1963).

2077 TANG, ZUO-FAN, FUNDAMENTALS OF CHINESE PHONOLOGY CHADPH (SHANGHAI JIAO YU CBS 1959).

2078 TANG, ZUO-FAN, 'THE DIALECT OF HUANG-JIAO DONG-KOU, HSDD HU-NAN', YU YAN XUE LUN CONG 4 (1960) 83-133.

2079 TANIKAWA, HIDENORI, INDEX OF CHARACTERS TO GRAMMATA SERICA BY B. KARLGREN (SEP 1952).

2080 TAO, YIN-PEI AND RUN—XIANG YIN, 'ON SUFFIXATION WITH MAADSU •R' ', YWXX 10 (1957) 31.

2081 TAO, YU-MIN, 'PHONETICS OF THE FOOCHOW DIALECT', MNDDPH BIHP 1.4 (1930) 445-70 + TABLES. 326 WILLIAM S.-Y.WANG

2082 TCHEN, SEE CHEN.

2083 TCHOI, SYEI-TJIN, SA SYENG HTONG KAI. EXPLANATION OF SKADRH THE FOUR TONES. PREFACE DATED 1519, 2 VOLS. TABLES OF RIMES OF INITIALS AFTER GUANG YUN, YUN HUI, HONG WU ZHENG YUN. NOTICE OF THE INITIALS, MEDIALS AND FINALS.

2084 TENRI UNIV., BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BOOKS AND ARTICLES ON CAADBB CANTONESE NOW EXTANT IN JAPAN (1952) 44.

2085 TEWKSBERRY, M.G., SPEAK CHINESE (NEW HAVEN IFEL 1948).

2086 THERN, KENNETH L., POSTFACE OF THE SHUO WEN CHIE TZU, CHARCC THE FIRST COMPREHENSIVE CHINESE DICTIONARY (UNIV. OF WISCONSIN 1966) 110.

2087 THOM, ROBERT, THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (NING-BO 1846).

2088 THOMAS, FREORICK WILLIAM, 'A SECOND CHINESE BUDDHIST TEXT IN TIBETAN CHARACTERS*, JRAS (1927) 281-306.

2089 THOMAS, FREDERICK WILLIAM, A BUDDHIST CHINESE TEXT IN (LEIPZIG 1937).

2090 THOMAS, FREDERICK WILLIAM AND G.L.M. CLAUSON, •A CHINESE BUDDHIST TEXT IN TIBETAN WRITING', JRAS (1926) 508-26.

2091 THOMAS, FREDRICK WILLIAM, S. MIYAMOTO AND G.L.M. CLAUSON, 'A CHINESE CATECHISM IN TIBETAN AND CHINESE LETTERS', JRAS (1929) 37-76.

2092 THOTT-HANSEN, P., DANSK HAANDBOG I OSTENS SPROG (DANISH HANDBOOK OF ORIENTAL LANGUAGES) (COPENHAGEN 1945) .

2093 TIAN, GONG, 'PHONETIC ASSIMILATION', ZGYW 26 (AUG CHAOPH 1954) 30-1. SEC. 5, PHONOLOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE.

2094 TIAN, XI-CHENG, 'THE PERSONAL PRONOUN IN THE YUN-CHENG LANGUAGE', ZGYW (AUG-SEP 1962) 411.

2095 TING, V.K., 'NOTES ON THE LANGUAGE OF THE CHUANG IN ZHDD NORTHERN KUANG-SHI', MUSEUM OF FAR EASTERN ANTIQUITIES (STOCKHOLM 1929).

2096 TIPSON, E., A CANTONESE SYLLABARY INDEX TO SOOTHILL'S CAADSB POCKET DICTIONARY (LONDON RUTLEDGE AND KEGAN PAUL LTD. 1951) 80.

2097 TJAPKINA, N.I., 'ON THE PROPERTIES OF ADJECTIVES IN CHADAJ CHINESE', YWXX (NOV 1955) 140-54. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 327

2098 TODAEVA, B., "A PRELIMINARY STUOY OF THE MONGOLIAN MLDD DIALECTS IN CHINA«, ZGYW 63 (SEP 1957) 32-40.

2099 TONG, WEI, »SOME PROBLEMS CONCERNING YUN-NAN SPEAKERS STUDYING THE COMMON LANGUAGES FYYPTHJK 3 (1958) 93-101.

2100 TONG, WEI AND XIAO-ZHONG DAO, "AN OUTLINE OF THE TADDPN PERSONAL PRONOUNS IN THE TAI DIALECT OF XI-SHUANG- BAN-NA', SSMZYWLJ I (JUN 1958).

2101 TOODOO, AKIYASU, «CHINESE PHONOLOGY AND VOCALISM OF SJANVO MANYOO—GANA', SHIBUN 2-3 (APR-AUG 1949).

2102 TOODOO, AKIYASU, «GROUPS A AND B OF MANYOO-GANA AND SJANPH THE NATURE OF THE III AND IV DIVISIONS OF ANCIENT CHINESE«, CGGG 27 (JUN 1949).

2103 TOODOO, AKIYASU, 'ON NEI ZHUAN AND WAI ZHUAN AND CHANPH THE RIMES OF THE II DIVISION OF ANCIENT CHINESE«, CGGG 30 (OCT 1949)'.

2104 TOODOO, AKIYASU, 'PHONOLOGICAL OPPOSITION IN ANCIENT CHANPH CHINESE', NIHON CGK 1 (MAR 1950).

2105 TOODOO, AKIYASU, 'FROM ANCIENT CHINESE TO MIDDLE CHANHL CHINESE (OLO MANDAR IN)—MAINLY ON MENG GU ZI YUN«, (SEP 1950).

2106 TOODOO, AKIYASU, 'ON INVERSION IN ARCHAIC CHINESE', CHARGR SPECIAL NUMBER FOR THE GENERAL MEETING OF THE SINOLOGICAL SOC. OF TOKYO (1951) 2.

2107 TOODOO, AKIYASU, 'AN ATTEMPT AT GRAMMAR AS CHARMO EXPRESSIONISM—MORPHOLOGICAL IMPRESSIONISM AS EXPRESSED BY COMPOUND INITIALS «KL«, 'TK', 'PL' ', CGGGK 1 (1953) 59-78.

2108 TOODOO, AKIYASU, 'THE FUNCTION OF DEMONSTRATIVE WORDS CHARDM IN ARCHAIC CHINESE', NIHON CGK 4 (JUN 1953) 1-18.

2109 TOODOO, AKIYASU, 'DIALECTS OF ARCHAIC CHINESE—ON CHDR SPECIAL FEATURES OF DIALECTS OF THE ZHOU AND QIN DYNASTIES', THG RONSHUU 1 (TOKYO FEB 1954) 85-104.

2110 TOODOO, AKIYASU, A STUDY ON CHINESE GRAMMAR (KOONAN CHADGR SHOIN MAR 1956) IV • 214.

2111 TOODOO, AKIYASU, 'THE KAI-FENG DIALECT DURING THE 17TH MADDHL CENTURY', CGK (JUN 1956).

2112 TOODOO, AKIYASU, CHINESE PHONOLOGY (KOONAN SHOIN CHADPH JAN 1957).

2113 TOODOO, AKIYASU, 'THE PHONEMES OF THE PEIPING DIALECT', IN CHUUGOKU GOGAKU KENKYUKAI, ENCYCLOPAEDIA...(1958). SEE WANG, W. S-Y., ENG. 328 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

TRANSL. OF...(1963).

2114 TOODOO, AKIYASU, «ON THE GENEALOGY OF 'SHUO' TOKYO CHADEM SHINAGAKKAI KAIHOO (JUN 1958).

2115 TOODOO, AKIYASU, «ON THE WORDS "FENG HUANG' AND •FEI SIATEM LIAN'—AN ASPECT OF PROTO—SINO-THAI•, THG 18 (JUN 1959).

2116 TOODOO, AKIYASU, 'GO-ON AND KAN-ON', NIHON CGK 11 (OCT SJANPH 1959) 113-31.

2117 TOODOO, AKIYASU, 'ESSENCE OF •ER«-SUFFIXATION IN MAADSU PEKINESE1, CGGG 97 (APR 1960).

2118 TOODOO, AKIYASU, AN INTRODUCTION TO KAN-BUN (TOKYO SJAN NOV 1960).

2119 TOODOO, AKIYASU, 'ON MORPHEME', CGGG 109 (APR 1961).

2120 TOODOO, AKIYASU, 'DEVELOPMENT OF MANDARIN FROM 14TH MAAEHL CENTURY TO 19TH CENTURY', ACTA ASIATICA 6 (TOKYO 1964) 31-40.

2121 TOODOO, AKIYASU, 'A DIRECTION OF THE STUDY OF GRAMMAR', CGGG 142 (TOKYO 1964) 3-10.

2122 TOODOO, AKIYASU, 'THE CHINESE WRITING SYSTEM', IN CHADWS WANG, W. S-Y., READINGS...(1966).

2123 TOODOO, AKIYASU AND SHIROO HATTORI, A STUDY OF ZHONG CHAERH YUAN YIN YUN (KOONAN SHOIN MAR 1958).

2124 TOODOO, AKIYASU AND MITSUO KONDOO, A MANUAL OF THE CHARWL (KOONAN SHOIN JUN 1956).

2125 TORI I, HISAYASU, 'ON THE EXPRESSION OF ASPECTS IN CHINESE—AN ATTEMPT TO SET UP THE ASPECT SYSTEM', J. OF TENRI DAIGAKU 1.2, 1.3.

2126 TORI I, HISAYASU, STUDIES ON THE AUXILIARY VERBS IN CHADVE THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (YOOTOKU-SHA SEP 1946).

2127 T'OUNG PAO. SINCE 1890. PUBLISHED BY E.J. BRILL, LEIDEN. GENERAL INDEX FOR THE FIRST 47 VOLUMES (1890-1944) PUBLISHED IN 1953) VOLS. A 1-10 (1890- 9), VOLS. 1-PRESENT (1900-).

2128 TOYODA, MINORU, 'COLLOQUIAL WORDS IN THE TANG CHANQL POETRY' IN STUDIES ON (YOOTOKU-SHA OCT 1948).

2129 TRAGER, GEORGE L., 'SIAMESE PHONEMICS—A RESTATEMENT', TAADPM BIHP. 29 ( 1958) 21-9.

2130 TRANSACTIONS OF PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY. SINCE 1854. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 329

2131 TROMBETTI» A., ELEMENTI DI GLOTTOLOGIA (ELEMENTS OF GLOTTOLOGY) (BOLOGNA 1923) 191. ITALIAN.

2132 TRUBETZKOY, "N.S., «AUS HEINER PHONOLOGISCHEN KARTOTHEK, I. DAS PHONOLOGISCHE SYSTEM DER DUNGANISCHEN SPRACHE«, TRAVAUX DU CERCLE DE LING. DE PRAGUE 8 (1939) 22-6.

2133 TSAI, SEE CAI.

2134 TSCHARNER, EDUARD HORST VON, «VOM WESEN DER CHINESISCHEN SPRACHE1, MITTEILUNGEN DER SCHWEITZERISCHEN GESELL. OER FREUNDE OSTASIATISCHER KULTUR (BULL. SOC. SUISSE DES AMIS OE L'EXTR. OR.) 3 (1941) 41-69. ALSO PUBLISHED SEPARATELY AT ST. GALLEN (1942).

2135 TSUJIMOTO, HARUHIKO, «ON THE UPPER CHARACTERS OF THE CHAEFQ FAN QIE IN HONG WU ZHENG YUN', THG 13 (MAR 1957).

2136 TUNG, FAN, 'FAN HSUN CHUAN LI«, YANJ. J. OF CH. ST.

(1937).

2137 TUNG, T'UNG-HO, SEE DONG TONG-HE.

2138 TUOALPHABETIZIN, MU, 'CONCERNING CHINESE«G A ,STANDAR ZGYW D2 4 LANGUAG(JUN 1954E FO) R 25-30. CHADRO 2139 U.S. ARMY LANGUAGE SCHOOL, MONTEREY, CALIFORNIA, CAAD CHINESE-CANTONESE (PRESIDIO OF MONTEREY 1959).

2140 U.S. CONSULATE, HONGKONG, CURRENT BACKGROUND 629 (JUL 25 1960).

2141 U.S. WAR DEPARTMENT, CANTONESE, A GUIDE TO THE CAADGR SPOKEN LANGUAGE (WASHINGTON 1943) 79.

2142 U.S. WAR DEPARTMENT, CANTONESE PHRASE BOOK (WASHINGTON CAADVC 1943) 135.

2143 U.S. WAR DEPARTMENT, WAR DEPARTMENT TECHNICAL MANUAL CEADDI TM 30-933—DICTIONARY OF SPOKEN CHINESE (WASHINGTON 1945».

2144 UCHIDA, MICHIO, "SOME CHARACTERISTICS OF THE CHAESY INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES IN MIDDLE CHINESE«, NIHON CGK 5 (1953) 40-9. 21*5 UCHIDA, MICHIO, «ON IRONY IN CHINESE«, NIHON CGK (OCT 1955).

2146 UCHIDA, MICHIO, 'DETERMINATION AND QUESTION—SOME CHAESY ASPECTS OF MEDIEVAL CHINESE«, JA 2 (DEC 1958).

2147 UCHIDA, MICHIO, «ON THE SENTENCES EXPRESSING WISHES IN CHADSY MODERN CHINESE«, CGGG 100 (JUL I960). 330 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2148 UEOA, KINJIR00, «ANCIENT •ENTERING-TONE• FINALS IN MAADFI PEKINESE«, ARCHIVES OF KOOCHI WOMEN'S UNIV. (OEC 1957).

2149 UHLE, MAX, DIE PARTIKEL «HEI« IM SCHU-KING UNO SCHI- CHARFU KING—EIN BEITRAG ZUR GRAMMATIK DES VORKLASSISCHEN CHINESISCH (LEIPZIG 1880).

2150 ULVING, TOR, «THE TRANSCRIPTION OF CANTONESE«, TP 46 CAADTC (1958) 81-101.

2151 UNGNAD, A., «SUMERISCHE UND CHINESISCHE SCHRIFT«, CHARWS WZKM XXXIV (1927).

2152 USHIJIMA, TOKUJI, «ON THE COMPLEMENT DENOTING POSSIBILITY IN MODERN PEKINESE«, CBKK (JUN 1959).

2153 USOV, SERGEJ NIKOLAEVICH, A COURSE OF COLLOQUIAL CHINESE (PEKING 1937). 2 VOLS. ADAPTED FROM THE 6TH RUSSIAN ED. OF KITAJSKIJ RAZGOVORNYJ JAZYK, IN COLLABORATION WITH C. TYRWHITT.

2154 VALLE, B., I PRIMI PASSI NELLO STUDIO DELLA LINGUA POPULÄRE CINESE (THE FIRST STEPS IN THE STUDY OF THE POPULAR CHINESE LANGUAGE) (HANKOW 1932). ITALIAN.

2155 VAN ETTEN, ALBERT HENRY, A STUDY OF THE PHONOLOGY CHANPH OF SIXTH CENTURY (A.D.) CHINESE AND A COMPARISON WITH THAT OF THE MODERN CANTONESE DIALECT (BERKELEY 1931) IV • 209. TYPESCRIPT THESIS.

2156 VARACHE, H., GRAMMAIRE DE LA LANGUE CANTONNAISE CAADGR (HANOI 1907) IV + 102 + 1.

2157 VASIL'EV, BORIS ALEKSANDROVICH, STROJ KITAJSKOGO JAZYKA (STRUCTURE OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE) (LENINGRAD 1936) 34. RUSSIAN.

2158 VEN, C. VAN DE, LEERB06K VOOR HET PRAKTISCH GEBRUCK HKADGR VAN HET HAKKA-DIALECT (TEXTBOOK ON THE PRACTICAL USE OF THE HAKKA DIALECT) (PEKING 1938). DUTCH.

2159 VERSICHEL, A. OMAR, TRANSL. OF MULL IE, J., THE STRUCTURAL PRINCIPLES...(1932) (PEKING 1932).

2160 VISSIERE, A., METHODE DE TRANSCRIPTION FRANCAIS DES CHAOTC SONS CHINOIS (PARIS 1902).

2161 VISSIERE, A., «DE LA CHUTE OU TON MONTANT DANS LA MAADTO LANGUE DE PEKIN«, TP V (1904) 448-60.

2162 VISSIERE, A., PREMIERES LEÇONS DE CHINOIS, LANGUE MAADGR MANDARINE DE PEKIN (LEIDEN 1909) X • 185.

2163 VOEMEL, J.H., "DER HAKKADIALEKT (LAUTLEHRE, HKAOPH SILBENLEHRE, UND BETONUNGSLEHRE)«, TP XIV (1913) BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 331

597-696.

2164 VOLPICELLI, ZENONE, CHINESE PHONOLOGY, AN ATTEMPT TO CHANPH DISCOVER THE SOUND OF THE ANCIENT LANGUAGE AND TO RECOVER THE LOST RIMES OF CHINA (SHANGHAI 1896) 38.

2165 VORONIN, V.A., «0 MASHINNOM PEREVODE S KITAJSKOGO NA CHADMT RUSSKIJ JAZYK' (MACHINE TRANSLATION OF CHINESE INTO RUSSIAN), IPMCE (1958). ENGLISH TRANS. IN JPRS 1133D.

2166 VORONIN, V.A., 'GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS IN MACHINE CHADMT TRANSLATION FROM CHINESE INTO RUSSIAN', IPMCE (MOSCOW MAY 1958). ENGLISH TRANS. IN JPRS 925.

2167 VORONIN, V.A., •SISTEMA NEZAVISIMOGO KONFIGURA— CHADMT CIONNOGO ANALIZA KITAJSKOGO TEKSTA PRI MASHINNOM PEREVODE» (A SYSTEM OF INDEPENDENT CONFIGURATIONAL ANALYSIS OF CHINESE TEXT IN MACHINE TRANSLATION), IPMCE 2 (MOSCOW 1961) 135-72. ENGLISH TRANSL. IN JPRS 13543.

2168 WADDELL, LAURENCE AUTINE, "ANCIENT HISTORICAL EDICT AT TIANHL LHASA« JRAS (1909) 923-52, (1910) 1247-82, (1911) 389-435.

2169 WADE, THOMAS FRANCIS, WEN CHIEN TSU ERH CHI (SHANGHAI 1903) .

2170 WADE, THOMAS FRANCIS AND WALTER CAINE HILLIER, YU YEN TSU ERH CHI (SHANGHAI 1886). A PROGRESSIVE COURSE DESIGNED TO ASSIST THE STUDENTS OF COLLOQUIAL CHINESE AS SPOKEN IN THE CAPITAL.

2171 WALEY, A., 'NOTES ON CHINESE PROSODY', JRAS (1918).

2172 WALEY, A., THE BOOK OF SONGS (LONDON 1937). CHARFK

2173 WAN, YU-XIANG, 'A COMPARISON BETWEEN THE LOCAL HSDDPR PRONUNCIATION OF THE SIX WESTERN HU-NAN DISTRICTS OF YONG-SHUN, SANG-ZHI, DA-YONG, LONG-SHAN, BAO-JING AND GU-ZHANG WITH THE PRONUNCIATION OF THE COMMON LANGUAGE', FYYPTHJK 4 (1958) 21-63.

2174 WANG, FU-SHI, 'PROBLEMS IN REFORMING THE WRITING MIAOWS SYSTEMS FOR THE MIAO LANGUAGE', ZGYW 6 (DEC 1952) 12-3.

2175 WANG, FU-SHI, 'HOW TO ANALYZE AND RECORD THE TONE OF STADTO SINO-TIBETAN LANGUAGES', IN FUNDAMENTALS OF LANGUAGE INVESTIGATION, (ZHONG HUA SHU JU 1956) 83-105.

2176 WANG, FU-SHI, 'HOW TO ANALYZE AND RECORD TONES IN STADTO SINO-TIBETAN LANGUAGES', ZGYW 48 (JUN 1956) 19-27.

2177 WANG, FU-SHI, 'PROBLEMS IN SPELLING CHINESE LOAN-WORDS MIDDLW IN THE MI AO DIALECTS', ZGYW 59 (MAY 1957) 42-4. 332 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2178 WANG, FU-SHI, 1 AUXILIARY NOUNS IN THE MIAO LANGUAGE MIDONO OF SHI-MEN-KAN IN THE DISTRICT OF WEI-NING IN GUI-ZHOU«, YYYJ 2 (DEC 1957) 75-2.

2179 WANG, FU-SHI, »PROBLEMS OF CHINESE LOAN-WORDS IN NLAOLW THE NATIONAL LANGUAGES«, ZGYW 73 (JUL 1958» 335-7, 346.

2180 WANG, FU-SHI, 'SOME PROBLEMS CONCERNING THE FINALS IN MAADFI THE PEKING DIALECT«, ZGYW 123 (1963) 115.

2181 WANG, FU-TANG, 'PHONETICS OF THE SHAO-XING DIALECT«, WUDDPH YU YAN XUE LUN CONG 3 (1959) 73-126.

2182 WANG, GUO-WEI, GUAN TANG JI LIN (1921-23)—PART OF HAI-NING WANG ZHONG QUE GONG YI SHU CHU JI (1927). ALSO PUBLISHED SEPARATELY IN A DIFFERENT EDITION (TAIPEI 1950).

2183 WANG, HELEN, «OUTLINE OF MANDARIN PHONEMIC SYSTEM«, MAADPM WORD 9 (1953) 268-76", 10 (1954) 71-2.

2184 WANG, HONG-FU, 'HOW TO RECOGNIZE WORDS', ZGYW 15 (SEP 1953) 35.

2185 WANG, HONG-ZHE, 'WORD CLASSES IN THE ZHUANG LANGUAGE ZHADGR ON THE BASIS OF THEIR OCCURRENCE WITH AFFIXES«, ZGYW 55 (JAN 1957) 37.

2186 WANG, HUAN, «ON «JIU« AND «CAI' ', YWXX 12 (1956) 35. MAADGR

2187 WANG, HUAN, 'ON «ZAI« ', ZGYW 56 (FEB 1957) 25-6. MAADGR

2188 WANG, HUAN, 'BA' CONSTRUCTION AND «BEI« MAADSY CONSTRUCTION (SHANGHAI JIAO JU CBS 19591. ALSO IN HYZSJH. SEE WANG, W. S-Y., ENG. TRANSL. OF...

21Ö9 WANG, HUAN, «REDUPLICATION OF VERBS', ZGYW 122 (1963) MAADVE 23.

2190 WANG, HUI-DI, SEE SUI, SHU-HUA ET AL., 'WORDS...' (1956).

2191 WANG, HUI-DI, «CAN'T ADJECTIVES WITH REDUPLICATED CHADSY STRUCTURES BE MODIFIED BY ADVERBS«, YWXX 7 (1958) 33.

2192 WANG, HUI-DI, «PROBLEMS CONCERNING THE USES OF VERBS AS ADVERBIALS AND OF THE «DI«, REVIEW OF «RULES GOVERNING THE USE OF THE STRUCTURAL PARTICLE «DI« «, ZGYW 71 (MAY 1958) 225.

2193 WANG, HUI-LI, «THE FORM OF VERB ASPECTS IN CHINESE«, CHADVE YWXX 9 (1957) 30.

2194 WANG, JIAN-XUN, «SOME NECESSARY CONSIDERATIONS IN CHADSS BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 333

DISTINGUISHING SYNONYMS', YWXX 4 (1956) 31.

2195 WANG, JIMMY PENG-LIN, «THE RESULTATIVE CONSTRUCTION-TYPE IN CHINESE', UNPUBLISHED M.A. THESIS. (CORNELL UNIVERSITY 1960).

2196 WANG, JING-RU, 'NOTES ON CHINESE AND TIBETAN TTANTC TRANSCRIPTIONS OF THE XI XIA (TONGUTAN) LANGUAGE', BIHP 2 PT. 2.

2197 WANG, JING-RU, 'NOTE ON KARLGREN'S 'PROBLEMS IN CHARPH ARCHAIC CHINESE' AND DISCUSSION OF THE ARCHAIC GROUPS •DONG' AND 'ZHENG' ', BIHP 1, PT. 3.

2198 WANG, JING-RU, 'A QUADRILINGUAL TEXT OF THE SUVARNAVABHASA MUYURARAJNAH SUTRA', BIHP 1.737-76. CHINESE, SANSKRIT, TIBETAN, XI XIA.

2199 WANG, JING-RU, 'CHINESE TRANSLATION OF KARLGREN, BERNHARD, ANALYTIC DICTIONARY... (1930)', BIHP 2 PT. 2 (1930) 185-204.

2200 WANG, JING-RU, 'ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF HONORIFIC MAAEPN PRONOUNS IN MANDARIN IN THE LIGHT OF TRANSLATION OF YUAN MI SHI', BIHP 5 (1935) 545-9.

2201 WANG, JING-RU, 'KAI KOU AND HE KOU', YANJ. J. CH. ST. 29 (1941) 143-92. CHINESE. ENGLISH SUMMARY 260-1.

2202 WANG, JING-RU, 'MEDIAL 'I' IN ANCIENT CHINESE', YANJ. CHANME J. CH. ST. 35 (1948) 51-94.

2203 WANG, KANG, HOW TO CARRY OUT WRITING REFORM (HAN- CHADRO

KOU 1956).

2204 WANG, L. T., SEE WANG, LIAN-ZENG.

2205 WANGKUAN, G LITUN, G'ETUDE ET KUANS SUG R HSI'LES , EVOLUTIONQING HUA S J.PHONETIQUE. ( 1928). S DE 2206 WANG, LI, UNE PRONONCIATION CHINOISE DE PO-PEI (PROVINCE DE KOUANG-SI), ETUDIEE A L'AIDE DE LA PHONETIQUE EXPERIMENTALE (PARIS 1932). A CHINESE PRONUNCIATION OF BO-BAI (GUANG-XI PROVINCE) STUDIED WITH THE AID OF EXPERIMENTAL PHONETICS.

2207 WANG, LI, 'RELATIONS ENTRE LE VOCALISME ET LE TON EN CHINOIS', QING HUA J. (PEKING 1935). SEE MASPERO, H., 'REVIEW OF...1(1938).

2208 WANG, LI, 'A CRITICAL STUDY OF PAN LEI'S PHONETIC SYSTEM', QING HUA J. 10 (1935) 647-90. CHINESE.

2209 WANG, LI, CHINESE PHONOLOGY (PEKING ZHONG HUA SHU JU CHADPH 1956, 1963). OR IG. ED. 11935). 334 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2210 WANG, LI. «A STUDY OF ANCIENT CHINESE VOWELS FROM CHANVO THE RHYMING OF POETS OF THE 5TH TO 6TH CENTURIES" QING HUA J. 11 (1936). ALSO IN HYSLWJ.

2211 WANG, LI, 'THÉ COPULA IN CHINESE', QING HUA J. 12 CHAOVE (1937) 1-67. CHINESE.

2212 WANG, LI, OUTLINE OF HISTORICAL CHINESE PHONETICS (SHANGHAI 1937). CHINESE.

2213 WANG, LI, 'ON THE VOWEL SYSTEM IN ARCHAIC CHINESE', CHARVO QING HUA J. 12 (1937) 473-540. CHINESE.

2214 WANG, LI, 'REVIEW OF FREI, H., •MONOSYLLABISME...• (1936)', QING HUA J. 12 (1937) 403-16.

2215 WANG, LI, MODERN CHINESE GRAMMAR 1, 2 (SHANGHAI SWYSG CHADGR 1943, 1944), (HONGKONG 1959). PREFACED BY ZHU, ZI-QING.

2216 WANG, LI, THEORIES OF CHINESE GRAMMAR 1, 2 (SHANGHAI CHADLT SWYSG 1944, 1945). 2ND ED. (PEKING 1955).

2217 WANG, LI, THEORY OF CHINESE GRAMMAR (1947). CHINESE. CHADLT FOR CZECH. TRANSL. SEE HUSAREK, K., THEORIE... (1951).

2218 WANG, LI, PRINCIPLES OF CHINESE GRAMMAR NEW ED. CHADLT (SHANGHAI 1947). CHINESE. SEE GAO, MING-KAI", •REVIEW OF...'(1948) AND YANG, LIAN-SHENG, »REVIEW OF...•(1947).

2219 WANG, LI, 'STUDIES ON THE SI NO-ANNAMESE LANGUAGE', SAAN LING NAN J. 9.1 (1948) 1-96. CHINESE. ENGLISH SUMMARY 293-6. ALSO IN HYSLWJ.

2220 WANG, LI, 'PARTS OF SPEECH IN CHINESE', YWXX (1952). CHADPS ALSO IN HE, ZHONG ET AL., PROBLEMS...(1955) 8-16.

2221 WANG, LI, 'QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE BOUNDARY BETWEEN' WORDS AND IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS', ZGYW 15 (SEPT 1953) 3-8.

2222 WANG, LI, 'LINGUISTIC KNOWLEDGE—SCOPE AND QUANTITY', YWXX (JAN 1954) 61-FF.

2223 WANG, LI, 'LINGUISTIC KNOWLEDGE—UNITS OF PERSONS AND THINGS', YWXX (FEB 1954) 58-FF.

2224 WANG, LI, 'LINGUISTIC KNOWLEDGE—UNITS OF ACTION', YWXX (MAR 1954) 54-FF.

2225 WANG, LI, LECTURES ON THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (ZHONG GUO QING NIAN CBS APR 1954) 6TH ED. 1ST. PRINT.

2226 WANG, LI, 'LINGUISTIC KNOWLEDGE—ON 'NENG, KE, HUI, BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 335

DE' YWXX (APR 1954) 52-FF.

2227 WANG, LI, • .iNGUISTIC KNOWLEDGE—ON 'RANG. GEI. JIAO, AI, SHOU' -, YWXX {MAY 1954) 45-FF.

2228 WANG, Ll, 'ESSAY ON THE STANDARD LANGUAGE OF THE HAN PEOPLE', ZGYW 24 (JUN 1954) 13-9.

2229 WANG, LI, 'LINGUISTIC KNOWLEDGE—ON 'BA, NA, YONG' ', YWXX (AUG 1954) 51-FF.

2230 WANG, LI, 'LINGUISTIC KNOWLEDGE—ON 'LE, ZHE, 01 LAI, XIA QU' ', YWXX I NOV 1954) 49-FF.

223(1 WANG, LI, FUNCTIVES OF PERSON, THING AND ACTION CHADFU (PEKING ZHONG GUO QING NIAN CBS 1955).

2232 WANG, LI, HOW A MAN FROM JIANG-SU OR ZHE-JIANG PROVINCE SHOULD LEARN MANDARIN (PEKING 1955) 72. 2ND ED.

2233 WANG, LI, 'HAS CHINESE PARTS OF SPEECH', IN HE, ZHONG CHADPS ET AL., PROBLEMS...(1955).

2234 WANG, LI, 'THE DEFINITION AND THE USE OF THE SUBJECT CHADSY IN THE CHINESE LANGUAGE', YWXX 1 (1956) 21, 169-80.

2235 WANG, LI, HOW A CANTONESE SHOULD LEARN MANDARIN.NEW CAADPR ED. (PEKING 1956) 167.

2236 WANG, LI, USES OF FUNCTIVES (GONG REN CBS 1956). CHADFU

2237 WANGLOGOGRAPH, LI, STH E(SHANGHA WRITINGI , XIPRONUNCIATION ZHI SHI NCB SAN D1957) MEANIN. G OF

2238 WANG, LI, OUTLINE OF CHINESE GRAMMAR. PORTIONS TRANSL. FROM RUSSIAN BY TANG, ZUO-FAN, SHI, AN-SHI AND PAN ZHAO-MING, (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI SHI CBS 1957). PREFACED BY DRAGUNOV.

2239 WANG, LI, A HISTORY OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (PEKING CHADHL KE XUE CBS 1957). VOL. 1 PHONOLOGY (1957), VOL. 2 SYNTAX (1958), VOL. 3 LEXICOLOGY (1958).

2240 WANG, LI, LECTURES ON CHINESE GRAMMAR. NEW ED. (PEKING WEN HUA JIAO YU CBS 1957).

2241 WANG, LI, PARTS OF SPEECH (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI SHI CBS CHADPS 1957). ALSO IN HYZSJH.

2242 WANG, LI, INTRODUCTION TO CANTONESE (PEKING 1957). CAAD

2243 WANG, LI, 'THE PRESENT STATE OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS AND THE PROBLEMS OF ITS EXISTENCE', ZGYW 57 (MAR 1957) 1-6. 336 WILLIAM S.-Y.WANG

2244 WANG, LI, THE RHYME SCHEME IN CHINESE POETRY ( SHANGHAI 1958) .

2245 WANG, LI, COLLECTED ESSAYS ON HISTORY OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (KE XUE CBS MAY 1958). INCLUDES •A PRELIMINARY ATTEMPT AT CHINESE GRAMMAR', 'STUDIES ON THE FINALS IN ARCHAIC CHINESE», 'THE USES AND THE SHORTCOMINGS OF ALLITERATION AND BINOM», 'STUDIES ON THE SIMILARITIES AND DIFFERENCES IN THE CLASSIFICATIONS OF FINALS IN ANCIENT CHINESE», ETC.

2246 WANG, LI, AN OUTLINE OF CHINESE GRAMMAR (HONGKONG CHADGR 1959).

2247 WANG, LI, 'THE HERITAGE ANO DEVELOPMENT OF CHINESE CHADHS LINGUISTICS', ZGYW 119 (OCT 1962) 433.

2248 WANG, LI, 'HISTORY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS', ZGYW 124- CHAOHL 129 (1963.3-1964.2).

2249 WANG, LI AND SONG-SHENG QIAN, 'PHONETICS OF THE TUNGKUN DIALECT, PROVINCE OF KWANGTUNG', LING-NAN J. 10. 1 (1949) 119-50. CHINESE. ENGLISH SUMMARY 171-3.

2250 WANG, LI AND SONG-SHENG QIAN, 'GENERAL INTRODUCTION TO CADD THE STUDY OF THE CANTON DIALECT IN THE PEARL RIVER DELTA', LING-NAN J. 10.2 (1950) 57-66, TAI-SHAN DIALECT 67-104. CHINESE. ENG. SUMMARY 213-4.

2251 WANG, LI AND SONG-SHENG QIAN, 'THE DIALECT OF CADD TAI-SHAN', LING NAN J. 10.2 (1950) 67-104.

2252 WANG, LI, AND ZHI-GONG ZHANG, GRAMMAR AND ITS TEACHING (REN MIN JIAO YU CBS 1956).

2253 WANG, LI-DA, AN OUTLINE HISTORY OF THE STUDY OF CHINESE. CGJ.

2254 WANG, LI-DA, 'THE RELATIONSHIP OF ENTERING TONE IN MADDTO TA I —YUAN LOCAL PRONUNCIATION TO THE COMMON LANGUAGE', FYYPTHJK 3 (1958) 50-3.

2255 WANG, LI-DA, 'THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN LITERARY AND MADDRP COLLOQUIAL READING OF CHARACTERS IN THE TAI-YUAN DIALECT', ZGYW (JAN 1958) 29-30.

2256 WANG, LI-DA, 'SOME PROBLEMS WHICH TAI-YUAN SPEAKERS MADD MUST PAY ATTENTION TO WHEN STUDYING THE COMMON LANGUAGE', ZGYW (AUG 1958) 35-6.

2257 WANG, LIAN-ZENG, 'UN DICTIONNAIRE PHONOLOGIQUE DES CHANRH TANG, LE TS'IE YUN, CORRIGE ET COMPLETE DE WANG JEN-HUI' (A PHONOLOGICAL DICTIONARY OF THE TANG QIE YUN CORRECTED BY WANG, REN-XU), TP 45, 51.

2258 WANG, LIAN-ZENG, 'WHISPERING IN CHINESE', MAITRE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 337

PHONETIQUE III 40 (1935) 4.

2259 HANG, LIAN-ZENG, «RECHERCHE EXPERIMENTALE SUR LES TONS HADDTO DU PEKINOIS«, ARCHIVE NEERLANDAISE PHON. EXP. 13» 14 (1937, 1938) 1-40, 1-48. EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH ON THE TONES OF PEKINESE.

2260 MANG, LIAO-YI, SEE HANG, LI.

2261 HANG, NIAN-FANG, «THE YANG-ZHOU DIALECT', FYYPTHJK 2 MADD (1959) 1-38.

2262 HANG, NIAN-YI, «GRAMMAR EXERCISE—SUBJECTS ANO CHAOGR PREDICATES SHOULD BE COMPATIBLE«, YHXX 11 (1958) 15.

2263 HANG, NIAN-YI, «ON «MU DI« AND «HE I LE• «, ZGYW 73 (JUL 1958) 339.

2264 HANG, NIAN-YI, «ALSO ON AUXILIARY VERB«, ZGYH 95 (MAY CHADGR 1960) 217-9.

2265 WANG, RU-LIN, «WHAT PART OF SPEECH IS THE WORD 'KE CHAOPS XUE' IN 'BU KE XUE' «, ZGYH 69 (MAR 1958) 139.

2266 WANG, RU-LIN AND BAO-TANG HU, «SOME COMMENTS ON THE ARTICLE «THE FUNCTION OF REDUPLICATED WORDS« «, YWXX 10 (1957) 30.

2267 WANG, SHI-HUA, PHONOLOGY OF THE YANG-ZHOU DIALECT MADDPH (PEKING 1959).

2268 WANG, SHI-YUAN, SEE WANG, HILLI AM SHI-YUAN.

2269 WANGAND , RHETORICSONG-MAO« , ',«SOM ZGYE W COMMENT40 (OCST O1955N «LECTURE) 20-1.S ON GRAMMAR 2270 WANG, SONG-MAO, «THE SOUND CORRESPONDENCES BETWEEN MADDPC THE PRONUNCIATION OF ZHE-CHENG, HE-NAN AND THE PEKING PRONUNCIATION«, FYYPTHJK 3 (1958) 13-6.

2271 WANG, SONG-TANG, ZHONG HUA NEW DICTIONARY OF THE CAADDI CANTONESE DIALECT (ZHONG GUO WEN ZI YAN JIU SHE 1951) .

2272 WANG, WILLIAM SHI-YUAN, SEE SHEN, YAO, W. S-Y. WANG AND S. YOTSUKURA, * SOME SUPRASEGMENTAL FEATURES...« (1958).

.2273 WANG, WILLIAM SHI-YUAN, ED., POLA (PROJECT ON LINGUISTIC ANALYSIS) REPORTS (OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY). 1 (FEB 1962) 49, 2 (FEB 1962) 45, 3 (MAY 1963) 113, 4 (MAY 1963) 104, 5 (MAY 1963) '31, 6 (JUL 1963) 63, 7 (APR 1964) 103, 8 (DEC 1964) 145, 9 (DEC 1964) 129.

2274 WANG, WILLIAM SHI-YUAN, «ENG. TRANSL. OF TOODOO, A., •THE PHONEMES...«(1958), WANG, HUAN, « BA• 338 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

CONSTRUCTION...(1959) AND ZHU, DE-XI, ADJECTIVES... (1959)«, POIA 4 ( MAY 1963).

2275 WANG. WILLIAM SHI-YUAN, 'MANDARIN PHONOLOGY', POLA 6 MAADPH (JUL 1963) 1-6.

2276 WANG, WILLIAM SHI-YUAN, 'SOME SYNTACTIC RULES IN MAADSY MANDARIN', PROCEEDINGS OF THE IX INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF LINGUISTICS (CAMBRIDGE 1964) PP. 191- 202. ALSO IN POLA 3. SEE OOKOOCHI, YASUNORI, •TRANSL. OF...'(1964).

2277 WANG, WILLIAM SHI-YUAN, 'TWO ASPECT MARKERS IN MAADSY MANDARIN', LANGUAGE 41 (1965). ALSO IN POLA 8 (DEC 1964).

2278 WANG, WILLIAM SHI-YUAN, 'GRAMMATICAL SKETCH OF STANDARD CHINESE', IN WANG, W. S-Y., READINGS.. (1966).

2279 WANG, WILLIAM SHI-YUAN, ED., READINGS IN CHINESE LINGUISTICS (UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO PRESS 1966).

2280 WANG, WILLIAM SHI-YUAN, 'PHONOLOGICAL FEATURES OF MNDDLT TONE', INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF AMER. LINGUISTICS 33.2 (1967).

2261 WANG, WILLIAM SHI-YUAN AND L. LIU, 'BIBLIOGRAPHY AND CHADBB GLOSSARY FOR CHINESE GRAMMAR', POLA 5 (MAY 1963) VIII • 131.

2282 WANG, WILLIAM SHI-YUAN AND JOHN H.T. LU, BIAN HUAN LYU CHADLT YU FA LI LUN (HONGKONG UNIVERSITY PRESS 1965). BASED ON N. CHOMSKY, SYNTACTIC STRUCTURES.

2283 WANG, XIAN, 'WORD CONSTRUCTIONS WITH 'YOU', 'QI', CHARSY •SI', AND 'SI' AS EQUIVALENTS FOR REDUPLICATION IN THE BOOK OF ODES', YYYJ 4 (1959).

2284 WANG, XIAN, 'MORE ON THE PHONOLOGICAL SYSTEM OF CHANPH •OlE YUN' ', ZGYW 121 (1962) 340.

2285 WANG, XUE-ZUO AND GUO-ZHANG WANG, 'THE EXPRESSION OF CHADMO ADJECTIVAL AND ADVERBIAL', YWXX 9 (1959) 29-31.

2286 WANG, YANG-ZHENG, 'ON THE SPECIAL GRAMMATICAL CHADGR PROPERTY OF 'JIA YI' ', ZGYW 89 (NOV 1959) 536.

2287 WANG, YI ET AL., MANOARIN DICTIONARY (SHANGHAI 1937). MAAODI

2288 WANG, YIN-ZHI, JING ZHUAN SHI CI. 5TH ED. (SHANGHAI CHARFU 1929). A STUDY OF 160 GRAMMATICAL PARTICLES IN HAN AND PRE-HAN WORKS. TWO SUPPLEMENTS—JING ZHUAN SHI CI BU AND JING ZHUAN SHI CI ZAI BU BY SUN, JING- SHI , ONE ZHUAN EACH. (BLOCK PRINT EDS. OF 1888 AND 1885 RESPECTIVELY) ADD FURTHER MATERIAL ON 14 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 339

PARTICLES.

2289 WANG, YONG-BAO, 'ANCIENT PRONUNCIATION OF THE CHANPH CHARACTERS OF THE GROUPS »0', 'YU' AND 'U' ', J. SINO. ST. 1 (1923) 241-63. CHINESE.

2290 WANG, YU-DE, 'TONES IN THE DIALECT', CGGG MNDDTO (AUG 1955).

2291 WANG, YU-DE, CURRENT VOCABULARIES OF TAIWAN CHINESE MNDDVC (DEC 1957) 475.

2292 WANG, YU-DE, 'THE PRONUNCIATION OF WRITTEN AND MNDDRP SPOKEN FUKIENESE', TRANS. OF THE CONF. OF ORIEN. IN JAPAN 3 (1958) 67-70. AN INVESTIGATION ABOUT LITERARY READING AND COLLOQUIAL READING IN THE AHOY DIALECT.

2293 WANG, YU-DE, 'AN ATTEMPT AT THE GLOTTOCHRONOLOGICAL CHDDHL STUOY OF THE DATES OF BfcEAK-UP OF THE FIVE MAJOR CHINESE DIALECTS', GK 38 (SEP I960) 33-105.

2294 WANG. YUN-WU, WANG'S SYSTEM FOR ARRANGING CHINESE CHADCC CHARACTERS, THE REVISED FOUR-CORNER SYSTEM (SHANGHAI SWYSG 1928).

2295 WANG, ZI-QIANG, 'SOME COMMON MALFORMED SENTENCES— CHADSY NOTES FROM EXAMINING A BOOKLET', YWXX (JUL 1954) 1 P. 16-FF.

2296 WANG, ZONG-YAN, 'HOW TO DISTINGUISH SUBJECTS AND CHADSY OBJECTS', ZGYW 200. 114-23.

2297 WANG, ZONG-YAN, 'REVIEW OF GAO, MING-KAI, GENERAL LINGUISTICS (1954)', ZGYW 50 (1956) 45-6.

2298 WANG, ZONG-YAN AND FU XIAO, 'REVIEW OF TAN YONG'S ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR", YWXX (MAR 1954) 69-FF.

2299 WANG, ZU-YOU, EXPLANATION AND EXAMPLES OF THE FAN CHADFQ QIE SYSTEM (PEKING. WZGG CBS 1957).

2300 WARE, JAMES R., 'THE SO-CALLED FINAL 'WEI' ', HJAS 5 (1940) 182-8.

2301 WARE, JAMES R., ' 'KAI' AS INITIAL EXPRESSION', HJAS 7 (1942) 166-7.

2302 WARE, JAMES R., 'CHINESE GRAMMAR', STUDIES AND ESSAYS CHADGR OFFERED TO GEORGE SARTON (NEW YORK 1947) 489-501.

2303 WARE, JAMES R., 'SOME CHINESE INTERROGATIVES', CHADIG LANGUAGE 25 (1949) 416-9.

2304 WARE, JAMES R., 'REVIEW OF GROOTAERS, W.A., 'LA GEOGRAPHIE...'(1943)', LANGUAGE 25 (1949) 80-3. 340 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2305 WEI, FAN, THE USES OF SYNONYMS (HONGKONG SHI JIE SHU CHADSS JU) .

2306 WEI, JIAN-GONG, 'THE RIME BOOKS OF QIE YUN PATTERN1, CHANRH J. SINO. ST. 3. 61-140. CHINESE.

2307 WEI, JIAN-GONG, SEE LUO, CHANG-PEI AND JIAN-GONG WEI, SHI YUN HUI BIAN.

2308 WEI, JIAN-GONG, 'ON THE ANCIENT •YIN*, 'YANG' AND CHANTO •RU« TONES', J. SINO. ST. 2, PT. 2 (1929) 299-364, PT. 4 (1930) 641-92.

2309 WEI, JIAN-GONG, »SOME PRELIMINARY PROBLEMS IN CHANPH CONNECTION WITH THE STUDY OF ANCIENT CHINESE PHONOLOGY«, J. SINO. ST. 3 (1932) 611-90. CHINESE.

2310 WEI, JIAN-GONG, 'SOME DICTIONARIES (RIME BOOKS) BEFORE CHANRH LU, FA-YAN'S QIE YUN', J. SINO. ST. 3 (1932) 201-36. CHINESE. 2311 WEI, JIAN-GONG, "THE RELATION BETWEEN THE TWO TYPES CHANRH OF RIME BOOKS—THE TANG AND THE SONG (FROM THE 7TH TO THE 11TH CENTURIES). A NOTE ON THE FRAGMENTS OF THE PRINTED COPY OF A RIME BOOK FOUND IN DUN-HUANG», J. SINO. ST. 3 (1932) 133-62. CHINESE.

2312 WEI, JIAN-GONG, "THE PHONETIC INVESTIGATION OF THE MADDPH DIALECT OF YI —XIAN IN AN-HUI PROVINCE", J. SINO. ST. 4.4 (1934) 35-85. CHINESE.

2313 WEI, JIAN-GONG, 'ON •DE* •, YWXX (NOV 1953). MAADFU

2314 WEI, JIAN-GONG, »SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS», YWXX 9.17, CHADSS 10.39, 11.36 (1956).

2315 WEI, , »THE PROBLEM OF REFORMING THE CHINESE CHADWS WRITTEN LANGUAGE«, PEOPLE'S CHINA 10 (MAY 15 1954) 18-26.

2316 WEI, LIAO-WENG, HE-SHAN XIAN SHENG DA QUAN WEN JI IN SI BU CONG KAN CHU BIAN, VOLS. 263-7 (SHANGHAI 1929).

2317 WEI, QING-WEN, 'A WRITING SYSTEM IN CHARACTERS USED BY ZGADWS THE ZHUANG PEOPLE IN GUANG-XI', ZGYW 7 (JAN 1953) 21-2. 2318 WEN, DUAN-ZHENG, «EXPRESSION OF DEGREE OF ADJECTIVES MNDDAJ IN THE MIN DIALECT«, ZGYW 66 (DEC 1957) 36.

2319 WEN, JIN, • «RAN« AND «QI' ARE NOT MORPHOLOGICAL MARKERS», ZGYW 68 (FEB 1958) 86.

2320 WEN, LIAN, 'ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF PARTS OF SPEECH», CHADPS PT. 1, 2 ZGYW 20, 21 (FEB, MAR 1954) 17-9, 10-4. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 341

2321 MEN, L I AN, 'ON OBJECTS*, YWXX 12 (1955) 31. CHAOSY

2322 WEN, LIAN, PLACE, TIME, AND DIRECTION (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI SHI CBS 1957). ALSO IN HYZSJH.

2323 WEN, LIAN AND FU HU, THE TEACHING OF HIGH SCHOOL LEVEL CHADGR GRAMMAR (KUN-MING CBS 1954).

2324 WEN SHI ZHE (LANGUAGE, HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY). GENERAL LINGUISTICS, LANGUAGE REFORM, LITERARY CRITICISM, POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC , PHILOSOPHY. (SHANGHAI MONTHLY SINCE 1952).

2325 WEN SHI ZHE, ON THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (SHANGHAI 1958) 277. CHINESE.

2326 WEN, TING-JING, 'TWO ESSAYS ON THE ETYMOLOGY OF THE DIALECTS OF DA-BU', YU YAN WEN XUE ZHUAN KAN (CANTON 1936) 353-64. CHINESE.

2327 WEN, YONG-LU, «THE USES OF 'NE» AND 'MA* •, YWXX 7 MAADFU (1957) 34.

2328 WEN, YONG-LU, 'ON VERBS WITH 'DE« FUNCTIONING AS MAADSY ADJECTIVALS, ZGYW 62 (AUG 1957) 25.

2329 WEN ZI GAI GE CBS (PEKING). COLLECTED ESSAYS ON DIALECTS AND MANDARIN. (FYYPTHJK).

2330 WENCK, GUENTHER, JAPANISCHE PHONETIK, DIE PHONETIK DES SJANPH SINO-JAPANISCHEN (WIESBADEN 1956). SEE MARTIN, S.E.i »REVIEW OF..."(1959).

2331 WHITAKER, K.P.K., 1200 CHINESE BASIC CHARACTERS FOR CAADCC STUDENTS OF CANTONESE (LONDON 1953).

2332 WHITAKER, K.P.K., STRUCTURE DRILL IN CANTONESE (LONDON CAADSY 1954). STRUCTURE DRILL THROUGH SPEECH PATTERNS ED. BY B. SCHINDLER AND W. SIMON (F}RST 50 PATTERNS).

2333 WHITAKER, K.P.K., 'A STUDY OF THE MODIFIED TONES IN CAADTO SPOKEN CANTONESE», AM N.S. 5 (1955) 9-36.

2334 WHITE, MOSES CLARK, CHINESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE (AT MNDD FOOCHOW) (NEW YORK 1856).

2335 WIANT, PAUL P., 'REVIEW OF CORBATO, H., CHINESE LANGUAGE...', (BERKELEY 1954) XVIII + 206.

2336 WIEGER, LEON, «RUDIMENTS DE PARLEUR ET DE STYLE MNDD CHINOIS, DIALECTE DE HO KIEN FU', (HO KIEN FU 1895-19—) VOLS. 10-11.

2337 WIEGER, LEON, CHINOIS PARLE, MANUEL—KOAN-HUA DU MADDSL NORD—NON—PEKI NO IS, THIRD ED. RESET (LONDON 1912) 1146. 342 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2338 HIE6ER, LEON, LES CARACTERES CHINOIS (XIAN XIAN 1924). CHADWS

2339 WILLIAMS. SAMUEL WELLS« EASY LESSONS IN CHINESE (MACAO CAADGR 18*2) IX + 287. ESPECIALLY ADAPTED TO THE CANTON DIALECT.

2340 WILLIAMS, SAMUEL WELLS, YING HW'A YUN-FU LIH-KIAI MAADVC (MACAO 1844) XXVIII + 440. AN ENGLISH AND CHINESE VOCABULARY IN THE COURT DIALECT.

2341 WILLIAMS, SAMUEL WELLS, YING, WA, FAN WAN TS'YUT, CADDOI 'IU' (CANTON 1856) XXXVI • 40 + 41 + 832. A TONIC DICTIONARY OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE IN THE CANTON DIALECT.

2342 WILLIAMS, SAMUEL WELLS, A SYLLABIC DICTIONARY OF THE CHDDDI CHINESE LANGUAGE, REV. ED. (TUNGCHOW 1909). ARRANGED ACCORDING TO THE WU FANG YUAN YIN WITH THE PRONUNCIATION OF THE CHARACTERS AS HEARD IN PEKING, CANTON, AMOY, AND SHANGHAI.

2343 WILS, J., 'REVIEW OF MULL IE, J., KORTE CHINESE... (1947), MISSIEWERK 27 (1948) 117-22.

2344 WINN, J.A., A VOCABULARY OF THE HOKIEN DIALECT MNDDVC (SINGAPORE 1866). AS SPOKEN AT AMOY AND SINGAPORE.

2345 WISE, C.M. AND P.H. CHONG, «INTELLIGIBILITY OF CHADTO WHISPERING IN A TONE LANGUAGES J. OF SPEECH AND HEARING DISORDERS XXII.3 335-8.

2346 WOITSCH, L., •BE I TRAEGE ZUR KENNTNIS DER PEKINGER MAADSL UMGANGSSPRACHE', AO 4 (1926) 142-60.

2347 WOJTASIEWICZ, OLGIERD, «Z ZAGADNIEN SKLADNI CHINSKIEGO CHADSY JEZYKA LITERACKIEGO' (SOME PROBLEMS OF LITERARY CHINESE SYNTAX), SPRAWOZDANIA Z POSIEDJEN TOWARZYSTWA NAUKOWEGO WYDZIAL I—JEZYKOZNAWSTWA I HI STORI I LITERATURY 52 (WARSAW 1949). POLISH.

2348 WOLFENDEN, S.N., OUTLINES OF TIBETO-BURMAN LINGUISTIC TBADMO MORPHOLOGY (LONDON 1929).

2349 WOLFENDEN, S.N., 'CONCERNING THE VARIATION OF FINAL STADFI CONSONANTS IN THE WORD FAMILIES OF TIBETAN, KACHIN AND CHINESE', JRAS (1937).

2350 WOLFENDEN, S.N., 'CONCERNING THE ORIGINS OF TIBETAN STADEM •BRGIAD' AND CHINESE 'PWAT' ('EIGHT')', TP XXXIV (1938) 165-73.

2351 WONG, HELEN, SEE WANG, HELEN.

2352 WU, BAO-TANG, SEE WANG, RU-LIN AND BAO-TANG WU, 'SOME COMMENTS...'(1957), BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 343

2353 WU, DAN-AN, GUANG-DONG HEN ZHENG ZUO ZHE KAO.

2354 WU, FU-XI, «ON CHANGES OF SPEECH SOUNDS AND CHADPR PRONUNCIATION OF LOGOGRAPHS', YWXX (OCT 1954) 66-FF.

2355 WU, LU, 'CAN 'BU' BE CONNECTED TO A NOUN«, ZGYW 29

2356 WU, SHI-CHANG, "A STUDY OF THE INTERCHANGE IN THE CHANMO ANCIENT AND MODERN USAGES OF »JI, ZE, ZHI, OIE* AND 'JIU' YANJ. J. CH. ST. 14 <1933) 103-59. CHINESE.

2357 WU, SHI-XUN, 'SOME OPINIONS ON SPECIAL TELESCOPIC CHADHO FORMS', ZGYW 28 (OCT 1954) 47.

2358 WU, XIAO-RU, 'NOTES ON MR. YANG SHU-DA'S 'CHANG-SHA HSDD DIALECT STUDIES' AND 'FURTHER CHANG-SHA DIALECT STUDIES' ', YU YAN XUE LUN CONG 5 (1963) 71-98.

2359 WU, YIN, CHINESE GRAMMAR (SHANGHAI SWYSG 1920). CHADGR

2360 WU, YOU-DIAN, FANG YAN ZHU SHANG (SHANGHAI 1936). CHDR COMMENTS ON THE FANG YAN.

2361 WU, YU-ZHANG, 'REPORT ON THE CURRENT TASKS OF CHADRO REFORMING THE WRITTEN LANGUAGE AND DRAFT SCHEME FOR A CHINESE PHONETIC ALPHABET', XIAN DAI HAN YU GUI FAN WEN TI XUE SHU HUI YI MI SHU CHU. SEE UNDER XIAN DAI...ETC.

2362 WU, YU-ZHANG, 'VARIOUS USES OF THE CHINESE PHONETIC CHADPH SCHEME', WZGG 3 (1964) 1-4.

2363 WU, ZHAN-KUN, 'SOME PROBLEMS CONCERNING POLYSEMICS', CHADSC YWXX 5 (1957) 32.

2364 WU, ZHAN-KUN, 'ON THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN POLYSEMY CHADSC AND ANTONYMY', YWXX 1 (1958) 32.

2365 WU, ZHONG-PING, 'GRAMMATICAL PECULIARITIES OF THE MNDDGR AMOY DIALECT', FYYPTHJK 1 (1958) 84-103.

2366 WU, ZHU-HUI, 'ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE', (TOKYO SHENG KUO SHE KAN 1941) JAPANESE.

2367 WU, ZONG-JI, SEE ZHOU, DIAN-FU AND ZONG-JI WU, DIAGRAMS...(1963).

2368 WU, ZONG-ZHI, 'THE PHONOLOGICAL SYSTEM OF CHINESE ZGDDLW LOAN WORDS IN THE ZHUANG DIALECT OF WU-MING', YYYJ 3 (JUN 1958) 25-70.

2369 WULFF, K., CHINESISCH UND TAI (COPENHAGEN 1934). SIADCS 344 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2370 WURM, S., 'REVIEW OF Gl ET, F., ZUR TONITAET... (1950)', ANTHROPOS 46 (1951) 1029-31.

2371 WURM, S., 'REVIEW OF MULLIE, J., GRONDBEGINSELEN... (1948)', ANTHROPOS 46 (1951) 655.

2372 WURM, S., »REVIEW OF FORREST, R.A.D., THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (1948)», ANTHROPOS 46 (1951) 653-5.

2373 XI, ZHI-FU, STUDIES ON TANG YUN. CHANPH

2374 XIA1956), DAO-TAI. , CHINA'S LANGUAGE REFORM (NEW HAVEN IFEL CHADLR

2375 XIA, RONALD AND PETER PENN, DICTIONARY OF CHADWS SIMPLIFIED CHINESE (HONGKONG ORIENTAL BOOK CO. 1959).

2376 XIA, XIANG, OUTLINE OF THE GRAMMAR OF LITERARY CHADWL CHINESE (HONGKONG 1961).

2377 XIAN DAI HAN YU GUI FAN WEN TI XUE SHU HUI YI MI SHU CHU, ED., COLLECTED WORKS FROM THE MODERN CHINESE LINGUISTIC PROBLEMS SYMPOSIUM (PEKING KE XUE CBS 1956).

2378 XIAN DAI HAN YU GUI FAN WEN TI XUE SHU HUI YI, CHADLR PROCEEDINGS OF THE CONFERENCE ON THE PROBLEMS OF STANDARDIZATION OF MODERN CHINESE (KE XUE CBS JUL 1960).

2379 XIANG, RUO, 'REVIEW OF 'LOGOGRAPH AND WORD' ', YWXX CHADWS 11.75 (1954).

2380 XIANG, RUO, 'THE RELATIONSHIP OF PREPOSITIONS WITH CHADSY VERBS AND CONJUNCTIONS'^ YWXX 5.36 (1957).

2381 XIANG. RUO, 'THE NOUN—ITS SUPPLEMENTAL CATEGORIES AND CHADNO ITS TEACHING', YWXX 3.34 (1957).

2382 XIANG, RUO, ELLIPTICAL SENTENCES (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI CHADSY SHI CBS 1958). ALSO IN HYZSJ.H.

2383 XIANG, RUO, 'REVIEW OF THE METHOD OF LEARNING THE CHADRO PIN YIN ALPHABET', YWXX 11.12 (1958).

2384 XIANG, RUO, 'ON 'GEI' ', ZGYW 92 (I960).

2385 XIANG, RUO, EN-ZHU ZHAO, ZHONG-XUAN CHEN AND , 'SOME DISCUSSION ON 'WHAT IS A WORD' ', ZGYW 47 (MAY 1956) 43.

2386 XIANG, XI, 'THE DIALECT OF SHUANG-FENG, HU-NAN', HSDO YU YAN XUE LUN CONG 4 (1960) 134-71.

2387 XIANG, XIA (WONG LOK PING), OUTLINE GRAMMAR OF THE CHADWL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 345

CHINESE LITERARY LANGUAGE ( 1961) 223.

2386 XIANG, ZUO, 'PROBLEMS CONCERNING 'IN* AND *ING' , 'ONG' CHADSB AND •UENG1» 'YIN' AND 'YAN' ', YWXX 7.36 (1958).

2389 XIAO, FU, REPETITION AND INSERTION (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI SHI CBS). SEE HYZSJH 2.

2390 XIAO, FU, 'MALFORMED SENTENCES RESULTING FROM CHADSY INCOMPLETE CONSIDERATIONS', YWXX (MAY 1954) 54FF.

2391 XIAO, FU, 'REVIEW OF CAO'S ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR', YWXX (JUN 1954) 49FF.

2392 XIAO, FU, 'ON WEAKENED 'HE', 'BING' AND 'LIAN* ', YWXX MAADCJ (OCT 1954) 51FF.

2393 XIAO, FU, 'VARIATIONS IN THE FORMS OF THE MULTIPLE CHADSY COORDINATE STRUCTURES, YWXX (NOV 1954) 61FF.

2394 XIAO, FU, 'ON VERB SENTENCES', YWXX 11.29 (1955). MAADSY ALSO IN ZGYWCS.

2395 XIAO, FU, 'THE FUNCTION OF 'DE' IN NOUN PHRASES', MAADSY ZGYW 45 (MAR 1956) 23-6.

2396 XIAO, FU, 'THE APPENDING FUNCTION OF «HAI YOU«, MAADCJ WITH DISCUSSION ON 'LI AN' ', ZGYW 46 (APR 1956) 31-7.

2397 XIAO, FU. 'MORE ON THE POSITION OF CONJUNCTIONS MAADCJ LIKE 'YU' IN CERTAIN MULTIPLE CO-ORDINATE STRUCTURES', ZGYW 50 (AUG 1956) 37-8.

2398 XIAO, FU, "ON 'ZAI NA LI', 'ZHENG ZAI' AND 'ZAI* ', MAADVE IN SHI, CUN-ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS...(1957) 144-56.

2399 XIAO, FU, 'PROBLEMS WITH CONJUNCTIONS LIKE 'YU' MAADCJ INSERTED BETWEEN THE LAST TWO ELEMENTS IN THE MULTIPLE CO-ORDINATE STRUCTURE', ZGYW 55 (JAN 1957) 49.

2400 XIAO, LI, SEE CHEN, ZHI-WEN ET AL., 'REVIEW...' ( 1954) .

2401 XIAO, SHU-XUN, SEE SUN, YU-PING AND SHU-XUN XIAO, •SOME...•(1956).

2402 XIAO, WEN, 'THE METAPHORIC AND SIMILE MEANINGS OF CHADSC WORDS', YWXX 2.21 (1959).

2403 XIAO, WEN, 'ELLIPSIS IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE', ZGYW 81 CHADSY (MAR 1959) 125-7.

2404 XIAO, ZHI AND LU YU, 'ON SEQUENCED RELATIONS', YWXX 2. CHADSY 346 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2S (1959).

2405 XIE, MIN, A LEXfCON OF SYNONYMS (HONGKONG JIAO YU CHADSS CBS).

2406 XIE, YONG-REN, 'SOME INSIGHTS FROM TEACHING LECTURES ON GRAMMAR AND RHETORICS ZGYW 45 (MAR 1956) 47-50.

2407 XIE, ZHI-BIN, 'THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN 'SUO YI' AND MAADCJ 'YIN CI« ', YWXX 11.12 (1957).

2408 XIN HUA CI SHU SHE, XIN HUA DICTIONARY (REN MIN JIAO CHADCC YU CBS).

2409 XIN, KE, 'AGRARIAN PROVERBS OF THE XIN-ZHU HAKKA HKDOFK PEOPLE', TAI-WAN FENG WU 9.3 (1959) 14-20.

2410 XING, BING, ER YA ZHU SU, IN SHI SAN JING ZHU SU 14 (TAIPEI 1955).

2411 XING, FU-YI, 'VERBS FUNCTIONING AS ADJECTIVES MUST MAADSY HAVE 'DE' ATTACHED', ZGYW 62 (AUG 1957) 26.

2412 XING, FU-YI, 'ON THE USE OF 'MEN' ', ZGYW 96 (I960) MAADMO 289-92.

2413 XING, GONG-WAN, 'A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF WORO- TAADMO FORMATION IN CHINESE AND THE TAI LANGUAGES', ZGYW CAN KAO ZI LI AO XUAN JI (SELECTED REFERENCE MATERIAL ON THE CHINESE LANGUAGE) (1955) 143-53.

2414 XING, GONG-WAN, 'ON THE SUBJECT AND THE OBJECT IN MAADSY CHINESE SENTENCE FORMATION', YWXX (SEP 1955) 25FF.

2415 XING, GONG-WAN, 'THE IMPORTANCE OF TONES IN THE TAADTO COMPARATIVE STUDY OF CHINESE AND THE TAI LANGUAGES', ZGYW 111 (JAN 1962) 15-27.

2416 XING, QING-LAN, 'THE PARTICLE 'LUK' IN THE TAI TAADFU LANGUAGE AND THE PARTICLES 'TSE' AND 'ERH' IN CHINESE', FRONTIER CULTURE 1,1 (KUN-MING SEP 1943).

2417 XING, QING-LAN, 'THE THREE-RANK THEORY AND CHINESE CHADGR GRAMMAR', CHIN. LIT. MO. 64 (SHANGHAI FEB 1948). CHINESE.

2418 XING, QING-LAN, 'THE NEGATIVE WORDS IN LUN YU', CHIN. CHARNG LIT. MO. 66 (APR 1948). CHINESE.

2419 XING, QING-LAN, 'FROM THE DISCUSSION ON SUBJECTS OF CHADGR VERBS TO THE METHOD OF GRAMMAR', CHIN. LIT. MO. 70 (AUG 1948). CHINESE.

2420 XU, DE-AN, 'SENTENCE-FINAL PARTICLES *ZE GE', 'ZHE', CHADFU •ZA', 'BA' AND 'BO' IN MODERN CHINESE', IN SHI, CUN-ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS...(1957). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 347

2421 XU, HUI-HAO, A MANDARIN-TAIWANESE DICTIONARY MNDDDI (TAI-ZHONG 1952).

2422 XU, JUN-DEt.^EE CUI, XIU-RONG AND JUN-DE XU, 'WHICH

ADJECTIVES...'119571.

2423 XU, LI AN, SEE LIU, BING-WEN ET AL., •MORE...'(1957).

2424 XUPA, I LILANGUAGE'N AND YAN-SU, ZGYN W ZHAO131 , (AU'A G BRIE1964F ) DESCRIPTIO321-35. N OF THE PAAD 2425 XU, MING, POLYSEMES, ANTONYMS, AND SPECIALIZED CHADSC VOCABULARY (HONGKONG 1961).

2426 XU, MING, HOMONYMS, HOMOGRAPHS, AND SYNONYMS (HONGKONG CHADSS JING XUE CBS 1961).

2427 XU, REN-FU, 'THE FORMS OF THE 'DIAN YAO' ADJECTIVES CHADAJ AND ADVERBS', ZGYW 9 (MAR 1953) 17.

2428 XU, REN-FU, 'THE FORMS OF REDUPLICATED WORDS IN CHADMO CHINESE', ZGYW 26 (AUG 1954) 10.

2429 XU, REN-FU, 'ON 'DE LA' ', YWXX 8.23 (1955).

2430 XU, SHAO-ZAO, 'PROBLEMS CONCERNING THEORIES OF CHINESE GRAMMAR-REFLECTIONS UPON READING ZI-DONG FU'S THEORY OF GRAMMAR', ZGYW 31 (JAN 1955) 29-33.

2431 XU, SHAO-ZAO, 'SOME COMMENTS ON THE REBUTTALS OF ZI-DONG FU', ZGYW 44 (FEB 1956) 45-6.

2432 XU, SHEN, SHUO WEN JIE ZI, IN SI BU CONG KAN CHU BIAN CHARWS SUO BEN 16 (SHANGHAI 1929). FIRST APPEARED IN 100 A.D.

2433 XU, SHI-RONG, 'OUTLINE OF FUNDAMENTALS OF MANDARIN MAADPH PHONETICS', YWXX 7.19, 9.14, 10.37, 12.29 (1956), 1.35, 2.27, 3.24 (1957).

2434 XU, SHI-RONG, 'STRESS RULES FOR DISYLLABIC WORDS', MAADST ZGYW 44 (FEB 1956) 33-7.

2435 XU, SHI-RONG, 'AN OUTLINE OF PEKING PHONEMICS', YWXX MAADPH 8.22 (1957).

2436 XU, SHI-RONG, 'THREE STEPS TO OVERCOME THE CHADFI DIFFICULTIES OF PRONOUNCING NASAL SYLLABLE-FINALS', YWXX 9.24 (1957).

2437 XU, SHI-RONG, 'COLLOQUIAL WORDS AND PRONUNCIATIONS IN MAADSL THE PEKING DIALECT', ZGYW 57 (1957) 24-7.

2438 XU, SHI-RONG, 'ON THE TONE PHONEMES OF THE PEKING MAADTO DIALECT', ZGYW 60 (1957) 23-4. 348 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2439 XU, SHI-RONG, LECTURES ON MANDARIN PHONETICS MAADPH (PEKING 1958) IV + 128. ALSO IN WZGG 1-11.

2440 XU, SHI-RONG, MATERIALS FOR THE TEACHING OF STANDARD MAADGR MANDARIN (SHANGHAI JIAO YU CBS 1959).

2441 XU, SHI-RONG, 'CHARACTERISTICS OF TWO TYPES OF NASAL CHADFI SYLLABLE-FINALS', YWXX 7.22 (1959).

2442 XU, SHI-RONG, 'THE MUSICAL ELEMENTS OF THE STRUCTURE CHADTO OF WORDS IN CHINESE', ZGYW 80 (FEB 1959) 73-5.

2443 XU, SHI-SONG, 'ON 'SHARP' AND 'ROUNDED' SOUNDS', PY 3 CHADPH (FEB 1957) 3-6.

2444 XU, SHI-YING, 'ERROR IN FINALS-GROUP NOTATIONS IN CHARFI DUAN YU-CAI'S COMMENTARIES ON THE SHUO WEN', YANJ. J. CH. ST. 29 (1941) 71-142. CHINESE. ENGLISH SUMMARY 260.

2445 XU, SHI-YING, COLLECTED LECTURES BEFORE THE LITERARY SOCIETY (FU REN UNIV. 1942).

2446 XU, SHI-YING, RECTIFICATION OF DUAN YU CAI'S TABLE CHARFI OF SOUNDS DIVIDED INTO 17 CLASSES (1735-1815) (PEKING 1942). CHINESE.

2447 XU, SHI-YING, LECTURES ON CHINESE GRAMMAR (TAIPEI KAI MING SHU DIAN 1954).

2448 XU, SHU, 'THE FUNCTION OF ADVERBS IN SENTENCES', CHADAD YWXX (DEC 1954) 63FF.

2449 XU, SHU-SHENG, 'SOME PECULIAR GRAMMATICAL PHENOMENA MADDGR IN THE XI-AN OIALECT', ZGYW (SEP 1958) 432-3.

2450 XU, TIE-SHENG, 'A SUMMARY DISCUSSION OF THE INITIALS MADDIN IN THE DIALECT OF THE NAN-TONG REGION, JIANG-SU', FYYPTHJK 5 (1958) 21-5.

2451 XU, WEI-HAN, LECTURES ON CHINESE PHONETICS (TIAN-JIN CHADPH REN MIN CBS 1959).

2452 XU, WEI-HAN AND RUN-SHENG LYU, FUNDAMENTALS OF THE CHADLX CHINESE LEXICON (WU-HAN 1959).

2453 XU, XI-JIU AND MAN-CHUAN NIU, COMPARATIVE DIAGRAMS CHADGR OF CHINESE GRAMMAR (1935).

2454 XU, YUN-OIAO, 'STUDIES OF THE FIFTEEN SOUNDS OF MNDDPH HOKKIEN PHONETICS', J. SOUTH SEAS SOC. 1 PT. 1 (1940). CHINESE. 5455 XU, ZHI-BAI, 'AN INTERPRETATION OF 'ER* AND 'ZI' ', MAAOSU ZHONG HE MO. 1.7, 68-75. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 349

2456 XU, ZHI-QING, 'ON THE CHOICE-TYPE INTERROGATIVE CHADSY SENTENCES', YWXX 7.29 <1959».

2457 XU, ZHI-QING, 'THE CONJUNCTION OF CO-ORDINATE CHADSY STRUCTURES IN NON-CONDITIONAL SENTENCES', ZGYW 85 (JUL 1959) 332-3.

2458 XU, ZHONG-HUA, 'THE ANALYSIS OF SENTENCES SHOULD CHADSY PROCEED FROM GRAMMATICAL MARKERS', YWXX 9.32 «1955».

2459 XU, ZHONG-HUA, 'ON THE STANDARDS FOR CLASSIFYING PARTS CHADPS OF SPEECH IN CHINESE', ZGYW 58 (APR 1957) 13-7.

2460 XU, ZHONG-HUA, 'THE COMPLEXITIES OF SIMPLE SENTENCES', CHADSY YWXX 5.17 (1959).

2461 XU, ZHONG-HUA, 'SOME COMMON TYPES OF MALFORMED CHADSY SENTENCES', YWXX 2.35 (1959).

2462 XU, ZHONG-REN, 'TRANSPOSED SENTENCES AND PREDICATES IN CHADSY SENTENCE FORM', YWXX (JUL 1955) 12FF.

2463 XUAN, CHANG, OBJECT AND COMPLEMENT (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI SHI CBS). ALSO IN HYZSJH 2.

2464 XUE, SHEN AND ADOLF CAMMER ICH, EINFUEHRUNG IN DIE CHADWL NEUCHINESISCHEN SCHRIFTSPRACHE, IN LEHRBUECHER DES SEM. FUER OR. SPR. 22 (BERLIN 1912) XXVIH-2KH 78.

2465 YAMAGISHI, TOMOMI, 'A CHINESE GRAMMAR STRESSING CHADMO MORPHOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS', CGGGK RONSHOO 1 (NARA 1953) 96-106.

2466 YAN, ISABELLA YI-YUN, A GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS OF SYAO- CHARGR JING (XIAO JING) PUB. 16 OF THE INDIANA UNIV. RES. CENTER IN ANTHROPOLOGY, FOLKLORE ANO LINGUISTICS (BLOOMINGTON 1960).

2467 YAN, MIAN, 'A PRELIMINARY COMPARISON OF KANAKANAOU AND LA'ALUU', BIHP 35 (1964) 135-53.

2468 YAN, SHI-HUI AND XIANG-NONG GONG, LIBRARY OF PHONOLOGY CHANPH 1ST INSTALLMENT, VOLS. 123 (1959). COLLECTION OF 32 WORKS, INCLUDING THE QIE YUN ZHI ZHANG TU BY SI-MA GUANG, THE WORKS OF«U YAN-WU, DAI ZHEN, DUAN YU-CAI AND JIANG YU-GAO.

2469 YAN, TIAN-ZHAN, EXAMPLES AND EXPLANATIONS OF THE CHADID COMMONLY USED WORDS AND PHRASES (SHANGHAI 1960).

2470 YAN, XIU, 'THE PHONOLOGICAL RULES AND THE MEANING OF CHARPH WORDS UNDER THE ', SUN YAT-SEN UNIV., BULL. RES. INST. 1 (CANTON 1948). CHINESE.

2471 YAN, XIU, 'ON JESPERSEN'S INFLUENCE ON THE STUDIES OF 350 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

CHINESE GRAMMARS ZGYW 40 (OCT. 1955) 16-9.

2472 YAN, XUE-JIONG, 'AN ILLUSTRATION OF THE LINGUISTIC APPROACH TO THE STUDY OF THE HISTORY OF NATIONALITIES', SSMZYWLJ 1 (JUN 1958) 41-8.

2473 YAN, XUE-QUN, 'THE PHONOLOGICAL SYSTEM AS SEEN FROM THE FAN QIE IN XU-XUAN'S EDITION OF SHUO WEN JIE ZI', J. SINO. ST. 6.1 (1936) 45-145. CHINESE.

2474 YANG, BO-JUN, DISCOURSE ON CHINESE GRAMMAR (1936). CHADGR

2475 YANG, BO-JUN, EXPLANATION OF CHINESE GRAMMAR (SHANGHAI 1939).

2476 YANG, BO-JUN, A GRAMMAR OF LITERARY CHINESE (PEKING CHADML 1956) VII + 247.

2477 YANG, BO-JUN, 'THE EVIDENCE ON THE USE OF «YUAN« AS CHARPH •YAN* IN ARCHAIC CHINESE', ZGYW 112 (FEB 1962) 67.

2478 YANG, BO-JUN, 'THE NEGATIVES 'WANG, WANG' AND 'MO" CHARNG IN ARCHAIC CHINESE', ZGYW 127 (1963) 473.

2479 YANG, DAO-JING, 'A COMPARISON BETWEEN THE LOCAL HSDDPR PRONUNCIATION OF LIN-XIANG, HU-NAN AND THE PEKING PRONUNCIATION', FYYPTHJK 4 (1958) 56-9.

2480 YANG, FENG, 'THE CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN THE SOUTH- MADDTO WEST SHAN-DONG TONES AND THOSE OF PEKING', FYYPTHJK 2 (1958) 30-3.

2481 YANG, FENG, 'EXAMPLES OF DISTINCTIONS WITHIN THE MADD DIALECTS OF SHAN-DONG', FYYPTHJK 6 (1959) 1-13.

2482 YANG, HUAN-DIAN, 'GUI-LIN PHONOLOGY', ZGYW 133 MADDPH (JUN 1964) 454-62, 444.

2483 YANG, JIAN-GUO, 'STUDY ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF COMPLEMENTS', IN SHI, CUN-*ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS...(1957) 3, 29-48.

2484 YANG, JUN-PAN, 'ON 'CONG ER' ', ZGYW 78 (DEC 1958) CHADCJ- 590.

2485 YANG, LIAN-SHENG, 'A STUDY OF THE GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY AS FOUND IN LAO QI DA AND PU TONG SHI, TWO TEXTBOOKS ON COLLOQUIAL CHINESE', BIHP 29.

2486 YANG, LIAN-SHENG, SEE ZHAO, YUAN-REN ET AL., REPORT ...(1938).

2487 YANG, LIAN-SHENG, SEE ZHAO, YUAN-REN AND LIAN-SHENG YANG, CONCISE DICTIONARY...(1947). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 351

2488 YANG, LIAN-SHENG, 'REVIEW OF WANG'S PRINCIPLES OF CHINESE GRAMMAR, VOL. 1, 2«, HJAS 10 (1947) 62-75, 12 (1949) 245-53.

2489 YANG, LIAN-SHENG, 'THE CONCEPT OF 'FREE' AND 'BOUND' CHADMO IN SPOKEN CHINESE', HJAS 12 (1949) 462-570.

2490 YANG, LIU-QIAO, 'PROBLEMS IN CHINESE GRAMMAR CHADMO CONCERNING 'LOGOGRAPH' AND 'WORD* ', ZGYW 55 (JAN 1957) 6-8.

2491 YANG, NAI-SI AND SHI^YING SHEN, 'THE PARTICLE '-MFN' IN THE GAO-CHENG DIALECT', ZGYW (JUN 1958) 278.

2492 YANG, PAUL FU-MIAN, 'A PRELIMINARY STUDY OF THE HKDD RAO-PING HAKKA DIALECT AS SPOKEN IN XIN-ZHU, TAIWAN', TRANS. OF THE CONG. OF ORIEN. IN JAPAN 6.

2493 YANG, PAUL FU-MIAN, 'LÚO CHANG—PE I (AUG 9 1899 - DEC 12 1958)', ORBIS 8 (1959) 594-8.

2494 YANG, PAUL FU-MIAN, 'THE CATHOLIC MISSIONARY CHDD CONTRIBUTION TO THE STUDY OF CHINESE DIALECTS', ORBIS 9 (1960) 158-85.

2495 YANG, PAUL FU-MIAN, 'LINGUISTICS IN TAIWAN', CGGG 3 (1961) 18-20.

2496 YANG, SHI-FENG, 'NOTE ON THE PHONETICS OF THE CHENG- MADDPH DU DIALECT', BIHP 23 PT. 1 (1951) 289-2:2.

2497 YANG, SHI-FENG, 'LINGUISTIC SURVEYS AND PHONETIC EXPERIMENTS', SPEC. PUB. OF ACAD. SIN. IN MEM. OF FU SI-NIAN (TAIPEI 1951) 27-31.

2498 YANG, SHI-FENG, 'KUN-MING PHONOLOGY', ANNALS OF ACAD. MADDPH SIN. (1954) 337-72.

2499 YANG, SHI-FENG, 'PHONOLOGY OF THE CHANG-SHA DIALECT', HSDDPH BIHP 27 (1956) 135-74.

2500 YANG, SHI-FENG, 'TONAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE HU-NAN HSDDTO DIALECTS', BIHP 29 (TAIPEI 1957).

2501 YANG, SHI-FENG, 'THE DIALECT OF LI-ZHUANG, SI-CHUAN', MAOD BIHP 28 (1958) 283-318.

2502 YANG, SHI-FENG, 'TONAL DISTRIBUTION IN THE YUN-NAN MADDTO DIALECT', BIHP 30 (1959) 119-42.

2503 YANG, SHI-FENG, 'SOME BASIC WORDS FROM THE YUN-NAN MADDVC DIALECTS', BIHP 34 (1963) 589-616.

2504 YANG, SHI-FENG, 'FEATURES AND DIVISIONS OF THE YUN-NAN MADD DIALECT', BIHP 35 (1964) 87-112. 352 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2505 YANG, SHU-DA, CI QUAN (SHANGHAI 1928) 42 • 618. CHADCC DICTIONARY OF CHARACTERS WITH A MORPHOLOGICAL ROLE.

2506 YANG, SHU-DA, *€D., ESSAYS ON ANCIENT CHINESE PHONETICS CHANPH (PEIPING 1933) 136.

2507 YANG, SHU-DA, «ON THE CHANG-SHA DIALECT', QING HUA HSDD J.11 ( 1936) 205-19.

2508 YANG, SHU-DA, »SOME ASPECTS OF VOWEL CHANGES IN CHANVO ANCIENT CHINESE', QING HUA J. 12 (1937) 541-560.

2509 YANG, SHU-DA, 'INVERSION IN CLASSICAL CHINESE', TRANS. CHARMO BY ACHILLES FANG IN MONUMENTA SERICA 7 (1942) 267-84.

2510 YANG, SHU-DA, 'A STUDY ON 'DU RUO' OF SHUO WEN', CHARPH COMTIES SCIENTIAE 1.5-6 (1947).

2511 YANG, SHU-DA, EXAMPLES AND USES OF THE IN CLASSICAL CHINESE (PEKING 1954).

2512 YANG, SHU-DA, CHINESE GRAMMAR (SHANGHAI 1955) XXXIII CHADGR • 540. REPRINT.

2513 YANG, SHU-DA, ADVANCED CHINESE GRAMMAR (SHANGHAI CHADGR SWYSG 1957).

2514 YANG, SHU-DA, EMENDATIONS TO MA JIAN-ZHONG'S GRAMMAR (PEKING 1958). REVISED EDITION.

2515 YANG, SHU-DA, RHETORIC IN THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (HONGKONG 1960).

2516 YANG, SI-CHENG, SEE YONG, YONG ET AL., 'REVIEW...' (1956).

2517 YANG, XIN-AN, MODERN CHINESE. 3 VOLS. (CHONG-QING REN MIN CBS 1956, 1957, 1958) IV + 149, IV • 161, X 393.

2518 YANG, XIN-AN, 'ON 'GEI' ', Z.GYW 92 (I960) 66-8. MAADSY

2519 YANG, XIONG, FANG YAN. DIALECT WORDS OF NORTH AND CHDRVC CENTRAL CHINA. A NEW CRITICAL EDITION PUBLISHED BY ZHOU ZU-MO, THE FANG YAN JIAO JIAN, CONTAINS THE NOTES OF 33 COMMENTATORS BEGINNING WITH GUO PU.

2520 YANG, YONG-GUAN, 'SYNTACTIC STRUCTURES ARE THE MAADSY STANDARDS FOR DETERMINING WORDS', IN SHI, CUN-ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS...(1957) 67-70.

2521 YAO, ZHAO-WEI, 'A DISCUSSION OF MACHINE TRANSLATION', CHADMT PEOPLE'S DAILY (FEB 1962). ENGLISH TRANS. IN JPRS. 13478. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 353

2522 YAO, ZONG-WU, "A GENERAL LECTURE ON THE SECRET HISTORY OF THE MONGOLS«, DL 17.12, 383-94.

2523 YAO, ZONG-fcO, "PROJECT ON A STUDY ON THE MONGOLIAN MLAEVC TERMS USED IN THE YUAN SHI«, BCC 2 (1963) 419-20, 437-8.

2524 YAO, ZONG-WU AND SOCH'IN JAGCHID, «A NEW TRANSLATION OF THE »SECRET HISTORY OF THE MONGOLS' INTO MODERN CHINESE WITH CRITICAL COMMENTS', BTU 9 (1960) 17-99, 10 (1961) 185-258, 11 (1962) 339-408.

2525 YE, SHENG-TAO, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR AND RHETORIC', PEOPLE'S DAILY (JAN 15, 1955).

252f> YE, XIANG-LING, 'STUDIES IN THE WU-JIANG DIALECT', FYYPTHJK 5 (1958) 1-8.

2527 YE, XIANG-LING, 'THE TONES OF THE WU-JIANG DIALECT', FYYPTHJK 5 (1958) 8-11.

2528 YETTS, W. P., 'THE SHANG-YIN DYNASTY AND THE AN-YANG CHAR FINDS', JRAS (1933).

2529 YI, HUANG, 'THE POSITION OF DIMENSIONAL PHRASES USED AS ADDITIVE STRUCTURES OF PREDICATES', YWXX I (1956) 35.

2530 YI, XI-WU, 'DISSYLLABLIC WORDS IN CHINESE', PT. 1, 2 CHADMO ZGYW 28, 29 (OCT 1954, NOV 1954) 28, 9.

2531 YI, XI-WU, COLLECTED ESSAYS ON LANGUAGE REFORM CHADLR (SHANGHAI 1955).

2532 YI, XIAN-PEI, 'NOUN CATEGORIES IN THE MIAO DIALECT MIDDNO OF ZHI-WEI IN DISTRICT OF HUA-YUAN, IN WESTERN HU-NAN', ZGYW 102 (MAR 1961) 40-7.

2533 YIN DE ER YA 1ER YA INDEX). HARVARD YANJ. INST. CHARDI (PEKING 1941).

2534 YIN, HUAN-XIAN, SENTENCE (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI SHI CBS). ALSO IN HYZSJH.

2535 YIN, HUAN-XIAN, ON VERB-SEQUENCE STRUCTURE', WEN SHI CHADSY ZHE 3 (1954).

2536 YIN, HUAN-XIAN, 'PREDICATES IN SENTENCE FORM', YWXX CHADSY (JAN 1954) 47—FF.

2537 YIN, HUAN-XIAN, 'TONES AND THE TEACHING OF TONES', CHADTO ZGYW 27 (SEP 1954) 23.

2538 YIN, HUAN-XIAN, SEE JIANG, WEI-SONG AND HUAN-XIAN YIN, 'TEACHING...'(1957) AND JIANG, WEI-SONG AND HUAN-XIAN YIN, TONE AND INTONATION. 354 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2539 YIN, HUAN-XIAN AND WEI-SONG JIANG, 'ON INTONATION«, CHADTO YWXX 6 (1957) 21.

2540 YIN, MENG, 'REVIEW OF 'OUTLINE OF GENERAL PHONETICS' ', YWXX 6 (1957) 35.

2541 YIN, MENG-LUN, "THE SEMANTIC MEANING OF 'WEN' ', CHADSC ZGYW 120 (NOV 1962) 496.

2542 YIN, RUN-XIANG, SEE TAO, YIN-PEI AND RUN-XIANG YIN, 'ON SUFFIXATION...'(1957).

2543 YIN, ZHONG—XI AN, 'THE ROLE OF TONES IN THE PHONEMIC CHADTO SYSTEM OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE', ZGYW 60 (1957) 27-8.

2544 YIN, ZUO-YAN AND SHOU-CHAO SONG, 'A STUDY OF THE CHADWS PROBLEM OF LOSING MASTERY OF THE PHONETIC ALPHABET', WZGG 8 (1962) 4-6.

2545 YING, LIN, 'CHINESE LOAN WORDS IN THE MIAO LANGUAGE', MIADLW

ZGYW 115 (1962) 218-29.

2546 YIU, T'UNGt SEE YOUt TONG.

2547 YOUPRIMER', TONG, , LANGUAG'REVIEWE O2F7 (1951ZHAO), YUAN-REN445-9. , CANTONESE 2548 YONG, YONG ET AL., 'REVIEW OF 'CHINESE GRAMMAR« ', YWXX 4 (1956) 33.

2549 YOSHIKAWA, KOOJIROO, 'LANGUAGE IN THE YUAN DRAMA', THG CHAE (NOV 1946).

2550 YOSHIKAWA, KOOJIROO, «NOTES ON PARTICLES OF THE TIME CHANFU OF SIX-DYNASTIES«, (K008UN-D00 JUN 1949).

2551 YOSHIKAWA, KOOJIROO, 'ON THE STYLISTICS OF THE CHINESE DOCUMENTS IN YUAN DIAN ZHANG', THG 24 (KYOTO FEB 1954) .

2552 YOTSUKURA, S., SEE SHEN, YAO ET AL., «SOME SUPRASEGMENTAL...'(1958).

2553 YOU, TONG, THE TAI-SHAN DIALECT (PRINCETON UNIV. CADD 1946). DOCTORAL DISSERTATION. UNPUBLISHED.

2554 YU, JIAN-PING, 'THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF CHADSY CAUSATIVE STRUCTURE', IN SHI, CUN-ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS...(1957) 2, 114-26.

2555 YU, JIAN-PING, 'PROBLEMS CONCERNING THE USE OF 'DE' MAADSY WHEN VERB FUNCTIONS AS ADJECTIVE', YWXX 3 (1957) 38.

2556 YU, LI-KEN, SEE LI, CHUN-LIN AND LI-REN YU, 'ARE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 355

THERE...'(1958) .

2557 YU. LU, SEE XIAO, ZHI AND LU YU, 'ON SEQUENCED RELATIVES' (1959).

2558 YU, MIN, 'SANDHI IN ARCHAIC CHINESE', YANJ. J. CH. ST. CHARMP 35 (1948) 29-50.

2559 YU, MIN, 'WORD DERIVATION IN ARCHAIC CHINESE THROUGH CHARMO ANNEXING THE SUFFIX -D', YANJ J. CH. ST. 34 11948) 29-48.

2560 YU, MIN, 'REVIEW OF FORREST, R.A.D., THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (1948)', YANJ. J. CH. ST. 36 (1949) 317-25.

2561 YU, MIN, 'THE ORIGIN ANO DIFFERENCE OF CHINESE CHAOSC EXPRESSIONS OF LIKE AND DISLIKE', ZGYW 2 (FEB 1954) 15-7.

2562 YU, MIN, 'THE MORPHOLOGY OF CHINESE VERBS', YWXX (APR 1954) 43-FF.

2563 YU, MIN, 'MORPHOLOGICAL CHANGE AND GRAMMATICAL CHADLT ENVIRONMENT', ZGYW 28 (OCT 1954) 13.

2564 YU, MIN, 'REVIEW OF GAO, MING-KAI, GENERAL LINGUISTICS (1954)', ZGYW 34 (1955) 39-40.

2565 YU, MIN, 'PHONETICS AND GRAMMAR', YWXX (AUG 1955) CHADLT 24-FF.

2566 YU, MIN, NOUNS, VERBS, ADJECTIVES (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI CHADMO SHI CBS 1957). SEE HYZSJH.

2567 YU, MIN, 'THE SENTENCE IN CHINESE', ZGYW 61 (JUL CHADSY 1957) 7-10.

2568 YU, SHI-CHANG, 'ON TONES', ZGYW 38 (AUG 1955) 10-1. CHADTO

2569 YU, SHI-CHANG, STUDIES ON THE BU-YI GRAMMAR (KE XUE BYADGR CBS 1956).

2570 YU, SHI-CHANG, 'A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF SOME INITIALS BYDDIN IN THE BU-YI DIALECTS', YYYJ 1 (DEC 1956) 283-97.

2571 YU, SHI-CHANG, 'WHY -SHOULD THE WRITING SYSTEM FOR THE BYADWS BU-YI LANGUAGE BE RELATED TO THAT OF THE ZHUANG LANGUAGE', ZGYW 69 (MAR 1958) 134-7.

2572 YU, SHI-CHANG, 'SOME PROBLEMS IN THE CLASSIFICATION NLADCF OF THE NATIONAL LANGUAGES', ZGYW 79 (JAN 1959) 54-7.

2573 YU, SHI-CHANG, 'OPINIONS ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF NLADCF NATIONAL LANGUAGES AND DIALECTS', ZGYW 92 (FEB 1960) 74-7. 356 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2574 YU, SHI-CHANG, 'SOME PROBLEMS IN THE STUDY OF THE NLAD CHINESE INFLUENCE ON THE NATIONAL LANGUAGES', ZGYW 110 (DEC 1961) 16-22, 49.

2575 YU, WEN, DRILLS IN DICTION AND SENTENCE MAKING (HONGKONG 1955).

2576 YU WEN JIAO XUE, A MONTHLY JOURNAL ON LANGUAGE TEACHING AND LEARNING, SINCE AUG 1951.

2577 YU WEN XUE XI, 'SHORT ARTICLES ANO REVIEWS OF LANGUAGE'. A REGULAR FEATURE IN THE PERIODICAL IN VARIOUS OPINIONS ARE EXPRESSED CONCERNING THE USE OF GRAMMATICAL CATEGORIES.

2578 YU WEN XUE XI (LINGUISTIC STUDIES) (PEKING KAI MING SHU DIAN). MONTHLY SINCE OCT 1951. CHINESE GRAMMAR, PHONOLOGY, MORPHOLOGY, AND SEMANTICS, DEVELOPMENT OF A NATIONAL LANGUAGE.

2579 YU WEN XUE XI, 'ILLUSTRATIONS AND EXPLANATIONS OF CHADSS SYNONYMS' OR 'LEXICAL DISTINCTION'. A REGULAR FEATURE IN THE PERIODICAL IN WHICH PAIRS OF SIMILAR LEXICAL ITEMS ARE COMPARED.

2580 YU WEN XUE XI, 'ANSWERS TO LINGUISTIC QUESTIONS'. A REGULAR FEATURE IN THE PERIODICAL IN WHICH QUESTIONS CONCERNING CERTAIN INTERESTING SYNTACTIC AND PHONO- LOGICAL FEATURES ARE ANSWERED.

2581 YU WEN XUE XI, 'COMMENTS ON 'IS 'DE' NEEDED WHEN MAADSY VERBS ARE USED AS ADJECTIVES', YWXX (MAR 1957) 40.

2582 YU, XIE-BIAO, 'ALSO ON THE USES OF THE LOGOGRAPH CHADLL 'HAO' '» YWXX 10 (1955).

2583 YU YAN JIAO XUE. A BIMONTHLY JOURNAL ON LANGUAGE TEACHING AND LEARNING, SINCE 1956 (SHANGHAI).

2584 YU JIU (LINGUISTIC RESEARCH). IRREGULAR PUBLICATION SINCE 1956 PEKING). GENERAL LINGUISTICS, PHILOLOGICAL STUDIES OF MODERN CHINESE DIALECTS, CRITIQUES OF MAJOR PUBLICATIONS IN THE FIELD.

2585 YU YAN YAN JIU TONG XIN (NEWS OF LINGUISTIC RESEARCH) (MAY 1956—DEC 1957, JUL 1958—JUL 1959).

2586 YU YAN ZHI SHI (FUNDAMENTAL KNOWLEDGE OF LANGUAGE). CHADWS 2 VOLS. 1. FORM, PRONUNCIATION, ANO MEANING OF LOGOGRAPHS, 2. PERSONAL AND ACTION FUNCTIVES.

2587 YU, YAN6, 'THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN LITERARY AND COLLOQUIAL READING OF CHARACTERS IN THE TAI-ZHOU DIALECT', ZGYW (MAY 1961) 41-3, 29.

2588 YUAN, DING, 'THE LAWS OF SOUND CORRESPONDENCES MADDPC BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 357

BETWEEN THE HAN-KOU LOCAL PRONUNCIATION AND THE PEKING PRONUNCIATION», FYYPTHJK 3 (1958) 78-85.

2589 YUAN, DING AND BO SHI, «CAN THE 'PING ZE• DISTINCTION CHADTO BE CONSIDERED A MUSICAL ASPECT IN CHINESE MORPHOLOGY", ZGYW 82 (APR 1959) 182-3.

2590 YUAN, HUI, 'ON THE USES OF THE ADVERB 'JIU* ', YWXX MAADAD 5 (1957) 38.

2591 YUAN, HUI, 'THE CONSECUTIVE USE ANO OMISSION OF MAADNU NUMERALS', YWXX 2 (1959) 30.

2592 YUAN, JIA-HUA, 'THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE ZHUANG ZGDDWS DIALECTS IN GUANG-XI AND THE PROPER APPROACH TO THE DESIGN OF AN ALPHABET FOR THESE DIALECTS", ZGYW 6 (OEC 1952) 5-7.

2593 YUAN, JIA-HUA, THE FOLKSONGS AND LANGUAGE OF THE AH I AHADFK PEOPLE (PEKING JUN 1953).

2594 YUAN, JIA-HUA, 'PROBLEMS RELATING TO THE ZHUANG ZGAD LANGUAGE", ZGYW 23 (MAY 1954) 12-5.

2595 YUAN, JIA-HUA, 'AN OUTLINE OF CHINESE DIALECT CHDD STUDIES', YU YAN XUE LUN CONG 2 (1958) 133-44.

2596 YUAN, JIA-HUA, DIALECTS (PEKING WZGG CHADDA CBS FEB 1960).

2597 YUAN, JIA-HUA, 'THE LETTER "R' IN THE ZHUANG ALPHABET ZGDDWS AND ITS CORRESPONDENCES IN THE ZHUANG DIALECTS', YU YAN XUE LUN CONG 5 (OEC 1963).

2598 YUAN, JIA-HUA, LIST OF WORDS WITH CHINESE DIALECT CHDDPR PRONUNCIATIONS (PEKING 1964).

2599 YUAN, JIA-HUA ET AL., A REPORT ON LINGUISTIC WORK ZGAD ON THE ZHUANG LANGUAGE CARRIED OUT IN 1952 (NOV 1953).

2600 YUAN, JIA-HUA AND YUAN-SHENG ZHANG, 'A PRELIMINARY ZGADMO STUDY OF WORD FORMATION IN THE ZHUANG LANGUAGE", SSMZYWLJ 1 (JUN 1958) 1-40.

2601 YUAN, JIN, 'PUNCTUATION MARKS AS INDICATIONS OF JUNCTURE AND STRUCTURE, 1', YWXX 6 (1959) 32.

2602 YUAN, JIN, 'PUNCTUATION MARKS AS INDICATION OF INTONATION', YWXX (MAY 1959) 25.

2603 YUE, ANNE 0. K., SEE HASHIMOTO, ANNE Y.

2604 YUE-ZHAI, 'COMPARATIVE TABLES OF JIN-HUA LOCAL WUDDPR PRONUNCIATION AND PEKING PRONUNCIATION', FYYPTHJK 5 (1958) 25-98. 358 WILLIAM S.-Y.WANG

2605 YUN. CHUAN, 'POSITIONS OF THE SUBJECT AND OBJECT", MAADSY YWXX (AUG 1955) 33-FF.

2606 YUN, SHENG, 'ON IDIOMS', ZGYW 85 {JUL 1959) 349. CHADID

2607 ZACHi ERWIN VON, 'NOTICE SUR A. CONRADY, EINE INDO- STADCS CHINESISCHE CAUSATIVE-OENOMINATIV—BILDUNG", TP A-VII 11896) 117-8.

2608 ZACH, ERWIN VON, «REVIEW OF LESSING, F., «VERGLEICH ...•(1925)«, TP 24 (1926) 404-5.

2609 ZACH, ERWIN VON, «ZUM AUSBAU DER GABELENTZSCHEN GRAMMATIK«, AM 3 (1926) 288-93, 477-90, 4 (1927) 437-45, 619-26, 5 (1928) 225-46, 6 (1929) 67-75.

2610 ZACH, ERWIN VON, SINOLOGISCHE BEITRAEGE (BATAVIA 1930).

2611 ZACH, ERWIN VON, ZUM AUSBAU OER GABELENTZSCHEN GRAMMATIK NEBST V.O. GABELENTZ" EIGENEN 'ADDITIONS' (PEKING 1944).

2612 ZADOENKO, «EXPERIMENT ON THE WEAK-STRESSED SYLLABLE MAADTO AND NEUTRAL TONE IN CHINESE«, TRANSL. BY YOU-JING JING, ZGYW 78 (DEC 1958) 581-7.

2613 ZAITSU, AIZOO, «DUN-HUANG MATERIALS SHOWING MEDIEVAL CHANTC CHINESE PRONUNCIATION IN TIBETAN CHARACTERS COMPARED WITH YUN JING «, TYG SOOHEN 1.1 (1934).

2614 ZENG, CONG-MING, «ON THE POSSIBILITY OF THE ABSENCE OF CHAOSY A LOGICAL SUBJECT", IN SHI, CUN-ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS...(1957).

2615 ZENG, DI, HANDBOOK OF ADVERBS, PREPOSITIONS, CHADMO CONJUNCTIONS, AUXILIARIES, AND INTERJECTIONS (HONGKONG 1963).

2616 ZENG, DI, HANDBOOK OF NOUN, VERB, ADJECTIVE AND CHADMO REDUPLICATED WORDS (HONGKONG 1963).

2617 ZENG, MAURICE, RECENT CHINESE PUBLICATIONS ON THE CHADBB CHINESE LANGUAGE—AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY (NEW HAVEN IFEL 1961).

2618 ZGUSTA, SEE KRATOCHVIL> P. ET AL., "SOME PROBLEMS...' (1962).

2619 ZHAN, BO-HUI, 'REVIEW OF RUDIMENTS OF PHONETICS' ', CHADLT YWXX 5.37 (1956).

2620 ZHAN,. BO-HUI, 'THE PHENOMENA OF 'KUN READINGS' OF HNADRP SYNONYMOUS CHARACTERS IN THE HA I-NAN DIALECT', ZGYW 6 (1957) 4. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 359

2621 ZHAN, BO—HU11 •THE PARTICLES 'CH* AN', 'CHU', «FAUN», CAADFU • MAO I•i 'T1IM* IN CANTONESE», ZGYW 3 (1958) 119-22.

2622 ZHAN, BO^UI, «SOME GRAMMATICAL PECULIARITIES OF THE SWADGR CHAO-ZHQU (SWATOW) LANGUAGE', ZGYW 5 (1958) 218- 20.

2623 ZHAN, BO-HUI, 'COLLECTING AND ARRANGING THE VOCABULARY CHOOVC OF CHINESE DIALECTS', ZGYW 11 (1958) 526-30.

2624 ZHAN, BO-HUI, 'THE CHAO-ZHOU (SWATOW) DIALECT', SWAD FYYPTHJK 2 (1959) 41-120.

2625 ZHAN, BO-HUI, 'THE EXPRESSION OF VERBAL ASPECTS IN XSADVE THE X I—SHU I LANGUAGE', ZGYW 8-9 ( 1962) 409-10.

^626 ZHANG, BAO-HUA, PUNCTUATION MARKS (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI CHAOPT SHI CBS). SEE HYZSJH 3.

2627 ZHANG, BING-LIN, ' LUN', GUO GU LUN HENG PT. 1, IN CONG SHU 13-5 (HANG-ZHOU 1917-1919).

2628 ZHANG, CHENG-CAI, 'THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN SHANG-XIAN MADDPR FYYPTHJK 2 (1958) 90-5.

2629 ZHANG, CHENG-CAI, 'THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS IN THE MADOPN SHANG-XIAN DIALECTS', ZGYW 69 (MAR 1958) 127-8.

2630 ZHANG, CHENG-CAI, *INTfcRNAL INFLEXION IN THE MADDVE PERFECTIVE ASPECT OF VERBS IN THE SHANG-XIAN DIALECT', ZGYW (JUN 1958) 279-80.

2631 ZHANG, CHENG-CUN, 'A DISCUSSION OF HOW NATIVES OF MADDPR XI-AN SHOULD STUDY THE STANDARD LANGUAGE BASED ON THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN XI-AN PRONUNCIATION AND PEKING PRONUNCIATION', FYYPTHJK 7 (1959) 1-14.

2632 ZHANG, DI-HUA, CONTEMPORARY CHINESE 1 (PEKING GAO DENG JIAO YU CBS 1958).

2633 ZHANG, FU-WEN, 'THE MISUSE OF THE ', CHADPT YWXX 6.34 (1957).

2634 ZHANG, FU-WEN, 'THE CORRECT USE OF THE PERIOD, CHADPT QUESTION MARK AND ', YWXX 2.35 (1958).

2635 ZHANG, FU-WEN, RU-PAN AN AND ZHEN-TANG YU, 'THE CHADPT CORRECT USE OF THE ', YWXX 6.35 (1958).

2636 ZHANG, GONG-GUI, 'TWO TYPES OF NEWLY-COMPOSED CHADMO COMPOUND WORDS', YWXX (JUN 1954) 58-FF.

2637 ZHANG, GONG-GUI, 'ON RELATIONSHIP IN PHONETIC CORRESPONDENCES', ZGYW 54 (JUL 1957) 12-6. 360 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2638 ZHANG, GONG-GUI, «ANTONYM AND ITS FUNCTION IN MORPHOLOGY AND RHETORIC', ZGYW 62

2639 ZHANG, HONG-XI, «VIEWS ON SOLVING THE PROBLEM OF LOSS CHAORO OF MASTERY OF THE PHONETIC ALPHABET», WZGG 8 11962» 5-6.

2640 ZHANG, HUA, "ON THE PRINCIPLES OF DISTINGUISHING CHADPS PARTS OF SPEECH IN CHINESE«, IN HE, ZHONG ET AL., PROBLEMS...11955).

2641 ZHANG, JIAN-LIN, «THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE CHINESE CHADRO LANGUAGE, AND THE PROBLEM OF REPRESENTING THE WORDS«, ZGYW 5 (NOV 1952) 11-2.

2642 ZHANG, JIAN-MU, «ON THE CHARACTERISTICS AND FORM OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE«, ZGYW 31 (JAN 1955) 25.

2643 ZHANG, JING, A COMPARISON OF GRAMMARS (HAN-KOU 1956)

II + 90.

2644 ZHANG, JING, «PEKING PHONEMICS', ZGYW 56 (1957) 13-5. MAADPM

2645 ZHANGDICTIONARY...(1944), KUN, SEE LI, . LIN-CAN AND KUN ZHANG, A

2646 ZHANG, KUN, 'ON THE TONE SYSTEM OF THE MIAO AND YAO MYADTO LANGUAGES', LANGUAGE 29 (1953) 374-8.

2647 ZHANG, KUN, SEE LI, LIN-CAN AND KUN ZHANG, SIX MOSO TEXTS...(1957).

2648 ZHANG, KUN, 'THE PHONEMIC SYSTEM OF THE YI-MIAO YIADPM DIALECT', BIHP 29 PT. 1 (1957).

2649 ZHANG, KUN, «A GRAMMATICAL SKETCH OF LATE ARCHAIC CHARGR CHINESE', JAOS 81 (1961) 299-308.

2650 ZHANG, KUN, 'OUTLINE HISTORY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS«, CHADHL IN WANG, W. S-Y., READINGS...(1966).

2651 ZHANG, KUN, 'A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF THE YAO TONE YOADTO SYSTEM', LANGUAGE 42.2 (APR 1966) 303-10.

2652 ZHANG, LI AN—01ANG, 'GRAMMATICAL PECULIARITIES OF CAADCL CLASSIFIERS IN CANTONESE«, ZGYW 103 (JAN 1961) 30-2.

2653 ZHANG, LIANG, SEE SUI, SHU-HUA ET AL., «WORDS...« (1956).

2654 ZHANG, LIN-ZHI, «RHYME TABLES« IN CONG SHU JI CHENG CHANRC CHU BI AN 1239 (SHANGHAI 1936).

2655 ZHANG, MEI-XIA, 'HOW TO TEACH THE USES OF «Y' AND CHADRO 'W' ', WZGG 7 (APR 1959) 5. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 361

2656 ZHANG, N.C.T., «TONE AND INTONATION IN THE CHENG-DU MAODTO DIALECT«, PHONETICS 2 (1958) 60-84.

2657 ZHANG, PEI-ZHONG, 'PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION OF THE MLDDPR PRONUNCIATION OF THE DIALECT OF WESTERN INNER «, FYYPTHJK 3 (1958) 70-2.

2658 ZHANG. QI-CHUN, «THE CHINESE VERBAL ASPECTS«, ENGLISH CHADVE MON. 40 (SHANGHAI 1948).

2659 ZHANG, QI-CHUN, «THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN SUBJECT CHAOSY AND PREDICATE«, YWXX 10.20 (1955). ALSO ZGYWCS 48- 52.

2660 ZHANG, QI-CHUN, CONCISE CHINESE-ENGLISH DICTIONARY CEADDI (SWYSG 1963).

2661 ZHANG, QI-CHUN AND WEN-YING CAI, «THE FUNCTION OF CHADMO REDUPLICATIVES', YWXX 2.34 (1957).

2662 ZHANG, QING, «ON PARTS OF SPEECH IN CHINESE«, IN SHI, CHADPS CUN-ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS...(1957) 107-143.

2663 ZHANG, RU-ZHOU, «REVIEW OF YU FA JIANG HUA', ZGYW 25 (JUL 1954) 16.

2664 ZHANG, RU-ZHOU, CONCISE GRAMMAR (WU SHI NIAN DAI CBS CHADGR 1955).

2665 ZHANG, SHENG-YU, SEE PAN, MAO-DING ET AL., «A BRIEF ACCOUNT...«(1963).

2666 ZHANG, SHI-LU, 'THE ORIGIN OF SYNONYMS AND HOMONYMS',

YU WEN ZHI SHI 48. MAADLX 2667 ZHANG, SHI-LU, A LEXICON OF MANDARIN, HYZXJH 4. CHADHL 2668 ZHANGPHONETICS', SHI-LU, ,CHINES «METHOE DLIT OF. CHINES1.1. E HISTORICAL 2669 ZHANG, SHI-LU, TRANSL. OF KARLGREN, B., SOUND... (1923) (SHANGHAI 1931).

2670 ZHANG, SHI-LU, TRANSL. OF KARLGREN, B., CHADPS •WORD FAMILIES...«(1934) (SHANGHAI 1937).

2671 ZHANG, SHI-LU, HISTORY OF CHINESE PHONOLOGY (SHANGHAI CHADHL 1938). CHINESE.

2672 ZHANG, SHI-LU, «THE FAN QIE OF CHU-NGAO', SHUO WEN MO. CHANFQ WU, ZHI-HUI MEM. VOL. (CHUNG-QING 1944). CHINESE.

2673 ZHANG, SHI-LU, «METHODS FOR STUDYING PHONETICS«, YWXX CHADLT (SEP 1955) 23FF•

2674 ZHANG, SHI-LU, TEACHING FUNDAMENTALS OF VOCABULARY IN 362 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (HANG-ZHOU 1956).

2675 ZHANG, SHI-LU, 'THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE MEANING CHAOS^ AND THE GRAMMATICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF WORDS't VWXX 7.32 (1956).

2676 ZHANG, SHI-LU, 'HOW TO RECOGNIZE HOMONYMS', ZGYW 57 (MAR 1957) 30-2.

2677 ZHANG, SHI-LU, 'PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY', YWXX 4.26, CHADLT 5.25 (1958).

2678 ZHANG, SHI-LU, HISTORY OF CHINESE PHONOLOGY (HONGKONG CHADHL 1963).

2679 ZHANG, SHOU-KANG, "A BRIEF DISCUSSION OF CHINESE CHADHO MORPHOLOGY', ZGYW 60 (JUN 1957) 1-8.

2680 ZHANG, SHOU-SHI, TEACHING MATERIAL FOR CHINESE CHADGR GRAMMAR (SINGAPORE 1962).

2681 ZHANG, WEI-GANG, DEFINING DIALECTAL SOUNDS (SHANGHAI CHADPH XIN ZHI SHI CBS). ALSO IN HYZSJH II.

2682 ZHANG, WEI-GANG, 'TONE SANDHI IN THE NAN-CHANG GAADTO DIALECT', BULL. RES. INST. OF SUN YAT-SEN UNIV. 1.1 (CHENGKIANG 1943).

2683 ZHANG, WEI-SI, 'ON THE ABSENCE OF THE FOUR TONES IN CHANTO ANCIENT ETYMOLOGY', CHEELOO SINO. RES. INST. PUBL. 1 (1941) 101-16. CHINESE.

2684 ZHANG, WEI-SI, 'A NEW STUDY OF THE ARCHAIC CHARPH PRONUNCIATION OF THE GROUP 'KO', 'KO' AND 'MA' ', BULL. CH. ST. 3 (1943) 197-228. CHINESE. ENGLISH SUMMARY 401.

2685 ZHANG, WEI-SI, 'CHINESE SOUNDS OF THE PRE-QIN PERIOD', CHARPH BULL. CH. ST. 4.2 (1944) 1-20. CHINESE. ENGLISH SUMMARY 175.

2686 ZHANG, WEN, 'INTRODUCING 'FUNDAMENTALS OF MANDARIN PHONETICS' ', YWXX 12.31 J1958).

2687 ZHANG, XI-SHEN, COMMENTS ON MA JIAN-ZHONG'S 'GRAMMAR' I — 11 (PEKING 1954), REPRINT (PEKING 1958) XXII • 563.

2688 ZHANG, XIANG-CHEN, 'A COMPARISON BETWEEN THE LOCAL MADDPR PRONUNCIATION OF XIN-MIN, LIAO-NING, AND THE PEKING PRONUNCIATION', FYYPTHJK 3 (1958) 53-61.

2689 ZHANG, XIU, 'ASPECT AND TIME SYSTEMS IN THE CHINESE CHADVE VERB', IN SHI, CUN-ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS (1957). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 363

2690 ZHANG, XIU, «ON THE SYSTEM OF EXPRESSION IN VERBS«, CHADVE IN SHI, CUN-ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS...11957).

2691 ZHANG, XUN-RU, 'THE 13 RHYME GROUPS OF THE PEIPING MAADFI DIALECT', (PEKING 1937) CII + 322.

2692 ZHANG, XUN-RU, rt-SUFFIXED FINALS IN PEKING SPEECH MAADFI (SHANGHAI 1949) XLVII + 126, (TAIPEI KAI MING SHU DIAN 1956).

2693 ZHANG, XUN-RU, 'THE FUNCTION OF THE NEUTRAL TONE IN MAADTO THE PEKING DIALECT', ZGYW 47 (MAY 1956) 30.

2694 ZHANG, XUN-RU, A GLOSSARY OF NEUTRAL-TONE WORDS IN MAADVC THE PEKING DIALECT,.ED. BY ZGYW ZA ZHI SHE (PEKING ZHONG HUA SHU JU 1957).

2695 ZHANG, XUN-RU, 'A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF STRESSES IN MANDARIN', IN SELECTED REFERENCE MATERIALS...I PEKING 1957) 21-31.

2696 ZHANG, YI, GUANG YA CA. 230 A.D. ENLARGEMENT OF ER CHARLX YA.

2697 ZHANG, YI-HUI, GRAMMAR OF ARCHAIC CHINESE (HAN-KOU CHARGR 1957).

2698 ZHANG, YING-DE, SEE CAO, ZI-RONG AND YING-DE ZHANG, • ARE MEANING-TRANSLATED...•( 1958).

2699 ZHANG, YOU-JIAN, 'LIAN IS A PARTICLE', ZGYW 60 (JUN MAADFU

1957) 26.

2700 ZHANG, YU-SHU, KANG XI DICTIONARY (1716). CHADCC

2701 ZHANGALLUSION, YU-SHS ARRANGEU ET AL.D ,ACCORDIN ENCYCLOPEDIG TO ARHYM OF E PHRASE(1771)S . AND CHADID 2702 ZHANG, ZHAO-YU AND WEN-DA GAO, 'A COMPARISON BETWEEN MADDPR JI — NAN AND PEKING PRONUNCIATION', FYYPTHJK 1 (1958) 103-38.

2703 ZHANG, ZHENG-LANG, 'THE ORIGINAL MEANING OF THE TERM CHADEM LIU SHU', BIHP X (1942) 1-22. CHINESE.

2704 ZHANG, ZHENG-LI, 'SOME VIEWS REGARDING SURVEY OF CHADRO CHINESE WRITING REFORM', ZGYW (NOV 1962) 529-31.

2705 ZHANG, ZHENG-MING, LE PARALLELISME DANS LE VERS DU CHEN K WIG (PAR LS 1937).

2706 ZHANG, ZHENG-MING, L'ECRITURE CHINOISE ET LE GESTE CHADWS HUMAIN (PARIS 1937).

2707 ZHANG, ZHI-GONG, 'THE GENERAL RULES AND SPECIFIC CHADGR HABITUAL USES IN GRAMMAR', IN HYZSJH 3. 364 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2708 ZHANG, ZHI-GONG, 'FUNDAMENTALS OF CHINESE GRAMMAR* > CHADGR YWXX IMAY 1952) 5.

2709 ZHANG, ZHI-GON&, FUNDAMENTALS OF CHINESE GRAMMAR CHADGR (ZHONG GUO QING NIAN CBS 1953), 1ST ED. (XIN ZHI SHI CBS NOV 1956), 2ND ED. (FEB 1957).

2710 ZHANG, ZHI-GONG, GENERAL CHINESE GRAMMAR (PEKING 1953) CHADGR XII * 281.

2711 ZHANG, ZHI-GONG, HOW TO MAKE SENTENCES (PEKING 1954). CHADSY

2712 ZHANGTHE ,INDIVIDUAL ZHI-GONG,1 , 'THYWXE X GENERAL(APR 1954, TH) E 27FFPARTICULAR. , AND CHADSC 2713 ZHANG, ZHI-GONG, 'OPTIONAL AND OBLIGATORY', YWXX (MAY 1954) 36FF.

2714 ZHANG, ZHI-GONG, SEE WANG, LI AND ZHI-GONG ZHANG, GRAMMAR...(1956).

2715 ZHANG, ZHI-GONG, «SOME OPINIONS ON SENTENCE ANALYSIS CHADSY IN CHINESE', YWXX (APR 1956) 20FF.

2716 ZHANG, ZHI-GONG, 'ON •XIANG*, 'SHUO', AND 'XIE' ', MAADVE YWXX 4.20 (1958).

2717 ZHANG, ZHI-GONG, 'HOW TO STUDY GRAMMAR', YWXX 10.32 (1958).

2718 ZHANG, ZHI-GONG, 'ON 'DUI' AND 'HAO' ', YWXX 11.7 (1958).

2719 ZHANG, ZHI-GONG, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR LEARNING—THE COMPONENTS OF WORDS AND SENTENCES', YWXX 1.29 (1959).

2720 ZHANG, ZHI-GONG, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR LEARNING—THAT WHICH PRECEDES RESTRICTS THAT WHICH FOLLOWS', YWXX 2.25 (1959).

2721 ZHANG, ZHI-GONG, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR LEARNING—THAT WHICH PRECEDES GOVERNS THAT' WHICH FOLLOWS', YWXX 4.19 (1959).

2722 ZHANG, ZHI-GONG, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR LEARNING—THAT WHICH FOLLOWS EXPLICATES THAT WHICH PRECEDES', YWXX 6.26 (1959).

2723 ZHANG, ZHI-GONG, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR LEARNING—FRONT- BACK COORDINATION', YWXX 7.23-4 (1959).

2724 ZHANG, ZHI-GONG, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR LEARNING—OF PEOPLE AND THINGS, QUALITY AND MANNER, ACTION AND CHANGE', YWXX 8 (1959J 27-8. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 365

2725 ZHANG, ZHI-GONG. 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR LEARNING— VARIOUS CONDITIONS', YWXX 9 (1959) 25-7.

2726 ZHANG, ZHI-GONG, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR LEARN ING-— INTONAT ION PATTERNS', YWXX .12 ( 1959) 24-6.

2727 ZHANG, ZHI-MING, SEE CHEN, ZHI-WEN ET AL., 'REVIEW ...'(1954).

2728 ZHANG, ZHI-YI, 'SOME GRAMMATICAL DISTINCTIONS OF CHADSS SYNONYMS', YWXX 12 (1958) 36.

2729 ZHANG, ZHUANG-RONG, 'MODEL EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF A LANGUAGE', YWXX 4 (1959) 23.

2730 ZHAO, BING-XUAN, A COMPARISON BETWEEN TAI-YUAN, YU-CI, QING-XU ETC., AND LOCAL PRONUNCIATION OF CENTRAL SHAN-XI AND PEKING PRONUNCIATION', FYYPTHJK 2 (1958) 76.

2731 ZHAO, BING-XUAN, 'LOSS OF FINAL CONSONANTS IN THE MADDFI

CENTRAL SHAN-XI LANGUAGE', FYYPTHJK 3 (1958) 46-9.

2732 ZHAO, C.Y., SEE SHEN, YAO.

2733 ZHAO, CONG, LECTURES ON GRAMMAR (YOU LI AN CBS 1954).

2734 ZHAOZGYW, EN-ZHU53 (NO,V 1956'ON )'SHOU' 48-9,. 'AI', 'ZAO' AND 'YOU' ', MAADSY 2735 ZHAO, HE-LING, 'HOW I DISTINGUISH AND REMEMBER WORDS MAADIN BEGINNING WITH Z, C, S AND ZH, CH, SH AS INITIALS', WZGG 9 (1958) 18.

2736 ZHAO, JESSICA C.Y., SEE SHEN, YAO.

2737 ZHAO, LIN-SEN, 'THE LAWS OF PHONETIC CORRESPONDENCES MADDPC BETWEEN THE XI-AN LOCAL PRONUNCIATION AND THE COMMON LANGUAGE', FYYPTHJK 2 (1958) 77-90.

2738 ZHAO, RONG-PU, 'ON THE REDUPLICATION OF VERBS IN MAADVE VERB-PREDICATE SENTENCES', ZGYW 68 (FEB 1958) 85.

2739 ZHAO, SHENG-MING, 'NEW EXAMPLES OF PROVERBIAL MAADSY PREDICATES', ZGYW 82 (APR 1959) 194.

2740 ZHAO, SHU-HUA, 'SOME USES OF 'ZHE' ', YWXX (NOV 1954) MAADFU 57FF .

2741 ZHAO, T.C., SEE SIMON, Wi AND T.C. ZHAO, STRUCTURE... (1959).

2742 ZHAO, XIA-QIU AND QING-RUI ZENG, 'THE BASIS OF THE CHAEPH PHONOLOGICAL SYSTEM OF ZHONG YUAN YIN YUN AND THE PROPERTIES OF THE THREE VARIATIONS OF RU SHENG', ZGYW 177 (JUL 1962) 312. 366 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2743 ZHAO, XIA-QIU ANO QING-RUI ZENG, «REVIEW OF HISTORY OF CHADHL CHINESE LINGUIS fICS* » ZGYW 133 (JUN 1964) 466.

2744 '.HAO, YI—BO, «SOME PROBLEMS CONCERNING LOAN WORDS IN CHADLW CHINESE', YWXX 3 (L958) 8.

2745 :HAO, YIN-TANG, •DE VITA ATQUE OPERIBUS CHAO SHAO CHI, PHONOLOGISTA CELEBRI, QUI INITIO OYNASTIAE TS«ING FLORUIT', FU REN J. 3 FASC. 2. NO. 5, 12. CHINESE.

2746 ZHAO, YIN-TANG, 'A CRITICAL STUDY OF THE PHONETIC ANNOTATION OF THE KANG XI DICTIONARY* IN KANG XI DICTIONARY 3.

2747 ZHAO, YIN-TANG, 'THE HISTORICAL AND PHONIC STUDY OF CHAERH THE RIME BOOKS, ZHONG YUAN YIN YUN BRANCH, WITH OBSERVATIONS BY OIAN XUAN-TONG, J. SINO. ST. 3 (1932) 421-525.

2748 ZHAO, YIN-TANG, 'CHRONOLOGICAL STUDY OF QIE YUN ZHI CHANRC ZHANG TU', FU REN J. 4.2 (1934) 14. REPRODUCED IN ZHAO'S DENG YUN YUAN LIU (1957) 94-101.

2749 ZHAO, YIN-TANG, STUDIES ON ZHONG YUAN YIN YUN CHAERH (SHANGHAI 1936). 2ND PRINTING WITH ADDED PREFACE AND APPENDIX (SHANGHAI 1956).

2750 ZHAO, YIN-TANG, 'DE PHONOLOGIA DIALECTORUM MADDHL MANDARINORUM SEPTENTRIONALIUM, UTI INVENITUR IN OPERIBUS PHONOLOGICIS TEMPORIBUS MING ET CHING EDITIS', FU REN J. 6 (1937) 65-128 + 2 TABLES. CHINESE.

2751 ZHAO, YIN-TANG, DENG YUN YUAN LIU (SHANGHAI 1957).

2752 ZHAO, YOU-ZONG, 'WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENCES IN THE CHADSY VARIOUS WAYS OF CLASSIFYING SENTENCES', YWXX (JUL 1954) 36FF.

2753 ZHAO, YOU-ZONG, 'SIMILARITIES AND DISTINCTIONS IN THE CHADLL MEANING OF SOME GRAMMATICAL TERMS', YWXX (AUG 1954) 45FF.

2754 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'TRANSLATION WITHOUT A MACHINE', PROC. CHADTN OF NINTH INTERN. CONG. OF LINGUISTS.

2755 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, CANTONESE PRIMER (OXFORD UNIV. PRESS) CAADGR SEE YOU, TONG, 'REVIEW OF...'(1951).

2756 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'THE NON-UNIQUENESS OF PHONEMIC CHADLT SOLUTIONS OF PHONETIC SYSTEMS', BIHP 4 PT. 4, 363-97. ALSO IN MARTIN JOOS, ED., READINGS IN LINGUISTICS 38-54.

2757 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'APPENDIX—DISCUSSION ON THE RIMES CHADF1 'ZHEN' AND ' JIE' ', BIHP I PT. IV. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 367

2758 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, «CHINESE TRANSL. OF KARLGREN, B., •PROBLEMS...' ', BIHP I PT. III.

2759 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, •A SYSTEM OF TONE LETTERS', LE MAITRE CHADTO PHONETIQUE 45 (1920) 24-7.

2760 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, A PHONOGRAPHIC COURSE IN THE CHINESE MAAD NATIONAL LANGUAGE (SHANGHAI 1925).

2761 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'A STUDY ON THE PARTICLES IN PEKING, CHADFU SU-ZHOU, AND CHANG-ZHOU DIALECTS', QING HUA J. III.2 (PEKING 1926) 865-918.

2762 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'STUDIES IN THE MODERN WU DIALECTS', HUDDCS QING HUA COLLEGE RES. INST. MONOGR. 4 (PEKING 1928) XV + MAP + 138.

2763 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'SOUND SYSTEM OF THE MADDPH NANKING DIALECT', KE XUE 13 (1929) 1005-36.

2764 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'PHONOLOGY OF YAO FOLK-SONG', BIHP VAADPH (1930) .

2765 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'EIGHT VARIETIES OF SECRET LANGUAGE BASED ON THE PRINCIPLE OF FAN QIE«, BIHP 2 (1931) 312-54. CHINESE.

2766 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'A PRELIMINARY STUDY OF ENGLISH CHADTO INTONATION (WITH AMERICAN VARIANTS), AND ITS CHINESE EQUIVALENT', BIHP SUP. (1933) 105-56.

2767 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'TONE AND INTONATION IN CHINESE', CHADTO BIHP 4 ( 1933) 121-34.

2768 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'TYPE OF PLOSIVES IN CHINESE DIALECTS', CHDDCO BIHP 5 (1935) 515-20. CHINESE.

2769 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'THREE EXAMPLES OF THE DIALECTAL CHDOPR NATURE OF ABNORMAL PRONUNCIATION', BIHP 5 (1935) 241-53. CHINESE.

2770 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'A CRITICAL LIST OF ERRATA FOR KARLGREN'S ETUDE SUR LA PHONOLOGIE CHINOISE", QUARTERLY BULL. OF CHIN. BIBLIOGRAPHY 3 (1936) 139-51.

2771 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'A HOTE ON 'LIA-, 'SA', ETC.', HJAS MAADNU (1936) 33-8.

2772 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'THE ZHONG-XIANG DIALECT (HU-BEI)', HSDD BIHP MONO. 15 (1939) 160.

2773 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'A NOTE ON AN EARLY LOGOGRAPHIC THEORY CHADWS OF CHINESE WRITING', HJAS 5 (1940) 189-91.

2774 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'REVIEW OF KARLGREN, B., 'GRAMMATA 368 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

SERICA...•(1940)•, LANGUAGE 17 (1941) 60-7.

2775 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'DISTINCTIONS HITHIN ANCIENT CHINESE1, CHANPH HJAS 5 (1941) 303-22.

2776 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, «IAMBIC RHYTHM AND THE VERB-OBJECT CHADSY CONSTRUCTION IN CHINESE', STUDIES IN LINGUISTICS 1.3 (1942).

2777 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF CHINESE CHADMO WORDS', LANGUAGE 22 (1946) 4-13.

2778 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, CHARACTER TEXT FOR CANTONESE PRIMER (CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 1947) 112.

2779 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, REPORT ON A SURVEY OF THE DIALECTS IN HSDD HU-BEI (SHANGHAI 1948).

2780 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'THE ZHONG-SHAN DIALECT, GUANG-DONG', CAAD BI HP 20 (1948) 49-73. CHINESE.

2781 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, MANDARIN PRIMER (HARVARD UNIV. PRESS MAADGR 1948). SEE GRIGGS, T., 'REVIEW OF...'(1950) AND HOCKETT, C.F., 'REVIEW OF...'(1949).

2783 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, MANDARIN PRIMER, CHARACTER TEXT (1948).

2783 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'THE AS AN MADDIN INITIAL IN MANDARIN', LE MAITRE PHONETIQUE 63 (1948) 2-3.

2784 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'PREFACE TO DIALECT MATERIAL OF TAI- CADD SHAN', SPEC. PUBL. OF AS IN MEMORY OF FU SI-NIAN (1951) 61-6.

2785 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'MATERIALS ON THE TAI-SHAN DIALECT, CADD KWANGTUNG', 8IHP 23 (1951) 25-76. SEE GROOTAERS, W.A., 'REVIEW OF...•(1953).

2786 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'THE CANT I AN IDIOLECT, AN ANALYSIS OF THE CHINESE SPOKEN BY A 28-MONTH-OLD CHILD', SEMITIC AND OR. ST. (BERKELEY 1951) 27-44. ED. BY W.J. FISCHEL.

2787 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'REVIEW OF NI'S 'PEIPING DIALECT USED MADD BY THE INTELLIGENTSIA' ', EASTERN QUARTERLY XII.3 (1953) 337-40.

2788 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'POPULAR CHINESE PLANT WORDS, A CHADLX DESCRIPTIVE LEX ICO-GRAMMATICAL STUDY', LANGUAGE 29 (1953) 379-414.

2789 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'FUNCTION OF THE CHINESE CHARACTERS IN CHDDWS RECORDING DIALECTS', ANNALS OF ACAD. 5IN. 1 (1954) 117-28. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 369

2790 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'NOTES ON CHINESE GRAMMAR AND LOGIC', CHAOGR PHILOSOPHY EAST AND WEST 5 (1955) 31-41, PROCEEDINGS FROM 3RD INTERNAT. CONGR. OF OR. (1954) 251-2.

2791 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'CHINESE TERMS OF ADDRESS' LANGUAGE CHADTM 32 (1956) 217-41.

2792 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'TONE, INTONATION, SINGSONG, CHANTING, CHADTO RECITATIVE TONAL COMPOSITION AND ATONAL COMPOSITION IN CHINESE', FOR ROMAN JAKOBSON, ED. BY M. HALLE ET AL. (THE HAGUE 1956).

2793 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'FORMAL AND SEMANTIC DESCREPANCIES MAADSC BETWEEN DIFFERENT LEVELS OF CHINESE STRUCTURE«, BIHP 28 (TAIPEI 1956) 1-16.

2794 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, COMPLETE BI8ILIOGRAPHY, 2 VOLS. ACAD. CHADBB SIN. (TAIPEI 1958).

2795 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, LINGUISTIC PROBLEMS (TAIPEI TAIWAN CHAOLT UNIV. 1959).

2796 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'THE MORPHEMIC STATUS OF CERTAIN CHADTO CHINESE TONES', TRANSAC. INTERN. CONF. OF ORIENTALISTS IN JAPAN 4 (TOKYO 1959) 44-8.

2797 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, "ON THE TERMS 'QING' AND 'ZHUO* ', CHADLL BIHP 30.2 (1959) 493-7.

2798 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'AMBIGUITY IN CHINESE», IN EGEROD, S. CHADSC ANO E. GLAHN, STUDIA SERICA...(1959) 1-13.

2799 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'SUBSYLLABIC IMITATION BETWEEN TWO CHDD CHINESE DIALECTS', TRANSAC. OF INTERN. CONG. OF OR I EN. IN JAPAN 4 (1959) 126-7.

2800 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'WHAT IS CORRECT CHINESE«, JAOS 81.3 (1961) 171-7.

2801 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'PHONOLOGY OF THE LING-BEI DIALECT OF MADOPH JI-XI', BIHP 34 (1962) 27-30.

2802 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, 'TWO EXAMPLES OF DIAGRAMMATIC CHADGR REPRESENTATION IN CHINESE GRAMMAR', BIHP (1964) 1-5.

2803 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, GRAMMAR OF SPOKEN CHINESE (BERKELEY MAADGR UNIV. OF CALIFORNIA PRESS 1965).

2804 ZHAO, YUAN-REN ET AL., 'STUDIES IN THE MODERN WU WUDDCS DIALECTS', QING HUA COLLEGE RESEARCH INST. MONO. 4 (PEKING 1928).

2805 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, SHENG-SHU DING, SHI-FENG YANG, ZHONG- HSDDCS JI WU AND TONG-HE DONG, REPORT ON A SURVEY OF THE OIALECTS OF HU-BEI, ACAD. SIN. SPEC. PUBL. 8 (SHANGHAI 1938) 2 VOLS, VII + MAPS + 1574 + 65 MAPS. 370 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2806 ZHAO, YUAN-REN, FANG-GUI LI AND CHANG-PEI LUO, TRANSL. MAADDI OF KARLGREN, B., ETUDES...(19L5) (SHANGHAI 1937).

2807 ZHAO, YUAN-REN' AND LIAN-SHENG YANG, CONCISE DICTIONARY MAADDI OF SPOKEN CHINESE (HARVARD UNIV. PRESS 1947) XI-XXXI. SEE DEMIEVILLE, P., «REVIEW OF...•(1949), GASPARDONE, E., «REVIEW OF...'(1947), LYU, SHU—XIANG, «REVIEW OF...•(1947), LUO, CHANG-PEI, •REVIEW OF...«(1947) AND SIMON, H.F., •REVIEW OF ...«(1947).

2808 ZHAO, YUE-PENG, «VOCABULARY OF THE LUO-YANG DIALECT" MADDVC FYYPTHJK 6 (1956) 68-102.

2809 ZHAO, YUE-PENG, «INTRODUCTION TO THE LUO-YANG MADD LANGUAGE«. FYYPTHJK 2 (1958) 35-69.

2810 ZHAO, YUE-PENG, «SOME GRAMMATICAL PHENOMENA IN THE MADDGR LUO-YANG DIALECT«, ZGYW (JUL 1958) 342-3.

2811 ZHAO, ZHEN-DUO, 'ON OIE YUN, AS SEEN FROM ITS CHANRh PREFACE', ZGYW 119 (OCT 1962) 467.

2812 ZHEN, SHANG-LIN, 'A PKELIMINARY STUDY OF CHENG-DU MADDPH PHONOLOGY«, SI CHUAN DA XUE XUE BAO 1 (1958) 1-30 • TABLES.

2813 ZENG, CONG-MING, 'THE PRONOUN IS AN INDEPENDENT PART CHADPS OF SPEECH«, ZGYW 52 (OCT 1956) 19-21.

2814 ZHENG, DIAN, «THE PERMUTATION OF THE DISYLLABIC CHARMO WORDS IN ARCHAIC CHINESE«, ZGYW 133 (JUN 1964) 445-54.

2815 ZHENG, DIAN, DE-XUAN SUN, QING FU, RONG-FEN SHAO AND CHADDI ME I-QIAO MAI, 'METHOD OF COMPLETING MEDIUM-SIZED MODERN CHINESE DICTIONARY«, PT. 1, 2, 3, ZGYW 49, 50, 51 (JUL, AUG, SEP 1956) 31-6, 39-44, 31-6.

2816 ZHENG, ELIZABETH, 'SOME FEATURES OF THE KINSHIP CADDKT TERMINOLOGY USED IN NEW YORK CHINA-TOWN«, S-W J. ANTHROP. 8 (1952) 97-107.

2817 ZHENG, JIN-QUAN, «TONES AND TONE SANDHI IN THE MADDTO MANDARIN DIALECTS«, DA LU ZA ZHI 33.4 (1966) 102-8.

2818 ZHENG, LI, «CONCERNING WHAT IS A WORD«, IN SHI, CHADMO CUN-ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS...(1957) 52-62.

2819 ZHENG, LI-YI, •A COMPARISON OF THE VOCABULARY OF THE MNDDVC FU-ZHOU DIALECT WITH THE COMMON LANGUAGE«, FYYPTHJK 1 (1958) 122-30.

2820 ZHENG, LI-YI, 'CLASSICAL CHINESE VOCABULARY PRESERVED MNDDVC IN THE FU-ZHOU LANGUAGE', FYYPTHJK 4 (1958) 1-9. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 371

2821 ZHENG. LIN-XI, 'CAN AN INFINITE NUMBER OF CHINESE CHADMS WORDS BE FORMED WITH A LIMITED NUMBER OF LOGOGRAPHS', ZGYW 2 (AUG 1952).

2822 ZHENG, LIN-XI, «CONCERNING CHINESE WORDS AND CHADSY MONOSYLLABIC ITY*, ZGYW 35 (MAY 1955) 14.

2823 ZHENG, LIN-XI, «OBJECTIVE PRINCIPLES IN MORPHOLOGY«, CHADLT ZGYW 87 (SEP 1959) 422-7.

2B24 ZHENG, LIN-XI ET AL., PROBLEMS OF CHINESE WRITING CHADRO REFORM (SHANGHAI 1954). 2ND ED.

2825 ZHENG, NAN, «PHRASES USED AS SENTENCES', ZGYW 70 (APR CHAOSY 1958) 187-8.

2826 ZHENG, QIAO, TONG ZHI. 3 VOLS. IN SHI TONG (SHANGHAI 1935). COMMERCIAL PRESS EDITION.

2827 ZHENG, ROBERT LIANG-WEI, «TONE SANDHI IN TAIWANESE« MNDDTO IN LINGUISTICS (HAGUE MOUTON AND CO. 1966).

2828 ZHENG, ROBERT LIANG-WEI, SOME ASPECTS OF MANDARIN MAADSY SYNTAX (BLOOMINGTON INDIANA UNIVERSITY AUG 1966). UNPUBLISHED PHD THESIS.

2829 ZHENG, ROBERT LIANG-WEI, «MANDARIN PHONOLOGICAL MAADPH STRUCTURE«, JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS (OCT 1966).

2830 ZHENG, SHANG-FANG ZHANG, 'THE PHONOLOGICAL SYSTEM WUDDPH OF THE WEN-ZHOU DIALECT«, ZGYW 128 (JAN 1964) 28.

2831 ZHENG, SHANG-FANG ZHANG, 'THE CONTINUOUS TONE SANDH WUDDTO IN THE WEN-ZHOU DIALECT', ZGYW 129 (FEB 1964).

2832 ZHEREBIN, V.M., 'STRUKTURA I XARAKTER SLOVNIKA DLJA NEZAVISIMOGO ANAL IZA KITAJSKOGO JAZYKA' (THE STRUCTURE AND NATURE OF A GLOSSARY FOR INDEPENDENT ANALYSIS OF CHINESE TEXT MATTER), PROC. IPMCE 2, 173-90 (MOSCOW 1961) 1. RUSSIAN. ENGLISH TRANSL. IN JPRS 13543, 209-16.

2833 ZHEREBIN, V.M., «0 RAZRESHENII KONVERSIONNOJ OMONIMII CHADSC PRI NEZAVISIMOM ANALIZE KITAJSKOGO TEKSTA« (ON SOLVING CONVERSION HOMONYMY DURING INDEPENDENT ANALYSIS OF CHINESE TEXT MATTER), PROC. IPMCE 2, 180-91 (MOSCOW 1961) 1. RUSSIAN. ENGLISH TRANSL. IN JPRS 13543, 217-30.

2834 ZHEREBIN, V.M., «NEKOTORYE VOPROSY MASHINNOGO CHAOMT PEREVOOA S KITAJSKOGO JAZYKA« (SOME QUESTIONS ON MACHINE TRANSLATIONS FROM CHINESE), IPMCE 88 (MOSCOW 1962). RUSSIAN.

2835 ZHI, LING, «INTRODUCING 'PROBLEMS CONCERNING SUBJECT CHADSY AND OBJECT' ', YWXX (JAN 1957) 36. 372 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2836 ZHI-GE, »DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE LANGUAGE OF WEI XIAN, HAOD HE-BEI AND COMMON LANGUAGE', FYYPTHJK 6 11959) 112-8.

2837 ZHONG GUO DA CI DIAN BIAN ZHUAN CHU, HAN YU CI DIAN CHADDI (PEKING SWYSG 1957). ORIGINALLY GUO YU CI DIAN (1947).

2838 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, SHAO SHU MIN ZU YU YAN YAN JIU SUO (ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, INSTITUTE OF RESEARCH ON NATIONAL MINORITY LANGUAGES). 1955-PRESENT (PEKING). SEE INSTITUTE OF RESEARCH ON NATIONAL MINORITY LANGUAGES, A REPORT...(1959).

2839 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO (ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, INSTITUTE OF LINGUISTICS), 1949 - PRESENT (PEKING).

2840 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO BIAN , •CHINESE TRANS. OF THE SYLLABUS OF THE INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS», ZGYW 7.

28-41 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO BIAN JI BU, CHADPS •DISCUSSION ON WHETHER CHINESE HAS PARTS OF SPEECH', ZGYW 37 (JUL 1955) 20-1.

2842 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO BIAN JI BU, 'TRANS. OF B.V. GORNUNG'S 'DISCUSSIONS ON LINGUISTIC STRUCTURES, MATHEMATICAL LINGUISTICS AND APPLIED LINGUISTICS', ZGYW 95 (1960) 225-7.

2843 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO BIAN JI BU, •TRANS. OF A.S. CHIKOBAVA'S OPINIONS ON SOME THEORETICAL PROBLEMS IN LINGUISTICS», ZGYW 95 (I960) 227-33.

2844 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO BIAN JI BU, •TRANS. OF S.K. SHAUMJAN'S ON SOME THEORETICAL PROBLEMS IN LINGUISTICS', ZGYW 95 (1960) 233-6.

2845 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO BIAN JI BU, •TRANS. OF «RESOLUTIONS ON LINGUISTIC STRUCTURE AND ANALYSIS' •, ZGYW 95 (1960) 236-7.

2846 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO YU FA XIAO CHADLT ZU, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR—WHAT IS GRAMMAR. WHY STUDY GRAMMAR', ZGYW (JUL 1952) 26.

2847 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO YU FA XIAO CHADPS ZU, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR—PARTS OF SPEECH', ZGYW 2 (AUG 1952) 18-9.

2848 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO YU FA XIAO CHADSY ZU, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR 3—STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS IN A SENTENCE', ZGYW 3 (SEP 1952) 22. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 373

2849 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO YU FA XIAO CHADSY ZU, "LECTURES ON GRAMMAR 4—TYPES OF SENTENCES', ZGYW 4 (OCT 1952) 21.

2850 ZHONG GUO KE XUE' YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO YU FA XIAO ZU, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR 5—TIME AND PLACE*, ZGYW 5 (NOV 1952) 18.

2851 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO YU FA XIAO CHADVE ZU, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR 6—SOME SPECIAL VERBS— •YOU', 'SHI', ETC.', ZGYW 6 (DEC 1952) 14.

2852 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO YU FA XIAO CHADSY ZU, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR 7—SUBJECT AND OBJECT', ZGYW 7 (JAN 1953) 16".

2853 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO YU FA XIAO CHADSY ZU, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR 8—MODIFIERS AND COMPLEMENTS', ZGYW 8 (FEB 1953) 17.

2854 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO YU FA XIAO CHADVE ZU, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR 9—AUXILIARY VERBS AND COVERBS', ZGYW 9 (MAR 1953) 26.

2855 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO YU FA XIAO CHADSY ZU, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR 10—VERB SEQUENCE CONSTRUCTIONS AND TELESCOPIC CONSTRUCTIONS', ZGYW 10 (APR 1953) 19.

2856 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO YU FA XIAO CHADSY ZU, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR 11—COORDINATION, COORDINATE. SENTENCES AND SUBORDINATE SENTENCES', ZGYW 11 (MAY 1953) 22.

2857 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO YU FA XIAO CHADPN ZU, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR 12--PR0N0UNS«, ZGYW 12 (JUN 1953) 26.

2858 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO YU FA XIAO CHADDM ZU, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR 13—PRONOUNS AND DEMONSTRATIVES', ZGYW 13 (JUL 1953) 20-FF.

2859 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO YU FA XIAO CHADDM ZU, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR 14—DEMONSTRATIVES, NUMERALS AND MEASURE WORDS', ZGYW 14 (AUG 1953) 26.

2860 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO YU FA XIAO CHADAD ZU, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR 15—ADVERBS, ZGYW 15 (SEP 1953) 24.

2861 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO YU FA XIAO CHADSY ZU, 'LECTURES ON GRAMMAR 16—NEGATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES', ZGYW 16 (OCT 1953) 23.

2862 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO YU FA XIAO CHADTO ZU, 'LECTURES UN GRAMMAR 17—INTONATION', ZGYW 17 374 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

(NOV 1953) 15.

2863 ZHONG GUO KE XUE YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO YU FA XIAO CHAODA ZU, HANDBOOK OF WORDS FOR DIALECT INVESTIGATION (KE XUE CBS OCT 1955).

2864 ZHONG GUO REN MIN DA XUE TU SHU GUAN (NATIONAL CHADRO PEOPLE'S UNIVERSITY LIBRARY), «EXPERIENCE IN USING THE CHINESE PHONETIC ALPHABET IN LIBRARY CATALOGUING«, WZGG 5 (1962) 2-*-3.

2865 ZHONG GUO WEN ZI GAI GE WEI YUAN HUI (COMMITTEE ON CHADRO VOCABULARY, COMMITTEE ON LANGUAGE REFORMS), A LEXICON,OF CHINESE IN PIN YIN (PEKING 1955).

2866 ZHONG GUO WEN ZI GAI GE YAN JIU WEI YUAN HUI, TABLE OF CHDDPR THE COMMONEST CHARACTERS WITH DIALECT PRONUNCIATION (PEKING 1954).

2867 ZHONG GUO YU WEN (C.HINESE LANGUAGE) (PEKING MONTHLY SINCE 1952). GRAMMAR AND REFORM OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE, PROMOTION OF A NATIONAL LANGUAGE, LOCAL DIALECTS, ROMAN IZAT ION OF CHINESE CHARACTERS, TEACHING OF LANGUAGE, LINGUISTIC THEORIES, OCCASIONAL TRANSLATIONS OF WORKS FROM USSR AND OTHER SOVIET BLOC COUNTRIES ON THE CHINESE LANGUAGE.

2868 ZHONG GUO YU WEN ZA ZHI SHE, 'TRANSL. OF ISAENKO, B., 'ON THE BOUNDARIES...' '

2869 ZHONG GUO YU WEN ZA ZHI SHE, ESSAYS ON CHINESE GRAMMAR CHADLR REFORM (SHANGHAI 1958). SAME AS CHEN, WANG-DAO, ESSAYS...(1958).

2870 ZHONG GUO YU WEN ZA ZHI SHE, 'CHINESE TRANSLATION OF CHADPO N.I. GJAPKINA'S POST-POSITIONS IN CONTEMPORARY CHINESE', PT. 1, 2, ZGYW 66, 67, 25-32, 35-9.

2871 ZHONG GUO YU WEN ZA ZHI SHE, PARTS OF SPEECH IN CHADPS CHINESE.

2872 ZHONG GUO YU WEN ZA ZHI SHE, ON THE SUBJECT AND THE CHADSY OBJECT IN CHINESE. ZGYW CONG SHU (1953).

2873 ZHONG GUO YU WEN ZA ZHI SHE, PROBLEMS CONCERNING THE CHADRO ROMAN IZ AT I ON OF THE CHINESE LOGOGRAPHS (SHANGHAI 1954) .

2874 ZHONG GUO YU WEN ZA ZHI SHE, GRAMMATICAL CATEGORIES IN CHADPS CHINESE 1, 2 (1955, 1956).

2875 ZHONG GUO YU WEN ZA ZHI SHE, THE CHINESE WORDS AND CHADRO THEIR SPELLINGS (SHANGHAI 1955).

2876 ZHONG GUO YU WEN ZA ZHI SHE, THE SUBJECT AND THE CHADSY OBJECT IN THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (SHANGHAI 1956). BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 375

2877 ZHONG GUO YU HEN ZA ZHI SHE. CRITICISM ON THE PHONETIC CHAORO SPELLING OF WORDS (SHANGHAI 1956).

2878 ZHONG GUO YU WEN ZA ZHI SHE, 'CHINESE TRANSLATION OF CHADPS P.V. SHCHERBA'S DISCUSSION ON FORM CLASSES', ZGYW 47 (1956) 41-2.

2879 ZHONG GUO YU WEN ZA ZHI SHE, COLLECTED ESSAYS ON CHADGR GRAMMAR 1, 2, 3 (1957, 1957, 1959).

2880 ZHONG GUO YU WEN ZA ZHI SHE, 'CHINESE TRANSLATION OF V.A. ZVEGINCEV AND R.A. BUDAGOV'S SYLLABUS OF LINGUISTICS', ZGYW 61 (1957) 37-40.

2881 ZHONG HUA CONG SHU SERIES, DICTIONARY OF TAIWAN MNDDDI DIALECT (TAIPEI 1957).

2882 ZHONG HUA SHU JU, CI HAI (SHANGHAI 1936). CHADCC

2883 ZHONG, JUN, "SHORT DISCUSSION ON PROBLEMS CONCERNING CHADLW THE TRANSLATION AND REPRESENTATION OF LOAN-WORDS', WZGG 5 (MAR 1959) 13.

2884 ZHONG, QIN, 'ON HOW TO DISTINGUISH BETWEEN WORDS AND CHADSY PHRASES', ZGYW 30 (DEC 1954) 12.

2885 ZHONG, QIN, SHU-HUA ZHAO, OE-HOU JIN AND HUAN WANG, CHADPS •PROBLEMS CONCERNING PARTS OF SPEECH IN CHINESE', ZGYW 26 (AUG 1954) 11-2.

2886 ZHONG SHAN UNIV. DEPT. OF LANGUAGES, SECTION ON CHADLT GRAMMAR, 'THE MAJOR TASK OF GRAMMATICAL STUDIES IN CHINESE', ZGYW (OCT 1953).

2887 ZHONG, XUAN, 'IS MEANING THE ONLY STANDARD FOR CHADPS CLASSIFYING PARTS OF SPEECH—REVIEW OF FU ZI-OONG'S •THE DISTINCTION IDENTIFICATION OF PARTS OF SPEECH' ', ZGYW 57 (MAR 1957) 12-5,,

2888 ZHONG JIU YUAN, YU YAN YAN JIU SUO (ACADEMIA SINICA, INSTITUTE OF HISTORY AND PHILOLOGY). 1927-49 (CHUNGKING, NANKING, PEKING). 1949-PRESENT (TAIWAN). FOR COMPLETE WORKS IN VOLUMES 1-30, SEE BIHP, VOL. 30, PART 2.

2889 ZHOU, BIAN-MING, ARTICLES IN LE MAITRE PHONETIQUE (1930) .

2890 ZHOU, BIAN-MING, 'THE PHONETIC STRUCTURE AND TONE MNDDTO BEHAVIOR IN HAGU (COMMONLY KNOWN AS THE AMOY DIALECT) AND THEIR RELATION TO CERTAIN QUESTIONS IN CHINESE LINGUISTICS', TP 28 (1931) 245-342. REMARKS BY PAUL PELLIOT, 343-5.

2891 ZHOU, BIAN-MING, 'THE TONE BEHAVIOR IN HAGU, AN MNDDTO EXPERIMENTAL STUDY', ARCHIVE NEER. PHONETIC 376 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

EXPERIMENT VI (1935) 6-45.

2892 ZHOU, CHI-MING, COMPARATIVE CHINESE GRAMMAR (ZHENG CHADCG ZHONG SHU JU 1946).

2893 ZHOU, CHI-MING, 'CHINESE COMPOUNO VERBS OF THE CHADVE •SUCCESSIVE ACTS' TYPE«, YYYJ 2 (1957) 23-58.

2894 ZHOU, CHI-MING, 'LANGUAGE REFORM, VIEWED FROM THE CHAOLR HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE CHINESE LOGOGRAPHS', ESSAYS ON THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (SHANGHAI ZHONG HUA SHU JU 1958) 175-226.

2895 ZHOU, CHI-MING, 'THE CAUSATIVE VERB COMPOUND IN CHADVE CHINESE', WEN SHI ZHE 4 (1958) 175-226.

2896 ZHOU, DAN, 'NEW USES OF 'RU GUO' ', ZGYW 71 (MAY 1958) CHADCJ

249.

2897 ZHOU, DE-QING, TABLES OF SOUNDS AND RHYMES (1250). CHAERH

2898 ZHOU(1922), DE-QING. , QTHU E SHYUAI NYIN VERSIOG YIN N YUAOF N ZHONKAN G BENYUA. N YIN YUN CHAERH 2899 ZHOU, DIAN-FU, INITIALS AND FINALS (SHANGHAI XIN ZHI CMADIN SHI CBS). ALSO IN HYZSJH V.

2900 ZHOU, DIAN-FU, 'SOME POINTERS ON LEARNING PEKING MAADPH PHONETICS', YWXX (OEC 1955) 7-FF.

2901 ZHOU, DIAN-FU AND ZONG-JI WU, DIAGRAMS FOR MANDARIN MAADPH PRONUNCIATION (PEKING SWYSG 1963).

2902 ZHOU, DING-YI, "ON DIALECT COLLOQUIALISMS IN LITERARY CHDDVC WORKS', ZGYW (MAY 1959) 222-5.

2903 ZHOU, DING-YI, 'THE INCREASE AND DECREASE OF CHADLW TRANSLITERATED WORDS AND CALQUES', ZGYW 119 (1962) 459.

2904 ZHOU, EN-LAI, 'CURRENT TASK OF REFORMING THE WRITTEN CHADLR LANGUAGE', REFORM OF THE CHINESE WRITTEN LANGUAGE 7-29.

2905 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'THE TRANSCRIPTION OF SANSKRIT 'T' AND SCANTC •D' (CEREBRALS) IN CHINESE', BIHP 14.

2906 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'ON THE NATURE OF THE WORD "SUO* ', CHADFU ANNALS OF ACAD. SIN. 3, 221-6.

2907 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'STUDY OF THE AMBIVALENT PRONUNCIATION CHANIN OF INITIALS IN GUANG YUN', ACAD. SIN. SPEC. PUB. 3, PT. 1 (1945) 66.

2908 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'TRANSCRIPTION OF THE CEREBRAL 'T', SCANTC •D' ACAD. SIN. SPEC. PUB. 3 (1946) 8. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 377

2909 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'A RECONSTRUCTION OF FINALS 'YU' AND CHANFI •YU' IN ANCIENT CHINESE AND THEIR LATER DEVELOPMENT* « ACAD. SIN. 13 (1948) 119-52.

2910 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'ON «PING SHENG' AND 'ZE SHENG' ACAD. CHANTO SIN. 13 (1948) 153-62.

2911 ZHOU, FA-GAO, »STUDIES ON THE FAN QIE DOUBLETS IN CHANPH GUANG YUN', ACAD. SIN. 13 (1948) 49-117.

2912 ZHOU, FA-GAO, «THE FINALS WITH MEDIAL 'I' IN ANCIENT CHANFI CHINESE«, BIHP 19 (1948) 203-33.

2913 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'STUDY ON THE FAN QIE IN XUAN YING'S CHANFQ YI QIE JING YIN YI', BIHP 20 (1948) 359-444.

29J4 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'PHONETICS OF THE EARLY TANG DYNASTY CHANPH BASED ON XUAN YING'S YI QIE JING YIN YI', XUE YUAN 2.3 (NANKING 1948) 39-45. REPRINTED IN HIS COLLECTED ESSAYS ON THE CHINESE LANGUAGE (1963) 1-20.

2915 ZHOU, FA-GAO, "NOTES ON ANCIENT CHINESE GRAMMAR', CHANGR BIHP 22 (1950).

2916 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'WORD-CLASSES IN CHINESE', SIHP 22 CHADPS (1950).

2917 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'NOTES ON ARCHAIC CHINESE GRAMMAR', BIHP CHARGR 22 (1950).

2918 ZHOU, FA-GAO, MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON BRONZE CHARWL INSCRIPTION (1951).

2919 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'STUDIES ON THE BILABIALS IN THE RIMES CHANIN OF THE DIVISION III, BASED ON THEIR FIRST FAN QIE CHARACTERS', BIHP 23 (1952) 385-407.

2920 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE CHADHL CHINESE LANGUAGE', BULL. OF VISITING SCHOLARS ASSOCIATION, CHINA BRANCH, HARVARD YANJING INST. HARVARD UNIV. 1 (1952) 2-5. REPRINTED IN ZHOU, FA-GAO, COLLECTED ESSAYS...(1963).

2921 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'NOTES ON CHINESE GRAMMAR', BIHP 24 CHADGR (1953) 197-281.

2922 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'A STUDY OF THE PHONEMES OF ANCIENT CHANPM CHINESE', BIHP 25 (1954) 1-19.

2923 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'GENERAL REMARKS ON 'LI AN MIAN ZI' ', BTU 6 (1954) 75-90.

2924 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'ON ANCIENT USE OF NUMBERS', ANNALS OF CHANNU ACAD. SIN. 1 (1954) 129-212.

2925 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'ON THE CHINESE TRANSLITERATION OF SCANTC 378 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

•BUDDHA* ', BIHP 27 (1955). 2926 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS IN ANCIENT CHANPN CHINESE«, BIHP 26 (1955) 1-57.

2927 ZHOU, FA-GAO, »ON THE PASSIVE CONSTRUCTIONS IN ARCHAIC CHARSY CHINESE1, BIHP 28 (1956) 129-39.

2928 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'WORO-ORDER AND ABBREVIATIONS IN ARCHAIC CHARSY CHINESE', DL 12. 7, 8 (1956) 1-8, 25-9.

2929 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'ON THE FINAL PARTICLE 'YU' IN ARCHAIC CHARFU CHINESE', BIHP 29 (1957) 287-310.

2930 ZHOU, FA-GAO, ARCHAIC CHINESE GRAMMAR, ON SUBSTITUTES CHARGR (1959) .

2931 ZHOU, FA-GAO, "NOTES ON YAN SHI JIA XUN', ACAD. SIN. CHANPH SPEC. 41 (TAIPEI 1960).

2932 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'NOTES ON YAN SHI JIA XUN', ACAD. SIN. CHANPH SPEC. 41 (TAIPEI 1960).

2933 ZHOU, FA-GAO, ARCHAIC CHINESE GRAMMAR, ON SYNTAX CHARSY (1961).

2934 ZHOU, FA-GAO, ARCHAIC CHINESE GRAMMAR, ON MORPHOLOGY CHARMO (1962).

2935 ZHOU, FA-GAO, "WORD CLASSES IN CLASSICAL CHINESE', CHARPS PROC. OF THE 9TH INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF LINGUISTS (CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 1962) 594~8.

2936 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'REVIEW OF DOBSON—EARLY ARCHAIC CHARGR CHINESE', HJAS 24 (1962-1962) 252-60.

2937 ZHOU, FA-GAO, 'REDUPLICAT IVES IN THE BOOK OF ODES', CHARMO ACAD. SIN. 24 (1963) 661-98.

2938 ZHOU, FA-GAO, COLLECTED ESSAYS ON CHINESE PHILOLOGY (TAIPEI 1963).

2939 ZHOU, FA-GAO, SINOLOGY IN AMERICA (TAIPEI 1964).

2940 ZHOU, LING-WU, 'THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE XIN-HUA MNDD LANGUAGE AND THE COMMON LANGUAGE', FYYPTHJK 4 (1958) 16-20.

2941 ZHOU, SHAN-PEI, THE USE OF FUNCTIVES IN LITERARY CHANFU CHINESE (SHANGHAI SWYSG 1914). 4 VOLS.

2942 ZHOU, SHAN—PEI, ON THE USE OF PARTICLES IN THE SPOKEN CHADFU AND WRITTEN LANGUAGE (SHANGHAI 1938). 2 VOLS. CHINESE.

2943 ZHOU, WEN-JIN, 'ON 'XIAN' AND 'ZAI' ', ZGYW 53 (NOV MAADAD BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 379

1956) 17.

2944 ZHOU, YAO-WEN, »ON THE IDENTIFICATION OF HOMONYMS AND THE ASSIGNMENT OF TONES TO WORDS', ZGYW 36 (JUN 1955) 13.

2945 ZHOU, YAO-WEN, 'HOW SHOULD LANGUAGES WITHIN THE SAME CHADLT FAMILY BE CLASSIFIED«, SSMZYWLJ 1 tJUN 1958) 49-55.

2946 ZHOU, YAO-WEN, «EXPERIENCES IN IMPROVING THE WRITING TADDWS SYSTEM USED BY THE TAI SPEAKERS IN YUN-NAN«, SSMZYWLJ 2 (DEC 1958).

2947 ZHOU, YOU-GUANG, •LOGOGRAPHS', IN HYZSJH 10. CHADUS

2948 ZHOU, YOU-GUANG, «PIN VIN ALPHABET AND THE STANDARD CHADRO LANGUAGE«, ZGYW 24 (JUN 1954) 23-4.

2949 ZHOU, YOU-GUANG, «COMMEMORATING THE SEVENTIETH ANNIVERSARY OF THE PUBLICATION OF YI MU LIAO RAN CHU J IE•, ZGYW (MAR 1962) 127-40.

2950 ZHOU, YOU-GUANG, «THE APPLICATION OF THE CHINESE CHAORO PHONETIC ALPHABET TO SCIENTIFIC TERMINOLOGY», ZGYW 123 (1963) 95-103.

2951 ZHOU, YOU-GUANG, «DEVELOPING THE USE OF THE CHINESE CHADRO PHONETIC ALPHABET IN LANGUAGE EDUCATION«, WZGG 3 (1963) 3-5.

2952 ZHOU, YOU-GUANG AND YIN-SHENG WANG, «A CONCRETE STUDY CHADRO OF THE USE OF THE CHINESE PHONETIC ALPHABET IN RAILWAY TELEGRAPHY«, WZGG (MAR-APR 1962) 6-8, 3-5.

2953 ZHOU, ZU-MO, SUBORDINATE COMPLEX SENTENCES (SHANGHAI MAADSY XIN ZHI SHI CBS). SEE HYZSJH.

2954 ZHOU, ZU-MO, REVISED GUANG YUN (ZHONG HUA SHU JU CHANRH 1937, 1958, 1960) 2 VOLS.

2955 ZHOU, ZU-MO, «A REVISION OF THE QIE YUN KAO«, FU REN CHANPH J. 9, PT. 2 (1940) 7-60. CHINESE. ENGLISH SUMMARY SUP. 1.

2956 ZHOU, ZU-MO, «RIMING PRONUNCIATION AND THE SOUNDS OF CHDRFI THE CHU DIALECT IN.QIAN'S PRONUNCIATION OF WORDS IN THE ELEGIES OF CHU«, FU REN J. 9, PT. 2 (1940) 117-24. CHINESE. ENGLISH SUMMARY SUP. 2-3.

2957 ZHOU, ZU-MO, «THE ANCIENT PRONUNCIATION OF THE CHANIN INITIALS «SHEN« «, FU REN J. 10 (1941) 149-65. CHINESE.

2958 ZHOU, ZU-MO, «A NEW INTERPRETATION OF THE FOUR TONES', CHADTO FU REN J. 13 (1945) 75-111. CHINESE. ENGLISH SUMMARY. 380 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2959 ZHOU, ZU-MO, «THE TANG MANUSCRIPTS OF SHUO WEN AND THE CHANPH TWE ANCIENT PRONUNCIATION OF CHINESE CHARACTERS IN IT«, BIHP 20 (1948 ) 107-30. CHINESE.

2960 ZHOU, ZU-MO, AN INDEX OF FANG YAN «CENTRE CHORD I SINOLOGIQUE DE PEKING 1951) XLII+249.

2961 ZHOU, ZU-MO, "ON ZHI-GONG ZHANG'S FUNDAMENTAL CHINESE GRAMMAR1, YWXX (AUG 1954).

2962 ZHOU, ZU-MO, »LECTURES ON CHINESE LEXICON», YWXX 7.16, CHADLX 8.36, 10.29 (1955), 1.38, 2.38, 4.29, 5.30 (1956).

2963 ZHOU, ZU-MO, "STANDARDS FOR CLASSIFYING PARTS OF CHADPS SPEECH«, IN HAN YU CI LEI WEN TI 36 (1955). ALSO IN SHI, CUN-ZHI ET AL., COLLECTED ESSAYS...(1957) 38-42.

2964 ZHOU, ZU-MO, «LECTURES ON CHINESE LEXICON— CHADLX CONTEMPORARY CHINESE LEXICON AND LEXICAL CHANGE«, YWXX 8.34, 9.20, 11.36 (1956), 2.30, 3.29 (1957).

2965 ZHOU, ZU-MO, 'STANDARD PRONUNCIATION IN MANDARIN MAADPR CHINESE', ZGYW 47 (MAY 1956) 24.

2966 ZHOU, ZU-MO, COLLECTED ESSAYS ON CHINESE PHONOLOGY CHADPH (SHANGHAI SWYSG 1957).

2967 ZHOU, ZU-MO, 'LECTURES ON CHINESE LEXICON—ON CHADLX STANDARDIZATION OF CHINESE LEXICON', YWXX 5.29, 7.24, 10.33 (1957).

2968 ZHOU, ZU-MO, «ANNOTATION TO THE CHAPTER ON SOUNDS AND CHANPH WORDS OF YAN SHI JIA XUN«, FU REN J. 12 (1942), REPRINT IN COLLECTED ESSAYS ON CHINESE PHONOLOGY (SHANGHAI 1957).

2969 ZHOU, ZU-MO, 'LEXICON AND «, YWXX 9.23, CHADLX 11.9 (1958).

2970 ZHOU, ZU-MO, 'SOME MATERIAL ON THE PRONUNCIATION OF CHDNTO THE FOUR TONES IN DIALECTS OF THE TANG DYNASTY' IN YU YAN XUE LUN CONG 2 (1958) 11-6.

2971 ZHOU, ZU-MO, SEE LUO, CHANG-PEI AND ZU-MO ZHOU, A STUDY...(1958).

2972 ZHOU, ZU-MO, LECTURES ON CHINESE LEXICON (PEKING REN CHADLX MIN CBS 1959).

2973 ZHOU, ZU-MO, THE NATURE OF QIE YUN AND ITS CHANPH PHONOLOGICAL BASIS, YU YAN XUE LUN CONG 5 (1963) 39-70.

2974 ZHU, AN, 'CAN 'BU GUAN' BE FOLLOWED BY CO-ORDINATE MAADCJ STRUCTURES', ZGYW 85 (JUL 1959) 334. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 381

2975 ZHU, BO-SHI, •REITERATION IN RHETORIC', YWXX 11.31 (1956).

2976 ZHU, DE-XI, 'STUDY ON ADJECTIVES IN CONTEMPORARY CHADAJ CHINESE', YYYJ 1 (1956) 83-112.

2977 ZHU, DE-XI, 'NUMERALS AND THEIR CONSTRUCTION', ZGYW CHADSY 70 (APR 1958) 185-6.

2978 ZHU, DE-XI, ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS (SHANGHAI JIAO YU CHADAJ CBS 1959). ALSO IN HYZSJH. SEE WANG, W. S-Y., ENG. TRANSL. OF...

2979 ZHU, DE-XI, 'ON 'CHA YI DIAN' ', ZGYW 87 (SEP 1959)

435.

2980 ZHU, DE-XI, 'ON 'DE' ', ZGYW 12 (1961) 1-15. MAADFU

2981 ZHU(1962, DE-XI) 315-60, 'ON. THE CONSTRUCTION OF SENTENCES', ZGYW 8 CHADSY 2982 ZHU, JI-YAO, 'REVIEW OF DICTIONARY OF RUSSIAN-CHINESE, CHADLL CHINESE-RUSSIAN LINGUISTIC TERMINOLOGY', ZGYW 8 (1962) 427-31.

2983 ZHU, KONG—JIA, 'ON SUBJECT ANO OBJECT FROM TEACHING EXPERIENCES', YWXX 12.34 (1955) 219-26. ALSO'IN ZGYWLC •

2984 ZHU—TING, 'A COMMENT ON AI-QING'S NOTE', ZGYW 62 (AUG 1957) 36. SEE 'A NOTE ON...' (MAY 1957).

2985 ZHU, WEN—XIONG, NEW ALPHABETS FOR JIANG-SU DIALECT WUDDRO

(WZGG CBS 1957).

2986 ZHU, XING, ON ANCIENT CHINESE (REN MIN CBS 1959) 900. CHAN

2987 ZHU, XING-HUA AND LIAN-CHENG JIN, 'CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT OF VILLAGE SPEECH IN THIS COUNTRY DURING THE LAST TEN YEARS', ZGYW (JUN 1959) 251. 2' .3 ZHU, YI-XIN, THE USES AND THE CONNECTION OF FUNCTIVES CHADFU (HONGKONG 1957).

2989 ZHU, YONG-YAN, 'ON BIFURCATED SENTENCES', ZGYW 84 (JUN CHADSY 1959) 268.

2990 ZHU, ZHI-NING, 'A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE UIGUR UGAD LANGUAGE', ZGYW 129 (APR 1964) 153-71.

2991 ZHU, ZHI-XIANG, 'ON SOME PROBLEMS CONCERNING THE NATURE OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE', ZGYW 5 (NOV 1952) 13-5.

2992 ZHUO, CONG-ZHI, ZHONG-ZHOU YUE FU LEI BI AN IN XIN OU YUAN 1 (SHANGHAI 1940). 382 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2993 ZI. LANG, •ON «GAN GAN JING JING' AND «HA LI MA HU' YWXX 8 (1959) 18.

2994 ZIPF, G.K., RELATIVE FREQUENCY IN LANGUAGE (CAMBRIDGE, MASS. HARVARD UNIV. PRESS 1932).

2995 ZONG, FU-BANG, 'CONCERNING THE PROBLEM OF SUBDIVIDING CAADTO THE YIN PING TONE OF CANTONESE', ZGYW (MAY 1964) 376-89.

2996 ZOU, GUO-TONG, 'ON 'YOU' AND 'ZHE' ', ZGYW (JUN MAADSY 1956) 39.

2997 ZVONOV, A.A., 'FIRST MT EXPERIMENT FROM RUSSIAN INTO CHADMT CHINESE', VJA 9.3 (MAY-JUN 1960) 154. RUSSIAN. ENGLISH TRANSL. IN JPRS 6094, 28.

2998 ZVONOV, A.A., SEE EFINOV, M.B. AND A.A. ZVONOV, 'AN EXPERIMENT...'(1961).

2999 ZVONOV A. A., 'AN ANALYSIS OF AUXILIARY WORDS IN CHADMT BINARY MACHINE TRANSLATION FROM CHINESE TO RUSSIAN', PROC. OF THE I PMC 2 (1961) 358-68. RUSSIAN. ENGLISH TRANSL. IN JPRS 13543, 436-47.

3000 ZVONOV, A.A., 'AN ANLAYS IS OF CLOSED CONSTRUCTIONS IN CHADMT BINARY MACHINE TRANSLATION FROM CHINESE TO RUSSIAN', PROC. OF THE IPMCE 2 (1961) 347-57. RUSSIAN. ENGLISH TRANSL. IN JPRS 13543, 423-35. CHINESE CHARACTER INDEX

1 »O

4 >K

5

T ^ t Ii iL 11.4-

8 II" Ii

20 ^ t ^ £ %

22 «

24

27 ^^Vf'H^^-ÎÎjÔ^Â^ ^

28 ^^

39 f5^?^^^ 384 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

40 ,

4 1 , > ih -é i

kl

43 XUafl) , 9 II (íf. L 1 "t

il k)

44 y ^ ^^^

50 ^ ' 1 —y ' il -f - ti , « Œ * 'XI /

52

, ^ g ^ / ^ t %% ¿m %

51 <3

S8 ^ % , vf & , ^ t - £ & ti

^

72 g-ityÌL, il

< H

78 '

79 , ^ tMilk^-t BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 385 so it^^f Itif if i ^ % f

'

g3 ' Ai^] if ||

84 -o

85 i

27

95 ^ |j

136

137 ' ^l^^uMHf^^Jf

138 iZ^ivf 386 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG w

no

m

íhí ——-,

/43 ,

iU fytlJjéijtfJtf,

,

i50 -, ^ v^/ç 'üf '*H

i sí

155 ^¿flÉX-ú

157 ,

15g -, i^Ai

159 , ¡f^H^M^i] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 387 li>0 .-'ffl a

Lb i

Ibl ^tf

it7 ,

i68 , ktii^i-At^mn-b-^^n^

W foQ tffLvt*^

no ffttf ¿«¿if

i73 f\-A '¿Ub'rt f

115 p-ti-A^U'

^ ^ ,

ISO P^^ vjj / ^, T-' ^ tfjg ft -ty -£g] •/•£

m —_— 388 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

182 h

185 ?%Lfü, ^ irrT ¿) 4- ti #

187 M

l9í Ä 4É, -tu&^-t ^ 'Il^'/"t>/u

V5

í199¿8 ^ # , ^¿¿¿il-l f ^ #

200 fi , & Il a. f'I i-i á 1.

203

205 Z fL , v! Ü ** ->5- H # ^'J ^ -

20b fii^^pm, ^^-i^/t-ll

207 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS

208 êhX^f.

21k Jr ¿9 if |L f if, t ^ £

2*5 >

216 ^ £ f & £ XF * ^

222 ' v^ii-14 Vk^&fc

,

** ^ ^ %

22.8 ffr&it, rtfy-zpfj

22? •pi.iiig., f 'ffe^lf 232 jfitfUftfigZii) ^ 4 tf H ^ P/]

235 - - - ^ ^ ¿g ^ fQ ^ ' ^ fâ 390 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

ièi-UZliZ'ii'ï&h zoo nítL,

24Í ¿eût,

^ tfL, ^ iïfil íi ü 4 &

2kk ff] ßfl

Zk9 ^ g tf,

255 sf

2ë6 , f

251

^ & u

w fottìi., tLiïïinftn^Htf

290

291

294 -¡S -t ft

295 fit] n M m a tf & 4 , BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 391

29 7 ,

298 —

300

301 ty, ^-tifrttbyL

3oz -7) Ufa fc^U'l-i

¡03 ^ t , & 1£ < ]t4H^if f|

/#f , if it a # ' f**} - © &

527 , U

328 , ypf

532 % ifUl it

334 y$_,

.37

338 , t^^t^-t-ti-

339 ,

340 , g ^, £ #, tf."tA^. 392 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

342 T^l,

350 it. % tä lU í£ts&

352 , ^^

, tf ^

353

S- \- ?A H IfjiïJfàÂ-**-t?

35b — —, ¿g ^^ ^^

358 , 'il t ffr

359 , ilff

363 '

364 , ^ ^. a/j ^ ^ ^ ^^ T> ^

3w /t^fi,^^

3é7 -, ¿

370 zi ri -r «a-Ml

371 ' ^^ftlv^-f BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 393

374 -fvif, it

3 8 t ht < & If i^jL^ ^ $ ^ „

395 ' IP^f if, W %

394 ' -'fn^ii.

m . f iMn^-'i^/^M -t

** it * ¿i, % # m rt ^

40? f p j-i

M pf if -f

' M't^^fi

^ & m >t m ^ n 'j - *•) & 3? ^41

i w , •tir$fi >H*k

H9 ,

USO . ^ ^ n * i ^

451 -frit ft fti 394 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

ksk ^¿t^-tntm^

M if^ri, -¡s-tisim^

w a Gì

, if] tf at fourni- uh AI

h-n , f iïmtimiïr

494 4 U % , ivj ifr

tes 4, $'i í¿¡ SM %-pj tf f fi fj\ ¿I

tei

tes i^A-i-,

499 ' úJtihft BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS

500 ,-fi^tZifr

$oi ,

SO2 , M

S03 vf&im

^ At i. , ->Jr -Hi i- i nf&t f

-tf i^H-f itl sis , -f it $ *« ^fMA

jf-,

520

sax #

528

S2?

534 -Viii^.i^

, & I)

sib , hi^^il^j] 396 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG ssi

538 JÉ-ill J^ -il UÍL 5-s: 5

, MGr^ue-m $<>*>}

/

S" . 't-è^lW

ìi&w&tfnf^ su ^

ski Í íi, í-i^vfa

ty -B- «Í 41

553 ^

& fié, if tí A n- ^ ?

5é>0 ^ -fi , plfuX^i^Jrlj BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 397

>

590 ill

¿21 ^ ^ ^ / f!^ ^ Jf ^ $;Jr tf ^ ^ £

62? ^Jc

^ If ib ^ e-H*

653 ifii 4 -t m t if ^

^ If JU. Mi^fiii-vti*}

¿36 ,

¿57 ,

&. iiflt % #> it- h 398 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

& vf nï^n t

¿58 4f bt ^

^ t&Jh&^-tf, v"A

, -Zv^ivfrrf

UO ' f

¿72 ^ Jt lii -t ^f ^ — 2 ^ íí£

674 , Jf ^ * f ^ ^if, ;f

é7fe ,

ill *f -h •

é7? $

é7? -f f

é» , / >r-Mé^ti^M^^owL

, -j. Q v .

m ,

M , BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS

m fleUp if, ^ $ ->£

W , 1

¿93

^ / ^ BjJiUl^siL-^

7W / ¿g. ^ taj

m a ,1w/

705 ^-K"!*]

706 ^f-f, ^H^lf!^IS]

707 1,

to* n^n^-mi^ti vt ^Ji ¿.¿ft, «¿^m^i^l li^t-vr.-^, 400 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

72Z , -¿^vXi^-ïsfpgn-^^-i

7,5 , «f z^^nfißiiotfMiiLi'i 7 2k ' l'iUfï?

lzs sn W t 726 ,

TU ,

74é, /o' <2 ftj f. i $ ^f

ni ,

7« g

ra o&tilL^, If

7£¿ Îfl

758 , ^^^^fLifUJJi.^ifê,

í fl / M S3 tí -f ,f f 0 ^ # & 6-} f â FM A«M; XiV

7fcx , ià^eUïiij

1(,z '.iZïiitf If BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 401

, >&ft illicit f fl^^Hl^ili

^ ¿JìÀi*/, $ if li '

ifl \3L, réH-è vi ¿flt-l^

^ ^ ^ ^ it- 4 ^ Z *.} % & M &

™ ¿ft f^ ii] ^ if] ¡9 '

™ ifl H , £

^ % ® $ im te rt # ¿¿j

176

777 '-fyiijitti ^'rtil^z^l^M^Ml

178 ^ f. -f, 1

/ ft vi,f

780 > ìi iif ••

W , ¿v. ^ ' ^ ' ^ ^ £ ^ £ g^fé ?

7SS -f^f, ^¿H-f'f 402 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

787 / t/iij

HUßetffk

791 < U % f iíl 4M

792 , ^ ^ tf ^

793 m 4M-,

T?5 ,

79¿ ,

T97 4, ^

79? 7 ^ > 0§L 'M sa , toU^^fa^^ 'I '

900 tfj ¿¡j-Ç g ^

902 ' BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS

«o 4; if,

911

m

ut fi^tl

^

n9 / $ f f f% if, & ^ ai

220 ,^^^

92z

?23 -f l^if

125

** An#1 404 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

™ if %•<%,, f i il- ^ ^ , f gg^^

?3T

m -yhj M, -àotf K * %% <0 Jf$í¡ 1- o - 1

»A3 ^^^.f^^^íí l^t Pif. if it m , ^tL-ni^t-ìvè

8ÍÍ >

?47 , vli^l-l^ff i

us ,

,

850 ,

?SÍ , fêm

m , fijM^tf,n ^tnman^ BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 405 , 4 ii] ^P^j^fc-;-^,

t^ <£7, n-it&i.'j

4L i-i^'

& > 4X.-f it Ml m J Ht-

«<> f yA^ttmm

?*7 If 0JL ^ li f dVAZAB' s99

995 << iftfiii/uteiiltitfffclf.if}

S9S ,

n7 4 A, * a ^ yf n a, 4$ & 406 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

9Ö0

# li],

907 &

901909 /' x-ftí, ¿i*.}*sj 910 /grja.tf,

911 % wJa, ytiZiZii^^oh-'r^nt

912 ' átf^^i^ma^i^^t,

™ A is. f

9K i., %« % ni¡ -id f 4* ¡fl &

m BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 407

1005 ,

vtll^l

M* ,

Lolk .f $4-4$ M o— f-^

ifjiiLc i 101 s l| K -i KMjo %-ù t.

loli ,

1011 ' n^jL^i^r

mi , g

mi / ïi^fmiz^n

1025 '¿S]

102k lois -r't^-ff, f il 408 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1055 % , ìiizkn

lm , vHiH

loks ,

iok(, ,

' àt

lOkj , Vf ^ H ^ J&

loto , *

mi , fp - t loe2 at^psL^, Wf O iou ^ ¿p HiLPíf,

JO» &

-H-j f £

lobo t_, \H 'U A A.

ioU , iQtffâi^&fy

lobi ^ / & ^ ' ^ «7 -I BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS

101* & ^

"" $ 4- /k, /*_¿'j ^f # id is *

fltj ^ :

-ftp t

1105 i^it, % llo4

112S

mi ^^vfrnt^io—ti^n

iui , itl^iH^

1150 '

U5i > vl^QH']^

nzz , -h 410 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG ins (

ll5S

if

His tfJil,^ —m^H^x'' nki , ïtutf

UU2 vlt^V^ô-îltf^-.t,

i^s , ¿g.^ ti^ v*.*» >£i^] 41

1144 , ^ ^ ^ ^ H £ ^ ^¿fr

1147

11M -' |3*1 * 'f J *4 Jfctf i^W^it

f- f

n,0 & its? f ti

, a a n fy mi i] 6.J g- ¿J lia ^A.^

m7 ' fit*]**ftm¿té- mi , BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 411 iU,3 , ^^

mo £ jg ^ -Wf-^tt llji , ¿-b -a -£4

1172

1174 , £ 4 ^ ^^^ f 4 ^ ^-^-tm t ins '

1177 ' & ¿3

111?

uso ^Tj^tl

11*2 ££ 4. H 4: fc

^ Bis

1185 ^ ¿b^i-i

11»^ , vf ti fC & ts] rtM.

ins % & , ih ^f

H8L -ro if 412 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

US i ¿Mifci), un

1195 ' rt'+f.fll^* ^ f '

ií94 ÍÍÍC * '>¿3 If -xi 3 ii vi ?

$ g] , 4 ^(fl

1201 ^ ^ f^^^lf] ^87 ^ ¿i «ï# ^

i2ok % A--if %

^ 4i & m % vt a ^ «o i. &

fi fiföift BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS. 413

1209 ^ £

mo ^ , ^ ^ , 1n -f wr

1213 ^ t - ^ ^ ^ ** I ¿f £ ^ & ^

'

121* -^Ucvf ,

m<) ^ 3. fa & ^ j^-fr JI , fmm^^f

im , ^ et, ^ g ^ ZJ

122*

1229 ; H1AI

1250 >

1251 -l^n^it^ftfM 414 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

12M 4 fâ ^ «¡L . J >-f 1 i) ^k&l '¿J

„i3 , 4 7f. —* fm <¿y & <¿J

ü 1 -Mf! a «Mi <*ê-

123? , v^ ^ ti ai] A

í24o iUí^i^HI^^IÍ

ií "fi, Vi-ti fitiï I yi t

^ f

1247 H n 'f , 1 flf ¿-5. 4f # tf ät

1248

*2S1 ^ iL , vi -il vi i$ U

L2SZ / ^fMvàlflf

i255 it&^wn^-y

1254 i ir, f li tí it

>i «, • £ & ^ i ^ ~^iz^Ath f BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS

-fiiHfid i*1 %>l *, i2(,z tjf-ifli. M gif ^ ''fw gffX.'i

i263 tfiflW&ifA.

™ a ¿f if] * it io m & MD &

121S

127t , -p^ - pfj- vA'

«3 frillIf

law , ^iftl^^^^l^^g^J

w i^Jh,^ $ - ¿mi * t n

^i^ih^nbiL^:^-^®

ilL 416 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG Uib ;tfM<.. ittr ^ fi^rtatfiijtt.

n92 ' %' n% %\ <%>

i29è & %, \% M

lSoo . i'Lfpii

im 'Sk^JhA-iMbfrfHiL

1502 %\

1505 M'Í^M. l&Plt fft^Âl

llok it -g -f

1S0Í, iò^fl^^ f'J M, ^ X BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 417

1512

1314

mir , , sf ^ ^tff ^

1317 ^Jvf^L, ftrt^&Mft^

1318 / ifl^^J&^-f^L,

131? ,

1S2°

1321 '

1325 ^^t^Hf^i^il

l32Zi it 4

i52? ifL % A.

1331 J^ie^j

1355 fi

P&v^, 418 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

W3é ílt'f, -feMM^Pf

1337 -f- f,

izkl , ^ ^ ^ fíríf «iiî^

i543 , t Í, ^ ti f IV] ^ If $ -f • ^ *^

isH

X^T , "Il

«s«. ,

an

issi , ^ i f # £ «îf 4 & i tf >£ ^ -il >i ^ r$i M ' ^ ^ ff & M £ «f

i "> vf It # ¿ «17 41

j3éû ^»if^W^^f

i56l < yiiltü'iUií]^

13Í5 ,

li(,k , BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 419

-,%%-ffk

i56g

1 1573 , iffrT&m*** "

1374 PI t ft

1375 , 5t ^^ -yf r 5t

l377 , ^ V^', ^ -t f

1J7j? ,

iSS0

L5Si 7|

, &A "I 4 £

iZt(,

&&

iua ,

m

\ ¿4?

tkok ^ fa, ig ti ^ ¿H

.fib 420 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

LkoS , g ^ M y ^ ^ -1 U ^ ^

ikob , £ jfr^iï^ fms

im n ^ j., ti t¡ i

Lkll ,

U19 , t -i. u ü Ä >f ¿t- * ®'

lkzo ,

íklí ti

1422 , iUsil^i^42f <3-)

1423

Lklk % ijiétf Si.

1A25 ^ ^

^

g íf.tv* g, ^

iklk /

ikkZ , BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 421 lk¥b , ^ vf * t % iZ-i l^f

ms , ^ -14 < f

, Vi tit,

M9 UUi.^^imnn

LkSl Jf, M

Iksk ^ ^ XKj

1U£1 h % ti[ ttk&rt p

-ih

h f yt^fai-t

, t^jt,** rtzt M

, ^^M^tf^«^

^ p»k] A!

^ A., -£>

% it, ^H-f

1S12 mi^fì^^oVe 'yno/vplìe.fHe.S 9 — -fí'J

í5i5 < '-¿«¡fc'^fc^vi li^ iBik , it % i% & 3 5 £ ^

ISiS — , Jj. X

íSil ú'il'Kíif, vk

IM üb %. A.-ÌSÌ % b

äM +1 Vtsf ío^ü

ÍS39

—s BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS iskt , xf ^ ->£ & o ty JS- <0 — *> t&L te

mi 't&^if, r^f

1547 ffltf.

im fefti^^x

lSk9 , ti&v-inti^

. , tfr^^HiL

ISSl /| ^ £ 5 t ® i! f * /, W,»*.

1^2 , # & 2- £ v , -

iS£3 , Ibfc&lf&o^ A

4

15Sk , £ 3 ^ # ^ ^ w.j Jjg 0 $

iSSS- , ^ ¿¿^ .v Ili^-f i

•14 * f f in

lssi t ^ < ^ -i ^ ** 4 n n ' u

t^t.fi f ^ mi f vt

1560 ^ g

iS(d 'Sivituil, 424 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

Ì573 *f , ¿ * if] rU^ M ih k^

1574 , itti

îss* ^ ^mirv^-i^i-^^x

, ^¿a ' 4 ^ 9 f g & „ t

m Vf m -4,

^ »I, -t 4 ^ 4 ^ ^

/599 , Ï ^rt^^U&î

Lboz

i6o3

itoj ^fr^jLt^ BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 425 tbii H Jt tL, ¿v&i^-Z-f

Utz '^ftUft^ktiif^^Kt*

tbl 3 , ^

^ «-¿¿Mi^'tf^if

it™ ^tU.&q^&WLiL

' ¿rtfjfA.VjL i*^

—

it f/w t i i tCzs , % 'I ' ' " a- tfu ikzL

tu7 %

mo ^fi^MJI

1631 H if ifite t

1632 ^^

m 11,37 K vi 4 & % 426 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

ty -fa t jmi ' intuba

, Pi if tf âilfô-î $ líui ,

'¿A-' U^wX. — /

tus /

íé

tus

iíS0 IfiMíért*-î«MiAVb^*

tósi g í

i652 ^ i ^ (i ^ 4 ih

«¿s , u ^ ^ ^ ^ 0 ^ ^ Mti^^T-

ié54 'fá-mmi^z*

itó 2 y£

íéé3 "SL' tiltil v£ BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS

->§ ft $ , U it v| t vUh

yf * - t, ¿z. m. is\ ? •

^ vf %. f % *, H

ftl Iff fc,, /t & ii Jh t #

n2Z

L1Z5 ^r^^^f f

112k Mif^j&Ui,

^5 — -

i726 I'I ^

v£ & 4 ^ ^¿it ^

mi , -Ur-%

ns9 ^ ^ , GO

1U0 , -fy is) if} ** *tfiU

nu , iX^ii

mz ^ ^ t - vf 428 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG ais l, 'Dlt-t^f^J mk fy f , fify

1766 4$ >i%

f -f ik

íTéS ftp ^, li ¿7, 4? ^ ^IM-

mi & $ ®#

Í7T2 <& M % j & i*} ff) vi

#f'Mifj], fe»

í77¿ ,

i7T7 , £ ^ ^ j, ¿ £ d; l-rfi-è ¿fifi

1J7g , ifsjjpi'it^^i-^.t

1779 ' -f® i e-tf A£ (ite Tf[ j

mo '

asi .^vtfajItZoPfift

1Jg2 I7»3 , £ tlílíl-^-f ff t im ê Bfl

17ÍÍ

Í7Í¿ ^^tllií-^íl^l^fl^f-)^^^

17*7 ' -fc í -t Ü3 I— fißj % i? - 3- <0 f.fcJ

i7W Vi itt -t

"/'t -i f t

iT90 ^ t^^p'Di/u

/i| ^vf il-tf

im , ïiè^u tjji tf f¿¡ gl ms , iit^n

iMt

mi -,

^ ^ t ^ ^ 11,

1?0? 'Ìi-Z&ifiykii'iqehxliti. 430 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

im Aijtg j% a >| <4•' ^

jj fa jè, $ & 4 jcf

í820 ill +1 ,

¿é -if] # 14 H «-i ft^

# & ^

IMS ^

mz , ^^tt^ti^Ufi'f t

1843 , -¿tlft^o^

^«Ml/H^ —^^fcl?]*

P„E] If'fi t. m. ,

U -n -L , tAtHkifjj M 9

im ' $ il tt'H-zZ-iKtjfrimfij

'

•m? 4-ttit 'afi'v*ri$±.o Mia ¿ml BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS

19S5 ^AH

4t % -f ?A li95 , ^ u & >jg ^ & ^ ^jf ^

^ % I'J Mb , Vftft't&^^&tm^^

im , ft] tf ^ ¡g ^ ^ ^ if ^ ^ £ & ^jg

, ¡l «j, g) ^^ ^^ ^ ^ ^ ^

, vgiijfcf*

19*T sp^.^ ff

i?28 , f

<0 "a ^ , j, ^ ^ ^ ^ ^^

W ^ £ , Sf ® % *

1938 432 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

' vfntj-j^f n^iiàn

i9kl ,

mz ,

m , -xi ^ , ^ $ éj gfâ ^ fj.V

im . A¿*¡

19US > -fiifr-áM&ííjtL

m , ^^¿-f^víi^

, -il vá

1950 ^ ^ ù^iîï-ii m vt ai¿] f % l

Í9SÍ i&itfà. vgUi&yéM-g:

m2 if • >1 il- £ (ü '

,

—M *>l

19ÍS , £ fâ , g. ty g* £ ¿ ¿ fa £ ^ if

mb , % ^ ft ^&£ Vt BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS

^ v4 , % % -i<3 i-2: & -a

w t- H< if)

"L

m* Mff m a M tj n. "ifu' ^ m 4

19&5 -- ii 'Wr'et-fljLffl

i9u <] $ i,i / if ¿b a ¿4 si

w M %

w ^ iin f ,f]

1990

% % Jo it, g&t&it, y% U rt I3.fc1 J

tool if , ->l # ^ ** f ^

2ook

2oo5 | ffl ^ 434 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2023 ^ ^ ¿Í 1.5t, -ì-l # n fi] , ^

^ 4 f 4L , # f

2027 ^Mt-s7,

202? et] M

¿ftv&vfc, ffjsU-6

jfc £ ^ fcUtlbïL

2052 zi fc&n

2033 , it]

,

^ Itléfi, if ^f-tf-J

vl ^ ^ # it

2037 < ii^Hv^tiJ—^iiflrilXtt'tbi

Z0S2 a ¿j— fi

zoko -ff ^ 1 f ifl U î- i' if s h *> ii te If] it t

2(J4/ y v^j-'•^"'-sf*/' o ^."t

4 L z

20kz , i/H^^] ^ÎTÎ BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 435 zol+} , ^ ^ y 3 f ti o tf t 9

zow ^

% -i M zq ic

ZoSo _ , ff). ^ ^ ^

?oSi ,

& t^Lz . •%' '3' t

^ ^

^ & & ^ , il ^

20*7 ^ "f ; -t jfg, Id's: J 1 (J'«:J

Z0S8 ^ rt ^ ^ ^ ty^&f * itZ-wty

20S? , ^p^afl'fcvi

«60 if

2oii ^ &!] '

20iz

Ml i^fr&jl,

206k ^¡iii-tf, 436 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

zoU M /f]

7ûbl ' ifr tèsiti

2068 , vf

w il , ti vi ^ ¿ f

a>ro 'iiiiti fri* ytfcjf

, ^^tj^i-tUK^^ ^

zon /g 4

2073 ,

WS M Ü ^

P^j & , ftj 4 &

\í? ^ ií 1 ti1] té & BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 437

Wh <8 \ ^ fcl^ii

w 4 z, a % * ^ e $ ^ ii ^ & / &

Z100 , 7> 9.1. ¡f^d] & ¿J&ri-ifyK**.

zl0Z , ^ ^ rfi

2103 '

, ^ ^

2105 , f ^ vf il- ^^ f ^ yf il f > ^f i

-f /C-' L t,

- J^ v£ if- fi-J £ ¿i ^ ., t

2i07

2i0? , -t ^ yg ** u i1 tf S ii; ^

2109 ¿vf^^ — i^^v.-L

2110

2«i

21« < * <8 f* 4

2114 , ' ^ fc^jfc 438 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

ZíiS — T

2Í1¿ ' JU

2111 ^tÛiiçwa^ljf

211* , L UbiL

tu?

2121 ^

2123 ,SU;mo Hector;, vf^, -^Û^ft

212k , M Mo hiondoo , vf &

¿m tà&itk, N-f -tìtf i^lp/J ìl—-to- s

2W , -f b^o-L

2I4¿ , — tiht^^t'M

5í4t , ^ jU^-T. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 439

**** it % n 1= zt

Z15Z if % >*-, ^ t u ^ * £ ^

2in i li' f ts]%_

2ns ,

2177 ' $ ii-tf 41

2n9 ' fori >tftftj41

2180 , ^ ^ ^ |¥)

3. % ; fit ftf ^ '> I If II i i0 #

2ie7 /

t

2191 vi

i'J ?

2i9z ^ jl y ^ —

-itii ^ ^ if] # |tj

vi h %, W fl A % y* t- *(> % 440 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

¿i?5 i

2197 ; ££ ^ & $

220O , >Hfo^u^ï-rvh^fm^im

zzio ,

Z21S ' ^'f^^tévi JMvf^

22iT ,

22L?

2220

2m ' ÍÍ] i¿U^JfL fc rf41

222Z , li if)

2223 : /^J^fi^-fA

222^ /fé ?

2225 , ^ J^ifitt

222Í 'Ü4 L&Îfi'fërf.f-.tf

2227 , ìl,^ BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 441

n

222? t&ift: 'fi

2230

2231 D fi] ^ m^/i¿q

«32 , >> ^ I. ,f f jf

Z233 __ , ^ ^ yf ^ -fj Jt ffj || tf ||

2254 , Zittì-1, ¿¿frf fetf]

2215 <

22ii , faiSjf,!]®^

mi

2259 / ^ ^ ¿g^ ^ ^ ^ £ ^

223? ' y 1

22kO

vu

W« , %

2243 -,

22H , vfii-i^^ 442 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG Offrii £ h-fc, ^mtitiviS;

ÎTt-f ; -t rt ^ $ if A-¡f) St ; ítr i«l it f ; * \% Lváf ó^f fi] ; ¿¿^ £

22kb , ^i^n'Am^r

22kl ^ó^ta^^

2Zk8 , f üriii:^^

«ri .ih,ê Ji^-f-

22S,

Z2Si, , psjál nsi

i jf <Àèt*ê •• i: M ii4 Sd^e't

^ -g ^ % 3 '

O sbiiM&ií]

^ x^r, %#ff 't ^ f &M n

2M , W BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 443

»67 H Wit

22G? 3- -i ¿L> w X te ft,. 'ii yi ifgf i4 ii' % %

2270 __ _ _+—, vj ¿j & ^ 4 ^ 5. ^ -tl 4 «3 tf. tin & '¿¡1 f , % m -f-

Z21Z -i -7L,

If, -1:4 Ji^ ffSL^ ifl ^

2m , fiti^r^&^nf

2285 , SM* ^ if & il^ '10

^ P| if, ii ' ' oh U =£ tf M

X if) &

2291 - ,

„93 , ^ \gjLKJ>i

:229V A 444 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG w i g &, $ 4Î f h ^

s. % 3L, £1!< i u 4° %

2291 < ff %ÁÍ¡U

mt Mf'

2299 ¿ ijl / -fc;Z>

2305 ^ ^ ^ li ^

2513

,

2Si7 , fi ^ ^ ^

231? yj, Jßt , v+îf ^ $=] íf ft^ ^ J¿] fg & *

¿31? iL - * l H n &ÎJ ^ &

¿5.5 , ¿fl pif , ^f-íí-aiilf

5L

2327 >ì<- ^ - ^ ffl BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 445

¿328 , P^] ^ ¥'rt'% ai Al

2553 ^ , /f ^

% U & , vfl ii1 £ 4 rt # ^

A \ , ^ ' f ¡b £ ift ^

if H m ^

¿562 tort J z 3 ^ i ^, % ^ % m ^

^ ______, < 1 £ ^ ^ ^

^ P] ti If ^

"" £ - & *.% t v* £ i-5-f- $

^ if , £

5374 A ^

«7* ? f 446 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

*377 il Vf il H ?A ü'f ^^ f ^

237* ^ il ?•] -f ^ t &

2119 <*3 % . if

25îo , /- ¡^ lit¿] ^ itf ft

23?2 ¿¡fc ÍJ

23?3 Jt&Z -â-% f ->¿'

2 5?+ ', -fi s.-« «

, g. ^, # £, If] ^ 4 $

23Í7 <^7 , y| # iti i-É-

23?» <»? ff1^ ue«^', ^«'n. ya><-/ ñ/jj^

2590 fâ^^t^rtUfa

2392 fá ^ fr«, ^ ,

-,

2394

23?r - < /a ií[ a Íí]¿SL f ^ ' £ t¡j jfl BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 447

„94 'il. 1' it ^ 8K mis4lt)

2397 Ait

2399 ft it, Jt fi. fa fc

U99 , I ^ 5-j Aii^i ing

2402 g Jc ' tma

2403 ' U-tfU^tf*

^ 'h 1 .fc -f-, if & it

zkos ^ ^

^ itf . ^ yi ^ iJ ' fl.J ^ ^

2^07 lit f , »A ' fa ' ll) ikt-' & J?'j

2ki° $3. % mint,

fr^rfg:'if

2ffl e n f 448 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2k2Z fà 1ít t

^ fà M

2"2k t&M m %, & n m

24,5 ^ î kn, KkHìAìh^n mb , GiMâi.^m.^^n w it ^ if, U fë **> S**M n % w s flj sK? 2Wg , ^ u f ^ ^ ^

MV) , „¿¿

a ^ ^ ^ -il- ji^ jf ^^ ^ _ OA ^ —

If^-HM 'ièvtitifr'fjL mi '-fní-f¿«lifftwtL

^ , it^tm n

2*35 4 il n U14 ^¿-aft ^

, -I ¿g ^ $ 1 if- , itH.Ù^ -fjjL

,

2Í,37 /

2458 ' ik1 Ô-5 '^iW-f-^' BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 449

2*3«, ,

2kko -f^li £

mi , ^||| ^ ^^

U ^ ty ¡(j % H

ft at 'Z&ZifJZ

zif ^ fm ^'Aiiit

w , 1 'J iS\ it 3 f «5

it ^f - a\7 - ^ # If vi iJL ^

if 4 , a a % %% a

tfiitf *

24153 f£U -J? "I, rt$f

HZ If %

mr

2ki0 ^ B

vt(,s a, ^ ^ , If. ^ ¿ * u ^ ft f if| U áLv¿

2471 f 6-1]** iL

< Ö , «f If) vi 1-t 5LÄ flf

, -g -Il ^

, ^

2klg / ^ & tedisi

24T? & l:" - i" 4 f, il- -f #

* t tf iftri - m H

il ^ $ « rt-U -f BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 451

£ il 'VLjp' ms U

H - U f $ tf /v]

I* f Jf fc S >f

2499 ' & * .t,

, Syf

2?oo ^J^t ^J^f

2f02 "t^-^-i^iM^

zso 5 - ' f ^ift^iM^s^f

f ^i-f

2$0i , f^J

2i)3 , ^ ^

2514 , J ^¿vifja

2£Ti£ ' v| st^.if 452 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

H & iï

2SlC> *

K™ ik iK , M í¿\ if, >jf

2521 Jtéb 4b

t H. té), M tf If il Hit

é , 4 * £ *¿, n u $ \ % % % u n *

6\j 1

^ ' < £ "fot ^

uà SM*

z„é , -5- -ffj rf if i-i

f

2Í39 Ui^U^ft

25^3 f ^ ^ , v| iè ^ ^ A -I" a „t. f BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS

iskk iVHt^^ At ^

-m i

2SUS ^ ( # f >| ^ ^

zuz i\t M, ^"i'?a &< % fcrtzti'flffi m,

y^/it o.i^'j, if vf n tk >£

2Skl % I'l i -A if, ^ yfj v ft U

Z5SO / ^ ffl -ft,

2SSi , vl ¿-itAf

, ^ 1 f ^ fl ' ^ ' ^ p„tj ^

, -i vl il «17 t| ib p_

^ ¿t, * 4$ & ^ 4 «^

2S6i , ¿g «j, £ ^ f £

2i62 • >

jsa & -A ft *&

ZSiS u

xu , .tm.^tn 454 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG iíi-j , ef, Jj jj.

*sir ITÄ-1, ittfift tf M aëij ' H? m a,

2Sli ,

M n] vt® 'YtL&Miz t îj

¿¿is

2S11 n a iLïiîf.tu-sb

;579 , fs] J; 1¿] fj,| ^¿¡iijäjtfrt

2 pö£j ^ ^ ^

, ^ ^ ^ fl fl ^ - ^ £ £

2Sg2 t fil

JX. 1 flfl

^U T , vf « ^ -Í ±t tf % -I it 4

25s9 >* > f ¿j 8 g # vg If if tf 4 ^ BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS

o a?, it I'J 1«"] ^ r+J

2i9 i , ^ -Sf) *•) ll it) ^

2 & t '> # W j ^ 5C £

2f94

' vtik^^Wat

2591 ' v| ji -% %

2boo , ^ ii vl ZfjHtj

»(>01 ic di,

, ti. # 4c d-. if - # c-t;

^ a i

^ fu "L U1

-¿s j; , p/] +

i6i3 ^ & Ht *t ^ ff K

-If etr^

2Uk f if. 0>] , ^ ^ t fj g^ £ & i # ^

W f % 456 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG w irfVï-HfifV

2é2û ,

2é2i , ^ ^ ^ £ ^ _ ^ ^ ^ ^

2622 , yf j] -l+J a tf _ ^ ^ tf JJr

2625 ' ^ I ** t *f vi n 51 ^ f

2é2if _ ^

ititj

4 I, & il -fit

2Í2? ï&ûtf. -ftM^^gL&z^tf^i

2b2? , ^^^^^

Í £ I I it £ -I J. J-J i&S-J

51 otá ^ , ^ ¿I-

p.'] ¡f]

jt «í ^ vi .in ¿H/t, ^ , $ 4

2634 f , fi Iîf # íJL^^ BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 457

2637 , Hu^^^^it

2h59 , ^ J, ^ ^ £ £ jfi ^ ^ jf ^ ^

ff f yf u iS\ Ijf g *J # |-J

M2 5 hit ^.-i&vt a ^ # A j u M 41

2iU5 fa $$ , **

2m tu^in- w Ik

Mfr foty it &

^ I. 1L, ^ p rt if!

2US ^ ^

2is9 , xui-^uoijvhf.

2Uo , ^ a^^^^t

2661 -iLjtiWiQ

2«3 vi U % b 458 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

zií7 ,

iL

2670 'vfUií]$H

2¿t3 .^mz^titvk

2m , n

2é7r , ciñt]lf,

Mé

2Í77 -Ml^lllf

2é7? , * 'S t 41 ,f

Ik tè

^ % M^-tí^M stilli so

5-i I, vtíl-f^ÍíJéVí^-'^^ífJ'í:.^

W u to 1-1 % St> BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS

2691 & t n + -

26?2 , & f. >'

5 ,

26?k ,

2V5 '

&91 i, -4 II- ./i

% it-

2700 2, I , ^ ie 2 #

2701 , Jjfr^tyfi

Of ^ i i® -t ttf

^ -f jt 4-r ^ i n -t. h

2707 ^ & vi J: fli? -JNU& if ^

-.vtuuvk^i^

210J .viUUykftfi

2711 • 460 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

21i2 ,

2715 ---< TfÊ

21 íS V] y% & % iï^ tk t

2716 OL xiL' \%'ti jjg

2717

2n8 ,

27i? >ie}+UjLJ#í,¿}-h

2720 ^A^PM'I^ille-Î

2721 '^ívi^^ílv^s-J

2722 '

2723 'lîfJLiM

272^ • ^ . * * ^ jg, H- ^

, ^

, ^ ^ gj

íí] ^ to Ä J, ^ - £ g JJ.j

S) -£ ti

2733 ¿j j®. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 275k jQ t it

a735" ^ %% $ ^ /> frit, ff »X Z, c, afc, ci., ^ „4 ^ % 4 fit** if 4 tf tt W t

273? Ait^iliZ^iH

27 Ao

2745 ii ill

^ Ai tf , nr] # y| ÌÌ, p;]

& f ' # J& ? £ % >4 £

27A? -, ^.m ^ rfj ^ i£jp ^ ^

2745, --ta.-Wf

27ii

2152 -1 4- flfl ^

27S5 , ^ ^ ^ m^k ^ $ Q

27ié i tf ti fi

2761 - - ' ^bi, fa -H-| , f ^ It rt «f £

27fc4 ,

2765 > 462 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

Z%1 , ^¿gjifcj^

276? *f (f)^ ^

^ / ^¿tf]

2779

27?0 / J-i Hf

27?i -vfi^^rj

2Tg4 , â ^ ^ ^ ^

2T85 , g ^

Z7SJ ^ ^ a| ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^

27?9 , ÎSttetâfyZZù&q

279s

zm < , ftjtbjQ

2795 , ^ 41

2797 'ilvíví

2Zok , i&iïàUeUltiL

290t ft

2807 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 463

2f| a ^¿J

21X0 V*T f - t* il f.

w1 ftjvW %Wf

ink Ip -i f

^

f f *, fi\ K 4 ^ P.3 Al

2919 U ^ # •% % «(r $

-Hi ii f '< J. % ^jjt^

292 i f , ft) Jit it % jf g &&J* m H, ?

2822 ^ tf v| v| f % If t3L

2«3 / f - ilj vi i i

2?zk f $ jt. £ el f tf 4£

2*2S If vfr, iSL ^¿iMW

2826 If ii % il

2*3 i vJ, -Hi -fr t fl^^il ¿¡j) 464 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG , ^ Ji» V,J ^ n.)ili 114 41

^ ^ f ^ ^ ^

2«? ^I^Wf^tèt^^^

2Mé M-AkAA

2847

2m , »1

29k9 , i] Zittii

2850 '

zgsl / u:A^ ìiJk! ^ ^^^ ^, ^ ^

2852 ' -ìt&ifaìJc: ÌH^flI

2853 , ^¿^^¿/v: ^¡ftH®*^

28£T4 , ^ u -fu - n %h ti

2955 /

2?st> ÀrJ,£ fi é)

28i7 +

zgss - vi ti + i.! ***s

z8s9 a ^ 4 «+^; * m .jm, t n BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 465

2860 , & $'\ii\

, u 4 1$ + * : > %

2262 ifaU+'t- •• %%

28« ^ t i5]f

2*71 f il ^ , yf 1-3 ftj i!

, ^ M 4f

, Ur 4i

2877 , tif^iBf

291J ' vi

2M1

t # ^ , If

29*3 4t .11, «i-fct*

2m .^v^f, i v| ii snm 466 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2«6 -t * *^ ÎÎ t n yi ¿a - ->f #« ¿á # * £ #

2m t, 1 le ->vf :

M ^Il ^ Ê^*€• ¿i» 'f^H^.rt^

"9o ffj ^ 0¿¡

2??5 ( yf ^ ^ ^ ^^ ^JJ

2394 (

299s ^ vti^hM^UÏjKttit^

2896 ^ , Ut« f li

2?97 IÍ] y| ,

28?8 ,

2900 , ^ ^ ^ % ^ ^ ^ £ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^

2901 / ^i&mMlUif

2902 It]' - , ^ 3 ¿ A f £

2905 ' '-tilir^-^îf

20^ li] E fc WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG 467

2J0S li] fii^t-t

2<¿oé / ^(f' $ tl-Wi ^

2?û? _____ / ^ |I ¿ 4 ^ t ^f M; vtu ^

2^11 t.M ^

zp2 / ^ % t a«, _=_ I II I^ ^ ^ ^

29í5 V i:^.

7

' íl^vi^iij

2?i6 ,

2917 / ^

2919 , I fll^^ínt

292X / xf^^fc

2922

2Vk y -ár^e^^t

•292ff -

292¿ "

-, ¿ ^ A; 'i ii & 468 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

? , tfC vf ìi ti

292? ^ I;-] ' C$U i. £

2920 ' 'f (19 ffj-rìtà

29U

2?35 'fl-i^tìi •• ìi, £]

v^ , ^ ^ ^ ti ^ ; ^ ^ ^

29?g ^fiflil^^l

^ , ^ ^ £

If! -I -g ^'f/1

il] f y & w a,

w il] ni L. gH'J $

29US ^ & 'HLtfiiS

2?ki ; ¡fi 1 %

ms ; $

' it> £ 1 - @ 3 %n ' X fa -t t -f

29i0 ___. , ^ Utf^Zt Qfy & ifòx ti fè $ BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 469 29sl , v| %% tf f & u ® 2952 ' fi , y&tut Lfè ® & rt 4 ^ £ 29« ii] %% , i&fci'JL 29Sk tt^Crttt&ibJ

29s? , fefrth ¿L^ihJLif

29il /

29a , vlM^'fif«

29é3 ; , yt^nt-'Aii'^^tnnt^nf e 3 -t: a-, 2965 ' 4 ^^-f , ifii^tfifrtji

2%1 , ^ H ^ £ ^ ..$ ^ ^ £ ^ £ ^ ^ ^ ^

29é? ' '¿It

2972 ' vtnnt 470 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

29 IS 4- ^

297(, yf Vk *j ^ ÍL

2V1 - - ,

2-919 - ' ii] **n

2919 ¿ ' -ß*. '

29?0 ii

2$21 /

2982 -ì f >r vi -ti .!* t f'

299s Á,

29BI+ 1 &ufi¿tfïL

29 gs v-* Ä if

299 b t.

>ìc 11, ii .V BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 471

%-i.m, ilitt ¡Sj it H fi f |V] 41

2992 $ -L, i H11 ft % M & & to

Jr H -ft yp if fL w % u ?f $ & tf M nK ikik %' 472 TOPICAL INDEX

(Arranged alphabetically according to languages, dialects and subcategories)

AH I — LANGUAGE AND FOLKSONGS 2593

ANNAMESE — HISTORICAL PHONOLOGY 1500

ANNAMESE — MORPHOLOGY 195

BAN-YAO — SECRET LANGUAGE 764

BU-YI — DIALECTS — INITIALS 2570

BU-YI — GRAMMAR 2569

BU-YI — SECRET LANGUAGE 148

BU-YI — SURVEY 844

BU-YI — WRITING SYSTEM 2571

CANTONESE 68 123 784 1000 1057 2139 2242 2780

CANTONESE — BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 2084

CANTONESE — CHARACTER DICTIONARIES 2331

CANTONESE -- CLASSIFIERS 2652

CANTONESE — DICTIONARIES 435 883 2271 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 473

CANTONESE — FOLKSONGS 1770

CANTONESE — FUNCTIVES 2621

CANTONESE — GRAMMAR 313 2141 2156 2339 2755

CANTONESE — LEXICON 1676

CANTONESE — PHONOLOGY 154 156 458 916 1788

CANTONESE — PRONUNCIATION 190 789 2235

CANTONESE — 823 1327 1677 2096

CANTONESE — SYNTAX 792 2332

CANTONESE — TONES 230 431 2333 2995

CANTONESE — TRANSCRIPTION 2150

CANTONESE — VOCABULARY 69 106 331 1415 1571 2142

CHINESE — ADJECTIVES 1087 2097 2427 2976 2978

CHINESE — ADVERBS 1431 1830 1939 2448 2860

CHINESE —- ANCIENT 287 660 952 1502 1503 1686 1799 2986

CHINESE -- ANCIENT — COLLOQUIAL LANGUAGE 2128

CHINESE — ANCIENT — CONSONANTS 1754

CHINESE —• ANCIENT — DICTIONARIES 1309 1629

CHINESE --- ANCIENT — FAN-QIE 169 364 365 726 797 1018 1364 1622 2672 2913 474 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

CHINESE - ANCIENT -- FINALS 168 277 361 993 1052 1540 1541 1785 1842 1847 1975 2909 2912

CHINESE - ANCIENT — FUNCTIVES 2550 2941

CHINESE — ANCIENT — GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES 122

CHINESE — ANCIENT — GRAMMAR 2915

CHINESE — ANCIENT — HISTORICAL AND COMPARATIVE STUDIES 2105

CHINESE — ANCIENT — INITIALS 14 54 113 167 293 672 1012 1257 1340 1344 1377 1386 1553 1841 2907 2919 2957

CHINESE — ANCIENT — LINGUISTIC TERMINOLOGY 1537 1776 1789

CHINESE — ANCIENT — LOAN WORDS IN 252 253

CHINESE — ANCIENT — MEASURE WORDS 1301

CHINESE — ANCIENT — MED IALS 41 45 2202

CHINESE — ANCIENT — MORPHOLOGY 245 318 530 2356

CHINESE — ANCIENT — NUMERALS 2924

CHINESE — ANCIENT — PHONEMES 1307 1495 2922

CHINESE — ANCIENT — PHONOLOGY 199 338 376 382 423 620 685 725 798 886 940 945 1014 1019 1041 1170 1227 1244 1245 1247 1249 1279 1333 1341 1351 1367 1369 1371 1376 1379 1380 1387 1391 1408 1539 1548 1550 1551 1554 1591 1627 1631 1638 1775 1779 1845 1848 1850 1851 1860 2103 2104 2155 2164 2284 2289 2309 2373 2468 2506 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 475

2775 2911 2914 2931 2932 2955 2959 2968 2973

CHINESE • ANCIENT -- PRONOUNS 822 1623 2926

CHINESE — ANCIENT — RHYME BOOKS 166 206 755 884 896 1094 1095 1334 1342 1407 1466 1630 1843 1934 2058 2257 2306 2310 2311 2811 2954

CHINESE -- ANCIENT — RHYME CHARTS AND TABLES 359 1647 1648 1968 2654 2748

CHINESE — ANCIENT — SPOKEN LANGUAGE 1501

CHINESE — ANCIENT — STRESS 2067

CHINESE —.ANCIENT — TONES 379 723 1002 2308 2683 2910

CHINESE — ANCIENT — VOWELS 1099 1461 1493 2210 2508

CHINESE — ANCIENT — WRITTEN LANGUAGE 954 2026

CHINESE — ANTONYMS 2032

CHINESE — ARCHAIC 116 417 477 874 959 960 961 983 1078 1605 1694 2528

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — CHARACTER DICTIONARIES 1835 2086

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — CLASSIFIERS 1861

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — CONSONANTS 92 873 1484 2066

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — DEMONSTRATIVES 2108

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — ETYMOLOGY 1901 1904

CHINESE — ARCHAIC -- FAN-QIE 1929 476 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

CHINESE - ARCHAIC — FINALS IIA 360 476 871 939 972 981 1098 1335 1783 1786 1787 1790 2444 2446

CHINESE - ARCHAIC — FOLKLORE 428 2172

CHINESE • ARCHAIC — FUNCTIVES 269 592 593 984 991 1042 1129 1864 1865 1985 2149 2288 2929 1866

CHINESE - ARCHAIC — GRAMMAR 101 292 344 346 507 621 1481 1646 1753 1922 2106 2466 2649 2697 2917 2930 2936

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — HISTORICAL STUDIES 690

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — INITIALS 111 115 1343 2049 2050

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — LEXICON 1921 2696

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — LOAN WORDS 934 1475

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — MED I ALS 44

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — MORPHOLOGY 250 377 400 1504 1986 2041 2107 2509 2559 2814 2934 2937

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — MORPHOPHONEMICS 2558

CHINESE - ARCHAIC — NEGATIVES 347 806 987 1430 1575 2418 2478

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — ONOMATOPOEIA 1852

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — PARTS OF SPEECH 995 2043 2935

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — PHONOLOGY 179 202 354 362 590 872 957 1100 13 5C 1482 1486 1624 1626 1652 1705 1823 1981 2197 2470 2477 2510 2684 2685 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 477

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — PRONOUNS 358 996

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — SYLLABISM 1822

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — SYNTAX 1932 2002 2283 2927 2928 2933

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — TONES 268 979 989 1589

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — VERBS 742

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — VOCABULARY 827 965 966 968 969 970

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — VOWELS 1755 2213

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — WORD FAMILIES 977

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — WRITING SYSTEM 211 566 753 963 982 1414 1458 1905 1912 2025 2056 2151 2432

CHINESE — ARCHAIC — WRITTEN LANGUAGE 203 630 2030 2124 2918

CHINESE — BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 256 2281 2617 2794

CHINESE — CHARACTER DICTIONARIES 11 176 1570 1923 1924 2294 2408 2505 2700 2882

CHINESE — CHINESE-ENGLISH AND ENGLISH-CHINESE DICTIONARIES 512 574 720 1510 2143 2660

CHINESE —CHINESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARIES 2013

CHINESE — CLASSIFIERS 1437 1820

CHINESE — COMPARATIVE GRAMMARS 2892

CHINESE — CONJUNCTIONS 236 588 2484 2896 478 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

CHINESE — DEMONSTRATIVES 533 2858 2859

CHINESE — DIALECTOLOGY AND DIALECT STUDIES 155 366 567 610 1382 1562 1911 2596 2863

CHINESE — DIALECTS 339 464 480 598 601 602 603 614 907 1738 1858 1931 2494 2959 2799

CHINESE — DIALECTS -- ADJECTIVES 210

CHINESE — DIALECTS — ANCIENT 39 1381

CHINESE — DIALECTS — ANCIENT ~ ACCENT 724

CHINESE -- DIALECTS — ANCIENT — TONES 2970

CHINESE — DIALECTS — ARCHAIC 438 698 1091 1092 1119 1907 2109 2360

CHINESE — DIALECTS — ARCHAIC — FINALS 1353 2956

CHINESE — DIALECTS — ARCHAIC — VOCABULARY 341 456 2519

CHINESE — DIALECTS — ARCHAIC — DICTIONARIES 2960

CHINESE « DIALECTS — ARCHAIC — ETYMOLOGY 1908

CHINESE — DIALECTS — CONSONANTS 675 679 2768

CHINESE — DIALECTS — DICTIONARIES 1069 1602 1077 2342

CHINESE — DIALECTS — GLOTTOCHRONOLOGY 2293

CHINESE — DIALECTS — GRAMMAR 529

CHINESE — DIALECTS — MORPHOLOGY 486 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 479

CHINESE — DIALECTS — PHONOLOGICAL CORRESPONDENCES 1464

CHINESE — DIALECTS — PHONOLOGY 600 1174 1175 1179 1260

CHINESE — DIALECTS — PRONUNCIATION 1402 2598 2769 2866

CHINESE — DIALECTS — READING PRONUNCIATION 1178

CHINESE — DIALECTS — ROMAN IZATI ON 599

CHINESE — DIALECTS — TONES 120-

CHINESE — DIALECTS — VOCABULARY 1058 2623 2902

CHINESE — DIALECTS — WRITING SYSTEM 2789

CHINESE — DIALECTS WRITTEN LANGUAGE 170

CHINESE — DICTIONARIES 854 1034 1049 1065 1657 2024 2815 2837

CHINESE — ETYMOLOGY 1531 1691 1852 1856 2114 2703

CHINESE — FAN-QIE 2299

CHINESE — FINALS 50 2436 2441 2757

CHINESE — FUNCTIVES 34 112 121 524 618 912 922 985 1261 1293 1772 1831 1863 1867 1938 1965 2003 2005 2044 2231 2236 2420 2761 2906 2942 2988

CHINESE — GRAMMARS. SEE ALSO MANDARIN 1 — iGRAMMAR S 38 139 186 526 527 532 534 544 546 650 700 762 807 836 867 868 910 911 1022 1050 1139 1147 1150 1163 1168 1220 1236 1264 1270 1435 1442 1448 1517 1528 1561 1595 1606 1609 1636 1662 1731 1796 480 WILLIAM S. -Y. WANG

1798 1951 2063 2110 2215 2246 2262 2264 2286 2302 2323 2359 2417 2419 2453 2474 2512 2513 2664 2680 2707 2708 2709 2710 2790 2802 2879 2921

CHINESE — HISTORICAL STUDI ES 330 367 514 616 743 913 943 1044 1046 1048 1632 1645 1650 1827 2239 2248 2668 2671 2678 2743 2920

CHINESE — HISTORY OF LINGUISTICS 2247 2650

CHINESE — HOMONYMS AND HOMOPHONES 136 1275 1294 1321

CHINESE — IDIOMS 1829 2469 2606 2701

CHINESE — INITIALS 1345 1674 2899

CHINESE — INTERROGATIVES 1530 2303

CHINESE — KINSHIP' TERMS 1518 1834

CHINESE — LANGUAGE REFORM 307 402 1536 1895 2374 2378 2531 2869 2894 2904

CHINESE — LEXICON 1225 1241 1457 1679 1872 2452 2788 Î962 2964 2967 2969 2972

CHINESE — LINGUIST IC TERMINOLOGY 80 83 1722 2582 2753 2797 2982

CHINESE — LINGUIST IC THEORY 78 79 81 82 160 161 351 353 373 378 406 500 515 1252 1397 1398 1445 1523 1558 1573 1724 1740 1824 1828 1955 1956 2216 2217 2218 2282 2563 2565 2619 2673 2677 2756 2795 2823 2846 2886 2945

CHINESE — LOAN WORDS FROM AND INTO CHINESE 243 430 547 554 727 730 766 1487 1492 1715 1737 1927 2744 2883 2903 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 481

CHINESE — MACHINE TRANSLATION 13 290 555 556 1312 1313 1314 1315 1999 2000 2165 2166 2167 2521 2834 2997 2999 3000

CHINESE — MEASURE WORDS 1302

CHINESE — MEDIEVAL. SEE ALSO MANDARIN — MEDIEVAL 282 648 925 975 1400 1403 1651 2549

CHINESE — MEDIEVAL — COLLOQUIAL LITERATURE 322

CHINESE — MEDIEVAL — DIALECTS 1390

CHINESE — MORPHOLOGY 632 758 812 1288 1360 1361 1362 1512 1774 1833 1944 1945 2023 2065 2285 2357 2428 2465 2489 2490 2530 2566 2615 2616 2636 2661 2679 2777 2818

CHINESE — NOUNS 1840 2381

CHINESE — NUMERALS 750 756

CHINESE — ONOMASTICS 1903

CHINESE — ONOMATOPOEIA 1218 1259 1805

CHINESE — PARTS OF SPEECH 100 247 502 503 537 539 541 542 545 707 927 980 1026 1131 1137 1140 1141 1273 1303 1405 1557 1656 1980 1998 2220 2233 2241 2265 2320 2459 2640 2662 2670 2813 2841 2847 2871 2874 2878 2885 2887 2916 2963

CHINESE — PHONOLOGICAL CORRESPONDENCES 1188

CHINESE — PHONOLOGY 119 321 372 421 553 589 885 1005 1039 1086 1210 1219 1267 1373 1399 1446 1594 1628 482 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

1806 1953 1997 2077 2093 2112 2209 2362 2443 2451 2681 2966

CHINESE — POSTPOSITIONS 2870

CHINESE — PREPOSITIONS

CHINESE — PRONOUNS 1592 1604 2857

CHINESE — PRONUNCIATION 1240 1427 1750 2354

CHINESE — PROTO-CHINESE 935 1667

CHINESE — PROTO-CHINESE PHONOLOGY 2051

CHINESE — PUNCTUATION 2626 2633 2634 2635

CHINESE — ROMANIZATION 127 291 306 1229 1231 1383 1444 1600 1700 1984 2138 2203 2361 2383 2639 2641 2655 2704 2824 2864 2865 2873 2875 2877 2948 2950 2951 2952

CHINESE — SEMANTICS 412 422 548 751 1061 1808 1961 2034 2363 2364 2402 2425 2541 2561 2675 2712 2798 2833

CHINESE — STRESS 881 2007

CHINESE — SUFFIXES 1942

CHINESE — SYLLABLES 633 1228 1358 1447 1723 2388

CHINESE — SYNONYMS 457 745 2033 2194 2305 2314 2405 2426 2579 2728

CHINESE — SYNTAX. SEE ALSO MANDARIN — SYNTAX 118 535 543 1020 1145 1146 1226 1357 1438 1524 1542 1559 1579 1642 1768 1792 1836 1837 1930 1941 1943 1954 1958 1978 1994 2001 2037 2038 2040 2062 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS

2069 2147 2191 2234 2295 2296 2321 2347 2380 2382 2390 2393 2403 2404 2456 2457 2458 2460 2461 2462 2535 2536 2554 2567 2614 2659 2711 2715 2752 2776 2822 2825 2835 2848 2849 2852 2853 2855 2856 2861 2872 2876 2884 2977 2981 2989

CHINESE — TERMINOLOGY 1162 1508 2791

CHINESE — TRANSCRIPTION 1879 2160

CHINESE — TRANSLATION 2754

CHINESE — TONES 157 286 399 692 890 915 1262 1263 1265 1271 1588 1762 1780 1782 1825 1948 1976 2345 2442 2537 25 39 2543 2568 2589 2759 2 766 2767 2792 2796 2862 2958

CHINESE — VERBS 928 1363 1639 1744 1773 2036 2126 2193 2211 2658 2689 2690 2851 2854 2893 2895

CHINESE — VOCABULARIES 469 1569

CHINESE — VOWELS 125

CHINESE — WRITING SYSTEM 94 109 117 163 212 213 299 343 403 425 626 752 795 808 810 811 901 906 914 951 1075 1079 1172 1195 1212 1243 1248 1272 1318 1521 1567 1716 1717 1735 1748 1882 1933 2010 2068 2122 2315 2338 2375 2379 2544 2586 2706 2773 2821 2947

CHINESE — WRITTEN LANGUAGE 12 86 468 481 640 644 646 649 717 734 793 974 1080 1280 1284 1436 1607 1876 1902 1913 2376 2387 2464 2476

GAN — DIALECT — TONES 484 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

2682

HAINAN — DIALECTS 654

HAINAN — DIALECTS — CONSONANTS 1216

HAINAN — DIALECTS — INITIALS 671

HAINAN — DIALECTS — PHONEMES 669

HAINAN — DIALECTS — PHONOLOGY 663

HAINAN — DIALECTS — READING PRONUNCIATION 2620

HAINAN — DIALECTS — TONES 678

HAKKA — DIALECTS 363 432 1384 2492

HAKKA — DIALECTS — DICTIONARIES 1471 1815

HAKKA — DIALECTS — GRAMMARS 2158

HAKKA — DIALECTS — PHONEMES 666 667

HAKKA — DIALECTS — PHONOLOGY 1208 1256 1388 2163

HAKKA — DIALECTS — PROVERBS 2409

HAKKA — DIALECTS — SYLLABARIES 713 699 1197 1675

HAKKA — DIALECTS — TONES 1124

HAKKA — DIALECTS — VOCABULARIES 1365

HAKKA — DICTIONARIES 1472

HAKKA — GRAMMARS 65 623 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 485

HAKKA — PHONOLOGICAL CORRESPONDENCES 703

HANI — VOWELS 768

JING-PO 1289

JYARUNG — DIALECTS 904

KIRGIZ 772

KOREAN — CHINESE LOAN WORDS IN 232

LI — DIALECTS — PHONEMES 217

LI — NEW TERMS 194

LISU — GRAMMARS 843

LOLO — PHONOLOGY 1706 1959

MAK 1103

MANDARIN 1 4 36 37 74 75 76 84 95 135 152 1081 1641 2760

MANDARIN — ADJECTIVES 258 455 585 594 1452

MANDARIN — ADVERBS 818 1663 2590 2943

MANDARIN — CONJUNCTIONS 173 820 878 895 1148 1276 2392 2396 2397 2399 2407 2974

MANDARIN — CONSONANTS 233 1617

MANDARIN — DEMONSTRATIVES 235 486 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

MANDARIN — DIALECTS 42 437 470 518 595 694 711 1037 1083 1185 1291 1478 1672 1680 1681 1889 2256 2261 2481 2501 2504 2787 2809 2836

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — ADVERBS 1292

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — CONSONANTS 674

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — DICTIONARIES 612 1593 1802 1995

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — FINALS 2731

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — FUNCTIVES 1082

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — GRAMMAR 147 374 427 1544 2449 2810

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — HISTORICAL STUDIES 2111 2750

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — INITIALS 189 1611 1612 1613 1614 2450 2783

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — PHONOLOGICAL CORRESPONDENCES 2270 2588 2737

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — PHONOLOGY 551 569 619 709 809 814 1479 1485 1576 1577 1610 1888 2004 2267 2312 2482 2496 2498 2763 2801 2812

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — PRONOUNS 2629

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — PRONUNCIATION 56 767 1089 1304 1838 2628 2631 2688 2702

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — •R'-SUFFI XATION 449

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — READING PRONUNCIATION 2255

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — SPOKEN LANGUAGE 2337 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 437

MANDARIN - DIALECTS — SYLLABLES AND SYLLABARIES 1038 1890

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — SYNTAX 887 1483

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — TONES 51 52 53 55 124 441 568 570 607 1036 1480 2029 2 254 2259 2480 2502 2656 2817

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — VERBS 442 2630

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — VOCABULARIES 93 454 1186 1726 1800 1801 2503 2808

MANDARIN — DIALECTS — VOWELS 1581

MANDARIN - DICTIONARIES 572 1346 1468 2287 2806 2807

MANDARIN - FINALS 2017 2148 2180 2691 2692

MANDARIN - FUNCTI VES 29 207 300 523 1028 1253 1338 1433 2052 2313 2317 2699 2740 2980

MANDARIN - GRAMMAR . SEE ALSO CHINESE — GRAMMAR 5 7 22 24 27 59 138 177 185 204 219 220 226 229 237 278 280 308 309 325 326 327 328 332 340 342 350 380 387 390 393 414 439 440 445 448 506 509 510 525 552 560 582 583 587 639 656 701 719 747 816 859 899 1021 1025 1066 1164 1196 1441 1506 1511 1599 1811 2042 2061 2064 2162 2186 2187 2*f40 2781 2803

MANDARIN — HOMONYMS 1317

MANDARIN — INITIALS 352 549 1123 2735

MANDARIN — LEXICON 1339 2667 488 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

MANDARIN — MEDIEVAL 471

MANDARIN — MEDIEVAL — FUNCTIVES 877 1529 1743

MANDARIN — MEDIEVAL — GRAMMAR 513 839

MANDARIN — MEDIEVAL — HISTORICAL STUDIES 2120

MANDARIN — MEDIEVAL — INITIALS 1368

MANDARIN — MEDIEVAL — PHONOLOGY 288 383 1193 1221 1347 1394 1816 1844 1846 2014 2015 2016 2135 2144 2 * 46 2742

MANDARIN — MEDIEVAL — PRONOUNS 2200

MANDARIN — MEDIEVAL — RHYME BOOKS 3 6 356 688 1810 2020 2123 2747 2749 2897 2898

MANDARIN — MORPHOLOGY 159 187 193 248 251 447 487 495 631 637 722 771 787 788 825 840 2412

MANDARIN — MORPHOPHONEMICS 736

MANDARIN -- NEGATION 815

MANDARIN — NOUNS 920

MANDARIN — NUMERALS 1269 2591 2771

MANDARIN — PARTS OF SPEECK 10 141 385 540 1001 1029 1138

MANDARIN — PHONEMES 183 242 489 661 1946 2183 2435 2644

MANDARIN — PHONOLOGY 25 153 182 329 550 625 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 489

721 734 785 837 841 944 1352 1497 1590 1616 1839 1935 2045 2275 2433 2439 2829 2900 2901

MANDARIN PRONOUNS 1428 2039

MANDARIN — PRONUNCIATION 738 1326 1749 2965

MANDARIN — ROMANIZATION 227

MANDAR IN — SEMANTICS 88 838 2793

MANDARIN — SPOKEN LANGUAGE 2346 2437

MANDARIN — STRESS 1031 1033 1514 1515 2434

MANDARIN — SUFFIXES 1455 1615 2080 2117 2455

MANDARIN — SYLLABLES 1322

MANDARIN — SYNONYMS 69? 921

MANDARIN — SYNTAX 31 32 33 143 144 145 198 221 222 249 310 311 334 335 386 388 389 444 450 451 452 459 485 498 499 536 627 628 629 746 770 773 774 776 777 778 779 780 786 794 826 866 870 879 898 919 931 1030 1088 1136 1159 1160 1165 1201 1214 1215 1237 1282 1286 1290 1295 1296 1297 1298 1300 1413 1418 1420 1421 1422 1423 2424 1527 1759 1760 1793 1795 1803 1804 1971 2188 2276 2277 2328 2394 2395 2411 2414 2518 2520 2555 2581 2605 2734 2739 2828 2953 2996

MANDARIN — TONES 126 228 241 289 473 520 521 813 891 1109 1125 1356 1821 1936 2161 2438 2612 2693 490 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

MANDARIN VERBS 130 180 446 635 748 817 824 1126 1127 1299 1417 1926 1972 2189 2398 2716 2738

MANDARIN VOCABULARIES 239 783 1222 2340 2694

MANDARIN — VOWELS 296

MI AO 1258

MI AO — DIALECTS 23 1462

MI AO — DIALECTS — ADVERBS 146

MI AO — DIALECTS — LOAN WORDS 2177

MI AO — DIALECTS — NOUNS 2178 2532

MI AO — DIALECTS — PHONOLOGY 1053

MI AO — DIALECTS — SYNTAX 1666

MI AO — LOAN WORDS 846 850 2545

MI AO — WRITING SYSTEM 2174

MI AO—YAO — TONES 2646

MIAO-YAO — VOCABULARIES 845

MIN — DIALECTS 105 371 1664 1870 2334 2336 2940

MIN — DIALECTS — ADJECTIVES 2318

MIN — DIALECTS — CLASSIFIERS 178 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 491

MIN — DIALECTS — DICTIONARIES 281 882 1209 1470 1758 2421 2881

MIN — DIALECTS — FUNCTIVES 799 800 801

MIN — DIALECTS — GRAMMAR 270 609 2365

MIN — DIALECTS — LEXICON 1673

MIN — DIALECTS — LINGUISTIC THEORY ON TONES 2280

MIN — DIALECTS — NEGATIVES 802

MIN — DIALECTS — PHONOLOGY 370 1059 1374 1378 1704 2081 2454

MIN — DIALECTS — PRONOUNS 803 804

MIN — DIALECTS — READING PRONUNCIATION 297 2292

MIN — DIALECTS — SUFFIXES 1238

MIN — DIALECTS — SYLLABARIES 1678

MIN — DIALECTS — TONES

295 528 2290 2827 2890 2891

MIN — DIALECTS — VOCABULARIES 164 408 2291 2344 2819 2820

MONGOLIAN 301

MONGOLIAN — DIALECTS 2098

MONGOLIAN — DIALECTS — PRONUNCIATION 2657

MONGOLIAN — DICTIONARIES 1996

MONGOLIAN — MEDIEVAL — VOCABULARY 862 2523 492 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

MONGOLIAN — WORD CLASSES 99

MOSO 1155 1156 1157

MOSO — WRITING SYSTEM 1151 1152 1154 1158

NATIONAL MINORITY LANGUAGES 132 488 1056 1474 1635 1887 1896 1897 1898 2574

NATIONAL MINORITY LANGUAGES — CLASSIFICATION 1565 2572 2573

NATIONAL MINORITY LANGUAGES — LOAN WORDS 1463 2179

NATIONAL MINORITY LANGUAGES — NEW TERMS 491 492

NATIONAL MINORITY LANGUAGES — WRITING SYSTEMS 490 1404

PA I 2424

QI ANG 2031

SALAR 1234

SANSKRIT — CHINESE TRANSLITERATION OF 918 1375 1555 1756 1881 2008 2905 2908 2925

SANSKRIT — SANSKRIT-CHINESE VOCABULARY 1516

SHAN — PHONOLOGY 429

SINO-ANNAMESE 670 1684 2219

SINO-ANNAMESE — DICTIONARIES 1731

SINO-ANNAMESE — PRONUNCIATION 1538

SINO-ANNAMESE — TONES BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 493

1685

SINO-ANNAMESE — VOCABULARY 197

SINO-JAPANESE 419 420 2118

SINO-JAPANESE — DICTIONARIES 304

SINO-JAPANESE — SYLLABISM 482

SINO-JAPANESE — PHONOLOGY 43 46 933 2102 2116 2330

SINO-JAPANESE — TONES 1633 1777 1778 1781

SINO-JAPANESE — VOWELS 2101

SI NO-KOREAN 40 1013

SI NO-KOREAN — PHONOLOGY 2048 2083

SI NO—TAI — COMPARATIVE STUDIES 2115 2369

SINO-TIBETAN 955 1746

SINO-TIBETAN — BIBLIOGRAPHIES 1920

SINO-TIBETAN — COMPARATIVE STUDIES 267 1707 1977 1989 2607

SINO-TIBETAN — COMPARISON WITH ATHAPASCAN 1918 2046

SINO-TIBETAN — ETYMOLOGY 1988 2350

SINO-TIBETAN — FINALS 2349

SINO-TIBETAN — INITIALS 1892 1917

SINO-TIBETAN — KINSHIP TERMS 91 494 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

SINO-TIBETAN — MORPHOLOGY 1071

SINO-TIBETAN — NUMBERS 1747

SINO-TIBETAN — PHONOLOGY 90 1915

SINO-TIBETAN — SEMANTICS 89

SINO-TIBETAN — TONES 2175 2176

SINO-TIBETAN — VOWEL ABLAUT 1757

SINO-TIBETAN — VOWELS 1460 1914

SUI — DIALECTS 1111

SUI — INITIALS 1106

SUI — TONES 1107

SWATOW 573 1198 1224 2624

SWATOW — DICTIONARIES 201 462

SWATOW — GRAMMAR 58 461 2622

SWATOW — NUMERALS 1192

SWATOW — SYLLABARIES 2011

SWATOW — SYNTAX 1191

SWATOW — VOCABULARIES 2 580

T AI 1116 1608 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS

TAI — ARCHAIC — CONSONANTS 1102 TAI — CONSONANTS 1112 TAI — DIALECTS 1104

TAI — DIALECTS — CHINESE LOAN WORDS 1105

TAI — DIALECTS — CLASSIFICATION 1120 TAI — DIALECTS — PHONEMES 493

TAI — DIALECTS — PHONOLOGY 1499 TAI — DIALECTS — PRONOUNS 2100 TAI — DIALECTS — TONES 643 712 1121

TAI — DIALECTS — WRITING SYSTEM 303 2946

TAI — FUNCTIVES 2416

TAI — LEXICONS 1857

TAI — MORPHOLOGY 2413 TAI — PHONEMES 2129 TAI -- TONES 2415

TAI-LE 302 TAI-XING — MORPHOLOGY 1167

TAI-XING — SYNTAX 1169

AJI K 496 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

517

TANGUT 1073

TANGUT — METHOD OF RECONSTRUCTION 677

TANGUT — PHONOLOGY 684

TANGUT — RHYME 680

TANGUT — TRANSCRIPTION OF 2196

TANGUT — WRITING SYSTEM 1596

TIBETAN 1818

TIBETAN -1- CONSONANTS 381 474

TIBETAN — FINALS 1973

TIBETAN — GRAMMAR 1084

TIBETAN — LOAN WORDS 1074

TIBETAN — MORPHOLOGY 1983

TIBETAN — MORPHOPHONEMICS 1096 1535 1974

TIBETAN — PHONOLOGY 1817 1893

TIBETAN — SUFFIXES 1982

TIBETAN — WRITTEN LANGUAGE 2168

TIBETO-BURMAN 1507

TIBETO-BURMAN — CLASSIFICATION 1919 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS TIBETO-BURMAN — COMPARATIVE STUDIES 475

TIBETO-BURMAN — MORPHOLOGY 2348 UIGUR 2990

UIGUR — DICTIONARIES 71

UIGUR — MEDIEVAL 562

UIGUR — PLACE NAMES 162

UIGUR — WRITING SYSTEM 1181 1182 UIGUR — WRITTEN LANGUAGE 563

WU — DIALECTS 188 889 1469 1564 1568 1682 1683 1741 1853 1937

WU — DIALECTS — ADJECTIVES 504

WU ~ DIALECTS — COMPARATIVE STUDIES 2604 2764 2804

WU — DIALECTS — DEMONSTRATIVES 908

WU — DIALECTS — DICTIONARIES 1654 1728 WU — DIALECTS — FUNCTIVES 150

WU — DIALECTS — GRAMMAR 149 413 1416 WU — DIALECTS — HISTORICAL AND COMPARATIVE STUDIES 225

WU — DIALECTS — PHONOLOGY 1040 1598 1653 2181 2830 WU — DIALECTS — ROMANIZATION 2985 498 WILLIAM S.-Y. WANG

WU — DIALECTS — SYLLABARIES 1051 1563

WU — DIALECTS — TONES 1440 2831

WU — DIALECTS — VOCABULARIES 265 415 1520 1572

WU — DIALECTS -- WRITTEN LANGUAGE 2053

XIANG — DIALECTS 1199 2078 2358 2386 2507 2772 2779

XIANG — DIALECTS — PHONOLOGICAL CORRESPONDENCES 231

XIANG — DIALECTS — PHONOLOGY 2499

XIANG — DIALECTS — PRONUNCIATION 769 2173 2479

XIANG — DIALECTS 384 — ROMANIZATION

XIANG — DIALECTS 2805 — SURVEYS

XIANG — DIALECTS — SYLLABLES 463

XIANG — DIALECTS — TONES 2500

YAO — DIALECTS 1097 1410 1490 1669

YAO — PHONOLOGY 1711 2764

YAO — TONES 2651

YAO — VOCABULARIES 847

Y I 215

YI — DIALECTS 216 1459 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 499

YI — GRAMMAR 519

YI ~ PHONEMES 2648

YI — WRITING SYSTEM 214 YUE — DIALECTS 66 67 349 1255 1855 2250 2251 2553 2784 2785 YUE — DIALECTS -- CLASSIFIERS 791 YUE — DIALECTS -- CONSONANTS 676 YUE — DIALECTS — GRAMMAR 790 YUE — DIALECTS -- KINSHIP TERMS 2816

ZAIWA 240 ZHUANG 848 2594 2599 ZHUANG — CHINESE INFLUENCE 151 ZHUANG — DIALECTS 2095 ZHUANG — DICTIONARIES 1813

ZHUANG — GRAMMAR 1812 2185 ZHUANG — LOAN WORDS 851 2368 ZHUANG — MORPHOLOGY 1814 1950 2600

ZHUANG — WRITING SYSTEM 2952 2597

Top View


© 2022 Docslib.org